Amine Photoresistance

Science
Teaching
PHONE
+ 33 (0)2 32 29 40 49
FA X
Quality record ISO 9001

Version 2000
+ 33 (0)2 32 29 43 05
export@jeulin.com
Welcome
to Jeulin !
Ever since it was formed in 1925,
JEULIN has been the leading
French manufacturer and supplier
of all kinds of equipment for
teaching science subjects.
Our current turnover is in excess
of 50 million US dollars and we
have over 200 employees. Our
international team, based at our
head office in Normandy, includes
the area managers for Europe,
North Africa, Africa, the Middle
East and South-East Asia. The team
works closely with our foreign
partners worldwide to answer
international tenders.
Our development owes a lot to the
success of our computer-assisted
science teaching equipment, and
recently a large number of companies worldwide have enabled us
to make full use of our specialised
knowledge of tenders management.
So it is with pleasure that we bring
you our latest international catalogue and give you a picture of our
activities and the values which
daily guide our every endeavour.
Christophe Binnendyk
President and chief executive officer
> As a provider of educational solutions
we are
firmly oriented towards the teaching of science and technology.
Our know-how is based on a large network of authors and a
constant awareness of developments in educational methods.
> Our mission
is to help you in ensuring successful tutorials.

We therefore make every effort to offer the best advice as regards
the selection and use of our products on a long-term basis.
> Our values
such as orientation towards innovation, a taste for

educational transmission, team spirit and a respect for all kind of
culture, form the basis for our approach to business, in particular
in our relationship with the customer who puts his trust in our
company.
An international
team at
your service
PHONE
+ 33 (0)2 32 29 40 49
FA X
+ 33 (0)2 32 29 43 05
export@jeulin.com
All over the world

A reseller network, exclusive
to Jeulin is listening to you
Eurociencia
Spain
Albert Taurel
Phone : +34 93 418 67 55
Fax : +34 93 211 62 38
spain@jeulin.com
Carbo
Belgium
Stphane Mare
Phone : +32 2 784 30 34
Fax : +32 2 784 30 44
belgium@jeulin.com
Les Editions Marie-France

Equididactica
Canada
Joanne Lacombe
Phone : +1 514 329 37 00
Fax : +1 514 329 06 30
canada@jeulin.com
Portugal
Carlos Povoa
Phone : +351 21 472 08 09
Fax : +351 21 472 08 17
portugal@jeulin.com
S.O.P.E.
Switzerland
Jean-Pierre Lehmann
Phone : +41 (0)32 842 12 80
Fax : +41 (0)32 842 12 58
switzerland@jeulin.com
SMDL
Morocco
Mohd Chakib Toudghi
Phone : +212 (0)37 20 08 88
SMDL
Fax : +212 (0)37 20 09 52
morocco@jeulin.com
El Anouar Trading Company
Autour
Guadeloupe
Isabelle Autour
Phone : +590 (0)5 90 82 24 43
Fax : +590 (0)5 90 90 18 60
guadeloupe@jeulin.com
Medilab Pacific
French Polynesia
Gilles Failloux
Phone : +689 43 83 63
Fax : +689 42 14 74
polynesia@jeulin.com
MIB
Benin
Magloire Zanklan
Phone : +229 33 71 38
Fax : + 229 33 71 38
benin@jeulin.com
Tunisia
Sami Bennour
Phone : +216 71 350 631
Fax : +216 71 354 567
tunisia@jeulin.com
South Korea
John Kim
Phone : + 82 2 3493 9831
Fax : + 82 2 3493 9832
southkorea@jeulin.com
Europ Continents
Vietnam
Dam An Thanh
Phone : +84 4 754 0440
Fax : + 84 4 754 0469
vietnam@jeulin.com
United Arab Emirates

Ziad Haddad
Phone : +971 4 266 1272
Fax : +971 4 269 0612
emirates@jeulin.com
Heptare
Gamma Tunisie Contact
Lebanon
Labib Mortada
Phone : +961 (0)1 701 712
Fax : +961 (0)1 305 110
lebanon@jeulin.com
Al Mazroui Medical and Chemical Supplies
Mali
Abdoulaye Bah
Phone : +223 223 27 18
Fax : +223 223 27 18
mali@jeulin.com
TMA (The Multi-Application Co.)
Medilab
Senegal
Ibrahima Ndiaye
Phone : +221 823 19 25
Fax : +221 823 34 23
senegal@jeulin.com
S.A.P. Autour
French Guiana
Mireille Bchamps
Phone : +594 (0)5 94 37 81 82
Fax : +594 (0)5 94 37 81 83
guiana@jeulin.com
Senegal Equip
Antilles Labo
Martinique
Franck Moyse
Phone : +596 (0)5 96 51 14 22
Fax : +596 (0)5 96 51 66 92
martinique@jeulin.com
Syria
Gabriel Ghenberji
Phone : +963 (11) 232 38 07
Fax : +963 (11) 232 38 09
syria@jeulin.com
SA DLM
Reunion
Alain Autin
Phone : +262 (0)2 62 21 52 78
Fax : +262 (0)2 62 41 60 20
reunion@jeulin.com
La Maison des Livres
Mayotte
Jean-Claude Pichard
Phone : +269 (0)2 69 61 14 97
Fax : +269 (0)2 69 61 90 36
mayotte@jeulin.com
PT Putranata Adi Mandini

Indonesia
Slamet Wibowo
Phone : +62 (0)21 600 7850
Fax : +62 (0)21 600 7846
indonesia@jeulin.com
ACD Hachette Caldonie

New Caledonia
Dominique Colette
Phone : +687 27 28 07
Fax : +687 25 26 02
caledonia@jeulin.com
Catalogue
contents
Computer-assisted
experimentation
Physics
Chemistry
35
115
Biology
167
Computer-assisted
experimentation
Introduction
Science Studio presentation
Experiments
Equipment
Sensors
12
15
> VTT Console
I n t r o d u c t i o n C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
Computer Assisted Experimentation : The future for Science Teaching

Do you remember the old days of
science teaching ?
Chalk and talk with demonstration and
boring experiments which seldomly worked,
due to old fashioned equipment, leaving the
teachers stressed and the students bored and
bemused.
Do you remember the measuring tools, the
duplicated handout for students, endless and
long hours of homework with tables,
calculations, errors estimations, presentation
of research and reports ?
Why is Computer-Assisted
Experimentation so important
today and what made JEULIN
develop a unique competence in
that field over the last 15 years ?
The resulting image for Sciences was :
- Physics never works,
- Chemistry smokes and stinks,
- Biology is a dead science.
Then came the first computers to the schools.
A powerful tool, but designed for office-work
and not for scientific experimentation. Only
with special software, interface-systems and
dataloggers, PCs and laptops became not
only useful but really essential teaching and
learning tools for science topics in schools.
For more than 15 years JEULIN has been
developing special software and hardware
for science teaching in close cooperation with
leading French educationalists and teachers.
The result is the leading position of JEULIN in
the market for these products, which are also
regarded as the reference and the
acknowledged standard by an ever increasing
number of users, and even the competitors.
JEULIN, as the French leader amongst the
suppliers of scientific teaching equipment,
has the strength and the competence now

and in the future to ensure the continuous
development to add to the existing
equipments
and
systems
including
integration of new technologies such as the
internet and intranets in schools.
The equipment for Computer-Assisted
Experimentation today and in the future
must allow the following :
- Learning by doing, hands-on, self study
based science.
- Self-paced or teacher-directed scientific
experimentation.
- Self-motivated scientific investigation by

students using multimedia-tools allowing
data-collection and analysing in real-time.
- Plug and Play.
- Coverage of all essential scientific topics and
integration of ever increasing new fields,
such as environmental studies and human
physiology.
- Access to the internet and intranet for
research and diffusion of information.
- Saving time and money due to efficiency,
reliability, shared resources and simplicity of
use by students and teachers.
The Jeulin Science Studio gathered all
software and equipments required for the
Computer-Assisted Experimentation :
The Data Workshop includes all software
required to process data,
The Experiments Workshop is made up of
all sensors and adapters used with
interfaces,
With the Video Workshop, you will be
able to collect and process data from a
video source.
Computer-Assisted Experimentation
COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION Science Studio Presentation
A more interactive approach to teaching with the VTT console

Versatile usage of a unit with or without a PC
The VTT console offers two modes of operation :
Autonomous mode
The VTT console can be used to
acquire, view and store points
resulting from experiments. The
results are displayed as a table, curve
or histogram. As the VTT console is
portable, you can work outside the
tutorial room. Nor does autonomous
mode prevent subsequent transfer
of the data to a PC for display on a
larger screen, to interpret them
during class or to print the results.
Connected mode
When linked to a PC via the serial
port, the VTT console is a powerful
interface that offers 4 acquisition
channels.
Intuitive operation
The VTT console is
highly intuitive due to
its ergonomic design:
you are guided by the
buttons when moving
from one display mode
to another. The VTT
console thus automatically plots the curve or shows
your measurements in a
table.
The difference :
a good-sized screen
Automatic detection
of sensors
Thanks to its size (5 x 5 cm and 128 x 128

pixels) the graphics screen of the VTT console permits the display of data as required
from your students with the reproduction of
axes, quantities, units and scales.
The VTT console lets you use 4 sensors

simultaneously.
A simple button is all that is needed to move
from one to the other immediately.
The console detects one or more sensors
automatically as soon as it is switched on.
Total program cover

A wide range of adapters/sensors covers
most magnitudes which have to be measured in the syllabuses of physics/chemistry and
life and earth sciences. This means less
equipment needs to be bought in: tension,
intensity, pH, temperature, atmospheric
pressure etc. Being upgradeable, the VTT
console will let you add new applications as
your requirements develop regarding
experiments.
New options available !

Keep a record of the tutorial using the VTT
printer. Just connect to the VTT console, and
printouts are fast and easy.
Take advantage of modular solutions which
cater for all educational needs.
Science Studio Presentation COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION
The ESAO range, a sure thing when performing experiments with

ESAO, ranks as one of todays basic educational resources for
experimentation.
ESAO 4 Plus is the console for performing
computer-assisted experiments at the
laboratory. Connected to a PC and equipped
with 4 measurement channels, it allows you
to carry out all tutorials involving syllabuses
of life and earth sciences, physics and
chemistry.
ESAO 4 Plus is the most recent addition to
this interface range, which is designed to
cater for developments in the IT market.
Based on USB technology, it combines
simplicity with high performance.
The ESAO 4 Plus

console :
performance
Greater simplicity
The ESAO 4 Plus console is connected to a
PC quickly and simply using a USB plug. This
provides you with a powerful mobile system
that has not been seen before.
More experiments
You can connect up to 4 adapters
simultaneously:
voltmeter,
ammeter,
thermometer etc. or simultaneously
measure the levels of O2, CO2, ethanol,
temperature etc. This not only offers a wide
range of combination options when carrying
out all your tutorials but also allows you to
create new experiments in a whole
range of areas (respiration, seismic
wave, alcoholic
fermentation etc,).
Operates independently of a PC
Compatible with USB1 and USB2
12 bits
4 direct inputs
2 programmable analog outputs
Standard sampling frequency 2 MHz
over 4 channels and special ultra-rapid
mode 10 MHz on 1 channel
The ESAO 4 Plus console guarantees
high-quality results whatever your
requirements
COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION Science Studio Presentation
Data Workshop
software
Data Workshop
Computer-assisted acquisition
using the console
A similar ergonomic design

A wide choice of functions
Advantages
Compatible with our consoles : ESAO 4+ and VTT
Automatic sensor detection
Customization of direct inputs for simplified
usage of measuring instruments with analog
output
Simple parameterization of acquisition
Network function: instantly transfer your
acquisitions to all connected terminals.
The Data Workshop software represent a

new generation of computer-assisted
experiment software which combines
power with simple operation.
The so-called specialized software are
specific to a subject or an experiment.
The procedure
There are two types :

those which enable to control some
specific apparatuses which are not taken
into account by non-specialized software,
those
which
propose
experiments protocols.
detailed
Preparation of
the experiment
Make up the experiment
Connect the sensors to
the interface
Parameterization
of the acquisition
Select the acquisition criteria :
(magnitudes,
measuring time)
In both cases, the student is guided during

the experiment.
Acquisition
Data
processing
Start and stop the acquisition,

repeat it after modifying
the parameters)
See below
Processing : Graphical spreadsheet

Scientific spreadsheet
The so-called non-specialized software

provide a range of acquisition and
processing tools which can be used to carry
out numerous computerized experiments.
They offer the user great freedom in putting
together his own tutorials with the help of
general functions that are simple to operate.
Creation of magnitudes, application of formulae using these

magnitudes. The formulae no longer call up cells such as A1 or B2 but
the values of the corresponding magnitudes. They are called t[1] or
u[2]. Advantage : the formulae retain a scientific connotation as the
names of the magnitudes are apparent. Standard spreadsheet:
C1=A1*B1. Scientific spreadsheet : P[1] = U[1]*I[1].
Standard spreadsheet
Whatever the software, the main functions
are as follows :
Application of formulae using the coordinates of the cells A1, B$2,
$C$3, etc. Numerous mathematical functions available : sine, sum,

mean, conditional instructions etc. Display in histograms and circular
diagrams etc.
Acquisition
Interactivity with graph
Computer-assisted experiments : your

tutorial experiments assisted by a PC.
The table and the graph are linked : any change in the table will affect
the graph. It is also possible to see both simultaneously.
Video Workshop : the scientific video from

A to Z, accessible via a simple webcam.
The benefits
Processing
Scientific graphical spreadsheet software :
all the power of graphical spreadsheet software designed for scientific applications.
Calculation and modeling : tailored to your
needs.
Benefits :
Annotation - report - multimedia help.
Annotation of
Report
Multimedia help
a curve
Give a title to the curve.

Write comments. Annotate
an important point.
Write a tutorial report

including text, diagrams and
graphs etc.
Display of all software

functions. Option of inserting
own HTML pages.
Processing : additional tools

Modeling
Allows you to model a curve (main predefined functions available

with the option of adding any equation) : 1st level : By function,
graph. 2nd level : Differential equations.
Calculation
Allows you to apply a calculation series to a magnitude : 1st level :

Portion, smoothing. 2nd level : Derivative, integral, parametric curves,
linear regression, Fast Fourier transform.
Science Studio Presentation COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION
The video Workshop
Advantages :
Compatible with all suitable video sources
Videos for Windows (webcam USB, video
card, scanner etc.)
Creation of chronophotographs using a
video
Location of the position of a moving object :
manual (image by image), automatic (color
recognition)
Graph display as required: y = f(x) or y = f(t)
and x = f(t)
Network function : instantly transfer your
acquisitions to all connected terminals
The procedure
Acquisition
Assembly
Processing
Make up the experiment

and record the
video sequence
Select the desired part of the

video sequence
Digitize the
position of the moving object
from the video sequence
or the chronophotograph
Data
processing
See page 6
Video acquisition in mechanics : why ?

Extensive range of possibilities (ballistics, oscillation, movement
plan etc.)
Simple computerization of measurements
Rapid implementation of experiments
Greater motivation of your students by using a modern and

attractive tool
Cost / benefit ratio (all that is needed to start is a simple webcam
and Gnris 5 +)
Video acquisition in mechanics : how ?

Experiment
The advantage of using video is that

you can carry out all kinds of mechanical
experiments with few
physical
constraints. You can use a simple ball or
more complex equipment such as a
mechanical or air cushion bench.
All you need is :
- a moving object that can be easily seen
(colored for example)
- a contrasting background (so the
moving point stands out clearly)
- a distance mark on the movement plan
The Data Workshop

software
Video camera
Software
The video acquisition system allows the

video sequence to be digitalized quickly
using the software. A USB webcam is the
most simple and economical method of
producing your videos. It should
nevertheless be sufficiently complex to
provide access to the main controls of the
camera (ToUCam Pro II recommended).
Signals from all possible analog video
sources (video recorder, video camera
etc.) can also be digitalized using
digitalization cards.
Our video software solutions ensure all

stages of acquisition and processing in the
same environment :
Control of acquisition system. Creation of
video sequence. Montage (only retaining
the useful part of the film). Digitalization
of trajectory of moving point: y(x) or y(t)
and x(t). Processing and usage (modeling,
calculation using powerful scientific
graphical
spreadsheet
software).
Preparation of a tutorial report.
This software also offers numerous
benefits that are unmatched in the scientific video acquisition sector : Picture loss
management to ensure video sequences
in a correct chronological order. Creation
of chronophotographs. Digitalization of
trajectories: image by image or automatically (color recognition). Network function: instantaneous transfer of acquisitions
to all other connected terminals.
The non-specialized software
The specialized software
Description
Reference
Description
Reference
Compliss
Generis 5 +
Serenis
000 535 73
000 720 73
000 536 73
Chronomeca
Titration
Natural radioactivity
Actocard
Actospir
Methom
000 390 73
000 357 73
000 355 73
000 568 73
000 569 73
000 570 73
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N E x p e r i m e n t s
Mechanics
Equipment enabling you to carry out the experiment
Experiments
VTT
ESAO4 +
P = mg
Video
Position as a function of time
Average speed and instant speed
Speed as a function of time
Free fall
Effect of force on the motion of a body
Influence of the initial speed
Constant acceleration
Inclined plane
Ballistics
Effects of friction
X
X
Fall in a fluid
Hookes law
Period of oscillation of a mass-spring system
Free, forced and damped oscillation
Sustained oscillations
Study of the mechanical resonance

Simple pendulum
Weight pendulum
Kinetic energy
Potential energy
Conservation of mechanical energy
Shocks
Coupled pendula
Study of the weight pendulum with the

VTT console
X
Study of the sustained oscillations with the
ESAO 4 Plus console
Electromagnetism
Equipment enabling you
to carry out the experiment
Experiments
VTT
ESAO4 +
Magnetic field of a solenoid
Magnetic field created by Helmholtz coils
Lentz law of induction
X
Study of the magnetic field created by a solenoid
with the ESAO 4 Plus console
Acoustics
Experiments
VTT
ESAO4 +
Recording of a sound
Sound intensity measurement
Speed of sound
Fundamental and harmonic frequencies

of a sound
Kundts tube
Recording of the distortions of an air column

produced by a sound wave with the VTT console.
X : Data workshop software required to run this experiment.
E x p e r i m e n t s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
Electricity
Experiments
VTT
ESAO 4+
Voltage or electric current display
Ohms law
Concept of power and electrical energy
Diode characteristics
Transistor characteristics
Rectifier circuits
Display of an alternative current
Emission and study of an alternative signal
Instant and medium value, efficiency of a sinus-signal
Production of an AC voltage by displacement of a

magnet in front of a coil. Graphic display on VTT.
Instant and medium value, efficiency of a square-signal
Instant and medium value, efficiency of a triangular-signal
Three-phase sinusoidal mode
RC circuits : characteristic time, impedance, phase-difference
RL circuits
RLC circuits : impedance, phase, resonance
Phase angle difference of 2 voltages with

ESAO 4 Plus and Generis 5, used as an oscilloscope.
Bode-diagrams
Characteristics of a transistor
Amplitude moderation
Efficiency of a motor
Efficiency of a generator
Voltage or current display
Study of the RLC oscillations with the VTT console.
Study of a balanced star assembly with the

ESAO 4 Plus console.
Thermodynamics
Experiments
VTT
ESAO 4+
Variation of light-intensity
Pressure of a gas
Laws of hydrostatics
Boyles law
Charles law
The ideal gas law
Temperature measurements
Fusion and boiling of a liquid
Measurement of the Joule effect
Transfert of thermal energy
Endothermic and exothermic reactions
X
X
Joules law
Recording of the temperature depending on time.
The immersed resistance is supplied at constant

intensity and voltage.
10
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N E x p e r i m e n t s
Chemistry
Experiments
VTT
PH measurement of different solutions
ESAO 4+
Determination of the concentration of

a solution by pH-measurement
Acid-base titration by pH-measurement
Equivalence point
Half equivalence of an acid or a weak base, pKa

a solution by conductimetric measurements
Acid-base titration by conductimetric measurements
Study of visible spectra
Beers law (spectrophotometry)
Kinetics by spectrophotometry
Beers law (colorimetry)

a solution by colorimetric measurements
Titration by colorimetric measurement
Kinetics by colorimetry
Potentiometric titration
Dioxygen consumption during a combustion process
Example of pHmetric titration with the Titronic

automatic burette and the ESAO 4 Plus console.
Phmetric titration with the VTT console
Animal respiration and environment

Experiments
VTT
Measurement of O2 exchanges during respiration

in some animals in the air
Measurement of O2 exchanges during respiration

in some animals in water
Climatic factors
Water quality in the field
ESAO 4+
Cell respiration and O2 consumption
Measurement of water circulation in a plant
Estimation of a respiratory quotient in animals
Circadian rhythm of body temperature
Human respiration and heart rhythm

Experiments
VTT
ESAO 4+
Measurement of O2 exchanges during human respiration

Relations between physical activity and heart
rate of human being
Performing an ECG
Relations between physical activity and

respiration rate of human being
Spirometry and ventilation
Spirography and ventilation
Determination of MEVS
Plotting volume-ouput- curves
E x p e r i m e n t s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
Cell metabolism
Experiments
VTT
ESAO 4+
O2 and respiratory metabolism
O2 and photosynthetic metabolism in cell
O2, CO2 and cell respiration
O2, CO2 and photosynthesis
Hills reaction
Adaptation to effort
Experiments
VTT
ESAO 4+
Evolution in heart rate and adaptation to effort
Heart rate and adaptation to effort (ECG performed)
Heart rate and adaptation to effort (effort test)
Variation in human O2 consumption during effort
Human IR calculation and variation during effort
Max. VO2 estimation
Determination of PMA
Measurement of O2 / CO2 exchanges

during human respiration
Determination of an RQ during human respiration
Arterial tension
Quantisation of an enzymatic activity by oximetry
Quantisation of an enzymatic activity by colorimetry
Electrophysiology
Experiments
VTT
ESAO 4+
Electrical sign of muscle activity, myotatic reflex
Electrical sign of muscle activity, electromyography
The electrical activity of a nerve (action potential)
11
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N E q u i p m e n t
Equipment required for each experiment in Physics with the VTT console
MECHANICS
ELECTROMAGNETISM
ACOUSTICS
ELECTRICITY
THERMODYNAMICS
Experiment title
73
703 148
a - Ref.
N Banan
73
Cord, B1
703 149
3 147 73
BNC - Ref. T 1800 - Ref. 70
73
Cord, L1
rodes P
703 125
ng Elect
mel - Ref. 554 73
Measuri
des, Calo
03
ce Electro 590 NM - Ref. 7
73
Referen
matic
703 548
f.
e
R
onochro
Filter, M romatic 440 NM
onoch
1 358 73
3
Filter, M
- Ref. 70
r
te
e
03 170 7
7
Colorim
eter - Ref. 021 73
At Filter
ple pHm
472
e for Sim
eter - Ref.
Electrod
d-Levelm 3 063 73
r, Soun
5
VTT Senso le Probe - Ref. 2
ocoup
2 047 73
K Therm
- Ref. 47
r, Force
5 73
VTT Senso gle- Ref. 472 04
044 73
r, An
ef. 472
VTT Senso
3
meter - R
72 041 7
4
r, Colori
VTT Senso ermocouple - Ref. 472 035 73
r, Th
- Ref.
2 032 73
VTT Senso ductivity Meter
- Ref. 47
100% O 2
sor, Con
VTT Sen xygen Analyser
31 73
ef. 472 0
sor, O
0 mA - R 30 73
VTT Sen
eter 20-5
472 0
sor, Amm
2 V - Ref.
VTT Sen
meter 6-1 72 026 73
sor, Volt
Ref. 4
VTT Sen
3
meter 72 023 7
sor, Tesla
r - Ref. 4 2 011 73
VTT Sen
Voltmete
ef. 47
sor, RMS
00 LU - R
VTT Sen
10 73
eter 0/20
ef. 472 0
sor, Luxm
00 HP - R
VTT Sen
ure 0/20
3
sor, Press - Ref. 472 008 7
2 004 73
VTT Sen
meter
- Ref. 47
sor, Volt
20/+120
VTT Sen
ometer
sor, Therm Ref. 472 003 73
VTT Sen
3
eter 72 002 7
sor, pHm
r - Ref. 4
VTT Sen
Ammete
2 001 73
sor, 0.5 A
- Ref. 47
VTT Sen
3
ter 20 V
e
m
53 109 7
sor, Volt
y - Ref. 4
VTT Sen
ed Pulle
98 73
ic Stepp
ef. 000 4
Electron
ware - R
ft
s Law So
57 73
VTT Ohm are - Ref. 000 3
Softw
467 73
Titration ware - Ref. 000
T Soft
Meca VT
Chapter
CHEMISTRY
12
Hookes law
Simple pendulum
Weight pendulum
Kinetic energy
Potential energy
Coupled pendula
P = mg
Magnetic field of Helmholtz coils
Lenz law of induction
Measurement of sounding intensity
Speed of sound
Fundamental and harmonic frequencies of a sound
Kundts tube
Display of a voltage, an electric current
Ohms law
Characteristics of a diode
Study of the transformer
Rectifier circuits
Emission and study of an AC signal
RL circuits : characteristic time, impedance, phase-difference
Variation of light intensity
Pressure of a gas
Boyles law
Charles law
Temperature measurement
Fusion and ebullition of a liquid
Measurement of the Joule effect
PH-measurement of various solutions
Determination of the concentration of a solution
by pH-measurement
Point of equivalence
Half equivalence of a weak acid or base, pKa
by conductimetric measurements
by colorimetric measurements
Consumption of dyoxygen during a combustion
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X
X
X
X
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X X
X
This equipment may need to be completed with accessories available in this catalogue.
E q u i p m e n t C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
Equipment required for each experiment in Physics with the ESAO 4 Plus console
3
03 148 7
a - Ref. 7
N Banan
73
Cord, B1
. 703 149
147 73
BNC - Ref
Ref. 703
00
Cord, L1
des PT 18
125 73
g Electro
- Ref. 703
Measurin
Calomel
,
73
Electrodes
. 703 554
Reference
NM - Ref
73
atic 590
nochrom
. 703 548
Filter, Mo
NM - Ref
atic 440
nochrom
73
701 358
Filter, Mo
er - Ref.
329 73
Colorimet
- Ref. 701
AT Filter
ric Probe
ductimet
045 73
Ref. 293
CTM Con
Biaxial 170 73
er Probe,
- Ref. 703
er
Teslamet
le pHmet
for Simp
3 73
Electrode
ef. 253 06
146 73
Ref. 452
Probe - R
ocouple
y Meter K Therm
nductivit
o
C
E
TM
73
452 140
dapter, C
er - Ref.
ESAO 4 A
5 73
Phase Met
Adapter,
ef. 452 12
ESAO 4
Force - R
/ Sensor,
123 73
Adapter
- Ref. 452
ESAO 4
118 73
Voltmeter
- Ref. 452
Adapter,
ESAO 4
oltmeter
6 73
11
Double V
Ref. 452
Adapter,
Ammeter
ESAO 4
115 73
True RMS
- Ref. 452
Adapter,
Voltmeter
ESAO 4
True RMS
109 73
Adapter,
- Ref. 452
ESAO 4
pHmeter
107 73
Ref. 452
Adapter,
Sensor ESAO 4
Pressure
106 73
Adapter,
- Ref. 452
ESAO 4
Thermo K
73
Adapter,
452 105
ESAO 4
er - Ref.
Teslamet
2 73
Adapter,
ef. 452 10
ESAO 4
meter - R
m
73
dapter, A
452 100
ESAO 4 A
ter - Ref.
9 73
ngle Adap
ef. 453 10
ESAO 4 A
Pulley - R
Stepped
357 73
Electronic
Ref. 000
Software
73
Titration
. 000 390
are - Ref
eca Softw
Chronom
CHEMISTRY
THERMO-DYNAMICS
ELECTRICITY
ACOUSTICS
ELECTROMAGNETISM
MECHANICS
Chapter
Experiment title
P = mg
Hookes law
Sustained oscillations
Simple pendulum
Weight pendulum
Kinetic energy
Potential energy
Coupled pendula
Magnetic field of Helmholtz coils
Lenz law of induction
Speed of sound
Fundamental and harmonic frequencies of a sound
Kundts tube
Display of a voltage, an electric current
Ohms law
Characteristics of a diode
Study of the transformer
Rectifier circuits
Emission and study of an AC signal
Instant and medium value, efficiency of a square-signal
Instant and medium value, efficiency of a triangular-signal
RL circuits : characteristic time, impedance, phase-difference
Bode-diagrams
Amplitude modulation
Efficiency of a motor
Efficiency of a generator
Pressure of a gas
Boyles law
Charles law
Temperature measurement
Fusion and ebullition of a liquid
Study of the Joule effect
Joules law
Determination of the concentration of a solution by pH-measurement
Point of equivalence
Half equivalence of a weak acid or base, pKa
by conductimetric measurements
by colorimetric measurements
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
13
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N E q u i p m e n t
Equipment required for each experiment in Biology with the VTT console
ANIMAL RESPIRATION
AND ENVIRONMENT
HUMAN RESPIRATION
AND HEART RATE
ADAPTATION
CELL METABOLISM
TO EFFORT
3 408 73
10 - Ref. 70 f. 472 102 73
Probe JLE
- Re
73
f. 472 101
, CO 2 Meter
VTT Sensor
n Meter - Re
ge
xy
O
, Clark Type
472 038 73
VTT Sensor
eter - Ref.
9 73
, Millivoltm
Ref. 472 02
VTT Sensor
perature , Skin Tem
VTT Sensor tion - Ref. 472 012 73
, Ventila
009 73
VTT Sensor
- Ref. 472
, Heart Rate f. 472 007 73
VTT Sensor
eter - Re
, Oxygen M
2 006 73
VTT Sensor
er - Ref. 47
, Hygromet - Ref. 453 081 73
VTT Sensor
amber
abolism Ch
Human Met
076 73
73
- Ref. 453
f. 453 057
CO2 Probe
amber - Re
spiration Ch - Ref. 453 052 73
Animal Re
er
at
W
Probe, Air/
Oximeter 2 Ref. 453 011 73
leaser 73
Synchro Re
f. 453 010
Re
h
Seismogra
73
Simplified
f. 453 001
73
Probe - Re
f. 472 005
Oximetric
0 KLUX - Re
20
0/
, Luxmeter
472 004 73
VTT Sensor
eter - Ref.
, Thermom
73
VTT Sensor
f. 472 003
Re
2 010 73
, pH meter
VTT Sensor re 0/2000 HP - Ref. 47
73
, Pressu
000 683
VTT Sensor
e - Ref.
ges Softwar
73
VTT Exchan - Ref. 000 568
ftware
67 73
Actocard So
0 408 73
ef. 000 6
R
- Ref. 00
Software
Software
Respi-VTT
Frequency
respiratory
3
VTT Cardio - Ref. 000 569 7
ftware
Actospir So
Chapter
Experiment Title
Measurement of O2 exchanges during respiration in some animals in the air
Measurement of O2 exchanges during respiration in some animals in water
Climatic factors
Water quality in the field
Circadian rhythm of body temperature
Simulation of a seismic wave
Measurement of human O2 exchanges during respiration
Relations between human physical activity and heart rate
Performing an ECG
Relations between physical activity and respiration rate in man
Plotting volume output curves
O2 and photosynthetic metabolism in the cell
Hills reaction
Changes in heart rate and adaptation to effort
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X X X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Equipment required for each experiment in Biology

with the ESAO 4 Plus console
HUMAN
ANIMAL
RESPIRATION AND RESPIRATION AND
HEART RATE
ENVIRONMENT
CELL METABOLISM
ADAPTATION TO EFFORT
Experiment Title
73
f. 701 231
er 1A - Re
Colorimet
4 041 73
er - Ref. 55
73
Tensiomet
f. 452 113
dapter - Re
8 73
Tension A
Ref. 452 12
Adapter 453 010 73
Chronowin
ph - Ref.
Seismogra
73
Simplified
f. 453 001
Probe - Re
Oxymetric
3 011 73
45
f.
leaser - Re
Synchro Re
2 73
452 147 73
Ref. 533 00
nge - Ref.
Aerator sor, Dual Ra
Adapter/Sen
3 012 73
Myograph
es - Ref. 45
g Electrod
Stimulatin
004 73
- Ref. 554
Stimulator
3 034 73
e - Ref. 55 453 108 73
Nerve Tabl
- Ref.
Organ Tank
Insulated
453 084 73
obe - Ref.
Ethanol Pr
3 079 73
8 73
II - Ref. 45
Ref. 453 07
Bioreactor
Chamber etabolism
Human M
076 73
- Ref. 453
CO2 Probe
047 73
- Ref. 453
453 023 73
Martoreflex
ine - Ref.
rb
ometric Tu 453 022 73
ESAO Spir
- Ref.
or, Respiro
2 122 73
ESAO Sens
l - Ref. 45
pter, Ethano Ref. 452 121 73
ESAO 4 Ada
Meter 73
pter, CO2
f. 452 112
ESAO 4 Ada
ophy - Re Ref. 452 111 73
pter, Electr
ESAO 4 Ada ermo-Photo Sensor 108 73
pter, Th
- Ref. 452
ESAO 4 Ada
n Analyser
pter, Oxyge
280 73
ESAO 4 Ada hysiology - Ref. 283
107 73
Electrop
- Ref. 452
Wires for
re Sensor
pter, Pressu
ESAO 4 Ada Ref. 000 970 73
ware 73
Tensio Soft
f. 000 568
ftware - Re
73
Actocard So
f. 000 569
ftware - Re
73
Actospir So
f. 000 570
ftware - Re
Methom So
Chapter
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
14

Measurement of water circulation in a plant
Simulation of a seismic wave
Plotting volume output curves
O2 and photosynthetic metabolism in the cell
Fermentation
Hills reaction
Evolution in heart rate and adaptation to effort
Variation in human O2 consumption during effort
Human IR calculation and varation during effort
Measurement of human O2/CO2 exchanges during respiration
Determination of a human RQ during respiration
Arterial tension
Quantisation of an enzymatic activity by oxymetric measurements
Quantisation of an enzymatic activity by colorimetric measurements
Electrical sign of muscle activity, myotatic reflex
Electrical sign of muscle activity, electromyography
The electrical activity of a nerve (action potential)
The mechanical activity of muscles (in animals)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X X
V T T c o n s o l e a n d s o f t w a r e C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
VTT console
Robust and easy to put into
service.
Big size graphic display 128 x
128 pixels, thats to say 5 x 5cm,
for a result which can be
immediately display under the
form of digit value, table, graph.
Real autonomy.
Compatible with the Data
Workshop software.
Resolution : 10 bits.
The VTT console is a Computer-AssistedExperiment interface which enables you to

work on-line or off-line. It is a multi-purpose
console, which can be considered as a
bench-top interface or as a complement for
the use of Computer-Assited Experiment
system outside. It has at its disposal a wide
range of sensors for Biology, Chemistry and
Physics tutorials.
The VTT console is supplied with :
- An internal software (recorder) enabling the
automatic
acquisition
of
values
depending on time, on a numbered axis or
depending on an other sensor. It also
enables the display of data under several
representation modes : tables, curves or
histograms. This software is used for all
acquisitions of gross values (weather
acquisition, seismology...).
Specifications :
Digit display : 128 x 128 pixels (5 x 5 cm).
Inputs : 4 measurement channels.
Resolution : 10 bits. Scale : 0 / 5 V.
Power supply : 6 x LR6 batteries.
Effective maximal conversion rate : 100 KHz.
Analog output : available on 4 mm banana
sockets.
Synchronization input : available on 4 mm
banana sockets.
Memory : 768 Ko including 128 Ko of saved
RAM (experiments results).
Computer connection : RS232 type, 11500
Bauds.
2 models available : with alphanumeric
display or with digit display.
VTT console with digit display

Ref.
477 000 73
- A software enabling you to use the console

as an oscilloscope.
- The Espace VTT software which enables the

possible data logging on your computer and
the display on your computers screen of the
curves carried out with VTT.
- Batteries.
- Mains power supply.
- Leads for connection to the computer.
Moreover, the VTT console enables the
loading of VTT-software dedicated to the
study of an experimental theme like the
human respiration, the cardiorespiratory
rate.
The VTT software for

off-line experiments
To widen the carriable
measurement field and increase
the comfort of experiments, you
can load in the VTT console
software dedicated to the study of
specific experimental fields.
VTT console with

alphanumeric display
Ref.
477 011 73
- VTT-Exchanges (Highlighting of respiratory

exchanges of the Human beings).
- VTT Ohms law : Study of a two-terminal
circuit characteristics (resistance, lamps...),
calculation of the electrical power).
Preparation
You will choose the VTT software corresponding to your tutorial thanks to the menu
key of the VTT console and you will connect
the adapted sensor(s).
Then, when chosing among the pre-defined
parameters (for example, the type of
animal to be studied (aerial or aquatic...), you
will multiply the experiments subjects,
compare the results and draw conclusions.
O2 consumption during
respiration.
Acquisition and results

With the VTT software, the display and
interpretation of data are made in two times :
- Gross acquisition of data : the curve on
the screen
simply represents the
measurement carried out by the sensor.
The
interpretation
and
graph
representation is then very easy.
Processing an ECG.
Four VTT software are available (three for

Biology and one for Physics) :
- VTT-CRF (measurement of electrocardiogram, of exchanged gas volumes and
display of cardiac and ventilatory rates
curves),
- VTT-Respi (measurement of animal respiration),
- Data processing by the VTT software :

the software analyses and re-studies the
data, processes them and displays a
recalculated curve which simplifies the
understanding of the phenomenon.
You will then adapt the experiment and
the interpretation at the understanding
level of the students. The obtained results can
be directly printed (off-line) on the
VTT-printer.
Increasing of heart
and respiratory rate
during effort
VTT-Respi software
Ref.000 667 73
VTT-Cardiorespiratory
frequency software
Ref.000 408 73
VTT-Exchanges software
Ref.000 683 73
VTT-Ohms law software
Ref. 000 498 73
15
16
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N V T T S e n s o r s
VTT Printer
Rapid and stand-alone, directly
connected to the VTT console,
the printer enables you to keep
a copy of your results displays.
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
Heart rhythm sensor
Metallic electrodes
This sensor has two positions available :

rhythm measurement and measurement
of the electrocardiogram.
It is supplied with a chest belt, three
metallic electrodes, a flask of electrolytic
gel and a 9 V battery.
With the VTT printer, you will reproduct on
paper the display of the VTT console you
are observing.
The printing method is compatible with all
existing VTT software.
The printer is supplied by rechargeable
batteries.
You can carry out several successive
printings thanks to the multiple printing
which integrates a paper saving function
(about 6 s by display).
Measurement : heart
electrocardiogram.
rhythm
and
Measurement raneg : 50 to 200 beatings

per min.
Ref.
Ref. 473 010 73
VTT skin temperature

sensor
This sensor enables a follow-up of the body

temperature (external) with VTT. Designed
from a stainless steel sensor (button cell
format), it is used directly fixed on the skin.
the use of stainless steel enables an easy
sterilization after use. The small size of the
sensor associated to a long-size wire enables
you to considerably decrease the discomfort
causes by its presence. It authorizes all
gestures of the everyday life, indeed even a
moderate sport activity. The measurement
range from 5 to 45 C enables you to obtain
excellent-quality results in direct relation
with the set problem.
471 036 73
Roll of thermal paper

Pack of 10, length : 50 m.
473 005 73
Cleanser / disinfectant
Thermal printer
- Paper width : 57 mm, resolution : 384
points per line,
- Printed VTT picture : 48 x 48 mm,
- Connection type : RS232 via RJ12 (like the
VTT plug),
- Rechargeable battery (loading : 15 hours
when empty),
- Autonomy on battery : about 1 roll of
7.5 m, thats to say 115 display printings,
- Mains power supply block : 12 V / 0.6 A
(battery loading and on-line operating).
Consumable parts
Ref.
472 009 73
Specifications
Ref.
Gold-plated contacts for a better conduction

and an anallergic contact. Supplied with 5
belts for wrist.
Enables you to disinfect the mask between

two users.
1L flask with pump.
Ref.
102 106 73
Stainless steel capsule probe,

Range : 5 to 45 C,
Precision : 1/1000 of full scale,
Wire : 2 m long,
Supplied without clip.
Ref.
472 029 73
ACCESSORIES
Series / USB adapter
This adapter enables you to connect an

apparatus with a RS232-type series
output on a USB port (V1.1 or 1.2) on your
computer. Ideal to connect the VTT console
on a USB port. Data transfer speed up to
115 000 Baud. Supplied with driver and
instruction booklet.
Computer configuration
Windows 98, 2000, XP. Installed USB bus
controller.
Ref.
471 010 73
Electrode-holder belt
VTT extension lead
Made of autoclavable
naturel rubber.
Hypoallergenic
quality.
Ref.
473 004 73
VTT power supply

block
Spare power supply for VTT, 9 V, 500 mA.
Ref.
281 275 73
Enables you to displace the measurement

with the VTT sensors.
Lead length : 1.5 m with 2 x db9 plugs.
Ref.
472 013 73
V T T S e n s o r s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
RESPIRATION - OXIMETRY
Oximeter 2 air probe

Galvanic-type,
27 mm, temperature
compensated.
Adjustment without
buffer solution, no
membrane to be
changed and no
particular maintenance.
Ref.
453 051 73
Human respiration
enclosure
Same specifications as
the ref. 453 051 73 but
can be immersed due
to its watertightness. The
terminal end of the probe
is protected by an
anti-shock grid.
Dim. : 80 x 27 mm.
Life expectancy : about 5 years.
Modulable cylindrical enclosure enabling you to simultaneously introduce 2 probes ( 27, 12,
6 or 3 mm). Supplied with connection tubings
and non-return valve, cleansable and disinfectable. Supplied with instruction booklet.
Ref.
Oximeter
sensor
It
comprises
a
potentiometer which
enables you to calibrate
the probe as well as a two-position
changeover switch for the selection of the
measurement type, in air or in water.
Measurement : oxygen,
Measurement range : air : from 0 to 25 % water : from 0 to 15 mg per L,
Resolution : 1/1000 of the measurement
range,
Precision (after calibration) : 1 %,
Response time : about 20 s (with the probe).
Ref.
O2 air / water oximeter

probe
453 052 73
Enables you to carry out volume or air-flow

measurements.
The set contains the connection adapter, the
ring-shaped sensor and the turbine.
Supplied with 5 mouthpieces and 5
antibacterial filters. The use of antibacterial
filters is compulsory to avoid any cross
contamination between students.
Ref.
472 012 73
Antibacterial filter
500 cm2 cylindrical box

made of transluscent
polystyrene, a plate
equipped with a rod and
2 discs. Supplied with a
stopper enabling the use
of probes 453 001 73,
453 052 73, 453 051 73.
Ref.
Directly adaptable on the spirometric

turbine or on the tube of the human
metabolism enclosure, this filter
ensures a dual-protection :
- for the user : used in single-use, it
ensures a bacterial protection at
99.9 % and a viral protection at 99.7 % ;
moreover, it represents an absolute barrier
against any foreign body.
- for the material : it enables you to increase
the life expectancy of your material by
avoiding a disinfection with Dakin.
Ref.
453 057 73
453 046 73
453 081 73
Respiratory mask
Combined with the human
respiration enclosure (equipped
with non-return valve), it enables
the student to carry out the
measurement
by
naturally
breathing without nose clip.
Ventilation
sensor
472 007 73
Animal respiration
enclosure
Ref.
Ref.
453 058 73
Oximetry flask
(Pack of 10)
Transparent polystyrene flask, total
opening, 30 mm, with capsule, 40 mL. This
flask represent a small-volume enclosure,
ideal for the use of ESAO oximeter probes.
Ref.
723 232 73
Spirometric turbine
Ref.
453 023 73
Mouthpieces
(Pack of 30)
Ref.
453 009 73
OXIMETRY
Oximeter probe
Enables the measurement of the
oxygen concentration in the air
and in water.
Cathode Pt, Anode Ag,

PTFE membrane, polymer body,
Plug for connection to the oximeteradapter.
The oxymetric probe is equipped with a
monoblock head, pre-mounted in factory.
The probe head is perfectly waterproof. The
set is supplied with a spare head, a 50 mL
electrolyte flask, a 25 mL ampule of 0 solution
and an instruction booklet.
Ref.
453 001 73
Accessories
Clark-type electrode,
Measurement range : from 0 to saturation
in aqueous solution, from 0 to 25 % in air
environment,
Adjustment speed : 10 s (90 % of the
measured value),
Polarization time at the first putting into
service or after dry storage : 15 mn,
Built-in NTC resistance for temperature automatic compensation between 0 and 45 C,
O2 probe head
Ref. 453 033 73
Electrolyte, 50 mL flask
Ref. 106 084 73

Zero solution, pack of 2 x 25 mL ampules
Ref. 107 265 73

Pure anhydrous sodium sulphite,
Ref. 105 154 73

NB : Solubility 500 g per L at 25 C.
VTT Clark oximeter

sensor
Especially
designed
for the O2
probe (ref. 453 001 73)
This sensor comprises 2 potentiometers,
which enable a calibration of the O2 probe :
1 for the zero adjustment, 1 for the slope
adjustment, and a two-position changeover
switch
to
chose
the
measurement
environment : in the air or in water.
Measurement : Oxygen,
Measurement range : Air : from 0 to 25 %,
Water : from 0 to 15 mg of dissolved O2,
Resolution : 1/1000 of the measurement range,
Precision : after calibration 0.1 % of the full
scale,
Response time : about 5 s.
Ref.
472 101 73
17
18
CO2-METRY
CO2 probe
Measures the
concentration
of CO2 in the
air and in
water.
Video mark set

VTT CO2-meter sensor
Especially designed for the CO2
probe (ref. 453 076 73)
Works with the ESAO4 or VTT adapter ; can

also be used with a pHmeter with an input
impedance higher than 1012 Ohm with BNC
plug and measurement reading in mV.
Ref.
Specifications
Polymer probes body, 12 mm, L : 12 cm,
pH-type electrode immersed in a specific
electrolyte which pH is proportional to the
CO2 concentration of the environment,
Pre-mounted probes head with PTFE
membrane, specific to CO2,
Measurement range from 0 to saturation in
aqueous solution, from 0 to 100 % in air
environment,
Adjustment speed : 90 s. (90 % of the
measured value).
Polarization time : 1 hour.
Non-temperature compensated.
Shielded lead with BNC plug.
The calibration of the probe is made in two
times :
- zero adjustment (in ambient air after
polarization),
- slope adjustment (in the mixture stock
solution + reagent solution). Supplied with
a spare head, a flask of electrolyte, an
ampule of stock solution, an ampule of
calibration solution, an instruction booklet.
Ref.
453 076 73
The Video mark set is made

up of 15 balls of 3 colors
(red, yellow and blue).
Supplied with 20 fixation
clips, it enables the
movement or displacement follow-up
(thoracic cage). The clips diameter enables
a use with a thoracic belt on a fine cloth.
This kit is supplied in a box and will enable
you to manage all constraints linked to the
colors during video acquisitions.
453 045 73
PHYSIOLOGY
This sensor comprises 2 potentiometers,
which enable a calibration of the CO2 probe :
- 1 for the zero adjustment,
- 1 for the slope adjustment,
- a push-button for a magnifier effect
centered on zero,
- a two-position changeover switch to chose
the measurement environment : in the air
or in water.
Stimulator
Measurement : CO2.
Designed from an Initio

casing, this stimulator delivers single, dual, multiple
or ramp signal stimulation
slots. The adjustable parameters
are the time limit, intensity, intervall, the
number of slots and the adjustable intensity. It authorizes particularly complete experiments in animal physiology, whatever the
chosen living material (nerve, muscle...).
Measurement range
Specifications
Air : from 0 to 10 %,
Water : from 0 to 153 mg/L of dissolved
CO2,
Resolution : 1/1000 of the measurement
range,
Precision : after calibration 1 % of the full
scale,
Ref.
472 102 73
Adjustment by push-button in two steps,

Display of the selected parameter by diode,
Usable with any system equipped with a
Synchro output (ESAO 4, VTT).
Display on LCD screen 3.5 digits, 13 mm,
1 synchro input, 1 signal input,
Dimensions (L x w x d) : 10 x 10 x 4.5 cm.
Power supply : by mains adapter (ref. 281
243 73), 12 V / 500 mA, not supplied.
Ref.
554 004 73
WEATHER FACTORS
Hygrometer
sensor
The used sensor is of
resistive type.
Measurement : relative humidity, RH,
air (immersion forbidden),
Measurement range : from 30 to 90 % RH,
Resolution : 0.06 %, Precision : 10 % RH,
Using environment : air (immersion
forbidden).
Ref.
Luxmeter sensor,
0/200 KLux
photosensitive-diode type.
Measurement : density of the luminous flux,
Measurement range : from 0 to 200 Klux,
Resolution : 200 Lux,
Precision : 5 % 0.4 KLux,
Spectal range : visible and near infrared.
472 006 73
Ref.
Pressure sensor,
0/2000 hPa
The used sensor is of semiconductor type.
Supplied with a 1 m long tubing.
Measurement : absolute pressure,
Measurement range : from 0 to 2000 hPa,
Resolution :2 hPa, Precision : 2 % 4 hPa,
Using environment : non-corrosive gas
(liquids forbidden),
Maximal pressure : 4000 hPa.
Ref.
472 010 73
472 005 73
Luxmeter sensor,
0/2000 Lux
Thermometer sensor,
-20/120 C
The used sensor is

of PT1000 type.
Measurement :
temperature from -20
to 120 C,
Measurement range : from -20 to 120 C,
Resolution : 0.14 C, Precision : 2 C,
Response time in water : about 15 s,
Maximal exposure temperature : 130 C.
Ref.
photosensitive-diode type.
Measurement : density of the luminous flux,
Measurement range : from 0 to 2000 Lux,
Resolution : 2 Lux, Precision : 5 % 0.4 Lux,
Spectal range : visible and near infrared.
Ref.
472 011 73
472 004 73
Holder for VTT sensor

Especially designed to maintain the sensors
in position : hygrometer, thermometer,
luxmeter... The use of an extension lead
(ref. 472 013 73) is required.
Ref.
473 009 73
PRESSURE - GAS
Oximeter sensor,
0-25 %
Oximeter sensor,
0-100 %
The sensor has to be

used with the air
oximeter probe (ref.
453 051 73) or with the
air/water oximeter probe.
Potentiometer with two-positions for the
selection of the measurement type, in air or in
water.
Measurement : oxygen,
Measurement range : in the air : from 0 to
25 % - in water : from 0 to 15 mg per L,
Resolution : 1/1000 of the measurement range,
Precision (after calibration) : 1 %,
Response time : about 20 s (with the probe).
Ideal for your

demonstrations of
dioxygen consumption
in a combustion.
Measurement of the oxygen rate, in the air,
from 0 to 100 %. Slope adjustment by front
side potentiometer.
To be used with the 02 probe : Air (ref.
453 051 73).
Resolution : 0.1 %,
Precison : 1 % of the measure 0.2 % (at
20.9 % of oxygen).
Ref.
Especially designed for the CO2

probe (ref. 453 076 73)
Measures the CO2
concentration in air and
water. Especially
designed to be used with
the probe (ref. 453 076 73).
Measurement range
- Air : from 0 to 10 %.
- Water : from 0 to 153 mg/L of dissolved CO2 .
- Resolution : 1/1000 of the measurement
range.
- Precision : after calibration 1 % of the full
scale.
- Response time : about 5 s.
472 032 73
Pressure sensor,
0/2000 hPa
semi-conductor type.
Measurement :
absolute pressure from 0 to 2000 hPa,
Measurement range : from 0 to 2000 hPa,
Resolution : 2 hPa,
Precision : 2 % 4 hPa,
Using environment : non-corrosive gas
(liquids forbidden),
Maximal pressure : 4000 hPa.
Supplied with a 1 m long tubing.
Ref.
472 010 73
O2 air / water probe
472 102 73
Galvanic-type probe,
27 mm, temperature compensated.
The terminal end
of the probe is
protected by an
anti-shock grid. Life
expectancy : about
5 years.
Immersion forbidden.
Galvanic-type probe, 27 mm, temperature

compensated. The terminal end of the probe
is protected by an anti-shock grid.
Waterproof probe which can be immersed.
Life expectancy : about 5 years.
453 051 73
Ref.

CO2 concentration of the environment.
Non-temperature compensated,
Supplied with a spare head, a flask of
electrolyte, an ampule, a flask of calibration
solution, an instruction booklet.
To be used with the CO2-meter sensor
ref. 472 102 73.
Ref.
O2 air probe
Ref.
Measures the concentration

in CO2 in the air and in water.
472 007 73
CO2-meter sensor
Ref.
Ref.
CO2 probe
Differential pressure
sensor
This sensor enables you
to
measure
the
difference of pressure
between two environments. Not convenient for
liquids.
Ranges : selection by mechanical changeover
switch : 20 kPa, resolution 0.04 kPa
precision (2 % of the measure + 0.12 kPa)
200 kPa, resolution 0.4 kPa precision
(2 % of the measure + 1.2 kPa)
Calibration : zero adjustment by potentiometer.
To be used with the oximeter sensor 0-100 %,
ref. 472 032 73 or 0-25 % ref. 472 007 73.
Ref.
453 052 73
453 076 73
472 022 73
TEMPERATURE
Thermocouple
sensor
Measurements of high
temperatures by
K-type thermocouple
probes (ref. 253 063 73).
Range : 0 / 1 000 C.
Precision : 1 % 2 LSB.
Example for 100 C : (1003) C ; for 500 C :
(5008) C.
Ref.
472 041 73
Thermometer sensor,
-20/120 C
The used sensor is of PT1000 type.
Measurement : temperature from -20 to
120 C,
Measurement range : from -20 to 120 C,
Resolution : 0.14 C,
Precision : 2 C,
Response time in water : about 15 s,
Maximal exposure temperature : 130 C.
Ref.
472 004 73
19
20
SEISMOLOGY
Simplified
seismograph
Connected to the VTT
console in a few seconds,
it enables the obtention
of clear signals, easily
processable by students.
It operates thanks to the
the principle of induced
magnetic field.
It connects to a VTT
console thanks to the
VTT
millivoltmeter
sensor (ref. 472 038 73).
With VTT, it enables an
approach of seismology
without any connection
to a computer.
It is supplied with three
leads.
Ref.
453 010 73
SOUND - RADIOACTIVITY
Synchro release
Radioactivity counter
It enables you to synchronize the measurement

of a mechanical action.
Robust, it can withstand
a 5 joules impact, thats to
say a 500 g ball at 1 m height.
Contact by metallic mass, 2 outputs by safety
plug, usable 12 V / 200 mA.
Measurement of radioactive radiations

with a Geiger Muller tube.
Range : 0 to 1000 c/s.
Resolution : 1 c/s.
Ref.
453 011 73
Millivoltmeter
It enables you to measure
low-intensity
electrical
voltages, for example
during outdoor tutorials, on
the simulation of earth wave. It has 2 calibres
of 25 mV and 250 mV. It can be used with the
VTT built-in software. Bi-calibre : 25 and
250 mV, resolution : 1/1000 of full scale, zero
adjustment by potentiometer.
Ref.
472 038 73
Ref.
472 040 73
Sonometer sensor
This sensor
with built-in
microphone
enables the acquisition of a sound signal and
the measurement of its intensity in decibels.
Functions : (selection on front side) :
- sound waves form.
- sound intensity from 40 to 110 dBa.
Calibration : adjustment of micro
amplification by external potentiometer.
Signal input : built-in microphone.
Ref.
472 021 73
ELECTRICITY - ELECTROMAGNETISM
Ammeter
sensor, 0.5 A
Voltmeter
sensor, 20 V
RMS Ammeter
sensor
Measurement : current
intensity from 1 mA to 0.5 A
Measurement range : from - 0.5 A to + 0.5 A
Resolution : 1 mA. Precision : 1 % 3 mA
Bandwidth : from 0 to 10 KHz
Input resistance : 1 Ohm
Protection : up to 1 A by automatically
resettable fuse
Measurement are carried

out by a differential probe.
Measurement : voltages from
40 mV to 20 V
Measurement range : from
-20 V to +20 V
Resolution : 40 mV. Precision : 1 % 80 mV
Bandwidth : from 0 to 20 KHz
Input impedance : higher than 1.6 MOhm
Protection : up to 100 V
Measures the
instantaneous value
of a continuous signal
or the effecient value
of the sinusoidal component
of an alternative signal.
Measurement range :
d.c. : 100 mA ; a.c. : 0 - 100 mA
Resolution : d.c. 0.2 mA ; a.c. : 0.1 mA
Precision : 1 % 2 digits
Bandwidth : d.c. 0-8 KHz ; a.c. 0.03 - 8 KHz
Input impedance : lower than 10 Ohms
Protection : up to 1 A
Ref.
472 002 73
Ref.
Ammeter sensor,
20-50 mA
Calibres : 0/20 mA and
0/50 mA (selection on
front side). Zero adjustment
(accessible by screwdriver)
Resolution : from 0.02 mA and 0.05 mA
Precision :
- 0/20 mA : 1 % of the measurement 0.04 mA.
- 0/50 mA : 1 % of the measurement 0.1 mA.
Bandwidth : 14 KHz
Protection : 0.5 A resettable fuse and diode
Ref.
472 031 73
Voltmeter
sensor, 6-12 V
Ranges : 0/6 V and 0/12 V
(selection on front side).
Resolution : 6 mV and 12 mV.
Precison :
- 0/6 V : 1 % of the measurement 12 mV
- 0/12 V : 1 % of the measurement 24 mV
Bandwidth : 35 KHz
Protection : 30 V
Ref.
472 030 73
472 001 73
Voltmeter sensor,
2.5 V 5V
This voltmeter can be
used in electricity or to
connect apparatus
equipped with an analog
output, - 2.5 V / + 2.5 V or - 5 V / + 5V (see
pages 103 - 104).
Ranges : - 2.5 V / + 2.5 V and - 5 V / + 5V
(selection on front side)
Resolution : 5 mV and 10 mV
Precision after calibration : (1 % measurement + 15 mV) ; (1 % measurement + 30 mV)
Bandwidth : 0 -20 KHz
Input impedance : > 1.6 M Ohms
Ref.
472 008 73
Teslameter
Measurement of the magnetic field depending on an axis. Equipped with a monoaxial
teslameter probe, non-detachable, directly
connected to the sensor by a soft spiral lead.
Ref.
472 024 73
RMS Voltmeter
sensor
Measures the instantaneous value of a continuous signal
or the effecient value of the sinusoidal
component of an alternative signal.
Measurement range : d.c. : 10 V ;
a.c. : 0 - 10 V (selection on front side)
Resolution : d.c. 20 mV ; a.c. : 10 mV
Bandwidth : d.c. 0-8 KHz ; a.c. 0.03 - 8 KHz
Input impedance : lower than 1 M Ohms
Ref.
472 023 73
Graduated tube adapted to the Jeulin

solenoids and coils with adjustable gap.
Range : 100 mT. Calibres : 10 mT, resolution
20 T ; 100 mT, resolution 200 T
Resolution : 1 % 2 digits
Ref.
472 026 73
MECHANICS
Telemeter
sensor
Movement
sensor
Encoder
wheel
Distance measurement
by ultrasounds. To be used with
the VTT telemeter software.
Measurement range : 0.6 to 5.5 m.
Ultrasounds frequency : 40 KHz (l = 8.5 mm).
Emission angle : 60 .
Resolution : 5.45 mm.
Precision : 1 % 1.5 cm.
To be used with the

encoder wheel (see opposite). Requires the movement software.
Enables :
the detection and dating of events,
the measurement of a displacement,
the measurement of average and instantaneous speed.
Input : 0 /5 V.
Protection : 30 V.
To be used with the movement sensor and

the movement software.
Ref.
472 033 73
Ref.
472 028 73
VTT Telemeter software

VTT internal software enabling you to
measure the position of an object with the
telemeter sensor.
Ref.
Enables yo to carry out time and

speed measurements. It can be used with
the free fall device and the air-cushion bench.
Connection : 5-pin DIN female plug accepting 1 chrono sensor or 1 chronokine sensor
(optical forks).
Be careful : Requires the use of specific softwares : Meca VTT for a processing without
computer or Chronomeca for a processing
with computer.
Beyond 2 VTT chronocine sensors used, an
additional 9V mains adapter is required.
9 V mains adapter
Ref.
281 275 73
VTT Meca software

Ref.
000 467 73
Chrono sensor
Sensor with infrared
optical beam. Detects the
passage time of
opaque objects.
Moulded fork with
red diode, cutout
control lamp.
Connection : 2 m long
lead : 5-pin DIN plug.
Dimensions : 112 x 67 x 20 mm.
Ref.
453 008 73
Speed sensor
with two
optical
infrared beams.
Enables you to
measure the almost instataneous speed of
objects and the passage time (precision : a
few microseconds).
Connection : 2 m lead. 5-pin DIN plug.
Ref.
Displacement
sensor
Combined with the

electronic stepped pulley
(ref. 453 109 73), it enables the
computerization of angle measurements.
Ranges : selection by mechanical changeover
switch : -45 C / + 45 C ; -180 C / + 180 C.
Calibration : by push button : -45 C / + 45 C,
in two points, -180 C / + 180 C, in one point.
Signal point : 6-pin DIN plug for the connection of the stepped pulley.
Combined with the

electronic
stepped
pulley (ref. 453 109 73), it
enables the computerization of
displacement measurements.
Ranges : selection by mechanical changeover switch : 0 / 1.5 m ; - 0.75 m / 0.75 m
Selection of the origin : by push button
Signal input : 6-pin DIN plug for the
connection of the electronic pulley.
472 045 73
Ref.
Enables the computerization of angle and

displacement measurements thanks to
specific angle and displacement sensors.
Diameters :
- 20 mmm 0.2 mm
- 40 mmm 0.2 mm
- 60 mmm 0.2 mm
Grooves width : 1mm.
Fixation of accessories (not supplied) : 2
slots with locking and off-centered position
for zero identification, 8 holes dispatched
on the plates.
Marking : 4 indexes on the pulley every 90 ,
serigraphy -45 < 0 < + 45 every degree.
Axis : 6 mm mounted on 2 quality ball
bearings + a square section extension lead
(200 mm).
Connection lead : 6-pin DIN plug ; 2 m long.
Ref.
453 109 73
VTT force sensor
453 026 73
Angle
sensor
Ref.
Electronic stepped
pulley
000 407 73
Chronocine sensor
472 027 73
453 098 73
To be used with the movement sensor.
Ref.
000 490 73
VTT Chronocine
sensor
Ref.
Movement software
Ref.
472 046 73
Transforms your VTT into a real electronic

dynamometer able to measure tensile and
pressure forces.
Non-removable flexion-blade-type sensor
with strain gauge.
Lead : 1.5 m long.
Ranges : selection by changeover switch :
- 5N / + 5N, precision : (2 % of measurement + 30 mN) after calibration, resolution
10 mN - 0.5 N / + 0.5 N, precision (2 % of
measurement + 3 mN) after calibration,
resolution 1 mN.
Calibration : by push-button.
Ref.
472 047 73
21
22
CHEMISTRY
pHmeter
sensor
To be used with the
pH probe (ref. 703
170 73), pH from 0 to
14 (depending on the
used probe). BNC input. 0.01 pH unit. 1%
2 digits. About 5 s;
Ref.
472 003 73
Conductivity-meter
sensor
CHEMICALS
Ergolab burette
sensor
Used with the
electronic
Ergolab burette
with analog
output (ref. 701 338 73, see page 134),
the sensor enables you to obtain a direct
measurement of the volume.
Capacity : 0 to 50 mL.
Calibration : by two potentiometers in two
points.
Signal input : from the Ergolab AO, on
safety sockets.
Ref.
Measures the conductivity of solutions

between 0 and 20 mS.cm-1.
SENSOR :
Calibres (selection by changeover switch) :
2 mS.cm-1, 2 S.cm-1
20 mS.cm-1, resolution 20 S.cm-1
Precision : 1% of full scale
Temperature compensation : automatic from
0 to 50 C (optimal from 15 to 35 C)
Connection : Mini DIN plug
PROBE (supplied, detachable) :
Probes body : made of polymer resistant to
the most often used solutions.
Electrode : made of graphite.
Temperature sensor : Built-in CTN.
Minimum liquid height : 20 mm
Dimensions : body 12 mm ; terminal end
16 mm ; length 140 mm
Lead : 1 m long
Ref.
472 035 73
pH-meter
sensor
It comprises two
potentiometers
which enable you to
calibrate the probe.
Measurement : pH.
Measurement range : pH : 0 to 14
(depending on the used probe).
Resolution : 0.014 pH.
Precision : from 1 % 0.1 pH (+ probes
precision).
Response time : about 5 s (depending on the
used probe). To be used with the pH probe
Ref. 703 408 73 (see page 125).
Ref.
Ref. 107 194 73

Buffer solution
pH 6.87 / 500 mL
Ref. 107 195 73

Buffer solution
pH 10 / 500 mL
Ref. 107 282 73
Ref.
117 030 73
Glucose, anhydrous
Colorimeter
sensor
Used with the
Initio T and AT
filter colorimeters
(ref. 701 357 73 and
701 358 73, see page
126), this sensor enables you to obtain a
direct measurement of the absorbance or
transmittance.
Calibres : (selection by changeover switch)
Transmittance : 0 / 100 %, resolution 1 %
precision (1 % + 0.3 %), after calibration
Absorbance : 0 / 2 Abs, resolution 0.002
precision (1 % + 0.006), after calibration
Calibration : zero adjustment by screwdriver
Signal input : analog signal coming from the
T or AT colorimeter, on banana sockets.
Ref.
472 044 73
Other name : Dextrose

White powder.
Soluble in water, not very soluble in alcohol.
Ref.
107 061 73
VTT CO sensor
VTT Ethanol probe
The VTT CO sensor enables the quantitation

of carbon monoxide (CO) in the air.
Without calibration, with its range from
0 to 100 ppm, the VTT CO sensor enables the
easy highlighting of the effect on the
environment of some human activities
(quantization of the pollution generated
by a cigarette, a motor, a chimney...).
This sensor operates with the Ethanol

probe ref. 453 084 73. It enables you to
carry out measurement in the air and in
water.
Specifications
Buffer solution
pH 4.01 / 500 mL
Acetylchlorine salt used in therapeutics.

The acetylchlorine is produced in organism
by stimulation of the sympathetic nerves.
Moderating effect, sometimes even
inhibiting, on the heart rythm.
Keep in the fridge (< 5 C).
472 043 73
472 003 73
Maintenance
Acetylchlorine
chloride
- Measurement in the air only (do not

immerse).
- Measurement range : 0 to 100 ppm.
- Probes response time : 90 % in 3 mn 30.
- Temperature-compensated probe.
- No user calibration.
- Permanent autotest.
- Supplied with a semi-conductor-type
probe.
Ref.
472 048 73
Specifications
- Works with the probe ref. 453 084 73 (not
supplied).
- Measurement in the air and in water.
- Measurement range :
0 to 10 g/L of Ethanol dissolved in water
0 to 1 % in the air
- Resolution : 1/1000 of full scale.
- Adjustment by potentiometer.
- Requires to be mains connected.
Ref.
472 100 73
Accessory
Ethanol probe
Ref. 453 084 73
> page 24.
E S A O 4 + C o n s o l e C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
ESAO 4 Plus console

The real USB technology
for a modern simple and
effecient interface
Operates without board in
the computer
Measurement channels
4 for ESAO 4 adapters
4 direct inputs
Analog outputs : 2 x 4 mm safety sockets.
Consoles power supply : external power
supply block (supplied).
Entirely electronic temporal measurement
control.
Precision : 50 ns and optimal operating for
quick measurements under Windows.
8 analog inputs on connectors

Sampling (on one input) : 100 ns.
4 differential direct analog inputs

5 V, protected 250 V, directly reachable on
safety banana sockets.
Synchronization : analog or logic.
Electronic synchronization : recording of
phenomena in precise and clearly set temporal area.
Synchronization modes : software, Standard,
Post-Synchro and Pre-synchro (depending on
the software), DEA mode : this mode enables
you to carry out dated measurements of
random events.
Analog outputs
Event-driven functions
S1 : use as a periodic function generator or

in DC from 0 to 10 V.
Resolution : 12 bits
16 bits counter for events counting.
S2 : use as a periodic function generator or

in DC from + 5 to - 5 V.
A function enables you to reproduce a sequence recorded on an analog input : an
electrocardiogram, a sound...
Logic inputs / outputs

32 accesible to the user, 32 for the sensors
recognition.
Memory
512 Ko R.A.M. : storage of temporal and analog measurements.
Contents
Console, USB lead, mains power supply, CDRom with Plug and Play driver and on-line
instructions. Works under Windows 98, SE,
ME, 2000, XP. Does not work under Dos or
Windows 3.1, NT 3.51 and NT 4.95.
Temporal functions
24 bits timer : dating of logic events.
Frequency-meter / period-meter : precision
100 ns.
Ref.
451 401 73
OXIMETRY
Oximeter probe
Enables the measurement of the
oxygen concentration in the air
and in water
Clark-type electrode,
Measurement range : from 0 to saturation
environment,
Adjustment speed : 10 s (90 % of the

measured value),
Polarization time at the first putting into
service or after dry storage : 15 mn,
Built-in NTC resistance for temperature
automatic compensation between 0 and
45 C,
Cathode Pt, Anode Ag,
PTFE membrane, polymer body,
Plug for connection to the oximeteradapter.
The set is supplied with a spare head, a 50 mL

electrolyte flask, a 25 mL ampule of 0 solution
The oximetric probe is equipped with a

monoblock head, pre-mounted in factory.
Ref. 106 084 73
The perfect watertightness of this probes

head, ensured by 2 O-rings, guarantees the
reliability of your results. The head is
very easy to replace in case of accidental
membrane failure.
Oximeter adapter
Choice of the measurement

environment
Enables the use of the oximeter

probe with ESAO.
Air : measurement of the oxygen concentration in the air from 0 to 25 %.

Water : measurement of the dissolved oxygen
concentration from 0 to 20 mg / L.
Calibration
A zero potentiometer. A slope potentiometer.
Specifications
Precision (after calibration) : 0.1 % of full
scale
Operating temperature : 0 to 40 C.
Casing-built-in lead with plug for
connection to the oximeter probe.
Ref.
453 001 73
Accessories
O2 probe head
Ref. 453 033 73

Electrolyte, 50 mL flask
Solution, pack of 2 x 25 mL ampules
Ref. 107 265 73

Pure anhydrous sodium sulphite
Ref. 105 154 73

NB : Solubility 500 g per L at 25 C.
Supplied with instruction manual.
Usable with the ESAO 4 + interface, this
adapter enables you to fully benefit from
its performances : automatic air / water
changeover switching, use of 3 or 4 adapters
to simultaneously measure 02, CO2,
temperature, ethanol...
Software or manual changeover switching of
the environment depending on the software
used.
Pilot lamps continuously indicate the current
state of the adapter.
Ref.
452 108 73
23
24
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N E S A O 4 S e n s o r s
CO2 - METRY
ETHANOL
CO2 probe
Ethanol probe
Ethanol adapter
Measures the
concentration in
CO2 in the air and
in water.
Measures the
ethanol
concentration
in air
and water
Enables the use

of the ethanol
probe with
ESAO .
Works with the ESAO4 or VTT adapter ; can

also be used with a pHmeter with an input
impedance higher than 1012 Ohm with BNC
plug and measurement reading in mV.
Specifications
CO2 concentration of the environment,
Measurement range from 0 to saturation
environment,
Adjustment speed : 90 s. (90 % of the measured value).
Polarization time : 1 hour.
Non-temperature compensated.
The calibration of the probe is made in two times
- zero adjustment (in ambient air after polarization),
- slope adjustment (in the mixture stock
solution + reagent solution). Supplied with
a spare head, a flask of electrolyte, an
ampule of stock solution, an ampule of
calibration solution, an instruction booklet.
Ref.
453 076 73
Exclusively works with the ESAO 4 ethanol

adapter.
Specifications
Polymer body probe, 12 mm, L. 12 cm.
Semi-conductor-type electrode. Measurement range : 0 - 20 g/L (2 % of pure alcohol).
Measurement in liquid or gas environment
Gain adjustment : ethanol at 95 % to be diluted. Pre-mounted probes head with PTFE
membrane with permeability specific to the
alcohol - hydrophobic function. Supplied
with 3 probes heads and an instruction
manual.
Ref.
Spare accessories
Ethanol probes head (pack of 3)
Ref. 453 085 73
Human metabolism
enclosure
CO2 adapter
Enables measurements
in expiratory air in
enclosed environment
Choice of the measurement environment

Water : measurement of the dissolved CO2
concentration from 0 to 153 mg / L. Air :
measurement of the CO2 concentration in
the air from 0 to 10 %.
Calibration
Magnifier button centered on 0.
A zero potentiometer. A slope potentiometer.
Specifications
Precision (after calibration) : 1 % of full scale
adapter enables you to fully benefit from its
performances : automatic air / water changeover switching, use of 3 or 4 adapters to
simultaneously measure 02, CO2, temperature, ethanol... Software or manual changeover
switching of the environment depending on
the software used. Pilot lamps continuously
indicate the current state of the adapter.
452 121 73
CO2 probes head
Ref. 453 077 73
Cylindrical enclosure enabling you to simultaneously introduce 4 probes ( 27, 12, 6 or 3

mm). Supplied with washable and disinfectable connection lead and anti-return valve and
with 6 anti-bacterial filters. Supplied with
Ref.
Electrolyte,
50 mL flask
Stock solution,
pack of 6 x 25 mL
ampules
Ref. 105 175 73
Ref. 107 453 73
Stock solution,
250 mL flask
Reagent solution,
50 mL flask
Ref. 107 454 73
Ref. 107 452 73
Gain adjustment.
Specifications
Precision (after calibration) : 2 % of full scale.
Usable with the ESAO 4 + interface, this adapter enables you to fully benefit from its performances : automatic air / water changeover
switching, use of 3 or 4 adapters to simultaneously measure 02, CO2, temperature,
ethanol... Software or manual changeover
switching of the environment depending on
the software used. Pilot lamps continuously
indicate the current state of the adapter.
Ref.
452 122 73
453 078 73
Respiro sensor
This sensor is aimed at
measuring human ventilatory phenomena. It has a
cylindrical form and enables
the insertion of the spirometric turbine and
can be adapted on the respiration or human
respiration enclosure to detect :
the volume of gas (air) going through,
the rotation direction of the turbine (inspiration or expiration).
It is supplied with a tube enabling the connection turbine - mouthpiece, 5 anti-bacterial filters and 5 re-usable mouthpieces.
Dimensions : 60 mm, thickness 25 mm.
Lead : 2 m. Supplied with instruction booklet.
Ref.
453 022 73
Enables you to disinfect the
mask between two users.
1L flask with pump.
Ref.
102 106 73
Respiratory mask
Combined with the human respiration enclosure (equipped
with non-return valve), it enables
the student to carry out the measurement by
naturally breathing without nose clip.
Ref.
Spare accessories
Calibration
HUMAN RESPIRATION
Enables the use

of the CO2 probe
with ESAO.
Ref.
453 084 73
Choice of the measurement environment

Air : measurement of the ethanol concentration in the air from 0 to 2 %. Water :
measurement of the dissolved ethanol
concentration from 0 to 20 mg / L.
453 058 73
Antibacterial filter
Directly adaptable on the spirometric turbine
or on the tube of the human metabolism
enclosure, this filter ensures a dual-protection
(for the user and for the equipment).
Ref.
453 046 73
Spirometric turbine
This spirometric turbine has to be preferably used with an anti-bacterial filter. The use of a washing product
damages the turbine and considerably
reduces its life expectancy (5 years or
600 hours of use, compulsory change in
case of modification of the blades aspect).
Dimensions : L. 170 mm - 20 mm.
Ref.
453 023 73
Mouthpieces
Pack of 30 anatomic-form mouthpieces made of plastic with individual packaging, and 4 turbine / mouthpiece connectiontubings. These elements are light and washable with Dakins antiseptic.
Ref.
453 009 73
E S A O 4 S e n s o r s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
HYGROMETRY
Hygrometer probe
Measures the relative humidity
in the air
Precision : 4 % on the measurement

range. Resolution : 0.1 % RH
Built-in NTC resistance for automatic compensation of the temperature
Polymer body, 12 mm
Plug for connection to the hygrometer
adapter
Instructions for use

The immersion of the sensor in a liquid causes the definitive destruction of the sensitive
part.
Supplied with instruction booklet.
Specifications
Hybrid sensor without calibration, without
maintenance
Measurement range : 30 % at 95 % RH
(between 20 C and 40 C)
THERMO-PHOTOMETRY
ESAO 4 thermophotometer
adapter-sensor
This adapter and its two small-size
sensors enables you to measure
the illumination and the temperature in ecology, plant physiology,
cell biology in liquid environment
The sensors are connected to the adapter by
1 m long leads. Temperature sensor under
anodized waterproof tube, 6 mm. Scale :
from 0 to 100 C, sensitivity : 0.1 C. Light
sensor : under anodized waterproof tube,
6 mm. Scale : from 0 to 10 000 W/m2.
Sensitivity : 10 W/m2.
Instructions for use : both sensors are sensitive to organic solvents. Supplied with instruction booklet. This adapter enables you to
fully benefit from the performances of the
ESAO 4+ interface performances and particularly the possibility to use up to 4 adapters
for the study of the foliar transpiration.
Ref.
452 111 73
Ref.
453 088 73
FLOWMETER
Chronowin adapter
Required for the measurement
of the respiratory flow with the
Biology ESAO software under
Windows.
Combined with the Respiro sensor, it

enables the software to calculate under
Windows the volume of air ventilated by
counting the spirometric turbine turns.
Specifications
Temporal specifications : 100 ns.
Input : TTL and CMOS compatible.
Ref.
452 128 73
ESAO 4 hygrometer
adapter
Enables the use of the hygrometer
probe with ESAO
This adapter enables you
to fully benefit from
the performances of
the ESAO 4+ interface
performances
and
particularly the possibility to
use up to 4 adapters for the study of the
foliar transpiration.
Ref.
452 127 73
ANIMAL RESPIRATION
Animal respiration
enclosure
Enables measurements with
small animals in enclosed
environment
500 cm3 cylindrical box made of translucent

polystyrene enables you to simultaneously
introduce two probes 27 or 12 mm (O2,
CO2 or ethanol) and one probe 6 mm
(temperature). A plate equipped with a rod
enables you to move the animal (mouse), 2
discs enable you to reduce the volume of
the enclosure or to insert a stirring rod,
essential to measurements in water.
Ref.
453 083 73
MEASUREMENT OF A CONCENTRATION OF PARTICLES
ESAO 4 turbidimeter
adapter-sensor
With waterproof
probe for
measurements
in situ
The ESAO 4 turbidimeter is designed to enable the direct measurement in situ of a particles concentration in a liquid environment.
To be used for all measurements of concentration in vivo (example : measurement of
the animal or plant cell growth)
as well as for the follow-up of colored
reaction in enzimology.
Waterproof probe for measurement in

water only
Measurement principle : nephelometry
Measurement range : 0 to 20 g/L for yeasts
For other suspensions, scale according to the
calibration range.
Adjustment : zero and gain by two buttons
Specifications
Polyoxymethylene body probe, 12 mm,
length 12 cm
Ref.
452 145 73
STUDY OF THE CELL METABOLISM
Bioreactor 2
This bioreactor is intended
to experiments in cell biology,
enzymology and photosynthesis
Usable with all existing sensors and software,
compact and very stable, it simultaneously
receives up to 6 probes and integrates all

accessories required for your experiments.
Supplied with two 1 mL syringes for the injection of reagents and an instruction booklet.
Totally compatible with the ESAO and VTT
product lines.
Ref.
453 079 73
Accessory
12 V power supply
Ref. 281 243 73
25
26
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Millivoltmeter adapter
This adapter is intended to
measurements in animal
electrophysiology
resolution 5 V, 50 mV resolution 25 V,
250 mV resolution 125 V. It is used with the
nerve tank (see below).
Specifications
Bandwidth : 20 Hz to 10 KHz. Precision :
1 % full scale. Input impedance > 10 12 Ohm.
It possesses a differential measurement input

and a reference input (mass) on safety banana
plugs. 3 measurement ranges : 10 mV
Electrophy adapter
Ref.
452 149 73
Specifications
Signal amplification by button :
from 0.5 to 5 mV with insulating-amplifier
from 50 to 500 mV without insulatingamplifier.
Battery tester diode. Power supply by 9 V
battery (not supplied).
adapter enables you to fully benefit from
its performances : up to 4 adapters.
Multipurpose,
it enables
measurements
in electrophysiology
Contents
An adapter casing with heart rate warning
light
An insulating-amplifier casing ; an optical
transmission of the signals prevents any
electrical contact between the student and
the interface - computer
A lead for the connection to the 3 measurement electrodes
A pouch of 50 adhesive electrodes
Ref.
452 112 73
Required accessory
9 V battery
Ref. 283 234 73
ESAO 4 pressure
adapter/sensor
Pressure sensor with
temperature-compensated
semi-conductor
Usable with the ESAO 4 +
interface
Ranges : 0 to 2 000 hPa. Resolution :
0.5 hPa, 800 to 1200 hPa. Resolution :
0.1 hPa. Response time : 1 ms. Precision :
2 % 2 digits. Ranges changeover :
software. Supplied with 50 cm of vacuum
tubing : 4 ; 8.5 mm.
Ref.
Tensio adapter
This adapter/sensor
enables blood pressure
measurements with ESAO
and the Tensio software
It is supplied with a soft extension-tube
enabling you to connect to a standard cuff,
a deflation regulator with tap easing the
handling, and an instruction booklet.
Measurement range : 0 - 200 mm Hg.
Ref.
PHYSIOLOGY
452 107 73
452 113 73
Accessory
ESAO 4 myograph
adapter - sensor
Stimulating
electrodes
For a study of the mechanical

activity of a muscular preparation
Designed from a flexible axis, they ensure an

optimized positionning whatever the experiment device. Easy-to-use, they connect to a
pulse generator (ESAO 4 +, stimulator...) by
two safety sockets. The electrodes of low diameter made of chloride silver implies a minimum alteration.
Blood pressure cuff

with pump
Stethoscope
Ref. 554 049 73
Ref. 554 042 73
ACCESSORIES
ECG-EMG adhesive
electrodes (Pack of 50)
Ref.
453 029 73
Specifications
Compatible with ESAO 4+, these sensors
enable a measurement of the force generated by a muscle and a quantization of its
variations. Precise, easy to put into service
thanks to its adapter-sensor, it enables you to
fully benefit from the ESAO 4+ interface
power.
Specifications
Sensor : square body probe made of
aluminium, 15 mm, 265 mm long
Built-in beam with strain gauge
Mechanical protection by stop against
overloads of more than 2 Newtons.
Resolution : 1/4000 of full scale with
ESAO 4 +
Single-range myograph ESAO 4 adapter
sensor
A calibre of 2N.
Ref.
452 148 73
Dual-range myograph ESAO 4 adapter

sensor
2 ranges of 2N and 0.2 N.
Ref.
452 147 73
Works with all pulse generators (including

ESAO 4+) up to max.12 V / 500 mA.
Electrode : smaller than 2 mm
Connection by safety sockets
Lead length : 1m
Supplied with locking pliers
Ref.
453 012 73
Metallic electrodes
Ref.
473 005 73
Ref.
473 004 73
Insulated organ tank
Martoreflex
It is designed around 2 concentric independant enclosures with 2 separated

liquid outflow circuits ; one for the
experiment, one for the thermocontrol.
The transparent tank is supplied with
its stainless steel bubbling and maintaining system of the living material, it
ensures thus an easy
positionning of the muscular
preparation and an easy connection to the
myograph adapter sensor (ref. 452 148 73 or
452 147 73).
The Martoreflex combined with the ESAO

method enables you to cause a neuromuscular reflex by hitting a tendon, to release
the measurement sequence which analyzes
this reflex.
Specifications
With built-in tensiometer ;

Enables you to control yourself your arterial, systolic and diastolic tension. Blood
pressure cuff, autoadhesive closure (Velcro
type), built-in stethoscopic earpiece.
PVC body. Height : 180 mm. Diameter :

63 mm. Stand with anti-slipping stop. Dual
outflow system. Stainless steel system with
adapted surgical clamps.
Ref.
453 108 73
Ref.
453 047 73
Martoreflex lead
Ref.
453 097 73
Aneroid tensiometer
Ref.
554 041 73
E S A O 4 + S e n s o r s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
NERVOUS COMMUNICATION
Stimulator
Nerve table
Nerve tank - holder
Compact and ergonomic, this

stimulator enables you to
configure the stimulation
parameters at pleasure
For any type of nerve (cockroach,

crab...). Perfusion device.
Electrodes spacing adjustable
to the nerve size. Easy connection.
Conductive paint avoiding
chlorination phenomena.
Reversible device : insulated nerve

tank, animal holder
The tank support the
saline
solution
and
maintains the satured
atmosphere ; 12 chloride silver
electrodes on 4 mm sockets, a
stainless steel ballast with an holder ; a tap
enables the draining. Dimensions : 164 x 107
x 155 mm, supplied with instruction booklet.
Ref.
Leads for
electrophysiology
It delivers single, dual, multiple or ramp

signal stimulation slots. The adjustable
parameters are the time limit, intensity,
intervall, the number of slots and the
adjustable intensity. It authorizes particularly
complete experiments in animal physiology,
whatever the chosen living material (nerve,
muscle...).This material can be used with the
ESAO 4+ interface.
Pack of 6 leads intended to the conduction of

the neuroelectric signal. Supplied with
Ref.
Ref.
554 004 73
Specifications
The polycarbonate table has 9 electrodesgrooves enabling the permanent perfusion of
the glands.
Dimensions : 75 x 80 mm.
It is mounted on a stand casing (160 x
120 x 80 mm) comprising a device for the
reclamation of perfusion liquid in excess. The
box is equipped of a vertical arm maintaining
the perfusion device. Safety sockets. Supplied
with detailed instruction booklet.
Ref.
ESAO 4+ heart
sonogram adaptersensor
283 280 73
500V safety adapter (pack of 10 : 5R + 5N) to

adapt your traditional sockets into safety
sockets.
Specifications :
Initio-type casing,
Adjustment by push-button in two steps :
selection of the parameter and then
adjustment of it,
Display of the selected parameter by diode,
Usable with any system equipped with a
Synchro output (ESAO 4, VTT).
Display on LCD screen 3.5 digits, 13 mm,
1 synchro input, 1 signal input,
Power supply : by mains adapter (ref. 281 243
73), 12 V / 500 mA, not supplied.
553 032 73
553 034 73
Ref.
283 387 73
Adenosine
Triphosphate (ATP)
Adenosine TriPhosphate (ATP), 1 g. Purity :
99 %. The ATP is particularly used in the study
of the crabs muscular contraction. It increases
the activity of the calcium and potassium
channels. It is a substrate for ATP-dependent
enzymes.
Ref.
116 058 73
Fermentor
Designed from a 2L glass enclosure ; it

contains :
A real fermentor for a practical,

innovative application on the
theme of metabolic channels
- 4 x 12 mm holes and 2 x 6 mm holes

enabling you to immerse probes such as O2,
CO2, ethanol, pH, turbidimeter, luxmeter,
photometer...
- an hole equipped with an aliquot sampling
and liquid introduction device
- an hole for the bubbling system
- an hole for the thermoregulator
The features of the stopper enable a relative
pressure control.
The heart sonogram adapter sensor enables

the identification of 2 heart sounds.
The highlighted emitted sounds can, at the
same time, be heard thanks to the
headphone plug located on the adapter.
It is then easy to mount from the curve a
variation of the signal (increase of the
frequency) after the stress.
The advanced design of the sensor enables
a use above a T-shirt, a shirt.
It is supplied with :
- an immersion heater ensuring the thermal
regulation up to 32 C
- a bubbling system enabling you to control
the oxygen supply
- 12 stoppers : 6 solid + 6 open to enable the
probes passage or not
- a magnet bar for the stirring
Specifications
This fermentor can also be used to study

other metabolic channels, for example the
culture of euglena, chlorella...
Works with ESAO 4 Plus

Adjustment by potentiometer
Headphones plug
Resolution : 1/4000 of full scale
Ref.
452 130 73
Probe not supplied.
Ref.
453 040 73
27
28
THERMODYNAMICS - ENVIRONMENT
K Thermocouple
adapter
Universal K
thermocouple probe
Measurement of temperature via a

K thermocouple probe.
Ranges : - 10 to + 40 C, resolution 0.01 C for
measurements near the ambient temperature.
+10 to +110 C, resolution 0.03 C for measurements near the water boiling temperature. 0 to
1 000 C, resolution 0.25 C for high temperature.
Precision : 2 % 2 digits.
Response time : 0.1 s according to the type of
probe used.
Ranges switch : software.
Connection : for standardized K-type thermocouple probe. Enables you to use several probes.
Ref.
452 106 73
Max. temperature : 900 C

Response time : 7 s
Stainless steeel probe, thermocouple NiCr.
1 m long spiral lead with prehension handle.
Ref.
253 063 73
Pressure adapter
Pressure measurement
from 0 to 2 000 hPa.
Temperature-compensated
semi-conductive sensor.
Ranges : 0 to 2 000 hPa,
resolution : 0.5 hPa, 800
to 1200 hPa,
resolution : 0.1 hPa
Response time : 1 ms
Ranges changeover :
software
Supplied with 50 cm
of vacuum tubing :
4 ; 8.5 mm.
Ref.
452 107 73
Luxmeter adapter
Hygrometer adapter
Hygrometer probe
Measurement of light intensity.

Ranges : 0 to 1000 lux,
resolution 0.25 lux.
0 to 10 klux, resolution
2.5 lux
Ranges switch : software
Measurement of the relative

humidity in the air.
Ranges : 30 % at 95 % RH
(between 20 C and 40 C)
Resolution : 0.1 % RH
Precision : 4 % on the measurement range
Connection : for hygrometer probe
Polymer body
probe, 12 mm.
Built-in CTN
thermistance for
automatic temperature
compensation.
Be careful : DO NOT IMMERSE.
Ref.
452 139 73
Ref.
452 127 73
Ref.
453 088 73
ELECTRICITY - ELECTROMAGNETISM
Voltmeter adapter
Ammeter adapter
Dual-voltmeter adapter
Measures d.c. and a.c.

voltages at 25 V.
Range :
- 250 mV, resolution 125 V
- 2.5 V, resolution 1.25 mV
- 25 V, resolution 12.5 mV
Functions : d.c. : instantaneous
value of the signal.
a.c. : efficient value of the signals sinusoidal
component
Input impedance : > 2 M Ohms
Protection : up to 250 V on all calibres
Differential inputs : on safety banana sockets
Measures of d.c. and a.c.

intensities at 10 A.
Ranges :
- 25 mA, resolution 12.5 A
- 250 A, resolution 125 mA
- 2.5 A, resolution 1.25 mA
Functions : d.c. : instantaneous value of the signal.
a.c. : efficient value of the signals sinusoidal
component
Input resistance : 0.125 Ohm on 10 A calibre.
0.05 Ohm on other calibres
Protection : by resettable fuse
Measures of instantaneous
voltages of 20 V on two ways
simultaneously.
Ranges : 20 V, resolution 10 mV
Adapted to all all signals studied in
low-voltage analog and digital electronics.
Ref.
452 123 73
Ref.
452 102 73
TRMS Voltmeter
adapter
TRMS Ammeter
adapter
Measures the real efficient

value of a 30 V voltage
whatever its form.
Ranges :
- 100 mV, resolution 50 V
- 30 V, resolution 15 mV
a.c. : efficient value of the signal whatever its form
Protection : up to 250 V on all calibres
Measures the real efficient

value of an intensity of 1 A,
whatever its form.
Ranges :
- 10 mA, resolution 5 A
a.c. : real efficient value of the signal, whatever
its form
Input resistance : 0.125 Ohm
Protection : by resettable fuse
Ref.
452 115 73
Ref.
452 116 73
Ref.
452 118 73
Teslameter adapter
Measurement of magnetic fields of
10 mT according to 2 orthogonal
axis. Required the bi-axial
teslameter probe (ref. 293 045 73).
Ranges : 10 mT, resolution 5 T
Functions : horizontal magnetic field, vertical
magnetic field
Ref.
452 105 73
Phase-meter adapter
Measurement of the phase lag of
two voltages of 10 V.
Resolution (voltages) : 5 mV
Precison (voltages) : 2 % 2 digits
Range (phase lag) : 0 to 360 or 180 .
Resolution (phase lag) : 36 x 10 -6 f in degrees
where f is the frequency of the applied signals
Operating frequency : 20 Hz to 100 KHz
Input impedance : 200 k Ohms
Ref.
452 140 73
E S A O 4 S e n s o r s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
MECHANICS
Chronocine
adapter
Chrono sensor
Enables you to carry out time

and speed measurements.
Can be used with the free fall
device and the air-cushion bench.
Connection : 5-pin female DIN plug accepting
1 chrono sensor and 2 chronocine sensors.
Be careful : requires the use of a specific software : Chronomeca for a computer processing.
Ref.
452 104 73
Transforms your
interface into a
real electronic
dynamometer
able to measure
tension and pression forces.
Non-detachable bending-blade-type sensor
with strain gauge.
1.5 m long lead.
Ranges : 0.5 N, resolution 250 N, precision
(2% measurement + 1.5 mN) after calibration.
5 N, resolution 2.5 mN, precision (2 %
measurement + 15 mN) after calibration.
Calibration : by push-button.
452 125 73
Angle adapter
Combined with the
electronic stepped pulley
(ref. 453 109 73), it enables the
computerization of angle measurements.
Ranges : 45 (analog), resolution 0.022 precision (2 % measurement 0. 2 ) after calibration 180 (digital), resolution 0.090 , precision (1 % measurement 1) after calibration
Calibration : by push-button
Calibre switch : software
Ref.
Ref.
453 008 73
Chronocine sensor
Force adapter
Ref.
Sensor with infrared optical

beam. Detects the
passage time of opaque
objects. Moulded fork
with red diode, cutout control lamp.
Connection : 2 m long lead : 5-pin DIN plug.
452 100 73
Speed sensor with two optical

infrared beams. Enables you
to measure the almost instataneous speed of
objects and the passage time (precision : a few
microseconds).
Connection : 2 m lead. 5-pin DIN plug.
Ref.
453 026 73
Displacement
adapter
Combined with the
electronic stepped pulley (ref. 453 109 73), it
enables the computerization
of displacement measurements.
Ranges : 0.5 m, resolution 0.13 mm, precision
(1 % measurement + 0.4 mm) after
calibration 1 m, resolution 0.26 mm, precision
(1 % measurement + 0.8 mm) after calibration 1.5 m, resolution 0.39 mm, precision
(1 % measurement + 1.2 mm) after calibration
Functions : clockwise direction, centered
Calibration : by push-button
Range switch : software
Ref.
452 119 73
Electronic stepped
pulley
Tutorial free fall

Precise and reliable : the
ball release is carried out
by a mechanical device.
A built-in photoelectrical sensor
starts the measurement at the
time of the ball start.
The measurement
repititivity enables
you to carry out the
experiments with
only two speed
sensors.
Contents
Rule graduated in mm,
cm, dm. Height : 700 mm, base : 210 x 200 x
40 mm with vertical adjustment and receipt
tank ; stabilization mass ; manual releaser
with optocoupler, steel ball 16 mm ; plumb
line for vertical adjustment.
Ref.
453 035 73
Enables the computerization of angle and

displacement
measurements thanks to
specific angle and displacement sensors.
Diameters : 20 mm 0.2 mm. 40 mm
0.2 mm. 60 mm 0.2 mm
Grooves width : 1 mm.
Fixation of accessories (not supplied) : 2 slots
with locking and off-centered position for
zero identification, 8 holes dispatched on the
plates.
Marking : 4 indexes on the pulley every 90 ,
serigraphy -45 < 0 < + 45 every degree.
Axis : 6 mm mounted on 2 quality ball
bearings + a square section extension lead
(200 mm).
Connection lead : 6-pin DIN plug ; 2 m long.
Ref.
453 109 73
CHEMISTRY
pH-meter adapter
Measurements of pH from 0 to 14 (depending
on the probe used). Equipped with a BNC
input, it is used with any probe which can
adapt (for example : probe ref. 703 170 73).
Resolution : 0.01 pH unit.
Response time : about 5 s
Ref.
452 109 73
Titronic adapter
This adapter is essential for the use of the
Basic Titronic burette. It enables the fine
control of the burette and the data acquisition
thanks to the Titrage software.
No adjustment is required. Connection lead
to the burette with the
mini DIN plug.
Ref.
452 126 73
Conductimeter
adapter
(CTM)
Automatic
Titronic
burette
Measures the conductivity

of solutions between
0 and 20 mS.cm-1.
Has to be used with the
CTM conductimetric probe
(ref. 701 329 73 - not supplied).
Entirely automatic
burette. Adjustable
speed and volume.
Storage volume : 20 mL
Resolution : 0.01 mL
Precision : 0.15 %
Ergonomic control with
2 buttons
Display : 4 digits, 12.7 mm
Dimensions : 135 x 310 x 205 mm, 1.9 kg
Electrodes holder
Ranges :
2 mS.cm-1, resolution 2 S.cm-1. .
20 mS.cm-1, resolution 20 S.cm-1.
Precision : 1 % of full scale.
Temperature compensation :
manual from 0 to 50 C (optimal from 15
to 35 C).
Ranges switch : software.
Connection : 4 mm safety banana plugs.
Ref.
452 146 73
Be careful : the use with ESAO requires :

- a specific adapter (ref. 452 126 73)
- a dedicated driver software : titration
software.
Ref.
701 341 73
29
30
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N M P I p l a t e s
Study of the amplification chain

of a sensors signal
MPI plate
All assemblies on a compact and
secured plate
Accepts any type of sensors
Any type of active or passive sensor delivering

a voltage, linear or not, can be studied.
Designed by independant modules the
MPI plate enables a functional study of
assemblies : follower, amplifier, amplifierinverter, subtractor, voltage divider point.
By connecting both modules, the student
builds its own measurement chain.
It adjusts the parameters to obtain in ouput
an amplified voltage representative of the
input voltage.
Study of the digital / analog and

analog / digital converters
The digital / analog converter (R/2R network)
integrated to the MPI plate eases the
understanding of the concept of signals
resolution.
The R/2R network combined with the
comparator enables you to study the analog /
digital converter.
Specifications
Connection by 4 mm safety banana sockets.
Protective lid for plates wires.
Ref.
Accesories
Each sensor is equipped with a 50 cm long
lead and with 2 to 4 safety banana plugs.
Each sensor is supplied with the operating
185 321 73
manual showing the calibration curve and

the adjustments of the MPI plate to obtain an
ouput voltage between -5 V and + 5 V.
Description
Reference
Thermistance, CTN 150 Ohms
185 322 73
Thermistance, CTN 1 000 Ohms
185 327 73
Plate sensor, Pt1000
185 324 73
Photodiode, BPW34
185 325 73
Probe, UGN3503U
185 326 73
Diode, Zener, LM 335
185 323 73
Pressure sensor
185 317 73
Non linear temperature sensor
Non linear temperature sensor
Linear temperature sensor with inverse feedback
Light intensity linear sensor
Magnetic field linear sensor
Active linear temperature sensor
Linear pressure sensor
Conversion plate, DA/AD

Multicontrols
The only plate enabling you to

observe the conversions with
oscilloscope
The multi-controls conversion plate enables a
progressive learning of digital to analog
conversions (DAC) and analog to digital
conversions (ADC). It only requires a
voltmeter, an audio ocillator and an
oscilloscope for a complete exploration of its
didactical possibilities.
Description of functions : R/2R network,
comparator, modes selection, control of the
analog to digital conversion, display device.
Ref.
185 320 73
Accessories
Recommended equipment
Power supply, F15
Ref. 281 084 73
> page 91
Power supply, R15

Ref. 281 086 73
> page 92
Oscilloscope, JO20
Ref. 291 166 73
> page 101
Multimeter, CL 3010
Ref. 291 157 73
> page 107
Function generator
Ref. 293 055 73
> page 99
A c c e s s o r i e s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
SEISMOLOGY
Simplified seismograph
for computer-assisted
experimentation
ter or an ESAO 4+ millivoltmeter adapter or a

VTT millivoltmeter for a use with VTT. The
ESAO 4+ console enables the connection of
up to 4 seismographs. Supplied with 2 leads.
The simplified seismograph is

ideal to simulate a seism.
Specifications :
Connected to the ESAO 4+

console in a few seconds, it
enables the obtention of clear
signals under the form of curves,
easily processable by the student
thanks to the Serenis software.
This seismograph, supplied with
its lead can be connected to the ESAO 4+ or
VTT console thanks to : an ESAO 4+ voltmeter adapter or an ESAO 4+ electrophy adap
- Technology : current induced by magnetic

field. Transparent PMMA body.
- Height : 105 mm.
- Diameter : 52 mm.
Connection by 2 safety banana plugs.
Ref.
453 010 73
Accessory
Serenis software
Ref. 000 536 73
Synchro
release
It enables you
to
synchronize
the measurement of a
mechanical action. Robust,
it can withstand a 5 joules impact, thats to
say a 500 g ball at 1 m height.
Contact by metallic mass, 2 outputs by safety
plug, usable 12 V / 200 mA.
Ref.
453 011 73
PHYSIOLOGY
Physiology set
In order to carry out tutorials

about : respiration, fermentation,
photosynthesis, photometry, dialysis
Silicone paste
Contents
60 mL physiology enclosure with its piston.
Thermostatic enclosure. Pierced stopper.
Stopper for the enclosure. Potash enclosure.
Dialysis tube. Stand made up of 2 EASIX clamps.
Plastic needle (soft). 3-ways connector. Stainless
steel rule graduated in, every 0.1 mL for volume measurement in the tube, in mL to measure the useful volume in the enclosure. 10 mL
syringe. 1 mL syringe. 1 soft tube. 1 rigid tube.
Tutorial instruction booklet. Patented licence.
Ref.
WEBCAM
WEBCAM
ToUCam Pro II,

Philips
Photo
tripod
Easy-to-use,
you just have to
connect it to the
USB port of your computer. All options can
be parametered in Cineris, particularly :
number of pictures per seconds : from 5 to
60 (optimum from 20 to 30). Obturation
speed : from 1/25 to 1/10000 (optimum
from 1/50 to 1/500). Gain. Requires
Windows 98, ME, NT 2000 or XP. USB port.
Ref.
554 059 73
571 019 73
Ref.
202 024 73
Modumontage stand
ESAO stand rule for

free fall
- 1 shelf / base,
- 1 x 8 mm round rod, 600 mm long.
Ref.
701 292 73
Stand rule for bench

1 x 1.4 m graduated rule (to be assembled), 2
stands, 1 Allen wrench, 1 DIN / banana plug
lead. Supplied with instructions for assembly.
453 036 73
To ensure the water tightness of the assemblies during the experiments of hydric flows
with an entire plant. Quick polimerization.
Easy cleaning.
Ref.
554 062 73
ESAO 4 +
Input/output
adapter
This adapter gives access to inputs / outputs
of the ESAO 4 interface board, on 4 mm
safety banana sockets. 8 binary inputs outputs (A0 to A7). 2 analog inputs 5 V (U1
and U2). 1 synchronization input. 3 power
supply outputs +5 V, +12 V and 12 V. All
inputs / outputs are electronically protected
and withstand a 30 V injected voltage.
Ref.
452 124 73
For light assemblies.
Contents
Ref.
140 mL tube. Supplied with its hardener.
Simple leads with

4 mm banana plugs
Very robust soft leads with
PVC
insulating
cover.
Useful section : 0.75 mm2.
Ampacity : 12 A. Max.
voltage : 30 eff. V, 60 V d.c.
Temperature resistance :
- 20 C to + 80 C.
Fixation accessory for bench
Ref.
453 037 73
Ref.
333 037 73
Description
Length (cm)
Color
Simple male-male
25
black
Qty per pack Reference

10
283 292 73
Simple male-male
25
red
10
283 293 73
31
32
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N O s c i l l a t i n g s y s t e m s
Vertical elastic pendulum

Study of free oscillations
by video
Influence of m, k and of the
damping in the air.
Simple and weight

pendulum set
This set delivers a -5 V / + 5 V analog voltage

proportional to the pendulums angular position. This signal is compatible with all computer-assisted experimentation interfaces.
All the required equipment

for the study of the simple
and weight pendulum
with the computer-assisted
experiment system
Verification of the
isochronism law
Contents
This set contains :
- The simple and weight pendulum kit
(ref. 222 022 73)
- The electronic stepped pulley
(ref. 453 109 73)
- The angle module (ref. 453 110 73)
Ref.
With two masses and two easily-interchangeable springs, you can show the influence
of mass and k stiffness factor, on the natural
period of the oscillating system. A rigid disk
can be added to the system to study the
damping in the air. The Cineris (or Generis
5 +) software, not supplied, enables you to
record and easily process all experiments.
Contents
- 1 locking pliers to fix the springs,
- 2 springs with different stiffness,
- 2 masses + rod and color mark :
m = 150 and 200 g
- 1 disk for the damping : m = 50 g.
Ref.
Simple and weight

pendulum kit
pendulum length or damping. The assembly

can be modified in a few seconds thanks to a
fixation system of the different elements.
Study of the natural period of a

simple pendulum and the damping of the simple pendulum
Concept of amplitude, period,
damped natural period,
aperiodic state and critical flow
Contents
This set has been especially designed for a

simple and computerizable study of mechanical oscillations. Its contents enable you to
vary only one parameter at one time : mass,
In order to study the mechanical

oscillator in translation
Simple pendulum stand : fixation fork for

stepped pulley, 1m long thread, vertically
adjustable masses fixation clip.
Weight pendulum stand : fixation fork on
stepped pulley, rigid and graduated rod,
L = 600 mm.
2 masses : 100 and 150 g with attachment
system for clip and graduated rod.
Damping disk with attachment system on
mass.
Paddle for the study of aperiodic states
and critical flow, to be fixed at the end of
the graduated rod.
Ref.
two 4 mm safety sockets. A blade can be fixed

on the moving object in order to study the
damping by a fluid, by air. A displacement
sensor delivering a voltage from - 2.5 V to
+ 2.5 V enables you at each time to determine
the position of your moving object. On your
memory oscilloscope (or your computer
equipped with an ESAO acquisition board for
example), you will study :
the free oscillations with variable damping,
the sustained oscillations,
the
forced
oscillations
(mechanical
resonance).
The Generis software enables you to process
all the energy aspects.
Specifications
Dimensions :
700 x 500 x 220 mm.
Mass : 9 kg.
Power supply :
230 V - 50 Hz.
Supplied with
2 additional springs
of different stiffness.
1 spare fuse.
Angle module
for stepped pulley
Connected
to
the
electronic stepped
pulley,
this
module delivers a
-5 V / + 5 V analog
signal proportional
to an angle. The
set
is
then
compatible
with
any computer-assisted
experiment system.
Specifications
Measurement range : can be selected by
push button : - 45 / + 45 , precision 2 %
- linearity error : 1 %. -180 / + 180 ,
precision : 1 % - resolution 0.75 .
Calibration : by push button : - 45 / + 45 ,
in two points ; - 180 / + 180 , in one point.
Signal input : 6-pins-DIN plug for the
connection of the electronic stepped pulley
ref. 453 109 73.
Analog output : - 5 / + 5V on 4 mm banana
sockets. Power supply : by 12 V mains
adapter (ref. 281 243 73 - sold separately).
Ref.
A moving object guided on an air-cushion
bench, oscillates between two springs. A
simple changeover switch activates an
electro-magnet to entertain or force the
oscillations. You acceed the exciter signal on
222 022 73
222 040 73
Horizontal elastic
pendulum
222 043 73
3 spare shading films for the displacement

sensor. 1 overload to be fixed under the
moving object. 1 carrying handle.
Ref.
332 001 73
453 110 73
Accessory
12 V mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
A c c e s s o r i e s C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N
Microfour electric
burner
With a temperature reaching more
than 450 C at the core of the resistance, you will use Microfour to
carry out experiments in excellent
conditions. Performing, safe and
easy-to-use, Microfour is supplied
with an instruction manual and an
experiment booklet.
Environment respectful,
Time saver.
Microfour has to be used with small-size test

tubes. The experimentation on small volumes
enables you to reduce expenditures relative
to
chemicals
purchases
and
waste
retreatment. It is also a way to sensitize
students to environment problems. Mini
volumes require lower reaction times,
experiments are rapidly carried out. The
required electrical power is weak : 60 W max.
(6 - 12 V ; 5 A). Ballasted base. Quartz tube :
100 x 20 mm. Swivelling small plate with
connections for safety leads with 4 mm
banana plug. Resistance : NiCr 2.6 Ohms.
Glass-loaded ABS base, heat-resistant.
Dimensions : 80 x 80 x 180 mm. Mass : 130 g.
Regulator
For a better using comfort,
you will use the Microfour
regulator to control the heating
temperature. This small apparatus
enables you to chose the firing
rate without intervening on the
tube position.
Microfour doesnt require any specific

installation. A 6-12 V power supply is sufficient
Weak electrical consumption :
60 W maximum. To obtain a fine adjustment
of the heating temperature. Use the
Microfour regulator.
Microfour is multi-directional
Horizontally, it is a oven.
Vertically or slightly inclined, it is ideal to
heat a test tube or carry out a distillation.
A modulatable heating temperature
To reduce the heating temperature without
any accessory, you just have to decrease the
number of turns around the test tube to be
heated by taking out the resistance more or
less. Max. temperature : 450 C.
Quartz transparent tube.
Ballasted base.
Enables the Microfour to be both stable and
light.
Ref.
Gas law board

Big vertical board
Study of pressure depending on
the volume or temperature
3 analog outputs for computer
processing
701 105 73
The board has two big display device with

25 mm red LED enabling the pressure, volume
and temperature measurement. A switch
enables you to select either the volume
display or the temperature display.
The syringe with screw-piston has the same
specifications as the Boyles Law apparatus
described above.
Supplied with 1 mains adapter (230 V) and 2
vertical stand feet.
To be completed with Charles Law vessels
and a water bath.
Jeulin Patent.
Specifications
Pressure : 0 to 2000 hPa.
Maximal allowable pressure : 4000 hPa.
Resolution : 1 hPa.
Precision : 2 % VL 4 hPa.
Analog output : 2.5 mV/hPa from 0 to
2000 hPa.
Volume : 0 to 60 cm3.
Resolution : 0.1 cm3. Precision : 2 % VL.
Analog output : 83.33 mV/cm3 from 0 to
60 cm3.
Temperature : 0 to 199 C.
Resolution :
0.1 C. Precision : 2% VL.
Analog output : 50 mV/C from 0 to
100 C.
Power supply : 12V mains adapter,
supplied.
Mass : 4 kg.
Ref.
252 050 73
Transforms your 6-12 V power supply into

adjustable power supply for Microfour.
Can be adapted on any tutorial standard
power supply delivering a voltage from 10
to 15 V with a 4 to 5 A current in AC.
Especially intended to the supply of an
heating apparatus, this regulator delivers
wave trains with detection of the passage at
zero : it doesnt create any electromagnetic
interferences on the network. The regulator
is protected against connections errors and
overvoltages. Connections for safety leads
with 4 mm banana plug.
Ref.
283 346 73
Accessories
Water bath,
2.5 L, 20 - 80C
Ref. 591 004 73

Charles Law vessels
Set made up of 2 flasks (30 and 60 cm3),
1 screw-cap equipped with a K-type fast
responding temperature thermocouple
probe and 40 cm of Vervyl tube (2 x 6 mm)
for pressure tapping. Ensures a perfect
tightness.
Ref. 252 052 73
33
34
C O M P U T E R - A S S I S T E D E X P E R I M E N TAT I O N A c c e s s o r i e s
Movement model
Slide projector, 1500 E
Only one model to study

3 types of movement :
accelerated, uniform,
slow-down,
To be used on the table or
board.
Easy to use
Easy to put into service

A mobile is fixed on a thread drifted by a
motor and a system of pulleys.
3 buttons enabling to chose the type of
movement applied to the thread : uniform,
accelerated, slow-down movement. The
user can modify the movement during a
course.
He can also modify the courses distance by
extending or reducing the movements
transmission thread.
Autofocus : the picture remains sharp even if

you mix in a same slide tray differentlymounted slides.
Initial focusing by scroll.
Objective lens : 2.8 x 90 mm.
Wire-remote control (1.3 m) with separated
forward running and backward running
buttons controlled by the slide.
Multi-trays : accepts LKM, standard or CS trays.
Unit slide holder (without using the tray).
Quantitative measurements
The electronically-controlled displacement
speed is reduced to a few cm per s to enable
manual recordings of the moving objects
position depending on time with a great
precision, and to draw the corresponding
graphs.
On a sheet of paper sticked on the table
below the model, the student can follow-up
the moving objects movement and note its
position every 3 s. The student working with
him has a chronometer and gives him the
start signal.
Convenient
Usable during student tutorials on the table
or on the board by the teacher with two
magnetic bases (optional, ref. 291 196 73).
Patented system.
Specifications
Halogen lamp : 24 V / 150 W,

Power supply : 250 V,
Dimensions (w x h x d) : 28 x 13 x 26.4 cm,
Mass : 4 kg,
2 feet for vertical adjustment.
Supplied with tray.
Ref.
804 075 73
Maintenance
Halogen lamp,
24 V / 150 W
Ref. 803 006 73
Spectrometer,
USB 2000
Specifications
Space-saver,
Acquisition of light spectra on
CCD bars,
Connection on USB port without
acquisition board,
Easy putting-into-service by
optical fiber probe,
Supplied with acquisition
software.
Sensitivity : 86 photons per counting ; 2.9 x

10-17 W per counting (integration time : 1 s),
Rate signal / fluctuation : 250:1,
Speed : 0 to 5 cm per s. Power supply : 12 V

DC (on 4 mm banana sockets or jack plug).
Casing dimensions : 100 x 100 x 65 mm.
Mass : 0.5 kg.
Ref.
Specifications :
Sensor : CCD bar with 2048 elements,

Useful spectral band : 350 - 850 nm,
Random fluctuation : 2.5 - 4.0 (RMS),

Diffraction grating : visible / color (600 lines
per mm), 350 - 850 nm, blas at 500 nm,
Focal length : 42 mm (input), 68 mm (output),
Filter : interferential (Schott glass), fixed,
Optical resolution : 0.3 - 10.0 nm, full-width
at half maximum,
Integration time : adjustable from 3 ms to 65 s,
Transmission speed : 25 ms,
Power supply : via computer by USB
connection,
332 035 73
Optical fiber : 200 m x 1.9 m,

Total dimensions : 86 x 64 x 30 mm,
Mass : 270 g.
Accessories
Minimal computer configuration
Power supply,
F6F12 6-12 V / 5 A
PC Pentium, 32 Mo RAM
Windows 98, USB port.
Ref. 281 083 73

Mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73

Magnetic base
Ref. 291 196 73

Digital chronometer
Ref. 351 037 73

White paper 650 x 500 mm
(500 sheets)
Ref. 333 014 73
Contents
The visible spectrometer directly connects on
the USB port of a computer or a laptop and
enables you to carry out the light spectrum of
a source in the visible region. The detection
of light rays is carried out from a 200 mm
optical fiber probe, the acquisition is made
on a bar of CCD sensors and the display of
the spectrum on the OOIBAse32 software.
- Spectrometer,
- Optical fiber probe, 200 mm,
- OOI Base 32 software with on-line help,
- USB connection lead.
Ref.
701 367 73
Physics
Mechanics
35
Periodic phenomena
43
Sounds and ultrasounds
47
Material properties
56
Electricity
Optics
77
Corpuscular phenomena
Instrumentation
Measurement
89
91
103
50
> Evolio
power supply
Statics MECHANICS
Demo linear
dynamometers
Big size 250 x 50 mm
Rotating stand
Fixation on stem
Reading scale 150 x 50 mm with graduations.

Precision : 5 %. Adjustable zero.
Supplied with rotating stand mounted on ball
bearing.
The dynamometer has to be put on the stand
in its centre of gravity (neutral equilibrium).
Fixation stem : 6 mm, length 100 mm.
Specifications.
Dimensions : 250 x 50 mm
Force
Graduation
Reference
1N
0.1 N
5N
0.5 N
10 N
1N
322 012 73
322 011 73
322 013 73
Accessories
Laboratory stand and bosshead > page 153
Demo circular
dynamometers
Big size
( 200 mm)
Interchangeable
graduated scale
Magnetic fixation
or fixation on rod
Pulley mounted on ball bearing and

interdependent spiral spring.
The pulley is equipped with 2 grooves
enabling you to change the dynamometers
measurement range (factor 4).
Spiral spring protected by a plexiglass cover.
Precision : 1 %. Adjustable zero.
Available on very powerful magnet or on rod
( 10 mm length 50 mm).
Supplied with two magnetic graduated scales.
Dynamometers with magnetic fixation

Force
Graduation
Reference
0.5/2N
5/20N
0.025/0.1
0.25/1
322 017 73
322 018 73
Dynamometers with fixation on rod

Force
Graduation
Reference
0.5/2N
5/20N
0.025/0.1
0.25/1
322 009 73
322 010 73
Total size : 200 x 80 mm roughly.
Accessories
Circular dynamometer
with fixation on rod.
Front view.
Magnet-Meca magnetic board

Ref. 312 075 23 > page 37
Laboratory stand and bosshead > page 153
Dual-calibre circular
dynamometer
The exerted force acts on a spring fixed on

a pulley mounted on ball bearing.
The pulley has two diameters (blue and red)
enabling you to choose between both
graduated scales.
The zero adjustment is made thanks to
the rotation of the graduated scale around
the axis (then, blocking by screw at
the periphery).
To be completed with a box of hooked
masses and a magnetic board > pages 36/37.
Dimensions : 150 x 75 mm roughly.
Bicoloured
double-graduated scale
Very powerful magnetic stand
150 mm disc
Force
Graduation
Reference
Dynamometers for
tutorials
1/2N
5/10N
0.1/0.2N
0.1/0.2N
322 019 73
322 020 73
Precision higher than 3 %.

The body is made of unbreakable
transparent plastic, the rod of aluminium
alloy and the spring of stainless steel.
Graduations engraved and silkscreen printed
on the tube.
Red index. Adjustable zero.
Total stroke : 75 mm 2 mm.
Square section (doesnt roll).
Stainless
Unbreakable
Calibrated
Force
1N
Physics
Graduation
Reference
0.05 N
322 049 73
322 053 73
322 051 73
322 050 73
2N
0.1 N
5N
0.25 N
10 N
0.5 N
35
36
MECHANICS Statics
Magnetic stand for

dynamometer
Very powerful
magnetic
stand
Rotative axis
Fixation by
spring blade
Enables the fixation of dynamometers for
tutorials (section 12 x 12 mm) on a
magnetic board. The stand is mobile on its
guiding axis. Max. force : 10 N on sheet
metal stand (thickness : 1 mm).
Ref.
322 021 73
Elongation of a spring
Simple apparatus, with
direct reading
Good stability
Nickel-plated square column
(500 x 16 x 16 mm), graduated
scale (in mm).
Double index enabling a precise
reading. Cast iron T-stand, epoxy
paint. Stand sliding along the
bracket, sticked by magnet.
Supplied with a set of 3
different
non-jointed-spire
springs and a mass-carrier
plate, with stirrups.
Ref.
322 008 73
Balance on magnetic
holder
Powerful magnetic holder
Rotative rod with 15 holes
Rotative balance enabling you to carry out

the study of a moment of a force on a
magnetic board.
Holes : 4mm.
Spacing : 25 mm.
Total size : 350 x 35 x 13 mm.
Ref.
322 022 73
Matlabo hooked
masses (sold per
unit)
Cylindrical, nickel-plated hooked
masses .
These masses offer the possibility
to be hooked together or to be
flat laid.
Description
Reference
Hooked mass 200 g
703 240 73
Hooked mass 100 g
703 239 73
Hooked mass 50 g
703 238 73
Pack of 5 x 20 g
703 237 73
hooked masses
Pack of 5 x 10 g
hooked masses
Accessories
Mass-carrier plate
Nickel-plated brass plate to be fixed at the end
of a thread or a spring.
To position masses.
(Supplied without mass.)
Ref.
323 005 73
Springs with non-joined spires

2 sets of 3 springs.
Dim. at rest : 9 up to 10 x 70 mm roughly.
Elongation : about 300 mm with 150, 250
and 500 g masses.
Ref.
323 006 73
Mechanics kit
Instruction booklet with detailed
experiments
703 236 73
Content
- 1 complete inclined plane,
- 1 box of hooked masses (500 g in total),
- 3 friction surfaces with magnetic base,
- 10 N dynamometer for tutorials,
- 2 bossheads,
- 1 complete apparatus study of moments of
force,
- 1 instruction booklet.
Accessories
Laboratory stand
Ref. 322 458 73

Modumontage stand
Ref. 701 293 73 > page 155
Ref.
322 458 73
Ref.
703 016 73
Case with hooked

masses
Box made up of 11 masses from 1 g up to
200 g (in total : 500 g).
Hexagonal blocks (non-rolling) equipped
with hooks, which enables you to hang them
together.
Supplied in a plastic storage case with
transparent cover.
Physics
Statics MECHANICS
MAGNET-MECA System
Very powerful magnetic set
Modular system
Big size : 100 x 51 cm
Set of elements on magnetic holder.

Withstands 1 kg masses.
Magnetic holders have to be placed on the
board and can receive MAGNET-MECA pulleys.
MAGNET-MECA axis enables assemblies on
traditional holders (thanks to bossheads).
Description
Quantity
Reference
312 075 73
4 mm bore for assembly of Magnet-Meca pulleys
Magnet-Meca pulley 60, on axis (4 mm plug)
312 067 73
312 069 73
25 m
323 011 73
Magnet-Meca board (1 000 x 516 mm). 1.5 kg mass.

Epoxy-painted thick metal sheet, with folds as stand
Magnet-Meca holder ( 60) with ring magnet.
Plastic-coated cord. For any assemblies in Mechanics.
Frame pulley
Apparatus
Study of forces
0.4 mm, twisted nylon with low coefficient of elongation.
High-quality ball
bearing.
For the study of pulley
systems.
50 mm.
Ref.
Lines of forces direct trace

Plate equipped with 3
swivelling arms with
greasy frictions on
which 50 mm
pulleys can be
mounted.
An axis has to be
positioned at
the
plates
back to fix
the elements
on a universal
stand.
323 020 73
Rod-mounted pulley
High-quality
ball bearing.
1
1
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
3
7
1
1
axis ( 12 mm).
plate (350 x 350 mm).
swivelling arms.
pulleys on 50 mm bearing ball.
x 1 N dynamometers with their stand.
steel rule linked to a magnetic tack.
magnetic tacks.
threads with hooks.
threads mounted on ring.
plates with hooked rod.
square overloads.
plastic bevel.
instruction booklet with experiments.
Ref.
322 016 73
Accessories
Modumontage stand
Ref. 701 293 73 > page 155
Polynux bosshead
Ref. 703 452 73 > page 155
For the study of the modification of

forces direction.
Pulley : 50 mm.
Axis : 6 mm.
Length : 100 mm.
Ref.
Contents
323 017 73
Moments of force
Contents
- 1 rectangular plate and a perforated
moving element.
- 4 pulleys on 50 mm bearing ( 6 mm
axis).
- 12 x 20g overloads and 4 overload-carrier
plates.
- 4 x 1 N dynamometers and 4 adapted clips
(square section).
- 1 pack of threads and studs to be
positioned on the moving element.
- 1 instruction book with experiments.
Experiments on forces with a

moving object in indifferent
equilibrium
This apparatus enables you to highlight the
role of different parameters which intervene
in the equilibrium of a moving body around
its gravity centre.
- Moments highlighting and theorem,
- Forces from masses or dynamometers. The
F forces can easily be applied in numerous
points of the moving object,
- Study of equilibrium,
- Notion of couple.
These applied forces can either be vertical
(overloads weight), or of any directions,
orientable by swivelling of an independent
metallic arm.
The apparatus is made up of a rectangular,
swivelling plate equipped with two parallel
graduations on its sides. The zero line
constantly goes through the rotation axis.
This scale enables the direct and precise
reading of the axis-force distance. To be
completed by a laboratory stand and a
bosshead.
Ref.
322 014 73
Accessories
Modumontage stand
Ref. 701 293 73 > page 155
Polynux bosshead
Ref. 703 452 73 > page 155
Physics
37
MECHANICS Dynamics
Inclined plane
Simple and precise ball-bearing
system
Contents
Consumable parts
- 1 inclined plane (600 x 60 mm) with pulley

fixation system.
- 1 metallic block (mass : 1 kg), equipped with
two hooks.
- 2 pulleys ( 50 mm) on bearing equipped
with a 6 mm rod.
- 1 stand on magnetic base equipped with 3
unlosable balls to suppress frictions.
- 1 x 90 square slide (magnetic).
- 1 graduated sector to measure the planes
angle of inclination.
- 1 instruction booklet with experiments.
To be completed with dynamometers,
laboratory stands, bossheads and masses.
Friction surfaces with magnetic base.

Pack of 2 friction surfaces (60 x 150 mm) on
magnetic base :
- Smooth plastic (little adhesive),
- Felt (lightly adhesive),
- Caoutchouc (highly adhesive).
Accessories
Assembly carried out with the Modumontage
system. See Accessories.
Ref.
322 046 73
1 dynamometer (on swivelling holder)

Ref. 322 011 73 - 322 012 73 - 322 013 73
> page 35
1 case with hooked masses
Ref. 703 016 73 > page 36
2 Modumontage stands
Ref. 703 453 73 > page155
2 Polynux bossheads
Ref. 703 452 73 > page 155
3 x 700 mm square rods
Ref. 703 459 73 > page 155
Road safety model
Ref.
322 435 73
Contents
- 1 plastic frame,
- 4 sheave wheels ( 40 mm),
- 4 removable solid tires made of nitrile
rubber (good grip),
- 4 ball bearings,
- 2 wheel shafts (steel threaded rods),
- 8 nuts,
- 2 open-end wrenches for disassembly,
- 1 braking device,
- 1 little plastic bag for masses.
Ready-to-use, entirely mounted vehicle.
Supplied with instructions.
Study of movement and

velocity
Study of braking and collision
avoidance distances
Ref.
332 037 73
All propulsions vehicle kit
38
Kit contents
-
1
4
1
1
1
1
frame,
wheels (with tires and ball-bearings)
body
inclined plane
motor propulsion kit
balloon propulsion kit
- 1 motor/propeller propulsion kit

- 1 sail propulsion kit
- 1 double suction disc + twisted thread
- 1 coupling device for 4 x 1.5 V batteries
- 1 test bench / storage stand enabling the
supply of the vehicle thanks to a 6/12 V power
supply (not supplied).
Physics
Propeller propulsion
- 1 power cable.
- 1 instruction book detailing more than 50
experiments and exercices.
Ref.
332 027 73
Dynamics MECHANICS
Demonstration
free fall
Height : 1.5 m.
- an electromagnet (to be supplied with 6 V),
Rectangular section rod (40 x 20 mm) made of

light alloy, height : 1 500 mm, equipped with
the following elements :
- a set of connections necessary for the

different pluggings.
- a 1 350 mm silkscreen printed scale with

50 mm black and light-colored areas,
Supplied with a 16 mm ball and an

- a base with foot-screw for the vertical

adjustment,
- basket mounted on magnetic bracket, to
avoid balls bounce,
- a baskets holder with reading vernier
(graduations in mm),
Ref.
Spare parts
Ball for free fall
Ref. 283 381 73
332 003 73
Fluid fall
Visualisation of
acceleration
phases and
speed limit
Mass influence
on speed limit
Movement
acquisition by
video
Modelization
by the Eulers
method
Set of 3 tubes (sold per unit) enabling you to

show several phases during the fall in a fluid
of balls with different masses.
Fluid fall
Ball
Tube : made of transparent PTEG

Fluids density f : 860 kg.m-3
Balls radius : Rb : 12.5 mm
Tube 1
Tube 2
Tube 3
pink plastic, steel core
pink plastic, steel core
grey steel
2.58.103 kg.m-3
4.34.103 kg.m-3
8.06.103 kg.m-3
vl quasi-instantaneous
2 distinct phases
prolonged
Balls
density rb
Acceleration and
limit speed
velocity
Theoretical model for
F = k.v
F = k.v
acceleration
F = k.v2
243 007 73
243 008 73
243 009 73
the friction force

References
Tube : 50 x 500 mm
Total dimensions : 130 x 500 mm
Mass : 1.4 kg
Accessories
Ferrite magnets
(pack of 10)
for the balls release.
Ref. 263 016 73
Free fall tube

(Newton experiment)
Accessories
Vacuum tube (inner 8 mm)
Ref. 253 044 73

Diaphragm vacuum pump
Ref. 701 290 73
1m tube made of highly-resistant plastic,

equipped with a vacuum tap terminal end.
Enables you to study the fall of solids with
different forms and masses in the air and in
vacuum.
Ref.
243 010 73
Supplied with a steel ball ( 12 mm) and a

cardboard ring.
To be completed with a tube (inner 8 mm)
and a vacuum pump.
Tap : terminal end for tube (inner 8 mm).
Total dimensions : 50 x 106 mm.
Mass : 540 g.
Physics
39
40
MECHANICS Dynamics
Mechanical bench
Study of projectiles movements
Low frictions
Booklet with experiments
Rigid bench made of aluminium profile,
equipped with a side graduation, on which
you can position accessories thanks to
fixation clips.
Three colored survey rods placed in the

trajectorys plane.
The bench can be inclined by using a
lab-jack, ref. 701 003 73 (not supplied).
Supplied with a multi-purpose trolley, moving
with very few frictions.
Contents
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
bench equipped with stands and stops,

trolley with terminal ends and exploder,
launcher,
set of 3 balls,
set of 3 survey rods,
set of fixation accessories,
Bench dimensions : 120 x 12 x 8 cm.

Benchs mass : about 2.6 kg
Trolleys mass : about 330 g
Ref.
Ballistic launcher
Additional trolley
Adjustable incline and power

Repetitive experiments.
Very weak frictions

Excellent rolling on the
mechanical bench
Innovative and functional
design
Launcher mounted on incline-adjustable

holder, to be fixed on a table or a lab-jack
thanks to the supplied locking pliers.
Launcher supplied with the mechanical
bench (ref. 332 045 73). Supplied with 2
sets of springs (different stiffness).
To be completed with a set of 3 balls
(ref. 332 048 73).
Specifications
Fixation rod : 6 mm.
Dim. at rest : 40 x 100 x 150 mm.
Dim. (extended) : 40 x 100 x 190 mm.
Ref.
332 047 73
332 045 73
Set of 3 balls
Velcro terminal ends (supplied with the

mechanical bench ref. 332 045 73) can be
fixed thanks to clips to carry out soft
shocks.
Supplied with 4 magnetic stops and a
colored mark.
Plastic balls (same diameter but different

masses), enabling you to study the mass
influence on a projectiles trajectory.
Specifications
Specifications

Trolley and stops mass : about 450 g.
Dimension : 25 mm.
Masses : about 4 g, 8 g and 21.5 g.
Ref.
332 046 73
Ref.
Physics
332 048 73
Dynamics MECHANICS
Air-cushion bench II
Specifications
Total dimensions : 165 x 18 x 22 cm.
Effective length : 120 cm.
Power supply : 230 V (mains).
Contents
- 1 very rigid square rail, made of anodized
aluminium (length 1.5 m).
- 230 V bench-integrated blower, fixed at the
end of the rail in an insolated case.
- 2 trolleys (mass m # 100 g) with tip-support
strut for sparkling, moving on air-cushion.
- 1 overload (mass m # 100 g).

- 4 terminal ends with spring for elastic
shocks.
- 2 terminal ends for soft shocks.
- 1 sliding rod for inclined planes
adjustment.
- 1 release sensor for experiments with
ESAO.
- 1 device for accelerometer including :
1 pulley with very sensitive bearing,
mounted on holder.
1 cord with 2mm plug to attach trolleys.
1 overload-carrier plate and 4 overloads.
- 1 device for explosion including :
1 special terminal end with spring.
1 nylon sewing spool.
1 mounted-heating wire with push-button
(to be plug on 6V).
Ref.
332 026 73
Tube for recording by

sparkling
- 1 pair of high-voltage wire
- 2 tips for moving objects ensuring the
electric contact between the HV wires and
the paper.
- 2 HV connection wires : generator/ benchs
HV wires
- 1 detailed assembly instructions
Set of accessories to be assembled on the aircushion bench to carry out the recording of
the moving objects path by sparkling. To be
completed with the pulse generator
(ref. 281 035 73) and the paper for recording
(ref. 333 036 73)
Contents
- 1 cylinder around which the metallized
paper (special for recording) has to be
positioned.
Ref.
Pulse generator
333 034 73
Consumable parts
Recording paper for air-cushion bench
Pack of 100 sheets, special for recording.
Ref. 333 036 73
- Ref. 332 013 73, 150 mA charge intensity.

Power supply : 110 - 230 V.
Precise recordings by sparkling

of moving objects path on
air-cushion table or bench
2 marking intensities
Battery charger
Ref.
281 030 73
Consumable parts
Pack of 10 fuses (T 1.25 A)
Ref. 283 208 73
Specifications
Pack of 10 fuses (T 315 mA)
- Protected female HV output terminals

( 4 mm).
- HV pulses : 2 000 up to 3 000 V with a
very low intensity. Control by push-button.
- Pulses periods : adjustable, 2 marked
intensities : tutorial / course.
- Pulses periods : adjustable 20, 40 or
60 ms.
- Battery-charger position
Ref. 283 207 73
Accessories for
air-cushion bench II
1 system to study the oscillation.
1 reactor : small inflatable balloon with
air-flow control valve. 1 launcher (to be
fixed at one benchs end).
Contents
1 trolley (mass m# 100 g). 2 terminal ends
for elastic shocks. 1 overload m# 100 g, 2
terminal ends for magnetic shocks
(repellent).
Ref.
Physics
333 038 73
41
42
MECHANICS Dynamics
MECA 2
air-cushion table
Ideal for the study of movement
The table and the self-supporting modules
are made of frosted glass. The tables edge is
protected by a wooden frame, enabling the
adaptation of all JEULIN accessories.
Supply by connection on mains.
Contents
Accessories
- 1 glass table (865 x 575 x 10 mm) with

wooden frame, steel ring, 3 adjustable feet
and bracket with supply wires. Supplied in a
wooden cabinet.
- 1 set of skids for the inclined plane.
- 1 device for accelerometer (ultra-sensitive
pulley with threads, overload-carrier plate, 3
overloads).
- 1 BZ6 power supply (ref. 332 025 73) on
10/230 V mains supply for the recording and
the self-supporting modules (6 V/1 A). Two
options are available for the recording (course
and tutorial). Marking periods : 20, 40 or
60 ms.
- 1 pack of 100 sheets (830 x 500 mm), special
paper for recording (ref. 333 035 73).
- 2 self-supporting modules (ref. 332 019 73)
ballasted with 4 overloads each (positionned
inside the cover).
- 1 set of 2 overload rings m#360 g.
- 2 sets of 2 rings : soft shocks and
elastic shocks.
- 1 device for the search of
the inertia centre of two
linked moving modules.
- 1 ring for explosion.
- 1 block with eyelet for the rotation.
- 1 spring launcher (graduated)
- 5 m of elastic thread for distortable solid.
- 1 nylon sewing spool (50 m).
- 1 storage carton.
- 1 illustrated instruction booklet.
Accessories for the rotation
Ref.
Set of accessories made up of a mass with

pivot, a nylon spool, 2 dynamometers (1 and
5N), 1 swivelling stand mounted on bearing.
Enables the verification of the formula :
F = mw2R (precision 10 %).
Ref. 333 016 73

Paper for Meca 2 table
Pack of 100 sheets, special for recording.
830 x 500 mm.
Ref. 333 035 73

Ordinary white paper for Meca 2 table
Set of 500 sheets of ordinary white paper
(650 x 500 mm). This paper, positionned
under your special paper for recording,
enables you to use it several times.
Ref. 333 014 73
332 006 73
Spare parts
Designation
Set of 2 HV single-wire cords
Description
For recording with 4-accumulator self-supporting modules, ref 332 013 73 :
single-wire cords, 2 mm female plug and 4 mm male plug, length 3 m.
Set of 2 HV double-wire cords

and power supply
For recording and supply of 6V self-supporting modules without accumulators,

ref. 332 019 73, double-wire cords with 2 mm plastic-coated plugs (male/female), length 3 m.
283 225 73
Equipped frosted glass table
Table 865 x 575 x 10 mm with wooden frame. Steel ring, 3 adjustable feet.
Stainless steel bracket. Supplied in a wooden cabinet + 50 sheets of paper, special for recording.
331 003 73
Self-supporting
modules
Reference
283 223 73
BZ6 power supply
Model with accumulators
For the supply of the 6V/1A

self-supporting modules
(ref. 332 019 73) and the HT
pulses for recordings
Air-cushion generated by a
diaphragm pump
Insulating plastic body
Marking by sparkling
Dimensions : 100 mm.
Height : 95 mm.
Ballasted model (supplied with Meca 2)
The HV pulses for sparkling are brought by a

generators single-wire cord (ref. 281 035 73
> page 41). Supplied with 4 Cd Ni 2 Ah
accumulators (to supply the diaphragm
pump), a HV single-wire cord and a cord for
the accumulators recharge.
Ref.
HV pulses for sparkling and 6V voltage

(to supply the diaphragm pump) are
brought by a BZ6 (6V + HV) generators
double-wire cord (ref. 332025 73).
Supplied with double-wire cords and 4
ballasts to replace accumulators.
Ref.
332 019 73
332 013 73
Accumulator, Cd-Ni 2 Ah - 1,2 V

Sold per unit. Forecast 4 accumulators (2
Amperes - hour) to supply a self-supporting
module with accumulators. Accumulators
recharge in the self-supporting module :
with the Jack cord (ref. 283 242 73),
connected on the generator
(ref. 281 243 73).
Dim. : 26 x 50 mm.
Ref.
283 103 73
2 marking positions (tutorial and course).

Adjustable period : 20, 40 or 60 ms.
Supplied with MECA 2.
Ref.
Physics
332 007 73
Waves propagation PERIODIC PHENOMENA
Aquaonde
Ripple tank
Big size demonstration screen :

480 x 430 mm
Equipped with a patented
system which generates ripples
with an adjustable frequency
from 0.7 Hz up to 35 Hz
Adjustment of the water level by
filling pump
Adjustable signal amplitude.
Mechanical stroboscope made up of a iodine
lamp, 12 V - 55 W. It is fixed on a folding arm
for an easy carriage.
The tank is equipped with a filling pump
immersed in the receiver.
This transparent tank is made of unbreakable
and flat methyl methacrylate.
Adjustable frequency and

amplitude
Space-saver
Specifications
Frequency : adjustable from 0 to 50 Hz
Amplitude : air-flow adjustment
Frequency output : 4 mm safety sockets
Power supply : 12 V / 5 A (Direct Current)
Protection : variable resistance
Tanks dimensions : 30 x 18 x 20 cm
Generators dimensions : 22 x 12 x 9 cm
Contents
- 1 wave-generator case
- 1 ripple tank
- 1 set of 3 terminal ends
(1 circular wave, 2 circular
waves, 1 plane wave)
- 1 set of accessories for diffraction
through a slit
- 1 connecting hose
- 1 instruction
booklet with
experiments
examples.
Ref.
Stroboscope tachometer
Specifications
- Equipped with a 40 J Xenon lamp.
- Electroluminescent display of the number
of flashes per mn (4-digit display).
- Two ranges : 100 up to 1 000 flashes per
mn and 1 000 up to 10 000 flashes per mn.
- Precision : 1 flash per mn from 100 up
to 5 000 flashes per mn ; 0.05 % over
5 000 flashes per mn.
- Flash duration : 60 to 100 s.
Power supply : 230 V - 50 Hz.
Mass : 1 kg. Dim. : 210 x 120 x 120 mm.
Ref.
351 043 73
Ref.
222 021 73
222 038 73
Disk mounted in a stackable case to ease

the storage. Disks diameter : 55 mm.
Mass : about 200 g. Dimensions : 160 x 120
x 80 mm. Power supply : max. 6 V. Rotation
speed : 0 to 8 000 tpm. Supplied with
instructions.
This stroboscope enables the

study of vibratory phenomena
and periodic motions (motors)
- 2 circular-wave generators, 1 plane-wave

generator ;
- obstacles : ellipse, 5 plane obstacle (mirrors,
slits), 1 parabolic obstacle.
- transparent obstacles : 1 trapezium,
1 parallel plate, 1 biconvex lens.
Double-voltage apparatus : 110 V - 230 V.
Supplied with instructions including
assembly diagrams and experiments photos.
Ripple tank ref. 222 038 73 used

in synchronous mode with
the stroboscope on holder
ref. 222 017 73.
Disk for stroboscopy
Ref.
Supplied accessories
Students ripple tank
Transluscent screen (480 x 430 mm). This

screen is removable to enable a vertical
display on big screen. The accessible control
knobs are located on the tanks front frame.
Storage area for the set of accessories at the
tanks back side.
222 025 73
Stroboscope
on holder, 35 W
Students stroboscope
Operates without audio oscillator.
Equipped with high-luminosity LED,
1 candela.
The Linear potentiometer enables the
variation of the frequency from 35 to
300 Hz. The stroboscopes power supply
must be comprised between 6 and 15 V. It
is equipped with an output on female jack
plug (3.5 mm) enabling you to measure the
flashes rate by connecting it to an
oscilloscope or frequency-meter.
Ref.
352 023 73
2 operating modes :
- synchronous to stabilize the picture,
- asynchronous to slow down the
phenomenon and to obtain a fixed
lighting. Connection by DIN plug.
Specifications
Bulb : halogen 35 W / 12 V
Dimensions : 27 x 16 x 20 cm
Ref.
222 017 73
Accessory
12 V / 35 W halogen bulb
for stroboscope ref. 222 017 73
Jack-banana lead
1.5 m coaxial cable with single- male jack
plug at one end and two banana plugs
( 4mm) at the other end.
For stroboscope/oscilloscope connection.
Ref. 283 011 73
Ref. 283 340 73
Accessory
Physics
43
44
PERIODIC PHENOMENA Waves propagation
Wave machine
for tutorial
Study of standing and
travelling waves
Vertical or horizontal use
Display of the excitation
frequency
Frame made of steel tube ensuring an

excellent stability. Adjustable thread
tension.
Bars are fixed on a double-thread linked to
the metallic frame by ball bearings.
The exciting frequency is adjustable from
0.2 to 2.5 Hz and readable on an
electroluminescent display.
The bars have a red ball and a blue ball at
each end to ease the video recording of
the movement. Supplied with instructions.
Wave machine
Disturbance propagation
Reflection with or without
change of sign,
delay line, variable
inertia, charateristic
damping and
impedance,
travelling waves,
standing waves
Machine equipped with 35 telescopic bars

with red counterweight at each end
enabling the variation of each bars inertia.
The column is made of strong section
aluminium (40 x 40 mm) and the U-shaped
bracket is made of aluminium profile
ensuring a good rigidity.
Total height : 2 m.
The signal can be completely damped by the
action of the braking system made up of a
powerful electromagnet and a disk.
Enables the obtention of signals with
reflection, with noticeable damping, by
immobilizing the tape-interdependent disk,
thanks to a manual disks blocking system
(by stop pin).
The built-in motor has a strong torque. It is
equipped with a bonding device for
machines sinusoidal excitation.
Slow rotation speed (10 to 75 tpm about) is
adapted to the machines resonance
frequencies.
Specifications
To be completed with a direct voltage power

supply (adjustable from 1 to 12 V).
Display : 3 digits, height 14 mm.

Power supply :
12 V mains adapter, supplied.
Dimensions :
150 x 45 x 41 cm.
Mass : 6.240 kg without case.
Ref.
222 016 73
Accessories
R30 power supply, 0-30 V / 0-5 A
Ref. 281 090 73 > page 93
Electronic 2 power supply
Ref. 281 051 73 > page 95
CL 3005 multimeter
Ref. 291 156 73 > page106
Forced oscillations
Experiments with the exciter or
resonator pendulum
An exciter pendulum, made up of a 540 mm

rod on which slides a 1 kg mass, oscillates on
a 2 coaxial-bearing-axis, ensuring an
oscillation in a rigorous plane.
Period : 1 s to 1.35 s.
Very-light exciter pendulum, ended by an
arrow for the amplitudes reading.
Helical-spring coupling.
2 different springs are supplied.
Graduated plate enables the resonators
amplitude measurement. 2 discs with
different diameters can be fixed on the
resonator pendulum.
Ref.
222 046 73
Ref.
Physics
222 018 73
Propagation
Meldes apparatus
with diaphragm
Variable exciting frequency
Oscillating rod with clamping
screw
Protection against wrong
connections
PERIODIC PHENOMENA
Meldes apparatus
Study of a springs longitudinal
vibrations or cords transversal
vibrations
Accessories
Stationary waves spring
Helical 10 mm, length 800 mm
Ref. 222 002 73

25 m cord
Ref. 323 011 73

Stand for optics / holder
Ref. 203 025 73

Deflecting pulley
Ref. 323 017 73

Box of hooked masses
Ref. 703 016 73
Vibrator made up of a loudspeakers

one linked to a vertically vibrating rod. The
rods end is equipped with a clamp screw to
fix a cord or a spring.
Power supply carried out by a low
frequency generator delivering 20 Vdc (not
supplied). Maximal vibration amplitude
obtained for a frequency not far from 40 Hz.
The use of a low frequency generator
amplifier (not supplied) enables the increase
of vibrations amplitude.
To be completed with a spring or cord to
show longitudinal and transversal vibration.
To be used with a 50 g mass (max.) for the
cords stress.
Specifications
Max. voltage : 12 V.
Connection : 4mm safety sockets.
Protection : resettable fuse system.
Mass : 640 g.
Ref.
222 037 73
An electro-magnet, excited by a mains

50 Hz current acts on a vibrating blade, on
which a cord or a spring is hung.
2P + T plug compliant with the safety norms.
Supplied without stand, with instructions.
Power supply : 230 V.
Ref.
222 023 73
For the Meldes apparatus with

diaphragm
Low frequency generator 2 MHz
Ref. 293 047 73

Low frequency generator amplifier
Ref. 293 009 73
Kundts tube
with analog outputs
Study of stationary waves
Recording of the raw signal and
the envelop curve
Computerization of location
and signal measures
The apparatus is made up of a tube
mounted on holder and equipped with a
loudspeaker at one end and a removable
stopper at the other end. The loudspeaker is
supplied with a function generator (not
supplied) enabling you to vary the
soundwaves frequency.
The amplitude of the sound signal is picked
up by an electret-foil microphone, mounted
on a mobile rod inside the tube. The
displacement is carried out thanks to a turn
button.
Recordings of the displacement and the
received signal are made with a computer
from any Computer-Assisted Experiment
system. An oscilloscope can also be used to
display the received signal.
Specifications
Three analog outputs :
- 5 V / + 5 V proportional to the
displacement,
- 5 V / + 5 V proportional to the sound signal,
- 5 V / + 5 V proportional to the signal
envelop.
Loudspeaker : 8 / 0.25 W.
Distance micro/loudspeaker :
adjustable from 0 to 500 mm.
Power supply : 12 V mains adapter, supplied.
4 mm safety sockets.
Physics
Ref.
222 044 73
Accessories
2 MHz generator
> page 99
Computer-Assisted-Acquisition systems
> pages 3 to 10
Generis 5 Software
>pages 3 and 4
or
Oscilloscope
> pages 100 to 102
45
PERIODIC PHENOMENA Oscillating systems
This device respects the conditions of the

simple pendulum model : thread fixation at
one point, inextensible thread of negligible
mass, control of oscillation angle which must
remain weak.
The device enables :
- to vary the threads length very easily
Excitation system
for vertical elastic
pendulum
Study of the mechanical
resonance
Comparison between the
exciters and resonators period
Influence of the damping on
oscillations amplitude
Ref.
Specifications
Mass : 300 g.
Ref.
Laboratory stand
Ref. 701 030 73

Chronometer
Ref. 351 037 73

Pendulum with variable parameters mounted on
stand Ref. 701 030 73
Standard stepped
pulley
Pulley with groove and thread

guide to maintain the thread to
the resonance.
Motor with
eccentric and
colored mark to
measure the
excitation period
and compare it
with the
resonators.
222 033 73
Accessories
Tube to study
the influence
of fluid
damping on the
oscillations
amplitude.
High-quality ball bearing.

Compatible with the simple and weight
pendulum for the study of oscillations.
Pulleys : 20-40-60 mm.
Total length : 100 mm. Rod : 6 mm.
Ref.
323 024 73
Coupling accessories
This system completes the vertical elastic

pendulum (> page 32) for the study of the
mechanical resonance.
It is made up of the elements and .
16 mm) or a square rod (section 15 x 15 cm).

Supplied with 2 m thread, ready to use.
Patented system.
Threads fixation at one point

Threads length adjustable by
spooler at 10 cm pace
Measurement of oscillations
angle
Supplied with 3 masses of
known value
from 0 to 2 m thanks
to a notched
spooler,
- to control the
pendulums
oscillations angle
(from 0 to 40 ),
- to have several
masses of known
value and same
volume (PVC 8 g,
aluminium 14 g,
brass 40 g).
A mass holder fixed on
the thread enables you
to rapidly substitute the
suspended mass without having
to adjust the threads length.
The pendulum has to be mounted on
a standard laboratory stand (not
supplied) equipped with a rod ( 6 to
Pendulum with
variable parameters
46
Simplified coupling of
2 pendula
Adapted to the use of
electronic stepped
pulleys
222 041 73
Accessories
Modumontage Stand
(4 are required)
Ref. 703 453 73

Polynux bosshead
Ref. 703 452 73

Locking pliers
Ref. 703 529 73
15 mm square section rods

1000 mm (2 are required)
Ref. 703 460 73

15 mm 400 mm square section rods
Ref. 703 458 73

R15F5 / 2 A power supply
Ref. 281 087 73

ToUCam Pro II webcam, Philips
The coupling is carried out by a

piano-wire system,
easy-to-position or to remove,
adapted to electronic stepped
pulleys. Two piano wires are available to
show the influence of the twist constant
on the coupling. A ballasted frame ensures
the experiments stability and the
alignment of the different elements.
Ref.
Ref. 571 019 73
Set of coupled
pendula with
analog output
453 124 73
Frictions are limited thanks to the electronic

pulley equipped with an angle sensor and
optical reader and with high-quality ball
bearings.
Elements can also be used for the study of
the weight and simple pendulum.
Study of coupled pendula :

symmetric and antisymmetric
modes, beats, resonance
phenomenon
Analog output usable with any
Computer-assisted-experiment
systems or oscilloscopes
Contents
- Simple and weight pendulum kit (x 2)
(Ref. 222 022 73)
- Electronic stepped pulley (x 2)
(Ref. 453 109 73)
- Angle module with analog output (x 2)
(Ref. 453 110 23)
- Coupling accessories (x 1)
(Ref. 453 124 73)
This set contains all elements required for

the study of coupled pendula.
Easy measurement-computerization thanks
to angle modules with analog outputs.
Ref.
Physics
453 125 73
S o u n d s S O U N D S A N D U LT R A S O U N D S
ProSon box
Accessories
Ready-to-use box
(except function generator
and oscilloscope) for the study of
sound
GF5 functions generator

Ref. 293 055 73 > page 99
20 MHz JO20 oscilloscope
Ref. 291 166 73 > page 101
Instruction booklet with detailed

experiments.
Contents
- 440 Hz tuning-fork on resonance box,
ref. 221 001 73
- 1 600 microphone, ref. 221 005 73
- 10 W protected loudspeaker,
ref. 292 049 73
- 1 Ampli-sons amplifier, ref. 302 136 73
- 1 Jack banana/male lead, ref. 283 340 73
- JLS 10 digital sonometer, ref. 351 055 73
- 1 tutorial instruction booklet.
Ref.
222 031 73
Ampli-sons
amplifier
10 W power
Treble filters
Bass filters
For your experiments, you have at your
disposal :
- one input for microphone on 6.35 mm
female Jack plug or 4 mm banana plugs,
- one adjustment button for trebles, basses
and volume,
- one output on 4 mm banana plugs and two
3.5 mm Jack female plugs for headphones,
- a second independent amplifier (or
pre-ampli), simple (designed from an op-amp),
having a 10 to 100 gain.
Specifications
- Bandwidth : 5 Hz to 20 kHz
- Power : 10 W
- Output impedance : 4
- Power supply : - 15/0/+ 15 V
- 4 mm safety sockets
- Dimensions : 160 x 120 x 80 mm
- Mass : about 350 g
Patented model
Ref.
302 136 73
Accessories
Case protected against change of polarity and

overvoltages by diodes and two 250 mA fuses.
F15 +/- power supply

Ref. 281 084 73 > page 91
Loudspeaker
Ref. 292 049 73 > page 48
Specifications
Accessories
Fundamental frequency : 220 Hz.

Harmonics number : 6.
Amplitude adjustment, from 0 to 2 V (4 Vdc).
Phase adjustment.
Signal inverter switch for the 6 harmonics.
Power supply : -15/0/+15 V (2 control LED).
Mass : about 1 kg. 4 mm safety sockets.
Registered trademark.
F15 +/- Evolution power supply

Ref. 281 084 73 > page 91
JO20 oscilloscope
Ref. 291 166 73 > page 101
Cra-Sons :
Harmonic generator
Sounds creation and
reconstruction, study of the
sounds patch and height, the
Fourier harmonic analysis are a
few applications examples of the
Crea-Sons harmonic generator.
Ref.
222 029 73
Physics
47
48
S O U N D S A N D U LT R A S O U N D S S o u n d s
Sound-level meter,
with cords
Big model, 1.15 m long

Excellent sonority
Easy stands identification
Supplied with 2 metallic cords.
Sound-level meter made up of a resonance

box on which two metallic cords with different
diameters and a nylon cord are fixed.
The string can be tightened by means of
clamping screws.
The device has a 1 m graduated scale,
silkscreen printed on the top to mark the
stands position. An opening (5 x 5 cm) enables
you to position a microphone inside the
resonance box to study the sound emitted
during the vibration.
Contents
1 sound-level meter, 3 stands, 2 metallic
wires, 1 nylon thread with hook, 1 pulley
on holder.
Effective length : 1 m.
Dimensions : 115 x 12 x 15 cm.
Ref.
222 047 73
Accessories
GF5 amplified generator
Ref. 293 055 73

2 MHz > page 99
U-magnet > page 63
Crocodile clips > page 74
Rheostat > page 72
Microphone > page 48
Sound-level meter
with digital display
LED 18 mm, JLS 10
(fast response time)

and
Slow
(slow
response time).
Power supply : 9 V
battery
(with
power indicator).
Dimensions :
205 x 80 x 35 mm.
Mass : 280 g.
Supplied
with case
and
instruction
booklet, to
be
completed
with a 9 V
battery.
2 measurement modes :
dBA (noise) and dBC (music)
Saves the max. value
100 mV/dB analog output
18 mm liquid crystal display, 3 digits 1/2.
Specifications
3 measurement ranges :
30 to 80 dB, 50 to 100 dB and 80 to 130 dB.
Resolution : 0.1 dB.
Bandwidth : 31.5 Hz to 8 kHz.
Functions : dBA, dBC, Max, Hold, Fast
Ref.
351 055 73
Jack plug leads

Plug leads with male or female jack plug.
3.5 mm at one end and 2 x 4 mm safety
banana plugs at the other. Length : 1.5 m.
Male-banana
Ref.
Female-banana
Ref.
Equipped with on/off switches. Microphones

supplied with one 3.5/6.5 mm jack adapter.
Brand : Philips. Frequency

range : 60 Hz to 20 kHz.
Impedance : 32 .
Jack male connection plug F
3.5 mm.
223 007 73
256 Hz tuning fork

Aluminium tuning fork. Length : 16.5 cm.
Frequency : 256 Hz.
Brand
Impedance
Sensitivity
Bandwidth
Directivity
Wire
Mass
Philips
600
- 80 dB
100 Hz to 10 kHz
multidirectional
1.5 m
120 g
Sony
600
- 53 dB
100 Hz to 12 kHz
unidirectional
3m
215 g
Sony
600
- 52 dB
80 Hz to 15 kHz
unidirectional
3m
330 g
Reference
221 004 73
221 005 73
221 007 73
10 W / 8 protected
loudspeaker,
for teaching
- Fuse protection.
- Protection of diaphragm by unremovable
metallic grid.
- Power : 10 W.
- Impedance : 8 .
- Stackable box.
- Input on 4 mm safety sockets.
- Bandwidth : 60 Hz to 16 kHz.
Ref.
221 002 73
Pair of tuning forks

These two tuning forks are mounted on
resonance boxes and supplied with two
masses with guideways and a hammer.
Masses enable you to modify the tuning
forks frequency.
A microphone and an oscilloscope will be
the useful accessories to display the
physical properties of the sounds emitted
by the tuning forks.
Contents
Can
be
directly
connected
to
a
low-impedance functions generator (GF5
type, ref. 293 055 73 or GF3, ref. 293 036 73).
Ref.
283 341 73
Audio headphones
Ref.
Microphones
283 340 73
2 tuning forks : 440 Hz (La3).

Length : 138 mm.
2 resonance boxes : 18 x 9
x 8 cm.
2 masses with guideway.
1 hammer.
Ref.
292 049 73
Physics
221 001 73
S o u n d s S O U N D S A N D U LT R A S O U N D S
Demonstration
ultrasound bench :
Onduson
Study of diffraction and
interference phenomena
Both ultrasound emitters are positionned in a

case which plugs in the sockets located on the
metallic stand (3 positions are possible
depending on the carried-out experiments).
The input sockets are located on the metallic
stands side.
The receiver is equipped with a BNC plug and
mounted on an arm which moves according
to the stands width.
Supplied with a complete school booklet :
velocity measurement (with bursts emission),
wave-length
measurement,
reflection,
interferences, diffraction, absoption.
Specifications
- Sources frequency : 40 kHz (continuous
emission or by bursts of 100 Hz).
- Amplitude of the receiver signal :
10 to 100 mV.
- Output for the display of the source signal.
- Power supply : 15 to 30 V (d.c.).
- 4 mm safety sockets.
- Stands dimensions : 555 x 360 x 50 mm.
- Mass : 4.5 kg.
- Patented model.
Emitter - telemeter
Continuous ultrasound emission
by bursts of 100 Hz (duration :
6 ms or 1 ms).
Emission frequency
adjustable from
38.5 to 41.5 KHz.
Power supply :
15 to 25 V (dc),
on 4 mm safety sockets.
Output signal : BNC male plug.
Dimensions : 113 x 72 x 30 mm (case).
Ref.
222 036 73
Rail
Plate equipped with a slit

adjustable from 10 to
50 mm, enabling you to
display the
diffractions
minima and
maxima of
ultrasonic waves.
Supplied with a paper guide ensuring the
alignment.
Ref.
223 010 73
Plate
This polystyrene rail, graduated from 0 to

550 mm, enables the guiding of Moduson
emitters and receivers.
Ref.
Adjustable diffraction
slit
223 005 73
Physics
Ref.
222 024 73
Accessories
J20 Oscilloscope
Ref. 291 146 73 > page 101
R15F5 power supply
Ref. 281 088 73 > page 93
Receiver
The tranducer is mounted in
a pipe fixed on a case. It is
located in height in order
to avoid the reception of
spurious signal due to
reflection on the working
bench.
Sensitivity : 700 mV dc at
10 cm from the emitter.
Output on 4 mm safety sockets.
Cases dimensions : 57 x 44 x 30 mm.
Ref.
222 028 73
Emitter 2
Polystyrene plate made up of 2 parts :

- 1 emitter holder
- 1 holder for arc-of-circle-shaped receiver
equipped with 2 guideways graduated
from 0 to 50 and from 0 to 60 .
Ref.
Contents
- 1 box containing two independant
sources,
- 1metallic stand,
- 1 receiver and its arm,
- 1 reflector,
- 2 screens (1 and 2 slits),
- 4 magnets,
- 1 educational booklet.
223 008 73
Set for the velocity and

wave-length
measurement including :
- 1 secondary emitter to connect to the
active emitter (ref. 222 036 73)
- 1 inclined stand for the emitter,
- 1 reflecting plane
- 2 marks to be sticked on the emitter and
receiver,
- 1 self-adhesive magnetic base.
Cases dimensions : 57 x 44 x 30 mm
Ref.
223 009 73
49
50
M AT E R I A L P R O P E R T I E S H e a t
Simplified calorimeter
Calorimeter with double-walls
made up of 2 aluminium
vessels.
A plastic removable wall
(negligible heat capacity)
enables you to position the
inner vessel.
Inner vessel : 100 x 130 mm,
Outer vessel : 130 x 160 mm.
Lid with stirrer
Immersion resistance
Set of 2 resistances (2
and 4 ) mounted in series
at the end of aluminium
rods linked to an insulating
plate.
Length : 120 mm.
Power supply : 6 V, resistance
immersed.
Supplied with adapters for
4 mm safety plugs.
Unbreakable
plastic
lid
equipped with an aluminium
stirrer and a 39 mm circular
slit
(sealable).
Thermal
capacity : 28 J/C. Resistant up
to 120C.
Specifications
Capacity : 1 L. Mass : 80 g.
Heat capacity of inner
vessel : 82 J/C.
Ref.
251 014 73
Calorimeter with
DEWAR vessel
Ref.
251 015 73
Ref.
Complete with lid, stirrer and

immersion resistances
Negligible heat losses
Robust
DEWAR vessel made of double-walled brilliant
glass, under vacuum. Total capacity : 1 L.
Inner protection by removable plastic vessel.
Outer plastic protective coating.
Insulating lid made up of :
- 1 unlosable plastic stirrer,
- 1 slit ( 11mm) for thermometer or probe,
- 1 tubule for thermometer or probe ( 6 to
7 mm),
- 1 circular hole ( 44 mm), sealable thanks

to a lid,
- 2 resistances of 2 and 4 mounted in series
on the terminal end of aluminium rods and
linked to an insulating lid,
- 3 x 4 mm safety sockets.
Specifications
Useful volume : 950 mL.
Inner dimensions : 85 x 180 mm
Outer dimensions : 130 x 270 mm.
Heat capacity with protective vessel
< 30 J/C.
Umax : 12 V (d.c.), resistances immersed.
Ref.
Case for Thermal

energy transfer
282 027 73
253 081 73
Case made up of 2 steel blocks +

2 aluminium blocks of same dimensions +
2 plastic rods. The 2 rods enable you to
position the beforehand heated blocks in
the housings made of insulating foam. A
hole enables you to position a temperature
probe ( 3 or 6 mm) at the heart of each
block.
Study of thermal energy

transfer by conduction or
radiation
Ready-to-use adiabatic storage
case
Specifications
Dimensions of metallic blocks :
30 x 55 x 10 mm.
Holes for temperature probes :
3 or 6 mm.
Ref.
Liquid crystal thermal

conductivity bars
Enables you to display
and measure the heat
propagation velocity
Safety : no flame
Clean : no paraffin
Reversibility :
refrigerate and re-do !
Measurement precision :
(graduation) every
10 mm
A film, which color varies depending on

temperature, is sticked on 4 identical
metallic bars but of different nature (iron,
brass, aluminium, copper).
The film is graduated every 10 mm to
measure the heat propagation velocity. The
film is reversible and the experiment can be
indefinitely repeated, you just have to
refrigerate and heat again. It also enables
the observation of metal thermal inertia.
Bars section : 30 mm2.
Mass : 150 g.
Ref.
253 076 73
Metallic star
Star
with
metallic
branches : cupper, brass,
iron, aluminium.
If you heat the stars
centre after having
positionned
the
4
matches sulphurated parts
on the branches terminal
ends (small cavity), you
observe the inflammation at
different times.
Dim. : L. 240 mm 150 mm.
Ref.
Physics
253 080 73
253 040 73
H e a t - T h e r m o d y n a m i c s M AT E R I A L P R O P E R T I E S
Alcohol pyrometer
Mounted bi-metallic
strips (Pack of 2)
Set of ring +
sphere
(SGravesande type)
For the study of dilatation
phenomena in volume.
Sphere : 30 mm.
Material : brass.
Supplied with stand.
Contents
Demultiplication system, increasing the
needles displacement due to the rods
elongation.
Supplied with 3 rods : iron, brass,
aluminium.
Ref.
253 079 73
- 1 demonstration bi-metallic strip made

up of a steel blade and a brass blade
riveted together.
- 1 industrial bi-metallic strip
Metallic strips are mounted on thermically
insulating rod.
Ref.
Joule effect model
Ref.
252 012 73
Accessory
Pack of 8 metallic blader
Aluminium, Zinc, Iron, Lead, Copper, 18/10
Stainless steel, Tin, Brass
Ref. 313 057 73
283 080 73
Transparent tank to display the

resistance and the temperature
rising
Stirrer and slit for thermometer
Apparatus for the study of Joule effect. Tank
made of insulating and robust plastic. Large
base for a good stability. Heating
resistances supply by 4 mm safety sockets.
Stirrer integrated to the lid. Slit for glass
thermometer or temperature probe
( 6/7 mm).
Specifications
- Heating resistance : 4 .
- Tanks dimensions : 100 x 80 mm.
- Overall dimensions : 130 x 180 mm.
- Power supply : max. 12 V (Direct voltage ;
on 4 mm banana sockets).
Elevator motor
Reduced speed : no hazard for
the user
Integrated control knob
Compatible with any
laboratory stands
Motor with gear-motor controlled by an
integrated push-button. A motor-axis
interdependent pulley enables you to lift
up a load suspended to a thread.
Compatible with any laboratory stand with
a max. 16 mm round rod or with 15 x
15 mm square section.
Specifications
Max. load : 0.5 kg.
Rotation speed : 415 rpm (using 12 V).
Power supply : 12 V (direct voltage ; on
banana plugs 4 mm).
Ref.
Energy and
effeciency Models
Experimental study of energy
chains making use of 3 types of
energy :
luminous,
electrical,
mechanical
302 191 73
Ref.
An instruction booklet proposes three

detailed experiments : from the assembly
diagram to the results evaluation for the
teacher.
1 efficiency chain module made up of a

100 kW potentiometer, a LED,
a 0.1 F capacitor and a 0.5 to 3 V motor.
1 x 10 g mass.
Ref.
Contents
1 photogenerator module equipped with

2 types of photovoltaic cells :
- 1 SOLEM photovoltaic cell on one side
- 4 cells (50 x 50 mm) on the other side.
302 194 73
282 064 73
Accessories
CL 3005 multimeter
Ref. 291 156 73 > Page 106
Hooked mass
Ref. 703 016 73 > Page 36
Luxmeter
Ref. 211 009 73 > Page 112
Back side of the

photogenerator
module.
Front side of the photogenerator
module.
Efficiency chains module.
Physics
Chronometer
Ref. 351 037 73 > Page 111
51
52
M AT E R I A L P R O P E R T I E S G a s p r e s s u r e
TEMPERATURE EFFECTS ON GAS AND LIQUIDS
Gas expansion
An index (colored liquid, for
example) moves in a capilllary
tube, length 150 mm, as soon as
you heat the 100 mL flask (with
hand, for example).
Gas pressure
Experiment enabling you to show the
evolution of gas pressure depending on the
temperature, at constant volume.
The sensitivity of the pressure-meter
(ref. 251 039 73 - not supplied) enables you to
follow the pressures increase of the gas
simply heated by the hands heat (variation of
a few hPa).
Contents
Ref.
252 040 73
Elements sold separatly

Flat bottom flask, 100 mL
Ref. 713 107 73

Bended capillary tube
Ref. 253 053 73

Stopper, 1 hole, Nr 5 (Pack of 10)
Ref. 703 490 73
Dimensions : 20 mm, 305 x 250 cm.
Ref.
Easix fixing clamp

Ref. 703 510 73 > page 125
252 004 73
Modumontage stand
Ref. 701 293 73 > page 155
Initio pressure-meter
Ref. 251 039 73
Pressure precise control by

screw-piston
Pressure relief device
3-way-valve for air volume
adjustment
Gas law board

Big vertical board
Study of pressure depending on
the volume or temperature
3 analog outputs for computer
processing
The board has two big display devices with
25 mm red LED enabling the pressure,
volume and temperature measurement. a
switch enables you to select either the
volume display or the temperature display.
The syringe with screw-piston has the same
specifications as the Boyles Law apparatus
described above.
Supplied with 1 mains adapter (230 V) and 2
vertical stands.
To be completed with Charles Law vessels
and a water bath.
Jeulin Patent.
Ref.
253 037 73
Accessories
Accessory
Boyles Law apparatus
Square form borosilicate glass tube, with

rounded edges, enabling you to observe the
liquids convection movement.
Fill the tube with cold water and heat the
bottom arm thanks to an alcohol
lamp or an electric
burner.
Pour a few potassium
permanganate crystals
to follow the convection
current.
- 1 flat bottom flask,

- 1 fine tip tube,
- 1 rubber
stopper,
- 1 soft tube
(3 x 5 mm)
To be
completed
with an Initio
pressure-meter.
Ref.
Warm currents
convection
Alcohol burner
Ref. 701 124 73 > page 161
Syringe with screw-piston mounted on base.

This device enables you to accurately vary and
maintain the pressure.
A retractable safety device enables you to
limit the pistons stroke, and thus the
pressure, in order to protect the manometer
which will be connected to the system.
The 3-way-valve has 2 functions : firstly, it
enables to adjust the air volume to be
introduced in the syringe, then to cut the
communication with the outside by
introducing the manometer in the pressure
circuit.
Supplied with soft tubing (20 cm).
Syringe volume : 60 cm3.
Mass : 250 g.
To be completed with an electronic

pressure-meter or a pressure-meter with an
analog output .
Ref.
252 051 73
Accessories
Soft tubing (3x5 mm), 5 m
Ref. 723 240 73

Ref. 251 039 73 > page 103
or
Pressure-meter with analog output
Ref. 251 041 73 > page 103
Specifications
Accessories
Pressure : 0 to 2000 hPa.

Maximal allowable pressure : 4000 hPa.
Resolution : 1 hPa. Precision : 2 % VL 4 hPa.
Analog output : 2.5 mV/hPa from 0 to
2000 hPa. Volume : 0 to 60 cm3.
Resolution : 0.1 cm3. Precision : 2 % VL.
Analog output : 83.33 mV/cm3 from 0 to
60 cm3.
Temperature : 0 to
199 C.
Resolution : 0.1 C.
Precision : 2% VL.
Analog output : 50
mV/C from 0 to 100 C.
Power supply : 12V
mains adapter, supplied.
Dimensions :
700 x 500 x 300 mm.
Mass : 4 kg.
Water bath, 2.5 L, 20 - 80C
252 050 73
Physics
Ref. 591 004 73

Charles Law vessels
Set made up of 2 flasks (30 and 60 cm3), 1
screw-cap equipped with a K-type fast
responding temperature thermocouple
probe and 40 cm of Vervyl tube (2 x 6 mm)
for pressure tapping. Ensures a perfect
tightness.
Ref. 252 052 73
G a s p r e s s u r e M AT E R I A L P R O P E R T I E S
Vacuum pump with

bell jar and
manometer
Transparent bell jar equipped with a
manometer
with
vacuum
pressure,
graduated from 0 to 600 mm Hg. Hand
pump incorporated in the base, which has an
output for the connection of a vaccum
tubing (inner : 5 mm - ref. 253 009 73 - not
supplied).
For a max. vacuum of about 250 mm Hg.
Dim. : 200 mm x 250 mm.
Vacuum plate
Diaphragm vacuum
pump
Supplied with instruction
booklet.
Ref.
Vacuum pump :
6 L/mn - 100 mbar.
Compressor :
max. 2.4 bar.
251 009 73
Spare parts
Bell jar with knob and manometer
Ref. 253 043 73
Vacuum plate with

electrical path
Transfer and air, vapours or gas exhaust

without modification of their composition
and 100 % without oil. Without
maintenance. Low motor temperature rise
even in continuous operating.
Safety ensured by a thermal protector and a
cutout.
Specifications
Limit vacuum : 100 mbar.
Max. flow rate : 6 L / min.
Max. pressure : 2.4 bar.
Output : Inner 8 mm.
Power supply : 230 V / 50 Hz.
Power : 50 W.
Electric current requirement : 0.55 A.
Mass : 1.9 kg.
Ref.
Plate covered with a rubber disc, equipped

with 2 taps (inner 8 mm) : one for
vacuum and the second for normal
pressure resetting (or gas supply).
250 mm.
Ref.
251 043 73
Magdeburg
hemispheres
To show the pressure of
atmosphere
251 046 73
Ref.
701 290 73
Low-form bell jar
RL-4 vacuum pump
Made of ordinary glass, with prehension

button.
Dim. : 200 x 200 mm.
High-performance vane pump
Ref.
For experiments requiring a high-vacuum.

Supplied with carrying handle.
713 015 73
Atmospheric air
pressure apparatus
(Bubble burster)
Specifications
Create a vacuum inside the two

hemispheres, then try to remove the upper
part by pulling on the ring.
Hemisphere made of varnished brass.
Inner : 87 mm. Total height : 255 mm.
Limit vacuum : 0.02 mbar.

Max. flow rate : 65 L per mn.
Output : Inner 8 mm.
Power supply : 230 V / 50 Hz.
Power : 140 W.
Mass : 6.7 kg.
Ref.
701 005 73
Accessories
Altuglass vessel equipped with a vacuum
tap for vacuum tubing ( 8mm).
Dim. : outer 110 mm x 59 mm.
To be completed with a cellophane
membrane, a pump and a vacuum tubing.
> opposite.
Ref.
Ref.
252 037 73
252 048 73
Soft crystal PVC tubing ( 4 mm)
Ref. 723 138 73

Vacuum tubing ( 8 mm, 1 m)
Ref. 253 044 73

Oil for vacuum pump, 1/2 L
Ref. 703 183 73
Accessory
Vacuum grease tube, 100 g
Pack of 10 cellophane membranes +

2 rubber bands
Ref. 703 179 73
Ref. 252 049 73
Taps
Ref. 723 102 73 > page 156
Physics
53
54
M AT E R I A L P R O P E R T I E S H y d r o s t a t i c s
Geometrical models
to be filled
Solid geometrical
models
Removable cubic
decimeter
Study of surfaces and volumes

Case with 12 waterproof
elements
Activities guide
Study of geometrical volumes

Case with 16 wooden
elements
Calculation about volumes

Study of digital system in 10
basis
Activities booklet
Set including 16 wooden elements for the

study of surfaces and volumes.
Supplied with an instruction booklet in a
wooden case.
Set of plastic geometrical models enabling

you to describe operations on volumes and
calculations in a decimal system.
Supplied in cardboard case with activities
booklet.
Set of 12 geometrical models made of

transparent blue plastic. Each element has
a hole enabling you to determine its
volume by filling with water or sand (not
supplied).
Supplied in a plastic case with activities
booklet.
Contents
1 cube, 2 rectangular prisms, 2 triangular
prisms, 1 hexagonal prism, 2 pyramids, 1
cylinder, 1 cone, 1 hemisphere, 1 sphere.
Models height : 50 mm.
Ref.
5 cylindrers ( 20 mm), h. 30 mm, made of

different materials : wood, PVC, brass, steel
and aluminium.
312 044 73
Tube with jointed

base
Glass tube ( 40 x
200 mm) with
jointed base,
ensuring an
excellent stand for
a ground glass
disc. A thread fixed
on a ring enables
you to maintain it
against the tubes
base
before
i m m e r s i o n .
Measurement of
the pressure
exerted by the
liquid : add small
masses in the tube
until the disc
unsticks.
Ref.
1 cube, 2 rectangular prisms, 3 triangular

prisms, 2 hexagonal prisms, 1 pentagonal
prism, 1 pyramid with square base,
1 tetrahedron, 1 octagon, 2 cylinders,
1 cone, 1 sphere.
Models height : 50 mm.
Ref.
243 006 73
Contents
1 cube (1 dm3), 10 plates (0.1 dm3), 30 bars
(10 cm3), 100 cubes (1 cm3).
Ref.
702 102 73
702 101 73
Graduated volumes
702 100 73
Set of 5 cylinders
having the same
volume
Ref.
Contents
Set of 5 cylinders
having the same
mass
Set made up of 5 equal
masses ( 20 mm each ;
mass = 25 g),
enabling you to
simply compare
the volume
difference. This set enables the comparison
of masses, the introduction of the
qualitative and quantitative notion of density. Material : wood (varnished beech),
soft steel, brass, aluminium alloy, grey PVC.
Ref.
312 081 73
Displacement vessel
with overflow spout
(Boudreau type)
Set of 5 graduated vessels, made of

transparent plastic.
Their forms and dimensions enable you to
study the influence of these features on
the volume (and thus, on the capacity).
Contents
1 cube (side :10 cm ; volume : 1 L).
1 parallelepiped (base : 20 x 10 cm ;
volume : 1 L).
3 cylinders ( 7.5-10-16 cm ; volume 0.5-11 L).
Mass : 800 g.
Ref.
352 022 73
Communicating
vessels
Vessel with 4
tubes of
different
forms
and
base.
Total height :
263 mm.
Base :
68 mm.
Capacity : 500 ml. Graduated Pyrex glass.
Using : Density measurements.
Ref.
243 005 73
Ref.
Physics
713 336 73
H y d r o s t a t i c s M AT E R I A L P R O P E R T I E S
Archimedes principle
Study of the influence of

different parameters :
objects form, immersed volume,
density, etc...
Densimeters
For liquids heavier than water
Graduated from 1 000 to 2 000.
Contents
- Base with column supporting the balance.
- 2 volumes with chains.
- 1 tank.
Ref.
243 002 73
Specifications
Mass : 5.9 kg.
Ref.
186 005 73
Water manoscope
For liquids lighter than water

Graduated from 650 to 1 000.
Ref.
243 014 73
Pressure probe
For water or electronic
manometer
Capsules rotation without
getting your hands wet
Study of pressure in liquids

No corrosion with the plastic
immersion device
Water manoscope made up of a manometer
connected to a plastic immersion device by
means of a soft tubing.
The manometer is fixed on a graduated
plate (in mm for tutorials and in cm for
courses).
The immersion device comprises a tubing
graduated every 50 mm and equipped at its
terminal end with a soft membrane. A
coaxial tubing enables the rotation of the
capsule without getting your hands wet.
Supplied with a 30 mL flask of colored
solution for the manometer and a spare
membrane.
To be completed with a 3 L beaker and a
laboratory stand.
Accessories
Low-form beaker, 3 L
Ref. 713 262 73 > page 133
Pressure probe (ref. 242 013 73) connected

to the Initio pressure-meter (ref. 251 039 73).
Stand with rod

Ref. 701 293 73 > page 155
Bosshead
Ref. 703 452 73 > page 155
Brodie liquid, 125 mL
Ref. 105 155 73
Maintenance
Pack of 10 spare membranes
Ref. 242 012 73
The pressure probe is made up of the

immersion device of the manoscope
ref. 242 011 73, a rubber tubing and a
connection enabling you to connect it to
the Initio pressure-meter (ref. 251 039 73).
The roll located at the top of the device
enables the rotation of the capsule
without getting your hands wet.
Maintenance
Pack of 10 spare membranes
Ref. 242 012 73.

Ref.
242 011 73
Ref.
Physics
242 013 73
55
56
ELECTRICITY Electrostatics
Electrostatic kit
Consumable parts
Kit enabling to show electrostatic

phenomena.
Contents
- 1 pendulum mounted on a stand (Gerglas
stand),
- 1 very light ball covered with a
conductive layer and suspended by a silk
thread,
- 1 ebonite rod,
( 10 mm, length : 200 mm),
- 1glass rod ( 8 mm, length 200 mm),
- 1 cat fur.
Complementary elements (sold per unit)

for all electrostatic experiments.
Description
Reference
Ebonite rod
10 x 200 mm
273 001 73
Altuglass-glass rod
15 x 200 mm
273 002 73
Cat fur
100 x 100 mm
273 005 73
Rabbit fur
Ref.
Electrostatic pivot
Electroscope with
needle
Rotation ensured by a highquality ball bearing

Safety : no pick !
Mass : 250 g, (without plate) 40 mm.
Using condition : dry air.
Ref.
Electroscope with
needle, big size
Specifications
Specifications
272 012 73
273 013 73
To show electric loads.

Apparatus
with robust
mechanism.
To show
electric loads.
Apparatus
with robust
mechanism.
Rotating stand for

0 to 15 mm
electrostatic rods (or
cylindrical magnets).
Thanks to the its
quality, the ball bearing
is very sensitive to very
weak electrostatic interactions.
To be completed by rods of different
natures (glass, ebonite, metal...), see above.
Ref.
100 x 100 mm
273 004 73
272 005 73
Dimensions :
170 x 220 mm.
Casing with
transparent faces.
Equipped with a ball.
Supplied with two condenser plates.
Ref.
Electrostatic kit
272 004 73
Set of 3 electrostatic
pendula
Kit supplied with a storage box
Set of elements enabling

the highlighting of electrostatic
phenomena.
Contents :
Contents
1 piezoelectric generator,
1 multifunctional stand,
1 firefly lamp, 1 neon lamp,
1 high-luminosity lamp,
2 plastic colored stems,
1 metallic stem,
2 plastic tubes, 12 mm,
2 plastic plates, 92 x 136 mm and
4 terminals,
2 shaped and pierced plates,
1 steel stem with bracket,

1 piece of modeling paste,
self adhesive aluminium (1 m),
1 instruction booklet with experiments.
Ref.
272 008 73
Element sold separately

Piezo electric generator
- 1 electric
pendulum
mounted on
base : very light ball
suspended to a silk
thread, bracket
about 25 cm high,
- 1 set of 2 pendula identical to the
one described above but equipped with
hooked clamp to receive the following
rods,
- 1 ebonite rod, 20 cm long, 1 cm,
- 1 plexiglass rod, 20 cm long, 1 cm,
- 1 glass rod, 20 cm long, 1 cm,
- 1 amber rod, 12 cm long, 1 cm,
- 1 brass rod, 12 cm long, 1 cm with
insulating handle,
- 1 cat fur (18 x 18 cm).
Ref.
Ref. 273 007 73
Physics
273 014 73
Electrostatics ELECTRICITY
Wimshurst machine
Set of transparent plastic disks (rotation

system) and Leyden jars mounted on a base
360 x 180 mm :
Charge effect induced by

friction
Lightning principle :
Electric conduction in gas
Influence of charges
accumulation :
Leyden jars
- 2 x 300 mm discs, with metallic radial

bars. Induced charges on the bars are
transported on the 2 charge collectors by
metallic brushes.
- 2 Leyden jars which can be connected to
the charges collector.
V max. # 150 kV (depending on atmospheric
conditions) producing sparks up to 80 mm
long.
Specifications
Mass : 3 kg.
Ref.
Wimshurst machine
272 006 73
Set of 2 plastic disks (rotation system) and

Leyden jars mounted on a base.
For an easy explaination of the

electrostatic phenomena to
your students
Charge effect induced by
friction
Lightning principle :
Electric conduction in gas
Influence of charges
accumulation :
Leyden jars
- 2 x 300 mm discs, with metallic radial

bars. Induced charges on the bars are
transported on the 2 charge collectors by
metallic brushes.
- 2 glass Leyden jars ( 50 mm) which can be
connected to the charges collector, this
experiment enables you to obtain higher
potentials and energies thanks to the
increasing of the stored charge.
V max = 150 kV (depending on the
atmospheric conditions) delivering an about
80 mm long spark.
Ref.
Physics
272 002 73
57
58
ELECTRICITY Connection plates
Peuzelec 2 kit
Easy-to-use plate
Elements clear presentation
Contents
- 1 PVC plate (32 x 24.5 cm).
- 1 transluscent PVC cover,
- 1 knife switch module,
- 2 x E10 sockets module with lamps (3.5 V)
- 1 LED module with protective resistance
- 1 universal stand module for two-terminal
circuit components.
- 1 pack of components : 3 resistors (10 /1
W, 15 /1 W, 150 /0.25 W) + 1 rectifying
diode
Ref.
Potentiometer
Initio load sensor

2 LED indicate the loads sign
Loads collecting plate
( 20 mm)
Off-line on 9V battery
(supplied)
zero - reset knob
302 139 73
3 V motor
Specifications
Enables an assembly with variable resistor

(3 / 470 ).
Ref.
302 143 73
ModulOhm
Power supply : 9 V battery (supplied).

Battery life : 60 hours.
To be completed by rods of different
nature (glass, ebonite, metal, ...) and cat or
rabbit fur.
1.5 to 3 V motor.
Supplied with pulley. 20 mm.
Ref.
292 045 73
Ref.
Indications silkscreen printed on the case

(power
supply,
ammeter,
voltmeter,
conductors).
The conductor to be studied can be easily
connected, either by means of connection
sockets enabling to directly plug in the bare
components pins, or by means of banana
sockets
accepting
the
UME-mounted
components.
The integrated potentiometer enables the

input voltages variation in a continuous way.
The ModulOhm case is supplied with a
lampholder enabling you to screw a 12 V E10
type bulb.
Ref.
Plug-in two-terminal and

two-terminal-pair-circuit
elements.
Function of each element
silkscreen printed on the
unbreakable makrolon
transluscent case (protection
and full and lasting visibility of
components).
Nickel-plated brass
connection plugs
( 4 mm,
38 mm
step)
272 014 73
302 169 73
UME 2 Kit
UME 3 Kit
Contents
Contents
- 1 wirewound potentiometer (100 , 1.5 W)

- Resistances : 27, 33, 68 , 1 W (1 x each
component) - 120, 220, 330 , 1 W (2 x each
component) ; 70, 1000 , 0.5 W (2 x each
component)
- 2 firefly lamps (6 V)
- 1 N 4002 diode
- 1 Zener diode
- 1 wrench for assembly and
disassembly
- 1 wirewound potentiometer (2.2 k )

- Resistances : 6.8, 33 k, 0.25 W (1 x each
element), 330 k, 0.25 W (pack of 2),
0 k, 0.25 W (pack of 3)
- Capacitors : 1 mF and 4.7 mF (2 x each
element)
- 2 electroluminescent diodes
- 1 lamp (6V, 350 mA)
- 1 thermistor
- 1 photoresistor
- 2 x 2 N 2219 transistors
- 1 wrench for assembly and disassembly
Ref.
302 180 73
Ref.
Physics
302 022 73
Connection plates ELECTRICITY
BASIC MODULE
UME 20 extension
plate
20 IP2X double shaft safety
sockets
Enables you to size your plate
depending on the evolution of
your experiments
Ref.
UME 40 safety plate
UME 80 safety plate

sockets
Adapted to the most often used
assemblies

socket
Adapted to assemblies requiring
a lot of contacts
Ref.
302 177 73
302 176 73
Ref.
302 178 73
Piggy-back safety
jumper
Current generator
module
Capacitors charge and discharge
with the current generator
- Max. intensity : 4 mA min. 0.6 mA
- Max. power supply : 18 V
- Max. output voltage : 7 V
Ref.
283 424 73
Thermistor (CTN)
Potentiometers
Thermistor with R at 25 C :
150 20 %.
Temperature range :
- 25 C to 125 C.
Thermal sensitivity
index : B = 3 400 K.
Potentiometers with wirewound resistor.
R 100 1.5 W, 150 mA
Ref.
302 034 73
R 2.2 k 1 W, 40 mA
Ref.
302 082 73
Ref.
3 V motor
302 125 73
Changeover switch
302 027 73
Ref.
Operational amplifier
(741)
Operational amplifier (741)
mounted on a printed
circuit.
Supplied with zero-setting
screwdriver and instructions.
Power supply : 3 V to 15 V (earth not
compulsory).
Ref.
302 037 73
Toggle switch
High-quality
switches,
adapted
to
electronics weak currents.
I max : 6 A. In two-terminal-circuit case.
Ref.
302 029 73
302 072 73
Multiplier module
Diode bridge
I max = 1 A.
Mounted in two-terminalpair-circuit case.
Ref.
302 087 73
Polar capacitor
(sold per unit)
Module enabling the study

of the modulation and
demodulation amplitude
and the creation of a radio
receiver.
Type AD633 integrated circuit.
Ref.
(pack of 2)
302 038 73
Mounted
in
a
twoterminal-pair circuit case, it
enables you, for example,
to charge and discharge a
capacitor in a resistance.
I. max : 1A - U max : 24 V
Small motor used in some

assemblies, with control
circuit : 1.5 V up to 3 V.
Ref.
Ref.
302 152 73
C = 1000 F - max. 25 V.
Mounted in two-terminal circuit case.
Ref.
302 088 73
Push-button switch
1 N 4002 diode
(pack of 2)
(pack of 3)
High-quality
switches
adapted
to
electronics weak currents.
I max : 1 A. In two-terminal-circuit case.
Rectifying diode - l max 1 A, P 1 W,

V inv. 100 V. In two-terminal-circuit case.
Ref.
Physics
302 030 73
Ref.
302 130 73
59
60
UME MODULE
Photoresistor (LDR)
Phototransistor
Photoresistance
cell
mounted in a black
two-terminal circuit case,
with a plexiglas window
on the side.
Resistance in darkness : 10 M.
Resistance under 50 lux : 8 k.
Sensitive surface area : 0.5 cm2.
Ref.
302 124 73
6.8 mH coil
Phototransistor mounted
with a 100 k resistance
and a protective diode.
Max. sensitivity : 880 nm.
Bandwidth : 550 up to
1 000 nm.
Supplied with a 5 m optical fiber.
Used in the RLC circuit, in the sustained

oscillations with operational amplifier and
the resonance in series RLC circuit
(U-measuring depending on frequency).
Induction : 6.8 mH. Precision : 5%.
R max. (DC) : 72 .
Resonance frequency : 0.85 MHz.
I max = 100 mA.
In two-terminal circuit case.
Ref.
Ref.
202 015 73
Coil
Resistances
(Pack of 3)
Non-polar capacitors
(pack of 3)
Values adapted to the
study of RC, RL, RLC
circuits
Components in
two-terminal-circuit
case
In two-terminal-circuit
case.
Description
R 27
3
R 100
3
R 330
1
R 1 k
0.5
R 10 k 0.25
Reference
302 116 73
302 117 73
302 118 73
302 119 73
302 120 73
W
W
W
W
W
Resistances
(pack of 3)
Values adapted to the

study of RC, RL and
RLC circuits
Components in
case
Description
R 604
R 1240
R 1600
R 2000
Reference
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
W
W
W
W
302 202 73
302 203 73
302 204 73
302 205 73
Description
10 nF 5 %
Reference
302 126 73
C 1 F 10 % 250 V max 302 127 73
C 4.7 F
25 V max
302 128 73
250 V max
(pack of 3)
Description
C 47 nF
63 V max
C 100 nF 63 V max
C 220 nF 63 V max
C 470 F 25 V max
Reference
302 197 73
302 198 73
302 199 73
302 200 73
Description
L 11 mH R 7.5 500 mA max
L 40 mH R 17.5 400 mA max
70 mH coil
R = 26.5 .
Ref.
302 168 73
Imax = 25 mA. R = 26.5 .
Ref.
302 028 73
E10 cap lamp
(Pack of 3)
E10 lamp holder.

Supplied with 12V bulb,
250 mA.
(sold per unit)

C = 1000 F, 25 V max.
In two-terminal pair circuit case.
Ref.
302 171 73
Consumable parts
302 201 73
Polar capacitor
(Pack of 3)
C = 100 F, 25 V max.
Mounted in
case.
Transluscent cases for

two-terminal-circuits
(Pack of 6)
High-quality transluscent plastic lid
(polycarbonate). Dim. 55 x 18 x 30 mm.
2 mm plates. Connection : 2 plugs (4 mm),
pitch 38 mm, length 30 mm, extended by
threaded pins, 2 heavy-brass sockets are
screwed on the plugs and maintain the
case.
Ref.
302 031 73
202 014 73
Red LED
(Pack of 3)
Ref.
302 129 73
l max 50 mA - V. Inv.
5 V.
Polar capacitor
(sold per unit)
C = 1000 F - max. 25 V.
Mounted in two-terminal-circuit case.
Ref.
Reference
302 195 73
302 196 73
Non-polar capacitor
IR LED
Ref.
(sold per unit)
Values adapted to the study of RC, RL,

RLC circuits
Components in two-terminal circuit case.
100 mH coil
Non-polar capacitors
Ref.
LED mounted with a

resistance
and
a
protective
diode
= 850 nm.
To be used with the
phototransistor module
(ref. 202 015 73).
302 100 73
302 122 73
Ref.
Transluscent cases for

two-terminal-pair-circuits
(pack of 3)
Same features as the two-terminal-circuits
proposed opposite.
Lid dim. 55 x 55 x 30 mm.
Fixation of components by tightening.
Possible to assemble a small printed circuit
with transistor base (not supplied).
Pitch : 38 mm.
Ref.
302 088 73
Physics
302 032 73
Connection plates ELECTRICITY
ConductOhm
This apparatus will enable you to study the

Ohms Law and to verify that the resistance of
a connection lead varies according to its
nature.
Contents
Transistors module
- Holders : 52 x 15 cm (equipped with a

stand to be vertically positionned),
- 4 pairs of wires :
length : 50 cm (1 pair = 1 m), diameter
5/10e,
nature
:
Nickel-Chrome,
Constantan (Cu -Ni), Iron, Copper,
- Supplied with adapters to enable the
use of safety leads.
Ref.
282 068 73
Module made up of a 1 k linear straight

potentiometer which can be connected to
2 independant transistor types, by means of
a simple jumper :
- 1 transistor (type BD 233) accepting
an output intensity up to 1A and
representing a 25 amplification
coefficient .
- 1 DARLINGTON transistor (TIP 130
type) accepting an output intensity
up to 1.2 A and representing a 1 000
amplification coefficient.
Assembly
protected
against
bad connections.
Supplied with detailed instructions
containing experiments examples.
Specifications
Power supply : 12 V (Direct Current).
Dimensions : 136.5 x 92.5 x 33 mm.
Ref.
Op-amp plate
302 096 73
Accessories
6 / 24 V transformers
Ref. 292 048 73 > page 66
(2 transformers required)
Bulb holders
Ref. 283 007 73 > page 74
6 V / 25 W bulb
Ref. 283 070 73 > page 74
F6F12 power supply
Ref. 281 083 73 > page 92
CL 3005 multimeter
Ref. 291 156 73 > page 106
NPN transistor effect

plate
Plate for tutorials in Electronics with

essential pluggable elements enabling the
study of the bipolar transistor in common
emitter.
- Trace of the transfer characteristic,
- Heat probe,
- Photodetector,
- Moisture detector.
The transistor can be disassembled
without unsoldering.
Ref.
302 001 73
All components are integrated and

represented on the plate.
R1, R2 and R3 are adjustable from 0 to
10 k.
Resistances will be measured using an
ohmeter.
2 direct voltages, adjustable from -15 up to
+15V thanks to two 10 k potentiometers,
can be applied on the E- and E+ inputs.
Plate supplied with 5 safety jumpers,
1 screwdriver and 1 instruction booklet
describing 11 experiments.
Components integrated to the

plate
Connections by safety
jumpers
Specifications
Power supply : - 15 + 15 V.
Mass : 300 g.
Ref.
Physics
302 094 73
61
62
Three-phase board
Big vertical board

( 700 x 500 mm)
Didactical or industrial
representation of delta
connections and star-delta
connections
Clamps hold the connecting wires so that
they dont prevent the assembly from being
read.
4 mm safety sockets to insert ammeters into
the assembly and to measure currents in the
power supply lines or in the branches.
Supplied with 3 x 1 m safety leads (red,
green, yellow).
To be completed with 6 safety jumpers, 3
UME resistances (100 or 27), 3 UME lamps
(24 V / 50 mA), 3 UME coils ( 70 mH / 26.5 )
and 1 GT1A three-phase generator.
Ref.
Three-phase plate
Didactical representation of delta
and delta-star connections
Three-phase motor,
very low voltage
Extra-low-voltage-operating
small industrial motor
Industrial board equipped
with safety sockets for
delta/delta-star connections
Stroboscopic disc
302 188 73
Creation of three-phase delta or delta-star

connections thanks to directly plug-in UME
two-terminal circuits.
To be completed by UME modules and 3
safety jumpers.
Squirell-cage three-phase 4 poles motor.

Operates with a 9 V three-phase voltage.
The rotation speed and the couple are
quite low to study the asynchron threephase and single-phase motor in a safety
way with the non-polar 33 F capacitor
(not supplied).
Stroboscopic disc to measure the rotation
frequency and the sliding.
Specifications
4 mm safety banana sockets.
Mass : 4 kg.
Ref.
302 189 73
Accessory
33 F - 50 V non-polar capacitor
Accessories
Piggy-back safety jumpers
Ref. 283 424 73

UME Resistances (27 Ohms - 3 W) - Pack of 3
Ref. 302 116 73

UME resistances (100 Ohms - 3W) - Pack of 3
Ref. 302 117 73

UME lamps 24 V - 50 mA - Pack of 3
Ref. 302 192 73
For the study of the asynchron

single-phase motor. Connections by 4 mm
safety banana sockets.
UME coil 70 mH - 26.5 Ohms
Ref. 302 168 73

Ref.
302 186 73
Ref.
Physics
302 190 73
Magnetism ELECTRICITY
U-Magnets
Small models (Pack of 2)
Cylindrical magnets
(Ticonal type)
4.5 V Electromagnet
Straight, cylindrical magnets, made of

Titanium, Cobalt and Aluminium alloy,
ensuring an excellent stability and
magnetization intensity.
Standard model.
Length 90 mm,
air-gap = 40 mm.
Ref.
263 005 73
U-magnet, 10 cm long and air-gap of 5 cm.
Ref.
Dim. mm
Qty per pack
12 x 70
8 x 50
Pack ref.
263 007 73
263 018 73
Small electromagnet to show the current

effect. Removable core.
4.5 V battery-operated.
Ref.
283 188 73
Ferrite magnets
(Pack of 10)
Cylindrical bars
263 024 73
U-Magnet
These high-powered magnets enable you
to actuate ILS switches, for example.
U-shaped steel frame,
dim. 140 x 64 x 30 mm.
Supplied with 6 magnetized ferrites :
2 fixed and 1 removable ferrites on each
arm.
Ref.
Dim. mm
42 x 25 x 9
25 x 20.5 x 6
Reference
263 016 73
263 017 73
Description
263 006 73
U-magnet with
adjustable air-gap
Length : 70 mm, 8 mm.
Soft iron bars
Magnets, weak
magnetization
(Pack of 2)
Steel bars
Reference
263 031 73
263 029 73
Natural magnet
Pair of rectangular straight magnets with

poles marked.
Magnetic circuit closed by 2 metallic bars.
Ref.
4 mm thick steel U-magnet equipped with
a slide bar and screw clamp. Adjustable
air-gap from 50 up to 75 mm.
Dim. : 140 x 30 mm.
Supplied with 5 magnetized ferrites.
Ref.
263 198 73
Sample of magnetite.
Soft iron bars
263 026 73
263 008 73
Length : 60 mm, 8 mm.
Ref.
U-magnet with
adjustable air-gap
U-magnet, equipped with a guide rail with

clamping screw.
Adjustable air-gap which can be inserted in
the Laplaces rail ref. 292 060 73.
Ref.
Ref.
(Pure iron, pack of 10)
263 023 73
263 191 73
Pair of magnetic bars
Straight magnet
(Ticonal type)
North marked
Rectangular straight magnet providing an

ideal magnetization stability and intensity
to carry out magnetic spectra.
Ref.
Physics
263 193 73
Pair of magnetic bars, with marked poles.

Description
Strong magnetization
Weak magnetization
Reference
263 027 73
263 030 73
63
64
ELECTRICITY Magnetism
MAGNET KIT
Compasses and magnets case
- 12 compasses (diameter 35 mm)

- 24 bar magnets (40 x 4 mm),
- 12 magnetic needles on pivot,
- 20 soft iron bars,
- 2 U-magnets,
- 1 Silva compass,
- 160 g iron filings,
- 1 storage case, dimensions :
315 x 225 x 80 mm.
Ref.
Magnetic spectra
Trolley with casters

for the study of
magnetic interactions
Contents
Highlighting of magnetic attraction and

repulsion.
The attraction can be observed by
associating several trolleys inside which
have been put magnets with opposite
poles, in order to obtain a train.
The pulsion can be observed by
putting
inside
the
trolley
a pair of strong-magnetization bars
(ref. 263 027 73), by stacking the poles of
same nature. This trolley can receive the
magnets ref. 263 457 73 and 263 030 73.
263 192 73
Ref.
Plate made of plastic material, used as

magnetic spectra holder displayable on
overhead projector.
292 019 73
Magnetic spectrum
Simple elements enabling you
to show magnetic field lines
You will be able to
schematize magnetic fields
(> photo, with 2 magnets
ref. 263 016 73).
Description Dimensions (mm)

Magnetic
Reference
250 x 250 x 6
252 006 73
300 x 250 x 6
252 007 73
spectrum
Magnetic
spectrum
Pure iron filings, 1 kg.
Ref.
107 052 73
Straight circuit
- 4 transparent plastic plates

(dimensions : 153 x 77 x 6.5 mm), each
containing 98 iron bars (length 8 mm).
- 1 carton disc ( 52 mm),
Ref.
Circle circuit
Display of magnetic field lines

Mounted on translucent
socket enabling the
experiments display
Circuits are used either covered with a
small layer of iron filings (ref. 107 052 73)
or by approaching small magnetic needles
(ref 263 010 73).
Circuits dimensions and outlets provide
characterictic spectra.
Straight and circular circuit contain several
turns for a better observation of spectra.
Contents
252 044 73
Displayable circuits
25 turns - I max = 4 A (equivalent to a

circuit crossed by a 100 A current).
Ref.
292 005 73
Solenoid circuit
Display of magnetic fields lines.

Mounted on transparent base enabling the
display of experiments.
The circuits can be used either covered
with a light iron filings layer, or by
approaching small magnetic needles.
7 turns - I max = 6 A (equivalent to a lead
crossed by I = 42 A).
Ref.
292 004 73
18 turns, 10/10 wire.

I max = 7 A.
Ref.
Description
Straight circuit
292 006 73
Solenoid circuit
Physics
Reference
292 016 73
292 018 73
Magnetism ELECTRICITY
Magnetic needles on
agate base
Cylindrical bars on
pivot (Pack of 2)
The base ensures an excellent rotation of the

needle.
Length : 70 mm. Color : white and red.
Cylindrical magnet (ticonal type)

Bar length : 50 mm - base : 20 mm ;
h : 25 mm. Bar color : white and red.
Ref.
263 009 73
Magnetic needles on
pivot
Ref.
263 021 73
Transluscent base enabling you to display
the experiment (with overhead projector).
Supplied with needle on pivot.
Base dimensions : 130 x 90 x 30 mm.
Safety sockets : 4 mm.
For the study of fields produced by currents.

Base 10 mm, height 20 mm.
Needle length 20 mm - 2 points
(Pack of 3)
Ref.
Ref.
263 010 73
Needle length : 30 mm - Arrow

(Pack of 6).
Ref.
Oerstedt needle
263 020 73
292 002 73
Magnetic needle
Magnetic needles
For the study of fields produced by currents.
On base, length of needles : 10 cm.
On a non-magnetic base.
Ref.
263 025 73
Compass box
(16 Silva compasses)
Ref.
263 032 73
SILVA compass
Ref.
Ref.
263 002 73
Compasses with
needle locking
mechanism
Case 45 mm.
Made of nickel-plated brass.
Graduations in degrees.
Magnetic North. Compass dial and mark.
Ref.
263 011 73
Ref.
263 028 73
Silva compass
Small model
With
oil-fitted
dial,
transparent.
Multi-directional
ring
marked
in
degrees. Very visible meridians and
walking line. Scales for 1:50000 and
1:25000 scale maps. Marked in mm.
Dimensions (L x w x h) : 75 x 50 x 10 mm.
Briefcase style box supplied with 16 Silva

compasses
(>
compass
description
ref. 263 022 73).
Boxs overall dimensions (L x w x h) :
260 x 220 x 48 mm.
For the study of fields produced by

currents. On transparent base, length of
needles : 2 cm.
263 022 73
Compasses
inclinometer
With oil-filled dial, transparent.

Ref.
263 001 73
Tangent galvanometer
Magnetic field variation,
depending on I, R, n
Calculation and
measuring of B
Measures the Earths

magnetic inclination
100 mm big magnetic needle mounted on

precision pivots. To be used horizontally to
determine the magnetic North and
vertically to measure the Earths magnetic
inclination at a given location. Degrees marked (0 to 360 ). 2 safety banana
sockets enable a current to go through the
aluminium frame to create a magnetic field.
Power supply : 30 V - 5 A (DC - max.)
Ref.
Physics
263 197 73
Front side for induction measurement

depending on the turns radius (4 circuits
with radius R = 60, 80, 100, 120 mm,
Imax = 10 A). Back side for the induction
measurement depending on the turns
number. Magnetic needle, with high
coercive force, located at the circuits
centre. Location marked thanks to
silkscreen printed protractor on an
aluminium black disk. Protection by an
ordinary glass tank (less electrifiable than
Pyrex, for example : cover of the
ref. 543 008 73 Petri dish). Description in
the instruction booklet.
Ref.
292 003 73
65
66
ELECTRICITY Electromagnetism
Transformer module
and coils
6 / 24 V transformer
Transformer study and

function of its components
Specifications
Primary : input on 2 yellow safety sockets
n1 = 630 turns, 45/100 Cu wire.
Secondary : 3 outputs on safety sockets
(different colors) : yellow n2 : 158 turns ;
green n2 : 315 turns ; red n2 : 630 turns ;
31.5/100 Cu wire
Dimensions :
- Case : 135 x 90 x 60 mm.
- Magnetic circuit : Length = 85 mm,
width = 70 mm.
Square section : 15 x 15 mm.
- Mass : 600 g.
Supplied with instructions manual containing
experiments examples.
Ref.
292 043 73
Mounted on silkscreen printed holder.

Power : 30 VA. Connection by leads with
4 mm banana plugs. Safety sockets.
Mass : 1 kg.
Ref.
292 048 73
Coil, 100 turns, 4A
Coil, 400 turns, 2A
Transformer, removable
High inductivity coil and low electrical

resistance.
Shock-resistant plastic body.
The winding is visible from outside thanks
to a transparent plastic plate.
The lid is equipped with 4 mm safety sockets.
Winding : 100 turns, supporting 4A.
Color : yellow.
High inductivity coil and low electrical

resistance.
Shock-resistant plastic body.
The winding is visible from outside thanks
to a transparent plastic plate.
The lid is equipped with 4 mm safety sockets.
Winding : 400 turns, supporting 2A.
Color : grey.
Modular transformer. This tranformer is

mainly made up of a magnetic circuit,
maintained with clamps (which enable the
disassembly).
Ref.
281 023 73
Transformer coils
Adjustable values with
mid-points
Fully protected coils
Ref.
281 024 73
Specifications :
Number
of turns
Resistance
0.6 mH
11 mH
70 mH
130
550
1300
0.41
3.7
2.2
250 - 300
600 - 700
Coil taps
30 - 100
(No of turns)
Max. voltage
Max.
intensity
Ref.
24 V
3A
- 1 magnetic
circuit made up
of U-shaped,
high permeability metal sheets. It can be closed thanks to 2 clamps with clamping screws.
Section : 40 x 40 mm - Length : 150 mm Height : 170 mm.
- 1 coil with 50 turns,
- 2 coils with 500 turns,
- 1 coil with 1 000 turns,
- 1 coil with 2 000 turns.
Coils are equipped with 4 mm safety sockets.
Ref.
Very weak resistance coils to improve free

oscillations in a RLC circuit. Each coil has a
mid-point enabling you to change the number
of turns and to obtain 3 inductance values.
Connection on 4 mm safety sockets.
Total dimensions : 110 x 80 x 65 mm.
Inductance
Contents :
1A
600 mA
281 206 73 281 205 73 281 204 73
Physics
292 001 73
Accessory
U-core
Enables the production of a transformer in
association with the coils (described above).
Section : 40 x 40 mm,
Width : 140 mm,
Height: 175 mm.
Supplied with clamp and airgap.
Ref. 281 207 73
Electromagnetism ELECTRICITY
Demonstration
electro-magnet
Demonstration
alternator
Demonstration electro-magnet mounted on

base equipped with 4 mm safety sockets.
Power supply from 6 to 12 V.
Removable
motor.
Educational
model with visible
mechanism.
Wound rotor with
brushes at the commutator.
Stator : permanent magnet.
Can be driven by a little d.c. motor and is
then able to put on a LED or low-power
bulbs.
It is mounted on stable base equipped with
Ref.
283 041 73
Generator on bracket
6 V / 3 W bicycles alternator mounted on

bracket containing a friction wheel drive
system ( 60 mm pulley with handle).
It is declutchable as on a bicycle.
The existence of 2 safety sockets for 4 mm
banana plugs will enable you to either
connect a lamp or a measuring apparatus
according to the experiments needs.
Dim : 120 x 135 x 90 mm. Mass : 330 g.
Ref.
282 055 73
Ref.
282 040 73
About 1.3 W d.c.

small motor,
functioning with a
voltage from 1.5 V to
4.5 V equipped with a junction sleeve which
can serve to make the demonstration
alternators rotor turn (ref. 282 040 73).
The motor is mounted on high-stability and
space-saver insulating base, equipped with
Ref.
Swivelling frame
Frame made up of a nylon coil with

43 x 43 mm square core. Winding made of
2500 turns enamelled copper wire.
By placing a magnet (ferrite or cylindrical),
you obtain a 50 to 100 A periodic current.
Detection of the Earths magnetic field
(currents from 5 to 8 A).
Ref.
Small motor on
insulating base,
equipped with
terminals
292 015 73
283 034 73
Magnet motor
module
This module comprises a 1.3 W motor (DC :

1.5 V to 4.5 V) on which axis a disk made of
non magnetic material is fixed, supporting
and protecting 2 powerful ferrite magnets
(N and S).
Motor mounted on a transluscent case
containing the operating voltages.
Protection by automatic reset system.
Delivered with instructions and experiments
examples.
Accessories
Specifications
Cylindrical magnet (ticonal type)

Ref. 263 007 73
> page 63

Mass : 170 g.
Microammeter
Ref. 291 151 73
Coil model and Initio

voltmeter
> page 109
Ref.
282 052 73
Rectangular frame
in a magnetic field
board
2 products in one : coil and voltmeter

Voltage production with the coil
Voltage visualization with the
voltmeter or
oscilloscope
Specifications
Max. current intensity : 5 A.
Connections : 4 mm safety banana plugs.
Supplied with 6 ferrite magnets and 2 red
and blue marks to show the students
the magnets poles and the magnetic field
direction.
Specifications
Coil : max. 0.1 A. Voltmeter : max. 2 V.
Supplied with a cylindrical magnet and a
soft iron core.
Ref.
292 053 73
Ref.
Physics
292 058 73
67
68
ELECTRICITY Electromagnetism
LAPLACES Law
board
Specifications
500 x 350 mm board

To highlight the influence
of I, , and l
Required intensity < 5 A
Entirely detachable for the storage
Max. current intensity : 5 A.

Mobile frame : aluminium.
Connections : 4 mm safety banana plugs.
Supplied with 2 red and blue marks to show

the students the U-magnet poles and the
magnetic field direction.
To be completed with 1 or 2 U-magnets
(ref. 263 006 73) and 2 Modumontage
supports (ref. 703 453 73).
Ref.
Laplaces rails
292 057 73
Electromagnetic
effects apparatus
Study of the
Laplaces Law
Demonstration model
Robust
This set enables you to carry

out basic experiments on
currents electromagnetic
effects.
Contents
The mobile bar is equipped with a marked disc.

Supplied with 2 marks (red and blue) to show
the students the U-magnets poles and the
magnetic fields direction. To be completed
with a U-magnet (ref. 263 006 73).
- A Laplaces rail
supplied with
copper bar,
- A Barlows wheel,
- A 30 cm copper rod with mobile top terminal
end (around a fixed axis) and lower terminal
end connected to a very soft wire to ensure
the electrical contact without mercury,
- The stand is equipped with safety terminals
for currents input and output.
Specifications
- Current intensity for the setting in
motion : 2.5 A.
- Rails and mobile bar : aluminium.
- Connections : 4 mm safety banana
sockets.
Ref.
292 060 73
Ref.
292 010 73
Motor and
generator model
- Supplied with instructions and experiments
Experimental study of an energy chain
Accessories
Contents
1 R15-F5 power supply

Ref. 281 088 73
> Page
4 CL 3005 multimeters
Ref. 291 156 73
> Page
1 JO20 oscilloscope
Ref. 291 166 73
> Page
or 1 FJ2 frequency-meter
Ref. 291 140 73
> Page
Ref.
- 2 M and G, G motors functioning as a

generator. Nominal value : 12 V voltage, speed
without load : 12 000 rpm ; motors protected
against overvoltages. 4 mm safety sockets.
- Rotation speed measuring device common to
the oscilloscope or frequency-meter.
- Dimensions : 160 x 120 x 80 mm.
Physics
282 065 73
93
106
101
109
Electromagnetism ELECTRICITY
Induction coil
(or Faraday coil)
Robust set made up of :

- 1 field coil (primary) :
0.85 mm copper-alloy wire
- R = 0.5 .
Winding dimensions : L 110 mm.
Turns number : 252 2.
- 1 induced coil (secondary) :
0.19 mm copper-alloy wire,
- R 102.5 .
Winding dimensions : L 115 mm.
Turns number : 1 056 10.
Connection of the two coils by 4 mm
banana plugs. Safety sockets.
- 1 soft iron core (L 147 x 13 mm)
The set has to be vertically used.
Total height 135 mm.
Total outer diameter 87 mm.
Ref.
Solenoid
50 mm solenoid, length 400 mm with 2
insuled windings, wound in parallel on the
same holder (one is made of enamelled wire,
the other is made of tinned wire).
292 023 73
Turns number : 200 for each winding.

(10/10 wire)
Intermediate outputs on safety sockets :
12, symetrically distributed from the centre.
I max. : 7A.
Centre guide for Jeulin Teslameter probe.
Ref.
292 012 73
Maximal- flow coil
50 mm coil - 200 turns, enamelled copper

wire 5/10, I max 1 A. Suspended by a very
soft 2-conductor wire, ensuring the coils
high mobility. Ended by a bipolar plug
mounted on a rigid tube (bracket-fixed).
Ref.
292 007 73
Accessories
Miniteslameters > pages 103/104
VTT console > page 15

or
ESAO 4+ console > page 23
R30 power supply > page 93

or
F 24 power supply > page 94

(to be used with a rheostat)
or
F6F12F24 power supply > page 96
(to be used with a rheostat)
2 coaxial identical coils, mounted on a

silkscreen printed holder. One coil is fixed,
the other is mobile.
An index enables the spacing measurement.
A guide fixed at one plates end receives the
JEULIN Teslameter probe.
Flat coils
with variable spacing
Flat coil definition and magnetic
field measurement on the axis
Coils coupling
Coils specifications : 130 mm.

Turns number : 95, 13/10 wire.
I max. : 7 A.
Non-computerized experiment :
the magnetic field is directly read on the
Initio Miniteslameter.
Experiment with ESAO
The magnetic field acquisition is made with
a Computer-assisted experimentation system
or with the VTT console connected to a
teslameter with analog output.
Ref.
Physics
292 014 73
69
70
ELECTRICITY Electromagnetism - R.L.C. circuits
Motor generator
This model highlights the conversion of an

electric energy into mechanical energy and
of mechanical energy into electrical energy.
It comprises a small direct current motor
connected by a system of pulleys / belt to a
generator. The device is mounted on a
casing of high stability and equipped with
Motor power supply in max. 6 V.
The output sockets of the generator enable
the connection of either a lamp or a
measurement apparatus depending on the
needs of the experiment.
Ref.
Teslameter, T100 with

biaxial probe
Ergonomic case
Removable and graduated
biaxial probe
Analog output
282 071 73
The biaxial probe :

- 2 magnetic Hall-effect sensors enabling you
to carry out measurements in function of 2
orthogonal axis,
- It has a calibration and temperature
compensation circuit,
- Its graduated square tube enables a precise
and
quick
measurement
on
JEULIN
apparatuses : solenoid, coil with adjustable
spacing.
Ratings : 20 mT (precision 2 % RV 3 RU*)

100 mT (precision 2 % RV 1 RU*)
Resolution : 10 T display
Analog outputs
Sensitivity : rating 20 mT, 10 mV / mT,
rating 100 mT, 1 mV / mT
Impedance : 4.7 k (in d.c.)
Bandwith : 0 to 100 Hz (at - 3dB)
Biaxial probe (alone)
Ref. 293 045 73
Integrated voltage generator

8 resistance and
capacity values
Synchro output
Integrated current generator

4 capacity values
Synchro
output
Ready-to-use
autonomous casing. Supplied with a safety
jumper and instructions.
Ready-to-use
autonomous casing.
Supplied with a safety
jumper and instructions.
281 265 73
Specifications
Spare part
Charging a capacitor
with a constant
current source
Ref.
282 053 73
Supplied with technical instructions

including a few experiments.
Exclusive to JEULIN. Patented model.
with a constant
voltage source
Voltage :
adjustable from 3 to 10 V (Direct voltage)
Resistances : 100 , 1 k, 10 k, 100 k
Capacities : 22 F, 100 F, 220 F, 1000 F
Synchro output : signal in advance of 0.1 s
compared with the voltage step
Outputs : 4 mm safety sockets
Power supply : 12 V adapter
Ref. 281 243 23 (not supplied).
Mass : 305 g.
Highly robust nickel chrome resistance,

wirewound on a special insulating stand.
The 100 resistance is removable .
Silver sliding contact mounted on rotative
axis. Umax = 24 V. R = 100 10 .
Pmax = 12 W. Silkscreen printed plastic
stand (135 x 60 x 60 mm). Mass : 120 g.
Supplied with adapters for 4 mm safety
sockets. Patented model.
Power supply : 220-240 V - 50-60 Hz

Dimensions : 230 x 230 x 125 mm
Mass : 1.55 kg
292 038 73
Specifications
Enables the obtention of an

adjustable voltage from a 6, 12
or 24 V fixed voltage
Ref.
The T100 teslameter is made up of a casing

with handles.
The casing :
- Digit Liquid Crystal Display, 2000 points,
- Select button with indicator light of the
displayed component (Bx or Bz),
- Rating select button,
- Analog output for each component,
- Thermal control indicator,
Ref.
Voltage divider
Specifications
Intensity :
adjustable from 0.1 mA to 10 mA
Capacities : 22 F, 100 F, 220 F, 1000 F
Synchro output : signal in advance of 0.1 s
compared with intensity
Outputs : 4 mm safety sockets.
Power supply : 12 V adapter.
Mass : 285 g.
Ref.
Accessory
12 V adapter
12 V adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
Ref. 281 243 73
Using adapted to
the study of RLC
Easy to connect
This system is
series-connected in a RLC circuit and
enables the generation of oscillations
when the circuit isnt fed by a
generator anymore.
The casing is made up of an operational
amplifier mounted as negative impedance
convertor with 2 x 4.7 k resistors.
To be completed with a variable resistance.
Specifications
Power supply : 12 V adapter
Ref. 281 243 73 (not supplied)
Protection : against short-circuits
Ref.
281 103 73
Accessories
12 V Adapter
281 263 73
Accessory
Electrical oscillations
sustain system
Ref. 281 243 73

Variable resistance unit
Ref. 281 100 73 or 281 101 73 or 281 102 73
> page 71
Physics
Electrical equipments ELECTRICITY
Induction coils,
11, 40, 70, 100 mH
Specifications
Coils adapted to the study of RLC circuits

Fully protected coils, mounted in a case with
unbreakable stand.
The very low resistance enables you to
improve the free oscillations in a series RLC
circuit. Connection on 4mm safety sockets.
1H variable induction
coil
Ref.
Inductance
Nr of turns
Resistance
Max.
voltage
Max.
intensity
Ref.
11 mH
1015
3.5
40 mH
2030
13
70 mH
2380
22
100 mH
2930
38
400 mA
300 mA
24 V
700 mA
500 mA
281 200 73 281 201 73 281 202 73 281 203 73
This Self up to 1.1 Henry

enables precise measurements
thanks to the screw adjustment
Decade inductance
box
Enamelled-wire winding with a 11.6

resistance.
Turns number : 3 486 to 3 489 in 15 layers wire 10/10 mm.
Resistivity : 0,0165 /m. 40 mm soft iron
core. Cores displacement with quick
advancement worm.
Self-induction coefficient : 0.13 to
1.1 H. Core displacements scale mark.
Carrying handle.
Electrical connection :
2 x 4 mm safety sockets.
I max = 1.5 A (2A intermittently).
Safety operating voltages : 30 V (alternating
current) or 60 V (direct current).
Dimensions (core inside) :
250 x 140 x 100 mm.
Mass : 6 kg.
292 017 73
3-decade box for an inductance variation

from 0 to 999 mH ( 1 mH pace).
Precision : 5 %.
Max. loading current : 100 mA.
Mass : 1.15 kg. 4 mm safety sockets.
Ref.
281 237 73
Variable resistance units :

0 to 100 , 0 to 1 k, 0 to 10 k.
Imax : 100 mA, 32 mA, 10 mA.
Umax : 24 V. Dim. : 100 x 100 x 40 mm.
Variable resistance
units
100 , 1 k, 10 k
Resistance 100
Case with unbreakable stand
Ref.
Boxes to be used alone or associated, to
visualize the influence of the resistance on
the oscillations in a RLC circuit. Variable
resistance units also complete the electrical
oscillations sustain system.
281 100 73
1 k resistance unit
Ref.
281 101 73
10 k resistance unit
Ref.
281 102 73
DECADE RESISTANCE BOXES

Decade resistance
Decade resistance
boxes 1 - 11 k
4-decade box.
Ranges : 1 to 10 , 10 to 100 , 100 to
1000 , 1 to 10 k.
Imax = 700 mA, 200 mA, 70 mA, 20 mA.
boxes 1 - 10 M
7-decade box.
Ranges : 0 to 9 , 0 to 90 , 0 to 900 , 0 to
9 k, 0 to 90 k, 0 to 900 k, 0 to 9 M.
Precision : 2 % up to 10 , 1 % beyond.
Pmax = 1 W.
Precision : 0.5 %.
Mass : 1 kg.
Ref.
Umax = 100 V.
281 270 73
Physics
Mass : 1.2 kg.
Ref.
281 233 73
71
72
ELECTRICITY Electrical equipment
Modular resistance
boxes
Selection of values by changeover switch.

Adjustable inductor
Resistance
Scale
Reference
10 Ohms
x1
281 017 73
100 Ohms
x 10
281 018 73
1 000 Ohms
x 100
281 019 73
This self up to 1.1 Henry enables precise

measurements thanks to the screw
adjustment.
Displacement of the soft-iron core thanks to
a fast-driven worm.
Self-induction coefficient : 0.15 to 1.1 H.
Dual scale for cores displacement indication,
for right or left hander.
Double carrying handle.
Electrical connection :
2 x 4 mm safety sockets.
I max. : 1.8 A (2 A intermittently).
Safety operating voltage :
30 V AC or 60 V DC
Ref.
281 029 73
Rheostats
Very robust
Sustain brief high overloads
Foolproof earth electrode
The rigid openwork frame ensures the
electrical circuits protection and a right
cooling.
Wirewound resistance on a ceramic tube
with special concrete.
Resistances tolerance : +/- 10 %.
Umax : 30 V. AC and 60 V. DC.
Description
I (A)
R ()
Reference
Rheostats,
5.6
10
281 276 73
320 W
3.1
33
281 277 73
1.75
100
281 278 73
0.95
330
281 279 73
0.52
1 000
281 280 73
10
281 007 73
2.2
33
281 009 73
1.25
100
281 010 73
0.7
330
281 011 73
0.4
1000
281 012 73
23
281 015 73
120
281 031 73
1.4
333
281 032 73
Rheostats,
160 W
Rheostat,
1120 W
Rheostat,
480 W
Rheostat,
640 W
Physics
Capacitors ELECTRICITY
Resistance box
Capacitance box
The boxes can be mechanically or electrically

assembled.
Values selection by changeover switch.
Mass : 220 g to 350 g.
Resist. ()
Imax
Prec.
Reference
1 to 10
750 mA
1%
281 251 73
10 to 100
250 mA 0.5 %
281 252 73
100 to 1000
75 mA
0.5 %
281 253 73
1 to 10 k
25 mA
0.5 %
281 254 73
C (F)
Umax
Prec.
Reference
0.1 to 1
350 V
2%
281 258 73
Capacitance box
Capacitors F, 6 values.
Precision : 10 %.
Supplied with 6 jumpers.
Ref.
281 016 73
nF and F capacitors
Non-polar capacitor boxes
Values adapted to the study of
RLC or RC circuits
Values selection by rotative
changeover switch
Specifications
- nF capacitors, 6 values : 10, 47, 100, 220,
1000 and 2200 nF.
- F capacitors, 4 values : 100, 470, 1000 and
2200 F.
- Precision : +/-10%.
- Max. voltage : 24 V.
- Total dimensions : 100 x 100 x 40 mm.
nF capacitors
Ref.
281 260 73
F capacitors
Ref.
Capacitor box
1 F and 15 F
281 261 73
Two models :
- 0 to 1 F, supplied with 10 jumpers.
- 0 to 15 F, supplied with 12 jumpers.
- Precision : 1% of the values indicated on
the capacitors.
- Umax = 400 V.
- Safety sockets : 4 mm.
Non-polar capacitor box

Safety moulded piggy-back
jumper to make the seriesparallel connections easier
Physics
Description
C (F)
Ref.
Capacitor
boxes 1 F
0.05-0.1-0.2
0.2 and 0.5
291 067 73
Capacitor
boxes 15 F
0.5-1-2
2-5-5 F
291 068 73
73
74
ELECTRICITY Lamps - Bulbs - Connections
Double-filament bulb
on holder
Bulbs unit
Screw-cap bulbs
Holder for screw cap
10 mm. Supplied
with 3 x 6 V bulbs.
Compatible with
E 10 cap bulbs.
Identification of both
filaments
Case with unbreakable stand
E10 cap, Diameter 10 mm
Voltage
Safety socket 4 mm.
Plastic base : 136 x 92 mm.
Ref.
282 037 73
6V bulb, mounted
Holder for screw cap
10 mm. Supplied
with
6V
bulb.
Compatible with
E10 screw cap bulb.
Safety socket 4 mm.
Ref.
282 028 73
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.5 V
3.5 V
3.5 V
3.5 V
6V
6V
12 V
12 V
Intens. Qty per pack

90 mA
100 mA
100 mA
200 mA
200 mA
300 mA
100 mA
300 mA
50 mA
250 mA
25
25
25
25
100
25
25
25
25
25
Reference
283 245 73
283 246 73
283 287 73
283 093 73
283 094 73
283 247 73
283 248 73
283 095 73
283 249 73
283 250 73
Bayonet tungsten
bulbs
B22 cap, diameter 22 mm.
Bypass-mounted
filaments
can
be
separately connected from safety sockets
located on the cases sides.
B22 Bayonet holder,

mounted
Holder 22 mm.
Compatible with `
tungsten bayonet
bulbs.
Safety socket 4 mm.
Plastic base :
136 x 92 mm.
Specifications
Supplied with 12 V / 18 W - 5 W
double-filament bulb.
Bayonet socket for BA15D cap.
Max. voltage : 12 V. 4 mm safety sockets.
Ref.
283 005 73
Ref.
283 007 73
Voltage
Power Qty per pack
6V
25 W
12 V
25 W
12 V
40 W
Reference
283 070 73
283 075 73
283 074 73
90 W / 230 V carbon-filament bulb

To show the magnetic effects of a current
(approach a magnet).
E27 screw cap.
Spare part
12 V - 18 W / 5 W double-filament bulb
Ref. 283 006 73
Ref.
283 003 73
Crocodile clips , with

screw, non-insulated
Insulated crocodile
clips
Crocodile clips,
entirely insulated
(Pack of 10)
(Pack of 10)
(Pack of 2)
Connections on banana plugs 4 mm.

Pack of 5 red clips + 5 black clips.
Test clips for connection on 4 mm safety

banana plug. Pack of 1 red clip + 1 black
clip.
Model with screw - Nickel-plated.

Supplied with screw.
Ref.
283 277 73
Banana-battery leads
(Pack of 10)
Length 25 cm. 1 terminal flat
plug for connection on 4.5 V
flat battery + 4 mm banana
plug (other terminal).
5 red leads + 5 black leads.
Ref.
283 183 73
Ref.
283 032 73
Ref.
SAFETY INFORMATION
Phase indicator
screwdriver
Indicator light enabling the
detection of live wires.
Length : 130 mm.
Ref.
283 369 73
According to the EN61010 low voltage

safety norm, we recommend to use safety
accessories when the operating voltage is
superior to 60 V (direct voltage) or 30 V
(alternating current).
313 047 73
Physics
Connections ELECTRICITY
Ringing switches
Knife switch,
mounted
Knife switch
(Pack of 6)
Supplied with safety sockets

for 4 mm plugs - max. 24 V.
Soft blade to set up a circuit temporary

closure. Safety sockets for 4 mm plugs.
Silver contact.
Enables you to carry out inversions of

high-intensity current or double-pole
switchings. Safety sockets for 4 mm plug.
Ref.
283 164 73
Ref.
283 010 73
Ref.
283 009 73
Single-pole knife
reversing switch,
with safety sockets
Single-pole knife
switch, with safety
sockets
Toggle switch,
mounted
Mounted single-pole knife switch.

Enables you to carry out current reversals.
Mounted on stable base, equipped with
Max. intensity : 4 A.
Mounted single-pole knife switch.

Mounted on stable base, equipped with
Fitted with safety sockets for 4 mm

plugs.
Ref.
283 033 73
Ref.
283 025 73
Ref.
283 012 73
Safety adapter sleeves
Simple banana plugs
(Pack of 10)
(pack of 12)
Enables you to connect two male safety

banana plugs (4 mm).
Pack of 5 red adapters + 5 black adapters.
To create simple leads.

Leads attached by
means of screw.
Soft
blades
plugs
4 mm.
Pack of 12 : 6 red plugs
+ 6 black plugs.
Ref.
283 383 73
Safety leads with

banana plugs
4 mm
Very resistant soft leads with PVC insulating

covering.
Contact by means of 11 soft blades enabling
an easy connection and a very low electrical
resistance.
Ref.
Description
Plug with retractable sleeve.
283 161 73
Length cm
Color
Qty per pack
Reference
50
Red
283 333 73
283 334 73
283 335 73
283 336 73
283 355 73
283 356 73
Male-male piggy-back.
50
Black
Non-standardized.
100
Black
Max. voltage : 500 V. Expert operator.
100
Red
Simple male-male plug
50
1 Red/Black
with fixed sleeve. CEI 1010

standardized. Reinforced insulation.
Max. voltage : 1 000 V.
100
1 Red/Black
Male-male piggy-back
25
1 Red/Black
plug with fixed sleeve.
50
1 Red/Black
CEI 1010 standardized. Reinforced
100
1 Red/Black
insulation. Max. voltage : 1 000 V.
25
Yellow
25
Green
25
Blue
50
Green
50
Blue
Effective section : 1 mm2.

Ampacity : 20 A.
Temperature resistance : - 20 to + 80 C.
Physics
283 403 73
283 357 73
283 358 73
283 404 73
283 405 73
283 406 73
283 408 73
283 409 73
75
76
ELECTRICITY Connections
Connecting lead
holder, with wheels,
with container
Min. capacity : 280 connecting
leads
Vertically adjustable
Container 330 x 330 x 50 mm
for tutorial accessories
Specifications
Max. dimensions : 1 300 x 500 x 500 mm.
Vertically adjustable :
from 970 up to 1 300 mm.
Mass : 11 kg.
Mobile lead holder equipped with a fixed

container.
Very resistant unit made of painted steel.
Can be completed with trays (described
below).
Ref.
283 413 73
Storage trays
Polypropylene storage trays, adapted to the
container which the ref. 283 413 73 wheels
holder is equipped with.
Modular design :
the trays can be associated to each other to
partition any type of container.
(Pack of 12)
Dimensions
Tray
80 x 320 mm
80 x 160 mm
Connecting lead
holder,
wall mounting
Wall mounting painted metal rack.
Specifications
Capacity : about 80 leads.
Leads max. diameter : 5.33 mm.
Ref.
283 397 73
Standard saline
batteries
4.5 Volts
Specifications
Dim. : 60 x 60 mm
Qty per pack : 4
Ref.
283 064 73
Physics
Reference
283 414 73
283 415 73
Geometric optics OPTICS
Light source with

mirrors - 12 V 30 W
Extra-low voltage light source
made up of a robust case
ensuring a good ventilation,
equipped with slides holder.
On one side, an adjustable lens
positioned in front of the bulb,
enables the obtention of a divergent,
convergent or parallel beam.
On the opposite side, two side mirrors
enable to mix the side-output beams with
the central beam.
Supplied with a set of slits.
Requires a power supply (12 V/5 A, d.c.).
Wire (1 m) and connections by 2 safety male
banana plugs ( 4 mm).
Mass : 320 g.
Light source,
12 V 55 W
Extra-low voltage lamp
of high luminosity
(12 V-55 W),
protected by a cover
with holes.
Mounted on 10 mm rod,
adaptable on the optical stand
(ref. 203 025 73). Supplied with
bulb, F letter and 11mm diaphragm. Can receive the
condenser (ref. 203 042 73).
Power supply : 12 V/5 A (d.c.)
on 4 mm safety sockets.
Mass : 480 g.
Accessory
F6F12 Power supply
Ref. 281 083 73 > page 92
Accessory
Maintenance
Condenser
Ref. 203 042 73
> page 81
12 V - 30 W bulb for 201 033 73
Ref. 203 123 73
Ref.
201 033 73
Halogen bulb, H2 type

for 201 011 73
Lens holder
203 027 73
201 011 73
Optical screen
Plastic holder mounted on 10 mm rod. For

80 mm lenses (not supplied).
Ref.
Ref.
Ref. 203 046 73
Metallic plate (21 x 29.7 cm), matt white

painted, mounted on 10 mm rod. 1 mm
thick. Supplied with 4 magnetic pins.
Ref.
Accessories
203 122 73
Glass lenses, 80 mm, sold per unit

> page 82
Optical stand
Spherical mirrors, 80 mm, sold per unit

> page 82
Hollow tube with clamping screw for

10 mm rod (not supplied).
Prism table
Mass : 1.2 kg.
90 mm swivelling table made of black

anodized aluminium.
Ref.
203 043 73
Optical complete kit

Complete kit including a set of
accessories and a light source for
the study of basic principles in
Optics
Among all accessories, a graduated disc is

supplied in order to easily measure the
deflection of light rays. The lamp produces
convergent, divergent or parallel beams
thanks to a semi-circular lens, located inside
the case. The set is supplied in a box with the
content described opposite.
Contents
1 light source (12 V)
2 biconvex lenses, e = 15 mm - e = 30 mm
1 biconcave lens, e = 6 mm
1 parallel plate, 50 x 75 mm e = 13 mm
1 prism 90 45 45, hyp = 90 mm
(side : 65 mm)
1 prism 90 60 30, hyp = 88 mm
(75 x 45 mm)
1 prism 60 60 60, side : 63 mm
1 semi-circular block, 76 mm
1 set of 8 color filters , 50 x 50 mm
1 semi-circular mirror, r = 35 mm
1 set of 8 colored cards
3 diaphragms 1 slit 8/10, 2 identical slits
8/10
3 identical slits 8/10
1 diaphragm 4 identical slits 8/10 + 1 wide
slit (6 mm)
1 parabolic mirror, 1 plane mirror
1 spare bulb
1 graduated disc
1 instruction booklet
Ref.
Physics
202 003 73
Ref.
203 025 73
Optical kit
Set of optical elements
with prehension element
The different slits positionned in front of a
light source enable you to obtain different
light beams : single or multiple rays,
parallel beams. Instruction booklet.
Contents
Plane mirror.
Biconcave lens.
Biconvex lenses.
Prism 90 45 45.
Equilateral prism.
Prism 90 60 30.
Semi-circular block. Slit (1 to 5).
1 rectangular block.
Dimensions : see description of the
Complete optical kit opposite.
Ref. 201 015 73
77
78
OPTICS Geometric optics
5-beam-source,
12 V / 55 W, for
demonstration
Rays visibility > 1 m in darkness
No risk of burn,
temperature < 40C
Magnetic base
Possibility to color
beams
High-luminosity source
producing 5 parallel beams,
for
demonstration
in
darkness. The intensity is
continuously adjustable to obtain
a very luminous trace on 30 cm or a
trace on more than 1 m.
The beam spacing is sufficient to clearly

distinguish them from more than 1m.
Two magnetic overlays enable the obtention
of a single beam, 3 tight
beams or 3 spaced
beams.
A fan ensures the
cooling of the
metallic box.
The powerful
magnetic
box enables
the adhesion
on any type
of
magnetic
board.
Specifications
Power supply : 12 V (d.c. or a.c.).
Umax : 12 V.
Imax : 4.5 A.
Width of the 5 beams : 70 mm.
Spacing : 17 mm.
Mass : 1.2 kg.
12V/55W source
Ref.
202 073 73
Five-color-magnetic filter
magenta, yellow, green, orange, blue
Ref.
202 087 73
Spare part
12 V / 55 W bulb
Ref. 202 088 73
Multi-beam laser
A rotative changeover switch at the back

side enables you to have at your disposal 1,
3 or 5 beams. The device is designed to be
used on a metallic stand.
Using in broad daylight

Changeover switch : 1, 3 or 5
beams
Magnetic base
Class III R - 5 x 3 mW
Specifications
Case made up of 5 laser diodes collimated by a

cylindrical lens producing 5 parallel beams.
The high-luminosity rays are visible in broad
daylight.
Power supply : 3 V / 200 mA by mains

adapter (supplied) .
Width of the 5 beams : 70 mm.
Spacing : 17 mm. Mass : 400 g.
Ref.
Laser plane kit

Transforms a laser ray into a
laser plane
Magnetic base
Compatible with the laser diode
(ref. 201 032 73)
This accessory enables the diffusion of the
ray produced by the 1 mW laser diode into a
magnetic board or the reflection

diffraction set (ref. 202 077 73).
Ref.
202 076 73
Accessories
1 mW laser diode
laser plane so that the laser trace is visible on
plane support : sheet, table or board. Thus,
the laser diode can be used to carry out
experiments of reflection / diffraction on the
Reflection /
diffraction set
Ref. 201 032 73

Magnetic base (89 x 96 mm)
Ref. 291 196 73
Specifications
Graduated disc : 230 mm
Lens : 200 x 10 mm
Transparent tank : 200 x 20 mm
Overall dimensions : 550 x 230 x 40 mm
Excellent stability on a table

Easy reading of incident and
refracted angles
Using with a light or laser
source
Marking index for the source
Set made up of a sheet metal triangular
stand made up of a disc and a rotative arm.
The device has rubber stops and a cast-iron
ballast ensuring a good stability on the
students table.
The metallic part enables you to position the
light or laser source (not supplied) on
graduation index. It is recommended to use
a source with magnetic base in order to
avoid a sliding during the experiment.
202 075 73
Ref.
202 077 73
Accessories
Two fixation screws enable you to interlock

the semi-circular lens on the disc (or tank)
ensuring the stability during the rotation.
Supplied in a storage carton with a
semi-circular lens, a transparent tank, a mirror
To be completed with a light source or a laser.
Physics
Multibeam laser
Ref. 202 075 73 > see above
or 12 V / 30 W light source with mirror
Ref. 201 033 73 > page 77
or 12 V / 55 W five-beam source
or
Laser diode
used with the magnetic base
Ref. 291 196 73 > page 103
and Laser-plane kit
IR LED 2-terminal
circuit
Peuzoptic
Experiments in broad daylight
Contents
1 rectangular section tunnel (120 x 130 x
300 mm) equipped with a graduated
observation window (274 x 80 mm).
1 storage block at the back of which stands
the graduated screen on which the light
beam is projected.
This block contains : 1 holder with 29 mm
sphere, 2 x 40 mm lens holder, 3 x 40 mm
lenses (f = 50, 100 and 120 mm), 1 diaphragm
( 24 mm), 1 diaphragm with 3 holes
( 1.5 mm) 10 mm distant from each other, 1
slit (25 x 1 mm), 1 grating 140 lines, 1 spare
bulb.
1 light source made up of : 1 x E10 bulb

(6V/500 mA), 1 housing for two 4.5 V flat
batteries (not supplied), 2 x 4 mm safety
sockets to supply in 6V/12V (direct or
alternative voltage), 1 push-switch, 1 disc
with different holes ( 1.5 mm et 1, 5, 8, 12
mm), 1 F letter.
1 booklet with experiments cards for
students. An instruction booklet for the
putting into service.
Ref.
202 010 73
Accessories
Batteries > page 76
6-12 V / 5 A power supply > page 92
The emitter used for Fibroptonic has been

put in a UME case in order to study its
functionning and to enable easier
experiments. It ideally operates in the UME
environment (plate, components...).
The LED is mounted with a protective
resistance and diode. The optical fiber can
be fixed by screw tightening. l = 850 nm.
Makrolon
2-terminal
circuit
case
(unbreakable).
Dim. : 55 x 55 x 55 mm. Spacing : 38 mm.
Connection by F 4 mm banana plug
F 4 mm.
Power supply : 5 to 15 V (direct voltage).
Ref.
202 014 73
Phototransistor
Fibroptonic
Easy-to-use and original set to
study and illustrate the
transmission by optical fiber
With Fibroptonic, you can for example

transmit a sound, showing by this way the
principle of telephony by optical fiber.
This optoelectronic set is made up of :
- an emitter module which transforms a
sound or an electric signal into an infrared
signal : a microphone, an output for the
electric signal to be transmitted, an output
for a 6-12 V power supply, a light-transmitter

(l = 850 nm),
- a receiver module which transforms an
infrared signal into a sound or an electric
signal : a photoreceptor (bandwidth 550 to
1 000 nm), an output for 6-12V power
supply, a loudspeaker, a voltage output to
display the signal transmitted by the
oscilloscope,
- a resistance module which is used as a
light sensor and enables experiments on
mechanical oscillations,
- a 5 m optical fiber which enables the
connection between emitter and receiver
modules.
The receivers bandwidth enables you to use
other light sources than the emitter module,
like the diode laser (ref. 201 020 73).
Ref.
Ref.
202 015 73
Eye model
Very demonstrative model
Lens with variable vergence
Simulation and correction of
eye defects
202 012 73
Accessory
6-12 V / 5 A power supply
Ref. 281 083 73 > page 92
Georama
Mobile model to understand
the phenomena which generate
the day, the night, the seasons,
the eclipses, the tides, etc...
Represents the Earth and Moon
movements around the Sun.
Phototransistor mounted with a 100 k

resistance and a protective diode.
Max. sensitivity : 880 nm. Bandwidth : 550
up to 1 000 nm.
Supplied with a 5 m optical fiber
Specifications
Dimensions of base : 54 x 14 cm.
Model exclusive to Jeulin.
Ref.
312 105 73
Content
1 model fixed on a wooden base with lens
holder. 1 convex lens. 1 diverging lens. 1
object letter on a plexiglas stand.
Supplied with detailed instruction booklet.
Small model
Ref.
202 016 73
Big model
Ref.
202 013 73
Accessories
Georama essentially has a descriptive role. It

aims at explaining :
Slide projector > page 34

Light source
Ref. 201 011 73 > page 77
1 -The effects produced by the sunlight on

Earth having an inclined rotation on its axis.
2- The effects and appearances observed on
the Moon rotating around Earth.
The experiments are described in the
detailed booklet supplied with the device.
Graduated square
rod, 800 mm
Ref.
Physics
202 023 73
79
80
Optic 4 bench
Enables you to explain what a
picture is and how it forms
thanks to convex lenses,
diverging lenses, diaphragms,
object letter...
Contents
- 1 metallic guiding bench,1 m, graduated on
one side every mm,
- 1 light source with 10 mm lamp, 3.5 V
(for 4.5 V battery)
and parabolic
reflector,
- 5 polymetacrylate lenses ( 40 mm),

f= -100, +250, +125, +100, and +50 mm, with
fixation clips,
- 1 diaphragm with 3 holes ( 3,5,8 mm),
- 1 object letter.
Supplied with instructions. To be completed
with a 4.5 V battery.
Ref.
201 008 73
Accessories
Screw bulb, pack of 25
Ref. 283 093 73

Light source (including bulb)
Ref. 203 051 73

- 5 multi-purpose holders : 40 mm
diaphragm holder, screen holder,
Optical benches
2m U-shaped profiles
Sliding elements with index for
a better precision of your
measurements
2 models available
Specifications
Dimensions : 50 x 32 x 2 000 mm.
U-shaped profile : thickness 2.3 mm.
(120 x 120 mm),

- 1 set of 5 diaphragms.
To be completed with 40 mm lenses.
Accessories
4.5 V battery, pack of 4
Ref. 283 064 73
Optical bench 1
Supplied with 1 lantern on plate and E27
bulb, 230 V / 40 W, with uniplanar filament +
overlay and F pierced letter.
Ref.
Fixed lens holder
202 001 73
Ref. 203 085 73

Mobile lens holder
Ref. 203 086 73

Optical bench 2
Contents
- 1 guiding bench made of painted profile
with silkscreen printed scale, graduated
every mm,
- 1 lantern on plate with E27 lamp, 230 V, 40
W, with uniplanar filament, with overlay and
F pierced letter,
- 1 fixed holder for lenses or mirror
( 40mm),
- 1 holder for lenses or mirror ( 40 mm),
vertically adjustable and in direction,
- 1 screen holder with mm graduated screen
Magnetic optical
elements
Supplied with 7 models of optical
assemblies
Set of optical elements enabling you to view
numerous phenomena of geometric optics.
40 mm lens > page 82
Optical bench 2
F6F12, 6-12V / 5A power supply
Supplied with 1 lantern on plate and 12 V /

30 W lamp (halogen bulb) + overlay and F
pierced letter.
To be completed with a 12 V - 5A DC supply
(ref. 281 083 73).
Ref. 281 083 73

12V - 30 W halogen source
Ref. 202 027 73

E27 - 230 V - 40 W bulb
Ref.
Ref. 566 012 73
Contents
- 14 optical elements with magnetic base :
4 convex lenses, 2 semi-circular lenses,
2 diverging lenses, 1 concave mirror, 1 plane
mirror, 1 convex mirror, 1 prism, 1 parallel
plate, 1 light guide (optical fiber).
- 6 models : eye and its corrections, camera,
Galilean telescope, Kepler telescope, lens
geometric aberrations, reflection/refraction
disc graduated in degree. To be completed
with the metallic board (ref. 202 034 73) and
a 5-beam laser.
Supplied with diagrams on magnetic sheets.
202 040 73
Metallic board
Big white board (600 x 450 mm).
Supplied with stand for
maintaining.
Magnetic optical elements
5-beam laser (not supplied)
(Supplied without accessories).
Metallic board
Ref.
202 025 73
Ref.
Physics
202 034 23
vertical
Optical bench, 2 m
Rigid and light bench made of
aluminium profile
Accessories compatible with
2 m Jeulin optical benches
Fixation on elements by means
of rapid and easy clip
Lenses protective rings
( 40mm)
Optical bench equipped with an inclined

graduation making the reading easier for the
study of the main principles of geometric
optics and the construction of optical
instruments. Enables a perfect alignment. All
elements are compatible with optical
benches ref. 202 001 73 and 202 040 73.
Power supply : 12 V / 1.5 A mains adapter.
Bench dimensions : 200 x 5 x 5 cm.
2 lens holder and slides,

1 prism holder,
1 set of 5 lens rings ( 40 mm) + stickers,
1 frosted ( 40 mm),
1 graduated screen (150 x 150 mm),
1 transluscent screen (150 x 150 mm),
Supplied with instruction booklet
containing experiments examples.
Ref.
Contents
202 036 73
1 guiding bench (2 m) made of aluminium

profile with scale graduated every mm,
1 light source (10 W) on holder with F letter
(pierced) and mains adapter,
Accessories
Lenses and mirrors ( 40 mm) > page 82
Accessories for diffraction and
interferences
Ref. 212 014 73> page 84
1mW laser diode
Ref. 201 032 73> page 83
12 V / 10 W Light
source
Protective rings
(pack of 5)
Magnetic base
Low temperature rise
Halogen bulb with straight filament
producing a white light. Supplied with
a F letter (pierced) and a mains adapter
(12 V / 1.5 A).
Dim. : 100 x 100 x 80 mm.
Ref.
202 042 73
For 40 mm lenses. Enables the assembly

of one or two lenses put side by side on the
lens holder (ref. 202 037 73). Marking area
to note the value of the focal length.
Dim. : 42 x 25 mm.
Slides and lenses

holder
Enables the fixation of
2 ring lenses and 2
slides (not supplied).
Compatible with 2 m
Jeulin optical benches.
Dim. : 41 x 65 x 95 mm.
Ref.
202 037 73
Spare bulb (12V / 10W)
Ref. 203 016 73
Ref.
202 038 73
Sources holder
Iris diaphragm
Prism holder
Element mounted on holder

(40 x 40 mm).
Adjustable : from 2 to 26 mm.
100 x 100 mm holder, vertically adjustable.
Ref.
202 045 73
Ref.
Measurement device
for diffraction and
interferences
202 039 73
100 x 100 mm holder, vertically

adjustable.
2 holders put side by side enable you to fix
a gas laser.
Supplied with 2 magnetic bases.
Ref.
202 043 73
Measurement is made by means of a precise

micrometer (precision : 1/100 mm) associated
to an eyepiece.
Can be directly fixed on the 2 m Jeulin
optical benches. Supplied with instruction
booklet.
Eyepiece : magnification x 40.
Micrometer : 0 to 25 mm,
resolution 1/100 mm.
Direct measurement of fringe

spacing
Compatible with 2 m Jeulin
optical benches
Ref.
Physics
202 044 73
81
82
Identical lenses, made

of glass, 40 mm
Glass lenses,
80 mm
(Pack of 4)
(Sold per unit)
For lens holder 40 mm.
For lens holder 80 mm, ref. 203 027 73.
Focal length
(mm)
- 200
- 100
- 50
+ 50
+ 100
+ 200
+ 300
+ 500
Nature
Reference
Bi-concave
Bi-concave
Bi-concave
Bi-convex
Bi-convex
Bi-convex
Bi-convex
Bi-convex
203 115 73
203 084 73
203 126 73
203 081 73
203 116 73
203 082 73
203 107 73
203 083 73
Focal length
Nature
(mm)
- 100
Bi-concave
+ 100
Plano-convex
+ 125
Plano-convex
+ 200
Bi-convex
+ 300
Bi-convex
+ 1 000
Bi-convex
Metacrylate lenses,
40 mm (Pack of 5)
Reference
203 030 73
203 121 73
203 063 73
203 029 73
203 120 73
203 028 73
Plastic lenses, 40 mm.

Focal lengths : - 100, + 50, + 100, + 125,
+ 250 mm.
Ref.
203 026 73
Prisms
Glass lenses, 40 mm
Approx. indexes :
Altuglass n = 1.4. Glass n = 1.52. Flint-glass
n = 1.60. (for light decomposition it is
recommended to use a high index : glass or
even better : Flint-glass).
Material
Angle
Flint
Glass
Glass*
Cut Alt.
3 x 60
3 x 60
45-90
30-60-90
(Pack of 6)
Bases edges
L. (mm)
34 x 34 x 34
39 x 39 x 39
39 x 39 x 55
40 x 57 x 70
Height
(mm)
35
39
40
14
Reference
203 011 73
203 010 73
203 013 73*
203 012 73
Ref.
* Total reflection prism.
Direct-vision prism
Ref.
(Pack of 4)
Focal lengths : - 100, + 50, + 100,
+ 200 mm.
203 103 73
Ref.
Spherical mirrors
Glass prism made up of 3 elements put side
by side.
203 125 73
203 066 73
Glass lenses, 40 mm
Plane mirror
40 mm.
Ref.
Focal lengths : - 50, - 150, + 150, + 200,

+ 300,+ 500 mm.
40 mm. Concave, reflective treated.

Focal length
- 200 mm
- 400 mm
- 600 mm
Reference
203 104 73
203 127 73
203 128 73
203 037 73
Lenses + mirror
(Pack of 6 + mirror)
80 mm. Concave, reflective treated.

Focal length
- 200 mm
- 400 mm
Condensers
Nature
Concave
Concave
Reference
203 014 73
203 009 73
The ref. 203 042 73 condenser is compatible

with the ref. 201 011 73 light source.
Diam.
60 mm
80 mm
Focal length
66 mm
60 mm
Reference
203 042 73
203 068 73
Glass lenses + 1 mirror, 40 mm.
Frosted disc,
80 mm
Ref.
Focal lengths : - 500, - 200, - 100, + 50,

+ 100, + 200 mm.
203 124 73
Ref.
Physics
203 002 73
Geometric optics - Simpo-Bouty accessories

Description
Parallel slide on holder
Graduated eyepiece slide,
precision 1/100
Graduated eyepiece slide,
precision : 1/10
Reference
Description
Reference
203 001 73
Flint Prism
203 006 73
203 171 73
203 172 73
203 005 73
203 031 73
203 129 73
203 185 73
203 035 73
203 137 73
203 138 73
203 140 73
203 186 73
203 187 73
Crown prism
574 010 73
Prism, SF 10
Prism, SF 6 ND
Concave mirror, Q51, F+500
574 003 73
203 184 73
203 183 73
203 130 73
203 131 73
203 132 73
Convex mirror, Q51, F-250
203 133 73
203 134 73
Bi-convex lens, F+800, Q40
203 135 73
Q51 mirror, 10 mm thick

Mirror, 50 x50, 6 mm thick
Lens, R4000
Lens, R6000
Lens, R8000
Lens, R10000
Description
Reference
Bi-concave lens, F-500, Q80
203 147 73
203 188 73
203 151 73
203 181 73
203 157 73
203 018 73
203 158 73
203 190 73
203 191 73
203 110 73
Half-moon base
with column
701 016 73
Double-rack holder
701 020 73

Protection, Q42
Bi-concave lens, F-200 Q80
Gas lasers (He-Ne)

Jeulin Helium - Neon lasers
Power : 0.8 mW (Class II) or
2 mW (Class IIIa)
Integrated power supply
Metal / glass-welded tube with cathode
specially treated to ensure an increased
long-time strength (15 000 H) and a storage
without maintenance. Collimation lenses at
the mirrors front side producing a
small-diameter beam. A low divergence
enables the beam to remain fine. Coaxial
laser tube providing stability in the power
and direction to carry out reproductible
quantitative recordings (spectrophotometry,
for ex.). Built-in 230 V power supply for an
easier experiments putting into service and
the equipment storage. Supplied with
Power
Class
Power stability
Wavelength
Beam diameter
Beam divergence
Polarization
Power supply
Dimensions
Mass
Reference
0.8 mW
class II
2.5 %
632.8 nm
0.5 mm
2 mW
class IIIa
2.5 %
632.8 nm
0.75 mm
1.7 mrad
Random
230 V - 50 Hz
< 1.2 mrd

Random
230 V - 50 Hz
68 x 90 x 250 mm
1 kg
68 x 90 x 370 mm
1.4 kg
201 030 73
201 016 73
Specifications
Laser diode 1 mW
(class II)
Wave length : 650 nm (red).

Power : 1 mW (class II).
Radius (5 m away) : 8 mm.
Vertical adjustment : 3.
Power supply : 2 x 1.5 V batteries
(AA type - LR6).
Mass : 220 g.
Autonomy : 15 hours in continuous
operating.
Supplied with batteries.
Vertical adjustment of the

laser beam
ON/OFF switch
Ref.
Physics
201 032 73
83
84
OPTICS Physical optics
Set of laser accessories

Diffraction and interferences :
20 experiments with a laser
The different elements of the set (slides,

lenses...) are grouped in a binder with inner
envelope.
A very complete instruction manual,
integrated in the binder very precisely
describes 32 easy-to-carry-out-experiments.
Contents
14 numbered slides :
No 1 : Single slits, width (mm) :
0.40 ; 0.28 ; 0.12 ; 0.10 ; 0.05 ; 0.04 ; 0.07.
No 2 : double slits or bi-slits : width (mm) :
0.28 ; 0.12 ; 0.15 ; 0.20.
No 3 : Cross slits, width (mm) :
0.11 ; 0.06 ; 0.04.
No 4 : Circular holes, (mm) :
0.25 ; 0.40 ; 0.80 ; 1.60 ; 3.20.
No 5 : black points, (mm) :
0.20 ; 0.40 ; 0.75 ; 1.60 ; 3.00.
No 6 : grating : slits of 0.06 mm with 0.09 mm
pitch.
Evolution SF1 power

supply for OSRAM
spectral lamp
No risk of burns
Interchangeable lantern
Power supply in Evolution casing equipped

with an ON/OFF switch and a removable
lantern on rod.
A screw enabling you to adjust the lanterns
height along the rod (from 120 mm to
350 mm).
A second holder at the power supplys back
side enables you to position a second lantern
(not supplied) to ease lamps changes.
Supplied with a removable lantern, a 10 mm
rod and an instruction booklet.
To be completed with OSRAM spectral
lamps.
No 7 : grating : slits of 0.06 mm with 0.09

mm pitch.
No 8 and 9 : grating 140 lines/mm.
No 10 and 11 : grids.
No 12 : check pattern test chart.
No 13 : Circular grating.
No 14 : Soret grating.
1 short focal length lens (5 cm) surrounded
with a plastic protective ring : work on
small distances.
2 lens or slide holder.
Ref.
212 014 73
Element sold separately

Slide no 1
7 single slits 0.40 ; 0.28 ; 0.12 ; 0.10 ; 0.05 ;
0.04 ; 0.07 mm wide
Ref. 212 035 73
OSRAM Spectral
lamps
Specifications
Power supply : 230 V, 50-60Hz.
Protection : by fuse.
Mass (power supply only) : 4.1 kg.
Cap : noval (9 pins), height : 107 mm.

Tubes diameter : 21 mm.
Description
Ref.
Mounted neon lamp

Study of neon spectrum
Mounted on insulated case.
Power supply : 220 V.
In order to obtain the neon spectrum
(with the ref. 203 111 73 or 212 020 73
spectra for ex.).
Supplied with bulb.
212 039 73
Set of calibrated
threads, 40, 60, 80,
100, 120 m
Supplied with 6
empty slides frame
Calibrated threads mounted under plastic

slides frame with a cardboard frame to
maintain and protect threads when
handling them. The protective overlay is
pierced on its centre to let a max. 10 mm
laser beam go through.
Tolerance about the thickness of calibrated
threads : 3 %.
6 identical empty slides frames enable you
to mount hair samples or other threads of
unknown thickness.
213 021 73
Mercury, 22-24 W
213 022 73
Cadmium, 15 W
213 023 73
Mercury/Cadmium, 25 W
213 024 73
Helium, 55 W
213 025 73
Neon, 30 W
213 026 73
Zinc, 15 W
213 027 73
Accessories
Lantern sold separately, to have a second
spectral lamp at your disposal without
disassembly.
Ref. 212 040 73

10 x 300 mm rod.
Ref.
213 011 73
Ref.
Ref. 212 041 73
212 028 73
Physics
Reference
Sodium, 15 W
Physical optics OPTICS
MiniSpectro
Grating spectroscope
The acquisition of the

diffraction figure
is carried out by
manually
moving a
photosensitive
cell on the
minispectro.
2 analog outputs : + 5 V / - 5 V
proportional to the cells displacement and
the light intensity enabling a recording
with a data acquisition card (ESAO or
other).
Power supply : 12 V mains adapter, not
supplied.
Immediate putting into service
Ref.
30 mm cardboard tube equipped with a

fine slit at its terminal end.
The display of light spectrum is carried out
through a 140 lines/mm grating.
Ref.
213 028 73
Slits and gratings
452 200 73
Accessory
Spectroscope with
fine slit
Metallic tube ( 25 mm) with a precise fine

slit, 0.25 mm wide.
Grating of 300 lines/mm enabling you to
see 1st and 2nd order spectra.
Internal reflections totally suppressed.
Observation
eased
by
the
slits
decentration.
Ref.
213 014 73
Grating + slit
12 V mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
Graduated
spectroscope
Flat spectroscope,
containing a
graduated reticle.
It enables you to
read the wave length
(from 400 to 700 nm) of
diffracted lines
observed from a light (for
example neon).
Dimensions :180 x 90 x 20 mm.
Grating : 530 lines/mm.
Ref.
For studies depending on the slits width

and the gratings spacing. Pack of 9 slides.
Contents
1 grating No 1 with 1/16 mm slits and a 1/4
mm spacing. 1 grating No 2 with 1/32 mm
slits and a 1/4 mm spacing. 1 grating No 3
with 1/32 mm slits and a 1/8 mm spacing.
6 pictures : 1,2,3,4,5,6 slits 1/16 mm wide,
spacing : 1/4 mm.
213 015 73
Ref.
Diffraction gratings
Plastic gratings
mounted under
slides frame.
Format : 50 x 50 mm.
Useful dimensions :
26 x 26 mm.
Lines/mm
140
530
1 000
Pack
6
1
1
Reference
203 111 73
212 001 73
212 002 73
Glass gratings
Lines/mm
100
300
600
Reference
212 022 73
212 023 73
212 020 73
Ref.
212 021 73
Set of diffraction
objects
212 012 73
Triple grating
For demonstration and tutorials.

3 gratings (9 x 16 mm) with 100, 300 and
600 lines/mm mounted under frame
90 x 30 mm.
Ref.
212 011 73
Primary-color filter
1st order blazed

grating
mounted
under slides frame.
Format : 50 x 50 mm.
Useful dimensions :
35 x 23 mm.
Pack of 2 slides :
- 1 slide with plastic grating
(530 lines/mm).
- 1 slide with 1 mm slit.
Set of 3 primary-color filters : red, green,

blue. Mounted under cardboard slides
frame.
Compatible with the light source
(ref. 201 033 73).
Ref.
Physics
203 019 73
4 slides (size : 50 x 50 mm) :

- 1 F letter,
- 1 slide with 3 single slits :
0.1 - 0.2 - 0.4 mm,
- 1 slide with 3 double-slits :
0.2 - 0.3 - 0.5 mm,
- 1 slide with 3 holes
( 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.4 mm).
Ref.
212 024 73
Secondary-color
filters
Set of 3 secondary-color filters : cyan,

yellow,
magenta.
Mounted
under
cardboard slides frame.
Dimensions : 50 x 50 mm. Compatible with
the light source (ref. 201 033 73).
Ref.
203 020 73
85
86
OPTICS Physical optics
Spectrogoniometer
To observe and measure the
emission and absorption
spectra
Equipped with a high-precision
scale, it will enable you, for
example, to measure a prisms
angle and index or a gratings
spacing
This device is made up of a 127 mm

graduated plate.
Its movement is independant from the aiming
telescopes and the deviation marking is read
thanks to a vernier with a precision of 1 mn of
arc.
Rotations are manually adjustable in a coarse
way and then finely by micrometric screw.
Supplied accessories
-1
-1
-1
-1
-1
flint-glass prism,
prism clamp,
diffraction grating holder,
watchmakers eyeglass,
wrench for optical axis adjustment.
Specifications
Collimator
Focal length : 178 mm, aperture : 32 mm
(adjustable by pinion and rack), adjustable
slit, 6 mm long.
Telescope
Focal length : 178 mm, aperture : 32 mm
(adjustable by pinion and rack).
Eyepiece : Ramsden x 15 and crossline
graticule. Both collimator and telescope are
equipped with levelling screws so that their
axis are perpendicular to the axis of rotation.
Fixation stand
Located on the plate, it enables you to
precisely position the prism or diffraction
grating.
Mass : 11 kg.
Supplied in wooden case.
Ref.
213 018 73
GONIOMETRY - BOUTY-SIMPO
Goniometer,
with 1 precision
Goniometer, with 1 precision, equipped

with a F 130 auto-collimating telescope with
slit adjustable by micrometer screw
(precision 1/100), 10 mm high, an
object-carrier plate with 3 foot-screws for
the horizontal adjustment. Telescopes and
plates rotation movements contain
lockings and fine adjusting screw.
Ref.
213 010 73
Goniometer,
with 5 precision
Power supply for dual

spectral lamps
Goniometer, with a 5 precision, equipped

with 2 diametrically opposed microscopes ;
fitted with micrometers with micrometer
screws, a F260 auto-collimating telescope
(40 mm aperture), A F260 collimator (40 mm
aperture) fitted with a 10 mm high slit
adjustable by micrometer screw (precision :
1/100), an object-carrier plate with 3
foot-screws for the horizontal adjustment. The
limb is enclosed in a waterproof carter in
order to protect graduations. The telescopes
and plates rotation movements contain
lockings and fine adjusting screws. 230V, 6V
built-in transformer.
Power supply for dual spectral lamps,

equipped with 2 sockets, which can receive
9-pin spectral lamps.
Ref.
Goniometer,
with 30 precision
Cathetometer
Ref.
213 019 73
Ref.
351 007 73
Q40
mm
spherometer,
enabling
measurement with a 1/100 mm precision
of a thickness or spheres radius of curvature.
351 006 73
Ref.
351 004 73
ABBE refractometer
202 009 73
Grating holder (50x50)

for goniometer
Ref.
Q130
mm
spherometer,
enabling
measurement with a 1/100 mm precision
of a thickness or spheres radius of curvature.
Spherometer
Grating holder
for goniometer
Ref.
213 012 73
Spherometer
Ref.
213 033 73
Stroke : 0.3 m.
Precision : 1/20 mm.
Telescopes magnification : x8.
Goniometer with 30 precision, equipped
with a micrometer microscope, a F160
auto-collimating
telescope,
a
F160
collimator with slit adjustable by micrometer
scew (precision 1/100, 10 mm high), an
object-carrier plate with 3 foot-screw for the
horizontal adjustment. The limb is enclosed
in a waterproof case in order to protect
graduations. The telescopes and plates
rotation movements contain lockings and
fine adjusting screws. 230V, 6V built-in
transformer.
Ref.
202 049 73
ABBE refractometer, with circle divided into

half-degree and vernier (precision 1/15).
Each verniers division is equivalent to 2
minutes.
Ref.
Physics
701 021 73
Physical optics - Simpo-Bouty product line OPTICS
Prismatic benches
Mounted on foot-screws, which
section is an equilateral triangle
(side : 60 mm)
Material
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Length (m)
0.5
1
1.5
2
0.5
1
1.5
2
Aiming telescopes
Reference
202 066 73
202 053 73
202 080 73
202 063 73
202 081 73
202 068 73
202 082 73
202 007 73
- 9 x 25 aiming telescope with swivelling

cross graticule
- Focus : from 400 mm to infinity, by back
focal distance.
Ref.
202 085 73
- Aiming telescope with swivelling cross

graticule
- Focus : from 250 mm to infinity, by back
focal distance. Straightened picture.
Ref.
Holders for optical

benches
Auto-collimating
spectacle
Description
Lens holder with concentric clamping, from 0 to 40 mm
Lens holder with concentric clamping, from 0 to 80 mm
Fixed lens holder, 40 mm
Lens holder, 50 mm
Fixed lens holder, 80 mm
Mirror holder
Slide holder
Filter holder
Prism holder with prism maintening system
Symmetrical slit holder for assembly on bench
Grating holder on rod
Laser holder
Auto-collimating
spectacle with
dual-graticule
202 083 73
Equipped with a beam splitter,

an illumination and a cross
graticule
Reference
202 095 73
202 074 73
202 071 73
202 100 73
202 051 73
202 121 73
202 110 73
202 106 73
202 058 73
202 124 73
202 118 73
202 072 73
Equipped with a separating cube

and an illumination
The eyepiece can be placed in
line or at 90
F 130 auto-collimating spectacle
Ref.
202 056 73
F 250 auto-collimating spectacle
Ref.
202 102 73
The source graticule and the

object graticule can be made up
of 2 crosses or 1 hole and 1 cross
Description
Reference
F250 auto-collimating spectacle, eyepiece in line, with two crosses

F250 auto-collimating spectacle, eyepiece at 90 , with two crosses
F250 auto-collimating spectacle, eyepiece in line, with 1 hole and 1 cross
F250 auto-collimating spectacle, eyepiece at 90 , with two crosses
Fresnel eyepiece 10 x, with cross graticule and micrometer stop, stroke : 25 mm, precision 1/100 mm
F130 collimator with test chart made up of a cross with concentric circles and illumination
F250 collimator with test chart made up of a cross with concentric circles and illumination
Iris diaphragm on rod, max. aperture : 24 mm
8-hole-diaphragm from 0.5 to 5 mm ; Each hole can be individually selected
Objective lens holder
Eyepiece holder
Disk, graduated vernier
Lantern with punctual filament, 6 V 15 W, with condenser and focusing adjustment device
Spare lamp, 6 V 15 W
Arrow diaphragm adjustable on the lantern with punctual filament
Transformer, 220 V 6 V
Eyepiece with 42000 micrometer screw, with fixed graticule and a graticule mobile on 10 mm,
202 128 73
202 064 73
202 129 73
202 130 73
202 104 73
202 078 73
202 131 73
202 052 73
202 132 73
202 112 73
202 111 73
213 041 73
213 034 73
283 013 73
202 107 73
212 038 73
574 012 73
displacement by micrometer screw at the pitch of 0.5 mm

Eyepiece with 43000 micrometer screw, with fixed graticule and a graticule mobile on 20 mm,
574 019 73
displacement by micrometer screw at the pitch of 0.5 mm
202 133 73
Eyepiece holder (42000)
Physics
87
88
OPTICS Physical optics - Simpo-Bouty product line
Narrow jumpers for

prismatic bench
Can receive rods

from 10 to 19 mm
Jumper width : 74 mm
Standard jumpers for

prismatic benches
Description
Simple jumper
Reference
Jumper with tranversal movement, 30 mm

Jumper with vertical movement with stroke, 50 mm
Jumper, 360 rotatable, with graduation
Jumper with tranversal and vertical movement
Jumper with transversal, longitudinal and swivelling movement
202 008 73
202 048 73
202 029 73
202 059 73
202 061 73
202 062 73
Can receive rods

from 10 to 19 mm
Jumper width : 40 mm
Description
Simple narrow jumper
Reference
202 050 73
Narrow jumper with

transversal movement
202 067 73
Narrow jumper with

vertical movement
Accessories for optical bench

Description
PVC plate on rod
Auxiliary lens
Dissymmetrical slit, lip height : 10 mm,
max. opening : 1 mm with screw graduated at 1/100
Dissymmetrical slit, lip height : 24 mm,
max. opening : 1 mm with screw graduated at 1/100
Viewfinder from 10 cm to infinity
Viewfinder microscope equipped with a micrometer eyepiece (1/100).
Magnification x 10
Viewfinder with ramp eyepiece, magnification x 10
heavy objects, 150 mm long
Fresnel bi-prism, 30 x 40 mm prism, angle at the top : 178 30

Fresnel mirrors, with mirror device (to adjust one mirror with the other),
parallel displacement with graduation and angular displacement of one of them.
Mirrors dimensions : 30 x 30 mm.
Band slits, width : 0.2, 0.3, 0.5 mm, line thickness : 0.1
Band holes, width : 0.2, 0.3, 0.5 mm, line thickness : 0.1 mm
Young slits, width : 0.2, 0.3, 0.5 mm, line thickness : 0.1 mm
Young holes, width : 0.2, 0.3, 0.5 mm, line thickness : 0.1 mm
Q40 polaroid polarizer
Polarizer holder in degree
Prism with direct vision
Q50 interferential filter, 546 nm
Interferential filter mounting on rod
202 097 73
202 122 73
212 046 73
212 123 73
202 127 73
202 099 73
202 011 73
Reference
212 010 73
212 060 73
212 061 73
212 037 73
212 059 73
212 057 73
212 058 73
212 043 73
202 070 73
203 193 73
202 101 73
212 062 73
Screens
Description
Transluscent screen
Transluscent screen
White matt screen
Black matt screen
Dimensions
200 x 200 mm
160 x 160 mm
160 x 160 mm
160 x 160 mm
Reference
202 089 73
202 125 73
202 096 73
202 126 73
Slides
Description
1/4-polaroid-wave slide, Q 40
1/2-polaroid-wave slide, Q 40
1/2-crystalline-wave slide, Q 40, useful 20 mm
1/4-crystalline-wave slide, Q 40, useful 20 mm
Iceland-spar-wave slide
Q40 quartz slide, useful 20 mm, rotatory power EP = 1.671
202 119 73
Reference
Simpo-Bouty accessories for interferences

Description
Billet bi-lens equipped with 2 F 100 half-lenses, Q 30 mm
202 057 73
Flat jumper for the assembly of
Reference
203 044 73
203 047 73
203 036 73
203 039 73
203 192 73
203 159 73
203 160 73
203 040 73
Physics
Cornu bench
-
2 m long,
with 3 jumpers,
F130 graticule collimator,
lens holder,
viewfinder at infinity,
detachable auxiliary lens.
Ref.
202 065 73
Machine for the

measurement of
Newtons rings
Machine for the measurement of Newtons
rings, equipped with a Q 80 mm black glass
plane, moving under the viewfinder with a
screw graduated at 1/100 mm, and a lens
with a 4 m radius of curvature with
micrometer
movement
giving
the
1/1000 mm.
Ref.
212 047 73
Michelson
interferometer
Michelson interferometer equipped with :
- A fixed mirror and a
mobile mirror made of
Zerodur, 40 mm,
- A fixed splitter and a compensator
mobile around 2 axis, 80 mm,
- Trolley
equipped
with
a
micrometer screw (1/100 mm) and a
micrometer check screw (1 m). Trolley
stroke : 50 mm,
- An heat filter in input,
- The objective lens has a /20 flatness and
dielectric deposits for an easy cleaning,
- Display of air wedge fringes into white
light,
- The interferometer can be motorizable
and transformed into Fabry Perrot.
Ref.
212 013 73
Accessory
Motorization for Michelson
interferometer, 4 turns per hour.
Ref. 212 042 73
Electromagnetism - Radioactivity CORPUSCULAR PHENOMENA
Universal holder and

Helmholtz coils
Helmholtz configuration, at variable

distance, to create a uniform magnetic field
at +/-1.5 %, oriented perpendically to the
tubes axis. An other slot enables you to
mount a single coil in the tubes axis to
create an axial magnetic field.
Contents and specifications
THOMSON tube e/m

Tube under vacuum enabling you to
observe the path of an electron beam on a
fluorescent screen fitted with a graduated
scale. Can be adapted on the universal
frame (ref. 232 008 73).
1 universal frame,
2 helholtz coils, medium 138 mm, 320 turns,
Imax : 2A. Resistance : 6.3 W,
Specifications
Ref.
232 008 73
Tubes are connected to a 5-pole connector

located at the holders back side.
This connector can be turned of +/- 5 to
enable the tubes right orientation.
A protective circuit integrated in the holder
automatically maintains the filament
tension and protects it against overvoltages.
Connections are made by 4 mm safety
banana sockets located in the frames collar.
Slots enable you to mount coils in the
Accessories
Deflectron
fluorescent material. It is positionned

tangentially to the electron probe and
enables you to materialize its path. The fork
supporting the tube can swivel, enabling
thus a rotation of the tube, and of the
electron probe, toward the magnetic field.
The 140 mm coils admit a 1A intensity
under 12 V (up to 1.8 A during a time period
< 10 mn). Supplied with instructions.
Guarantee : 2 years (except for the tube :
1 year).
Study of the deflection of

electrons by a magnetic or
electric field
This device is particularly adapted to the
electron probe in a E electric field. It is also
possible to study the conjugation of an
electric and magnetic field.
Contents
- 1 vacuum tube, 127 mm.
- 2 Helmholtz coils, 140 mm.
- 1 coil and tube holder.
Supplied with adapters for 4 mm safety
plugs.
6000 V adjustable power supply

Ref. 281 266 73 > page 94
6.3 V / 3 A and 700 V / 35 mA power
supply
Ref. 281 092 73 > page 93
6/12V 5A power supply
Ref. 281 083 73 > page 92
Ref.
232 009 73
Tube with
double-electron guns
Helium-filled tube with tangential and
axial electron gun. The electrons path is
made visible by excitation of helium atoms
under the form of a fine green brush.
Can be adapted on the universal frame
(ref. 232 008 73).
232 005 73
Specifications
Accessories
> above
Maintenance
The 127 mm vacuum tube is made up of an

electron gun (filament + anode), a mica
screen, and 2 plates for the electric
deflection. The mica screen is covered with a
Spare tube
Geiger-Mller counter
High-sensitivity radioactivity counter made up

of a control/display casing and a removable
detection probe containing the Geiger-Mller
tube and its supply. A grid protects the sensor
by keeping an excellent sensitivity. The device
displays the particles detected during a period
set by the user : 5 pre-defined windows +
1 window adjustable from 1 to 1 999 s.
Measurements can thus be directly carried out
in Becquerel (1s window).
, and radioactivity counter

2000 points LCD screen
Carriable measurement probe
Adjustment of the counting
window
Measurements computerization
Ref.
Accessories > opposite
Description
Filaments tension : 6 V AC.

Anode tension : 2000 to 5000 V DC.
Anode current : 0.2 mA (for 4000 V).
Tension between diffuser plates : 50 to
350 V DC.
Guarantee : 1 year.
Ref. 233 008 73
Filament tension : 6 V AC.

Anode tension : 0 to 300 V DC.
Anode current : 30 mA (for 4000 V).
Potential of diffuser plate : 0 to 300 V DC.
Guarantee : 1 year.
Ref.
232 010 73
Accessories > above
Physics
, and sensitivity : 3500 cpm on Cs137

source at 1mR/h.
Display : digital, 2000 points.
Counting time : fixed 1 - 5 -10 - 30 - 60 s +
adjustable from 1 to 1999 s.
Analog output : - 2.5 V / + 2.5 V on 4 mm
banana plugs.
Power supply : 9V 6F22 battery (supplied) or
mains adapter (not supplied).
Wire length : 1.2 m.
Analog output compatible with

all Computer-Assisted Experiment
interface.
A pilot lamp and a disablable
beep indicate the presence of
radioactive particles. Automatic
extinction.
Supplied in a storage case.
Dimensions
Specifications
Accessory
Sensor : Geiger Muller tube with

44.5 mm mica window, DIN
plug connection.
12 V mains adapter
Counter : 100 x 100 x 40 mm.

Probe : 67 x 35 x 100 mm.
Mass : 450 g.
Ref.
232 022 73
Ref. 281 243 73
89
90
CORPUSCULAR PHENOMENA Radioactivity
counter
Measurement of the
radon natural
radioactivity,
emitter
Study within
10 mn of the
radon 220
radioactive
decrease
RS 232
output for
computer
readings
Device made up of a black chamber, a

photoelectric electron-multiplier and a
pulses counter enabling you to measure the
natural radioactivity (emission from an air
sampler carried out in a scintillating vial, not
supplied)
The number of desintegrations is displayed on
a digital screen or can be saved in a
computer by using the RS232 output and the
software ref. 000 358 73 (not supplied :
> below).
Specifications
Display : -numeric screen
(2 x 16 characters).
Counting time : adjustable 5, 10, 30, 60
or 600 sec.
Series connection : RS 232.
Power supply : 12 V mains adapter.
Mass : 1.5 kg.
The counting time is adjustable by means of 2

control keys of the keyboard depending on
the experiments to be carried out.
Supplied with an instruction booklet, a 12 V
mains adapter and a RS232 connection wire.
To be completed
described below.
with
the
accessories
Ref.
232 001 73
Scintillating vial
Manual vacuum pump
Radon generator
Protected by a shock-resistant
housing.
Integrated manometer
Limit vacuum : 100 mbar
Activity < 1 kBq

Life expectancy > 10 years
Shock-resistant housing
Glass cylindrical vial

fitted
with
an
output for sampling
terminal end. The
vial contains a film
made
of
zinc
sulphide sensible to
radiations.
Net capacity :
120 mL.
Dimensions :
50 x 130 mm.
Lever-pump, very useful to create the

vacuum inside the scintillating vial
(ref. 232 003 73, not supplied).
Output for tube with inner 6 x 9 mm.
Ref.
232 003 73
Ref.
232 012 73
Ref.
software
Enables you to create the vacuum and to

introduce air in the scintillating vial
(ref. 232 003 73).
Contents
Very easy putting into service of the

material : direct use of the RS232 output of
the natural radioactivity counter
(ref. 232 001 73).
Ref.
2 simple-terminal ends,
1 filter terminal end,
2 tubes ( 6 x 9 mm), 30 cm long.
Randomization of radon 222 desintegration
Ref.
232 006 73
Sampler
Stainless steel
Sampler enabling to carry out an

air-sampling in the soil. A handle eases the
remove of the sampler after use.
000 355 73
32 bits software supplied on CD-Rom + 1

floppy disc.
232 013 73
Connection kit
Measurements computerization
Results modeling
3 guided experiments :
radioactive decreasing of radon 220 or
radon 222, statistical analysis of countings
(Poisson distribution) for a radon 222
sample, natural radioactivity measurement.
Performing
tools
enable
you
to
improve data processing : scientific
table-spreadsheet, modeling, calculations,
tutorials reports...
Entirely air-tight glass vial

contening
radioelements
from the Thorium series,
emitting Radon 220. The
output enables you to
sample
gas
in
the
scintillating vial by means of
the
connection
kit
(ref. 232 006 73, not
supplied).
Radioactive source exempted
from any declaration or legal
authorization.
Volume : 120 mL.
Measurement of the radioactive decreasing of

radon 220 within 10 mn (1/2 life = 56 s).
Physics
Dim. ext. : 6 mm x 350 mm.
Ref.
232 011 73
P o w e r s u p p l i e s I N S T R U M E N TAT I O N
Power supply, EVOLIO,

F3-12 / 1 A
Compact casing,
double-insulation
Replaces batteries
6 fixed voltages (DC)
This power supply provides 6 d.c. voltages
available on 2 safety sockets.
The selection of voltages is carried out by
means of a 6 positions rotative changeover
switch.
Protections :
- primary : automatic resettable thermal
cut-out.
- secondary : electronic by limiting the max
current.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : about 0.950 kg.
Operating pilot lamp.
Supply cord : about 2m long.
Specifications
Voltages : 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 7.5 - 9 - 12 V, d.c.
Max. intensity : 1 A. Stabilization : 1 %.
Residual ripple : lower than 10 mV.
Ref.

F6F12 / 1A
Easy-to-use
Double-insulation compact casing
Power supply adapted to low-voltage
assemblies requiring low currents. The
selection of the 6/12V voltages and DC/AC is
made by means of a single rotative
changeover switch : the power supply provides
only one d.c. or a.c. voltage.
281 001 73
Protections :
- primary : resettable thermal cut-out.
- secondary : electronic in d.c. and thermal
with automatic reset in a.c.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : about 0.950 kg.
Operating pilot lamp.
Supply cord : about 2 m long.
Specifications
Voltages : 6 or 12 V, a.c. or d.c.
Ref.

F15 / 0,4 A
Double insulation compact casing

Supply of electronic circuits
adapted to the assemblies of the
MPI options
Low-cost power supply for carrying out
electronic assemblies. The push-pull output
-15 V / +15 V with 0 point is perfectly adapted
to the supply of the MPI plate or a AO plate.
The power supply has a max. safety level :
double-insulation casing, operating pilot
lamp, 4 mm safety sockets, protection
against short-circuits.
Specifications
Voltages : - 15, 0, + 15 V fixed, d.c.
Max. intensity : 0.4 A on each output.
Stabilization : 1 %.
Protections :
- primary : fuse calibrated on I.C.
- secondary : electronic by limitation of the
max. current.
Power supply : 230 V 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 0.950 kg.
Supply cord : about 2 m long.
Ref.
Evolution,
power supply, F15 +/ 15V / 500mA
Two fixed, direct and

independent voltages
Particularly adapted to the
electronic assemblies with
integrated circuits, Op Amp...
- High versatility ; two 15V independent
outputs enabling the supply of 2 different
assemblies.
- Thermal cut-out in case of abnormal
temperature rise.
- Double insulation.
- 4 mm Safety sockets.
Physics
281 003 73
281 002 73
Specifications
Voltages : 2 x 15 V d.c. outputs, fixed and
independent
Max. intensity : 500 mA (on each output).
Stabilization : 5 mV.
Protections :
- secondary : electronic by limitation of max.
current.
Mains input : 230 V 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 1.8 kg.
Ref.
281 084 73
91
92
I N S T R U M E N TAT I O N P o w e r s u p p l i e s
Evolution power supply,

F6F12 6-12V / 5A
6-12V / 5A d.c. or a.c.

ideal for all your low-voltage
assemblies with quite high
currents
- Thermal cut-out in case of abnormal
temperature rise.
- Safety sockets.
- 2 operating monitor light (one on a.c.
and one on d.c.).
Specifications
Voltages : 6 or 12 V fixed, a.c. or d.c.
Protections :
- secondary : electronic by cut-out on d.c.
and thermal with automatic reset on a.c.
Mains input : 230 V 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 3.4 kg.
Ref.
Evolution power supply,

F3F12 / 2A
Designed for the study of Ohms

Law in a.c. and d.c.
Voltages selection by a rotative
6-position-changeover-switch
Produces 6 voltages in d.c. or a.c. The selection
in d.c. or a.c. mode is ensured by a second
changeover switch : the power supply
produces only one voltage, direct or
alternative. Then, a pilot lamp indicates the
selected operating mode.
Specifications
Voltages : 3 - 4.5 - 6 - 7.5 - 9 - 12 V fixed,
alternative or direct.
Protections :
- secondary : electronic by cut-out on d.c.
and thermal with automatic reset on a.c.
Mains input : 230 V 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 2 kg.
Ref.
Initio variable-voltage
regulator
To transform a fixed power

supply into a variable power
supply
Electronic protection
The Initio variable-voltage regulator
favourably replaces a rheostat.
Connected to a fixed 12 V d.c. power supply
(see above), it will produce a variable voltage
from 0 to 10 V.
Moreover, it is electronically protected against
handling errors and the output current is
limited to 800 mA in order to protect the
components of the assembly to be studied.
Power supply producing adjustable

negative up to positive voltages
- Voltage adjustable on d.c. from - 15 V to
+ 15 V.
- Control by external signal 0-10 V (use with
the ESAO method, for example).
- Max. current : 500 mA, limiting the risks of
components damage of the studied
assembly.
Input voltage : 12 V d.c.

Output voltage : adjustable from 0 to 10 V.
Output current : max. 800 mA.
Protection : protected against short-cuts by
electronic cut-out with automatic reset.
302 174 73
Specifications
Voltages : -15 to + 15 V adjustable d.c.
Max. intensity : 500 mA.
Protections :
- secondary : electronic by limitation of
max. current.
Input : 0 to 10 V on 4 mm sockets for
external control.
We have Vs = -15 + ( 30 . Ve)
10
Power supply : 230 V 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 2.4 kg.
Ref.
Physics
281 004 73
Specifications
Ref.
Evolution power supply

R15 / 500 mA
adjustable 15 V
281 083 73
281 086 73
Evolution power
supply, R15 / 1 A
adjustable 15 V / 0-1 A
Power supply especially

designed for the plotting of
electronic components
characteristics
Evolution power
supply R15F5 / 2A
adjustable 15V, fixed 5V
Multi-purpose power supply for

tutorials in electricity, electronics
and automatisms, requiring a
direct voltage from 0 to 15V
adjustable, or 5V fixed
Evolution power
supply, R30,
adjustable 30V / 5A
Produces negative to positive

voltages with current
limitations adjustable from 0 to
1A in order to protect the
components of the studied
assembly
- Voltage adjustable on d.c. from - 15 V up to
+ 15 V with digital display on 2 000 points LCD
screen, figures 12.7 mm high.
- Maximum current adjustable in d.c. from 0 to
1A with values indications silkscreen printed
on the front side, and current limitation
indications by pilot lamp (LED). This system
enables you to limit the current to a max.
value in order to limit the risks of
components damage of the studied assembly.
- The 5V output enables the supply of TTL or

CMOS logic circuits. It is equipped with an
operating pilot lamp.
- Produces an intensity up to 2 A.
- Available with or without 2 000 points
display device(s) to directly read the voltage
and intensity.
The location of the display devices is closed
by a removable overlay, enabling you to
mount them later on the power supply.
Voltage : 0 to 15 V d.c., adjustable, 5 V d.c.,

fixed.
Max. intensity : 2 A (output 0 to 15 V), 1 A
(output 5 V).
- Available with or without 2 000 points

display device(s). The location of the display
devices is closed by a removable overlay,
enabling you to mount them later on the
power supply.
The R30 power supply can be controlled by a
0-10V external signal in direct input on two
sockets ( 4 mm). This function enables you
for example to automate the plotting of
characteristics. The control signal can be
generated by the programmable analog
output of ESAO 4+ consoles.
Specifications
Voltage : 0 to 30 V d.c., adjustable.

Max. intensity : 0 to 5 A d.c., adjustable.
Voltage : - 15 to + 15 V adjustable d.c.

Max. intensity : adjustable on d.c. from
0 to 1A.
Protection :
- secondary : electronic by adjustable
limitation of max. current.
Power supply : 230 V 10 %, 50/60 Hz.
Mass : 2 kg.
Ref.
281 269 73
Stabilization :
40 mV (output 0 to 15 V),
20 mV (output 5 V).
Protections :
current.
Mains input : 230 V 10 % - 50/60 Hz.
Mass : 3.4 kg.
Ref.
281 088 73
Without display device
Ref.
281 087 73
Protections :
current.
Mains input : 230 V 10 % - 50/60 Hz.
Input : 0 to 10 V on 4 mm safety sockets for
external control.
We have Vs = 30 . Ve
10
Mass : 5.4 kg.
With display devices
Evolution power
supply, R 700, 700 V
adjustable
power supply is stopped, reinforcing the

safety : fall down to less than 70 V within 2 s
at a time of a resetting or a short-circuit.
- Operating pilot-lamp on the output
0-700 V.
- Voltages digital display.
Adjustable power supply,

particularly adapted to the supply
of electronic tubes
Specifications
- Voltage adjustable up to 700 V/35 mA on

d.c, fixed 6.3 V/3 A on a.c.
- Very rapid fall of the voltage when the
Specifications
With display devices
Specifications
A universal power supply

with adjustable voltage and
intensity, for your tutorials in
electricity and electromagnetism.
Voltage adjustable from 0 to 30 V d.c.
Intensity adjustable from 0 to 5A on d.c.
Double insulation.
Voltages : 0 to 700 V, d.c., adjustable (min. a.c.

voltage between 0 and 50 V), 6.3V, d.c., a.c.,
fixed.
Max. intensity : 35 mA on 0-700 V output,
3 A on 6.3 V output.
Voltages display : digital by 2 000 points
Physics
Ref.
281 090 73
Without display device
Ref.
281 089 73
(3.5 digits).
Figures height : 12.7 mm.
Precision : 5 points.
Timer : enables you to pre-set the supply
time at : 15, 30, 60 mn or permanent
operating.
Protections :
- secondary : electronic cut-out on 0-700 V
output, thermal protection with automatic
reset on 6.3 V output.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 2.7 kg.
Ref.
281 092 73
93
94
Power supply,
Evolution R 6000,
6 000 V adjustable
Enables the supply of

high-voltage electronic tubes
Voltage adjustable from 0 to 6 000 V on d.c.
Specifications
Voltages : 6 000 V d.c., adjustable. 6.3 V a.c.,
fixed.
Max. intensity : 3.5 mA on high-voltage,
2 A on the 6.3 V output.
Display : analog, from 0 to 6 kV.
Stabilization : yes.
Protections :
- primary : fuse,
- secondary : electronic by voltage fall when
the intensity reaches a few milliamperes.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 3.5 kg.
Ref.
Power supply,
Evolution F24,
24V / 10A fixed
For experiments requiring intense

currents : electromagnetism,
electrolysis...
- Fixed voltage 24 V / 10 A (d.c. and a.c.).
- Intensitys digital display.
- An operating pilot lamp on d.c. and
a mechanical cut-out on a.c.
- Safety sockets : 4mm.
Specifications
Voltages : 24 V fixed, on a.c. and d.c.
Intensity display : digital from 0 to 10 A.
3.5 digits Liquid Crystal Display.
Figures height : 12.7 mm.
Precision : 5 points.
Stabilization : 2.5 %.
Protections :
- secondary : electronic on d.c. and by
thermal cut-out with manual reset on a.c.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 9.5 kg.
Ref.
Power supply,
6-12-24V / 5A
Didactical power supply with

transparent front side
- Fixed voltages : 6, 12 or 24 V with a 5A
intensity.
- Transparent and silkscreen printed front side.
- Supplied with 4 safety adapters.
Device adapted to
medium-voltage assemblies,
up to 260 V a.c.
Compliant with safety norms : 2P plug + T on
network side and on user side.
Easy-to-use : voltages adjustment by
rotative knob.
Voltages : 6-12-24 V, fixed, d.c. (rectified)

and a.c.
Stabilization : no.
Residual ripple : rectified voltage.
Protections :
- primary (230 V) : fuse 3.15 A,
- secondary : 5 A fuse.
Mains input : 115-230 V, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 4.5 kg.
281 014 73
Specifications
Voltages : 0 to 250 V, a.c., adjustable.
Stabilization : no.
Residual ripple : (transformer).
Mains input : 230 V - 50 Hz.
Protection primary (230 V) :
5 A kick fuse,
5 x 20 mm.
Dimensions : 20 cm. H. 16 cm.
Mass : 6.5 kg.
Ref.
Physics
281 091 73
Specifications
Ref.
Rotary transformer,
1250 VA
281 266 73
291 112 73
Power supply, EL5
For your extra-low voltage and

low amperage assemblies
(up to 1.5 A = and 5 A )
High-dispersion
radiator,
overheating,
- Double insulation,
limiting
Specifications
Voltages : 6 -12 V ~ and =, fixed.
Max. intensity : 1.5 A on =, 5 A on ~.
Protections :
- primary : 1.25 A fuse (ref. 283 208 73 ),
- secondary : electronic on = and thermal
cut-out on ~.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 2.9 kg.
Ref.
Power supply,
Electronic 2
With a voltage adjustable from

- 11 V to + 11 V and a fixed direct
voltage of simultaneously usable
- 15 V / 0 / + 15 V
This power supply is ideal for the
characteristics plotting and the
op amp supply
- 2 voltages adjustment buttons enabling the
precise voltages adjustment from -11 V to +
11 V,
- Intensity : 150 mA,
- Low residual ripple : 5 mV,
- Double insulation,
Specifications
Voltages :
- 11 V to + 11 V d.c., adjustable,
- 15 V, + 15 V d.c., fixed.
Max. intensity : 150 mA.
Residual ripple : 5 mV.
Protections :
- primary : 315 mA fuse (ref. 283 207 73),
- secondary : electronic by current limitation
at 160 mA.
Power supply : 115-230 V +/- 10 %,
50-60 Hz.
Mass : 1 kg.
Ref.
Current generator,
10 mA
Very easy-to-use
Intensity adjustable from
0.1 to 10 mA
Safety sockets : 4 mm
Simple and robust generator, perfectly
adapted to the study of a constant current
capacitors load. The single button for
intensity adjustment eases the use by
students during tutorials.
Unbreakable stand, unlosable.
281 262 73
281 051 73
Specifications
Intensity : adjustable from 0.1 to 10 mA on
d.c.
Voltage : max. 8 V.
Mains input : 12V mains adapter
ref. 281 243 73 (not supplied).
Protection : by current limitation against
overloads and short-circuits.
Mass : 195 g.
Ref. 281 053 73
Accessory
12V mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
Power supply,
Evolution F6F12F24
6 voltages available, d.c. and a.c.

Intensity : 5 and 10 A for
experiments requiring intense
currents (electromagnetism,
electrolysis...)
This power supply produces d.c. and a.c.
voltages, independantly available on 2 safety
sockets. The selection of voltages and of the
direct / alternative mode is made by means of
a 6-position single changeover switch.
Operating pilot-lamps on d.c. and a.c.
Specifications
Voltages : 6, 12 and 24 V fixed, alternative
or direct.
Max. intensity : 10 A (6 and 12 V), 5 A (24 V).
Available power : 120 W.
Stabilization : 1.5 %.
Protections :
- primary : thermal cut-out,
- secondary : electronic on d.c. and by
thermal cut-out with automatic reset on a.c.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 5 kg.
Ref.
Physics
281 005 73
95
96
Power supply,
6 - 12 V / 10 A
A power supply for all experiments requiring

currents up to 10 A (electromagnetism,
electrolysis...).
- Fixed voltages (AC or DC) 6 V or 12 V with a
10 A intensity,
Specifications
Voltages : 6 or 12 V, AC/DC,
Max. intensity : 10 A,
Protections :
- primary : fuse,
- secondary : electronic on DC and by
resettable thermal circuit-breaker on AC.
Power supply :
230 V 10 % - 50 / 60 Hz.
Ref.
Power supply,
30 V / 3 A
A universal power supply with adjustable

voltage and intensity, for your tutorials in
- Voltage adjustable from 0 to 30 V in DC,
- Intensity adjustable from 0 to 5 V in DC,
- 2 knobs for the adjustment of voltage and
current : quick and fine, enabling the precise
adjustment of voltage and current,
- 4 mm safety sockets,
- 4 digits digital display of voltage and current.
Specifications
Voltage : 0 to 30 V DC, adjustable,
Max. intensity : 0 to 3 A DC, adjustable,
Protections :
- primary : fuse,
- secondary : by thermal circuit-breaker,
- against short-circuits by current limitation.
Power supply :
230 V 10 % - 50 / 60 Hz.
Ref.
Adjustable power
supply,
15 V / 500 mA
A power supply delivering negative to positive

voltages, ideal for characteristics tracing.
- Adjustable voltage in DC from - 15 V to 15 V,
- Maximum current : 500 mA, limiting
damaging risks of the components of the
studied assembly,
- 2 adjustment voltage knobs : quick and fine,
enabling a precise adjustment of the voltage,
- 2000 points digital display of voltage and
current.
An adjustable power supply particularly

adapted to the supply of high voltage
electronic tubes
- Adjustable voltage in DC from -0 V to 6 000 V,
- Liquid Crystal Display.
281 022 73
Specifications
Voltage : - 15 V to + 15 V DC, adjustable,
Max. intensity : 500 mA,
Protections :
- primary : fuse,
Power supply :
230 V 10 % - 50/60 Hz.
Ref.
Power supply, 6 000 V
281 021 73
281 025 73
Specifications
Voltage : 6 000 DC., adjustable, 6.3 V AC
fixed,
Max. intensity : 2 mA on high voltage, 2 A
on the 6.3 V output,
Protections :
- primary : fuse,
- secondary : electronic by voltage decrease.
Power supply :
230 V 10 % - 50/60 Hz.
Ref.
Power supply,
30 V / 5 A
A universal power supply with adjustable

voltage and intensity, for your tutorials in
- Voltage adjustable from 0 to 30 V in DC,
- Intensity adjustable from 0 to 5 V in DC,
- 2 knobs for the adjustment of voltage and
current : quick and fine, enabling the precise
adjustment of voltage and current,
- 4 digits digital display of voltage and current.
Specifications
Max. intensity : 0 to 5 A DC, adjustable,
Protections :
- primary : fuse,
Power supply :
230 V 10 % - 50 / 60 Hz.
Ref.
Physics
281 026 73
281 020 73
G e n e r a t o r s I N S T R U M E N TAT I O N
Adjustable power
supply, 110 V / 100 mA
A power supply delivering negative to positive

voltages, ideal for characteristics tracing.
- Adjustable voltage in DC from 0 to 110 V,
- Maximum current : 100 mA,
- 2 adjustment voltage knobs : quick and fine,
enabling a precise adjustment of the voltage,
- 2000 points digital display of voltage and
current,
Specifications :
Max. intensity : 100 mA,
Protections :
- primary : fuse,
Power supply :
230 V 10 % - 50/60 Hz.
Ref.
Current generator, 2 A
Simple and robust generator, perfectly

adapted to the study of the charge and
discharge of a capacitor, electrolysis,
- Intensity adjustable from 0 to 2 A in 4 ranges,
- 2000 points Liquid Crystal Display,
- 2 intensity adjustment knobs : quick and fine,
Specifications :
Output intensity : 0 to 20 mA, 0 to 200 mA,
0 to 1 A, 0 to 2 A,
Protections : against short-circuits by current
regulation,
Power supply : 230 V 10 % - 50/60 Hz.
Ref.
Initio very low

frequency generator
Study of alternative voltage

Low-cost and easy-to-use
Period up to 100 s
Safety sockets
This very low frequency generator is simplified

at most to reduce its cost and ease its use by
young pupils.
There are only 2 buttons on the case for the
adjustment of amplitude and frequency of
sinusoidal signal.
The frequence rating is specially adapted to
obtain slow voltages variations.
The signals polarity is indicated by 2 light
emitting diodes (red and green).
The output is equipped with 2 safety banana
sockets compatible with any type of 4 mm
banana wire.
281 027 73
281 028 73
Specifications
Range of frequencies : adjustable from
0.01 Hz (100 s) to 10 Hz (0.1 s), only one
rating
Signal : sinusoidal only
Adjustable amplitude : 2 V DC. to 10 V DC.
Protection : output impedance 27
Power supply : 12V mains adapter (not
supplied)
Ref.
293 056 73
Accessory
12V mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
Low-frequencygenerator amplifier
The low frequency generator amplifier enables

you to transform a function generator into an
amplified generator for the supply of
assemblies requiring a heavy intensity (supply
of a Meldes apparatus, a RLC circuit..).
The low-frequency generator directly connects
between the function generator output and
the electrical circuit by means of 4 mm safety
sockets. It enables you to carry out an
amplification of the signal produced by the
low-frequency generator up to 1 A.
The device contains a protection against
short-circuits and an operating pilot-lamp.
Supplied with a 2 m supply cord and an
Specifications
Signals amplification : sinusoidal, triangular,
square
Bandwidth : 0 to 20 kHz
Max. input voltage : 10 V
Gain : 1
Max. output intensity : 1 A AC.
output impedance : 8
Protections :
primary : fuse calibrated on I.C.
secondary : electronic by intensity limitation
Input / output : 4 mm safety sockets
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10%, 50-60 Hz
Total dimensions : 115 x 12 x 15 cm
Mass : 0.950 kg
Ref.
Physics
293 009 73
97
98
I N S T R U M E N TAT I O N F u n c t i o n g e n e r a t o r s
Very-low-frequencies
generator
Period up to 100 s
Double insulation
Safety sockets
Stackable case
Specifications
The very low frequencies produced by this

generator give very slow voltages variations.
The signals polarity is indicated by 2 LED, red
and green.
Range of frequencies :
0.01 Hz (100 s) up to 11 kHz in 6 ranges.
Signals : sinusoidal, square and triangular.
Adjustable amplitude : 0 to 20 V.d.c.
Direct voltages offset : 0 to 5 V (offset).
Protection : output impedance 27 .
Ref.
Generator, GF3
Generator, GF4
2 devices in 1 !
Function generator, 1 Hz to
110 kHz
Low-frequency amplifier, 3W
Amplitude and frequency

adjustable by an external signal
(GF3 for example)
Output voltage
adjustable
from 0.2 to 20
Volts d.c.,
possibility to
add a +/- 5 V
direct voltage.
The 3 W lowfrequency
amplifier, 15
output, enables a direct
output on a loudspeaker.
- Stackable case.
Ref.
293 036 73
Low-frequency
generator, 20 kHz
293 049 73
- Stackable case.
Specifications are the same as the GF3 except

the low-frequency amplification. Moreover,
the GF4 enables you to modulate the signal
in amplitude and frequency by use of an
external source.
Square, sine, triangular signals

Adjustable frequency and
amplitude
Cost-effective and easy-to-use
4 mm safety sockets
The output on safety banana sockets enables
you to directly connect the generator to the
circuit without adapter. Unbreakable stand,
unlosable. Supplied with instruction booklet.
Ref.
293 037 73
Specifications
Signals : sinusoidal, square, triangular.
Frequency : 0.2 Hz up to 20 kHz in 5 ranges.
Amplitude : adjustable from 0 to 10 Vd.c.,
impedance 20 .
Power supply : 12 V mains adapter
(ref. 281 243 73 - not supplied).
Protection : 20 impedance.
Mass : 195 g.
Ref.
293 060 73
Accessory
12 V mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
Pulse generator
Adjustable pulses duration,

period and amplitude
Built-in synchro output
4 mm safety sockets
The generator can be directly connected to

the circuit by safety banana sockets and has
an unbreakable and unlosable stand.
Accessory
This very-easy-to-use pulse generator operates
according to three modes : pulse only, periodic
pulse or single voltage step. An output
produces a synchro signal to release the
recording system (oscilloscope or Computerassisted-experiment system) a little time
before the pulse is delivered (so that you cant
lose the beginning of the capacitors load, for
example).
Physics
12 V mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
Ref.
293 059 73
F u n c t i o n g e n e r a t o r s I N S T R U M E N TAT I O N
Function generator,
2 Mhz
Sinusoidal, square, triangle,

TTL/CMOS signals
VCF input : frequency controlled
in voltage
Control of duty factor
Supplied with 2 coaxial test leads and an
instuction booklet.
Specifications
Signals : sinusoidal, square, triangle, TTL.
Frequency : 0.2 Hz to 2 MHz in 7 ranges.
Outputs : BNC plugs. Impedance : 50 .
Function generator,
GF5 2 MHz
10 W / 20 kHz amplified output for
the study of the RLC resonance
Control of frequency by an
external voltage
This next-generation generator is equipped

with a 10 W low-impedance amplified output
which can be directly connected to a RLC
circuit or a loudspeaker. The voltage supplied
to the resonance remains stable up to 1 A a.c.
A VCF input enables a frequencys continuous
adjustment by an external voltage (on a
complete range of frequencies), automatically
generated by an ESAO system, for example.
A microphone input on 6.35 mm on the
back side enables you to amplify a sound
signal for an output on loudspeaker or
oscilloscope.
Specifications
Frequency display : digital by LED, 5 figures,
height 13 mm.
VCF input : 0 to 10 V to obtain a continuous
sweep of a complete frequency range.
Signals : sinusoidal, square, triangle,
TTL/CMOS.
Low-frequency generator,
2 MHz, with display
6-figure LED display
Function and pulse generator,

from 0.02 Hz to 2 MHz
Internal or external wobbulator
Frequency-meter up to 50 MHz
Supplied with a mains supply lead, a BNC lead

Specifications
Signals : sinusoidal, square, triangle, pulse,
ramp, TTL/CMOS. Frequency : 0.02 Hz to 2 MHz
in 7 ranges. Display : 6 green LED, overflow
indicator. Voltage : 20 Vd.c. in open circuit
(10 Vd.c., 50 load). Output impedance : 50
Attenuation : - 20 dB. Offset : continuous
adjustment on 50 output . Distorsion < 1 %
from 0.2 Hz up to 100 kHz (sinusoidal signal).
Control of duty factor : 1/1 to 10/1.
Three-phase generator,
GT1A 6 / 9V - 1A
Operates from the single-phase
230 V network
Very-low-voltage signal, no risk

for the user
Double insulation
Adjustable signals amplitude : 6V or 9V.
Color sockets make the 3 phases and neutral
identification.
A selector enables the selection of the
sinusoidal signals frequency.
The manual scroll mode enables you to sweep
the different values of the 3 three-phase
signals voltages step by step.
Pilot lamps on each phase indicates overloads
or short-circuits.
Physics
Voltage : 0.02 to 20 Vd.c. open circuit (10 V,

load 50 ).
Attenuation : 2 attenuations - 20 dB or 1/10
(one fixed and one variable).
Offset : 0 to + / - 5 V.
Distorsion : < 1 % from 0.2 Hz to 200 kHz.
Control of duty factor : 1/1 to 5/1.
VCF input : 0 to 10 V to obtain a
frequency ratio of 1000/1 or 1/1000.
Mains input : 230 V 10 %, 50-60 Hz.
Protection : fuse.
Mass : 1.5 kg.
Ref.
293 047 73
Frequency : 2 Hz to 2 MHz in 5 ranges.

Voltages : 0.1 to 20 Vd.c. open circuit (10 Vd.c.,
50 load).
Low-frequency amplifier : 10 W from 2 Hz up
to 20 KHz.
Max. current : 1 A a.c.
Non-amplified outputs : BNC plugs - 50
impedance.
Amplified output : 4 mm safety sockets - 8
impedance.
Attenuation : - 20 dB.
Offset : 0 to +/- 5 V.
Distorsion : < 1 % from 2 Hz to 2 MHz (in
sinusoidal mode).
Control of duty factor : from 15 to 85 %.
Mains input : 230 V 20 % - 50/60 Hz.
Protection : fuse.
Mass : 3.4 kg. Double insulation.
Ref.
293 055 73
Wobbulator VCF input : 0 to 10 V.

Input impedance : about 10 k .
Mode : linear. Width : from 1:1 to 100:1.
Rate : 0.5 Hz to 50 Hz (20 ms to 2 s). Frequencymeter.
Range : 0.2 Hz to 50 MHz, automatic rating.
Precision : +/- time base + 1 point.
Input sensitivity : 10 rms mV.
Max. input voltage : 250 rms V.
General specifications
Connections : BNC plugs.
Power supply : mains 230 V +/- 10%, 50-60 Hz.
Protection : 200 mA / 250 V fast acting fuse.
Dimensions : 255 x 255 x 90 mm. Mass : about
2 kg
Ref.
293 012 73
Specifications
Signal : three-phase.
Frequency : fixed 0.1 Hz - 1 Hz - 50 Hz -150 Hz.
Manual scroll mode of the three-phase signal.
Voltage : 3 x 6 V a.c. or 3 x 9 V a.c. between
phase and neutral.
Max. current : 0.8 A a.c. by phase.
Power : 3 x 7.2 VA.
Output : 4 mm safety sockets.
Protection : Primary : fuse. Secondary :
electronic by current limitation on the three
phases.
Mains input : 230 V - 50/60 Hz.
Mass : 3.4 kg. Double insulation.
Ref.
293 057 73
99
100
MEASUREMENT Oscilloscopes
Single-channel
miniscope oscilloscope,
10 MHz, calibrated
Single-channel
monoscope oscilloscope,
10 MHz, calibrated
Specifications
Bandwidth
Miniscope
Monoscope
10 MHz
10 MHz
Number of channels
5 mV to 5 V per division
Operating modes
Y, XY
Time base
0.1 s per division to 0.01 s per division

(6 calibrated positions)
1 s per division to 0.1 s per division

(6 calibrated positions)
source
internal
internal or external(Y)
mode
automatic
variable or automatic
Functions differentiated by color areas

Inputs on safety banana sockets
5 x 6 cm tube
Functions differentiated by color areas

Inputs on safety banana sockets
8 x 10 cm tube
Class 1, Cat. II, 300 V
Class 1, Cat II, 400 V
Sensitivity
Sweep speed
Triggerings
Particularities
Safety IEC 61010-1

Mains input
230 V 10 %
230 V 10 %
Dimensions
210 x 132 x 298 mm
265 x 150 x 390 mm
Mass
Guarantee
Supplied with
Reference
Dual-trace analog
oscilloscope, 10 MHz
4.6 kg
6 kg
2 years (except tube : 1 year)
1 input lead, 1 operating manual
291 185 73
291 184 73
Specifications
- Bandwidth : 10 MHz.
- Number of channels : 2.
- Sensitivity : 5 mV to 20 V per div.
- Operating modes : YA, YB, YA and YB,
YAYB, XY.
- Time base : 1.
- Sweeping speed : 0.2 s per div. to 0.2 s
per div.
- Rising time : 17.5 ns.
- Release :
- Mode : AUTO, NORM, TV-V, TV-H.
- Source : YA, mains or external.
- Z input.
- Safety : class 1, CAt. II, 400 V.

- Power source :
Voltage : 110 ~ 127 V AC 10 %
220 ~ 240 V AC 10 %.
- Frequency : 50 Hz 2 Hz, 60 Hz 2 Hz.
- Max comsumption : 45 W.
- Weight : 7.8 Kg.
- Dimensions : 316 mm x 132 mm x 410 mm.
Ref.
Physics
291 019 73
Oscilloscopes MEASUREMENT
JEULIN dual-trace
oscilloscope, J20
20 MHz
JEULIN dual-trace
oscilloscope, JO20
20 MHz
Functions differentiated by
color areas
Z input
Components tester
color areas
Z input
Dual-trace to simultaneously
display the same signal swept
by 2 different time bases
J20
JO20
20 MHz
2
YA ;YB ;YA and YB ; YAYB ;XY
1
0.04 s per division (expansion x5)
YB, mains or external
color areas. Components
tester. Z input.
8 x 10 cm tube
Class 1, Cat. II, 400 V
230 V 10%
147 x 356 x 435 mm
7 kg
20 MHz
2
YA ;YB ;YA and YB ; YAYB ;XY
1
0.02 s per division (expansion x5)
YB, mains or internal
color areas. Z input.
Dual trace.
8 x 10 cm tube
Class 1 , Cat II, 400 V
230 V 10%
140 x 335 x 375 mm
7.3 kg
291 146 73
291 166 73
Specifications
Bandwidth
Number of channels
Sensitivity
Operating modes
Time base
Sweep speed
Triggerings
source
mode
Distinctive features
Safety IEC 61010-1

Mains input
Dimensions
Mass
Guarantee
Supplied with
Reference
Digital oscilloscope,
2 x 60 MHz MTX 3252
Backlighted swivelling LCD
screen
Pulldown menus (Windows
type)
Simultaneous display of 4
curves + 4 references
Keyboard or mouse control

FFT analysis and calculation
functions on channels
RS232 connection and Centronic
Supplied with an input lead, a set of probes, a
mouse, a mouse pad, a software on
CD-Rom.
Acquisition modes : glitch, envelope, mean,

digital XY.
Display
Screen : LCD 57.
Resolution : 320 x 240 pixels.
Tracing area : 25 pts per div. (H) x 22 pts per
div. (V).
Functions
Specifications
Bandwidth : 60 MHz.
Number of channels : 2.
Sensitivity : 2.5 mV per division to 100 V per
division + Winzoom vertical expansion.
Operating modes : CH1, CH2, CH1 et CH2,
CH1+/-CH2, XY.
Sweep speed : 1 ns to 200 s per division.
Triggering : CH1, CH2, External, Mains.
Automatic, triggered, single-count.
Sampling frequency : 100 Megasamples per
second on one channel.
Repetitive (ETS) : 50 Gigasamples per second.
Automatic configuration, FFT and MATH

functions, measurements by cursors
V / T / Phase, display of parameters on the
screen, 18 automatic measurements, vertical
zoom on an acquired or saved curve.
Interfaces : RS 232 and Centronics outputs.
Safety IEC61010-1 : Class 1 Cat. II, 300 V.
Connections : BNC plugs.
Mains input : 230 V +/- 10%, 50-60 Hz.
Mass : 2.5 kg.
Digital memory
Capacity : 50 ko - 4 curves of 50 000 pts + 4
references.
Storage formats : .TRC = curve + parameters,
.CFG = complete configuration, .EPS =
standard picture format, .FCT = 1 function.
Physics
Color MTX 3252
Ref.
291 007 73
Monochrome MTX 3252
Ref.
291 008 73
101
102
MEASUREMENT Oscilloscopes
What is the
dual-trace ?
The dual-trace function :
It enables to simultaneously display on the
screen 2 traces of the same signal swept by
two different time bases :
- one indicated by the time bases selector,
- the other being the expansion by 5 (see
J020 oscilloscope > page 101) of the selected
value.
Safety probe
Safety BNC-banana
adapter
BNC-BNC T-adapter
T-BNC female / BNC male safety adapter.

Probe for oscilloscopes with BNC safety
plug, insulated terminal end and 22 cm
ground lead with crocodile clip. Lead is
1.2 m long.
Supplied with spring-loaded lead grip,
insulating terminal end for integrated
circuit.
Setting screw-driver 10 to 60 pF.
Attenuation selector x 1 and x 10.
Input impedance : 1 M / < 40 pF in x1.
10 M / < 10 pF x10.
Bandwidth : 15 MHz in x1. 100 MHz in
x10.
Rise time : 22 ns in x1. 2.2 ns in x10.
Ref.
293 053 73
Ref.
BNC-banana adapter. Equipped with 4 mm

safety banana sockets and a protected BNC
male plug.
293 058 73
BNC - banana adapter
BNC plug - 4 mm banana sockets adapter.
Ref.
293 052 73
Ref.
293 008 73
Safety BNC-BNC leads

BNC-BNC male-male lead equipped with
two protected male plugs
1 m long. Impedance : 50 .
Ref.
283 385 73
Ref.
283 328 73
Ref.
283 386 73
Lead with piggy-back

BNC banana socket
Lead with BNC male plug and two
piggy-back banana plugs at the other
terminal end. 1 m long.
Lead with safety

piggy back BNC
banana plug
1 m long BNC-banana lead equipped with :
- 2 banana plugs ( 4 mm) with fixed
insulating sleeve.
- Piggy-back on banana plug.
- 1 protected male BNC piggy-back.
Physics
Initio product line MEASUREMENT
Barometer or pressure-gauge
and unbreakable inclined stand is supplied

with the apparatus.
Specifications
Digital 2 000 points pressure-gauge /

barometer enabling measurements of
absolute pressures from 0 to 2 000 hPa. The
pressure input plug enables 2 uses :
barometer or pressure-gauge. An unlosable
Range : 0 to 2000 hPa.

Precision : 2% 4 hPa. Resolution : 1 hPa.
Max. pressure : 4000 hPa.
Limits for use : non-corrosive gas, use the
ref. 242 013 73 pressure probe for liquids
(description > page 55).
Input : adapter for 3 mm inner tube.
Analog output : > ref. 251 041 73 opposite.
Power supply : 9V 6F22 battery (supplied).
Ref.
Initio SA
pressure-meter
with analog output
Enables you to computerize the pressures
measurement thanks to an acquisition
system, ESAO for example.
Same specifications as the Initio pressuremeter described opposite with, in addition,
a - 2.5 V to + 2.5 V analog output
(proportional to the pressure), available on
2 safety banana sockets ( 4 mm).
Ref.
251 039 73
251 041 73
Accessory
Initio thermometer,
- 20 to + 120 C
Big display screen (13 mm).
Measurement in
not-very-accessible locations
Temperature probe
(120 x 6 mm) with a 1.6 m
long lead
Range : -20 to +120 C.

Precision : 0.5 C.
Resolution : 0.1 C.
Response time in water : 15 s.
Max. temperature : 130 C.
Probe : fixed aluminium ( 6 x 120 mm) with
a 1.6 m long lead (flame forbidden).
Power supply : 9V, 6F22 battery (supplied).
This thermometer with

analog output on 4 mm
banana sockets enables
you to computerize the
temperature measurement
with different computerassisted experiment systems.
It is compatible with all K
type thermocouple probes.
Specifications
Range : - 40 C to + 120 C or 0 to 1000 C.
Precision : 1.5 % of the read value.
Resolution : 0.1 C or 1 C according to the
calibre.
Response time : < to 1 s (Charles Law
vessels ref. 252 052 73).
Analog output : -5 to +5 V, proportional to
the temperature (only if the apparatus is
Monoaxial mini T100

teslameter
Monaxial probe
2 ranges : 10 mT or 100 mT
Compact and robust teslameter for tutorials.
Setting of zero by a non-salient
potentiometer. Unlosable and unbreakable
inclined stand. Supplied with a square
monoaxial probe graduated from 0 to 26 cm,
with a 1 m long lead , fixed on the case.
Compatible with the ref. 292 012 73 solenoid
and the coil with variable spacing
(ref. 292 014 73).
Ref. 723 240 73
Specifications
Ref.
Thermometer, K type,
with analog output
Soft vervyl crystal tube, 5 m long,

3 x 5 mm
251 040 73
supplied
by
the
mains
adapter
(ref. 281 243 73).
Input : standard plug for K type
thermocouple (not supplied).
Power supply : 9V, 6F22 battery (supplied) or
12V mains adapter, ref. 281 243 73 (not
supplied).
Ref.
251 042 73
Accessories
K type thermocouple probes
Probe with soft lead - 40 / + 300 C
Probe dimensions : 1.2 x 700 mm.
Response time : 0.5 s (63 %).
Ref. 253 003 73
Ref. 253 005 73
Specifications
Calibres : 0 to 10 mT
or 0 to 100 mT.
Precision :
- 2 % VL 3 UR on
the 10 mT calibre
- 2 % VL 1 UR on the 100 mT calibre.
Resolution :
- 0.01 mT on the 10 mT calibre.
- 0.1 mT on the 100 mT calibre.
ref. 281 243 73 (not supplied).
Physics
292 052 73
Enables you to computerize the

measurement of temperature by means of
a data acquisition system, ESAO for
example.
Specifications are the same as the Initio
thermometer described opposite, with a
2.5 V to +2.5 V analog output in addition
(proportional to the temperature)
available on 2 safety banana sockets
(4 mm).
Ref.
251 045 73
Magnetic base for

Initio apparatus
Adhesive magnetic plate :
89 x 96 x 1 mm. Enables you to fix
apparatuses equipped with a stand on a
metallic board.
Ref.
High-temperature flexible probe

- 30 / + 1150 C
Probe dimensions : 1.5 x 700 mm.
Response time : 2 s (63 %).
Ref.
Initio SA
thermometer
20 to + 120 C
with analog output
291 196 73
T100 SA
MiniTeslameter
with analog output
Enables you to computerize the
measurement of the magnetic fields
intensity by means of a data acquisition
system, ESAO for example. To be
completed with a mains adapter
ref. 281 243 73.
Specifications
Same specifications as the Mini-teslameter
(ref. 292 052 73), with a 2.5 V to + 2.5 V
analog output in addition (proportional to
the magnetic fields intensity), available on
2 safety banana sockets ( 4 mm).
Ref.
292 059 73
103
104
MEASUREMENT Initio product line
Biaxial T 100
Mini Teslameter
Initio load sensor

2 LED indicate the loads sign
Loads collecting plate
( 20 mm)
Off-line on 9V battery
(supplied)
Zero - reset knob
Biaxial probe
2 ranges : 10 mT or 100 mT
Biaxial probe made up of 2 Hall-effect
magnetic sensors enabling you to carry out
measurements according to 2 orthogonal
axis.
The probe is equipped with a calibration and
a thermal compensation circuit. Its
graduated square tube enables a precise and
rapid measurement on JEULIN apparatuses :
solenoid, coils with variable spacing.
Ref.
292 061 73
Specifications
Calibres :
20 mT (precision 2 % RV 3 RU*).
100 mT (precision 2 % RV 1 RU*).
Resolution : 10 T display.
ref. 281 243 73 (not supplied), > page 103.
* RV : Read Value - RU : Resolution Unit.
Specifications
Initio Joulemeter
Measurement of power
and energy received by a
receiver
Measures the voltage,
current and time
Current / voltage
differential inputs
Voltmeter (50 Hz a.c.)

Ammeter (d.c.)
Ammeter (50 Hz a.c.)
Chronometer
Wattmeter
(d.c. and a.c.)
Joulemeter
Range
(0.00 10.00) V
(10.0 30.0) V
0.00 7.00 eff V
7.0 20.0 V eff
(0.00 0.50) A
(0.50 5.00) A
0.00 0.35 Aeff
0.35 3.50 eff A
0.0 - 199.8 s
200 1999 s
0.00 - 19.99 W
Resolution
0.02 V
0.1 V
0.02 eff V
0.1 Veff
1 mA
10 mA
1 eff mA
10 eff mA
0.2 s
1s
0.01 W
20.0 150.0 W
0.1 W
Precision
(1% read value + 40 mV)
(1% read value + 0.2 V)
(1% read value + 40 mV)
(1.5% read value + 0.2 V)
(1% read value + 3 mA)
(1.5% read value + 30 mA)
(1% read value + 3 mA)
(1.5% read value + 30 mA)
0.2 s
1s
Sum of measurements
accuracies
of intensity and voltage
for power (and time
for energy)
Power supply
Dimensions
100 x 100 x 40 mm
Single calibres : 2A and 20 V

13 mm 2 000 points display
Automatic d.c. / a.c. selector
Electronic protection without
fuse
Magnetic (optional)

Battery life : 60 hours.
To be completed with rods of different
nature (glass, ebonite, metal, ...) and cat or
rabbit fur.
Ref.
272 014 73
291 217 73
19.99 J ; 199.9 J ;
0.01 J ; 0.1 J ; 1 J
1999 J
199.9 kJ ; 300 kJ
0.1 kJ ; 1 kJ
Ammeter protected by fuse with automatic resetting ( interrupting
capacity : 40 A 30 V)
Max. operating voltage : 30 V peak
Max. operating current : 5 A peak
230 V with 12 V mains adapter ref. 281 243 73 (not supplied)
Protection
Complete with a 12V mains adapter.

Ref. 281 243 73.
Ref.
Specifications
Voltmeter (d.c.)
Easy-to-use : automatic
d.c. / a.c. selection,
automatic selection of
calibre
Initio coulometer
Measurement of the electric
load
Calibre adapted to
experiments of electrification
by friction
Robust
Indication of the loads sign.

Collecting plate : 20 mm.
Digital display -199.9 to +199.9 nC.
To be completed with rods of different
nature (glass, ebonite, metal...) and cat or
rabbit fur.
Specifications
Resolution : 0.1 nC .
Autonomy : 60 hours.
Ref.
272 015 73
Initio ammeter
Initio voltmeter
Measurement range : (0.000 to 1.999) A d.c.

(0.070 to 1.999) eff. A.
Resolution : 1 mA.
Precision : (2%RV+1 RU) in d.c.
(2%RV+4 RU) in a.c.
Protection : automatic reset device
(interrupting capacity 16A/230V).
Operating voltage : 50 V d.c. or 30 V a.c.
Measurement range : (0.00 to 19.99) V d.c.

(0.70 to 19.99) V a.c.
Resolution : 10 mV.
Precision : (0.5% RV + 1 RU) in d.c.
(1.5% RV + 4 RU) in a.c.
Protection : up to 230 V a.c.
Operating voltage : 50 V d.c. or 30 V a.c.
Ref.
291 195 73
Ref.
Physics
291 194 73
Digital multimeters MEASUREMENT
Digital multimeter,
2 000 points, UT51
Digital multimeter,
2 000 points
Digital multimeter,
2 000 points
Specifications
Digital display
DC voltage
AC voltage
Direct current
Alternative
current
Resistance
measurements
Input impedance
Reference
Digital multimeter,
RS232 CL3015E
80000 points dual display

Driver software
Back-lighted screen
Auto-ranging
Frequency-meter from 0.5 Hz to
1 Ghz
2 000 measurement points

200 mV to 1 000 V
200 mV to 750 V
20 A to 10 A
200 A to 10 A
200 Ohms to 200 M Ohms
2 V to 700 V
200 A to 10 A
2 mA to 10 A
200 Ohms to 20 M Ohms
Continuity and diode tests

Gain determination () of a NPN or PNP transistor
10 M Ohms
291 016 73
Multimeter with auto-ranging equipped with

4 mm safety sockets and a RS232 output.
Min / max function and automatic stop.
Supplied with a connection lead for PC, a
driver software in English (on CD-Rom), a
protective sleeve, an instruction manual and
two tips.
Display : 80000 points LCD, 11 mm high and 23
segments bargraph
Input impedance : 1 000 M Ohms
Voltmeter DC
80 - 800 mV, 8 - 80 - 800 - 1 000 V
Precision : (0.05 % RV* + 10 RU*) to
(0.08 % RV* + 10 RU*)
Voltmeter AC
80 - 800 mV, 8 - 80 - 750 V
Precision : (0.5 % RV* + 10 RU*) to (8 %
RV* + 10 RU*)
291 018 73
291 015 73
Ammeter DC/AC
80 - 800 mA, 8 - 10 A
Precision : (0.5 % RV* + 10 RU*)
Ohmeter
8 - 80 - 800 k Ohms, 8 - 80 M Ohms
Precision : (0.3 % RV* + 10 RU*) to (2.5 %
RV* + 8 RU*)
Frequency-meter
1 - 10 - 100 KHz, 8 - 10 - 100 MHz, 1 GHz
Precision : (0.05 % RV* + 5 RU*) to (0.1 %
RV* + 5 RU*)
Thermometer
- 50 to 1 000 C with K-type thermocouple
(not supplied)
Capacitance-meter
1 - 10 - 100 nF, 1 - 10 - 100 F
Precision : 1 -10 - 100 pF, 1 - 10 - 100 nF
Power supply : 9 V 6F22 battery (supplied)
Mass : 650 g
Multimeter with driver software
Ref.
291 003 73
Multimeter without driver software

*RV : Read Value - RU : Resolution Unit
Bench-top multimeter,
MTX 3250
Backlighted 50 000 points triple
display with LED
Easy-to-use controls
6 functions : voltmeter,
ammeter, ohmeter,
frequency-meter,
capacitance-meter, thermometer
Auto-ranging
Measurement of frequencies up
to 1 MHz
Functions : Print, Hold,
Min. / Max, memory
Supplied with 1 set of measurement leads,
an input lead and an instruction manual.
Specifications
Input impedance : 10 M
Voltmeter CC, CA, CC+CA
Range : 500 mV - 5 - 50 - 500 - 600 V
Precision : 0.08% to 0.1% + 3 units
Bandwidth : 40 Hz to 100 kHz
Ammeter CC, CA, CC+CA
Range : 500 A - 5 - 50 - 500 mA - 10 A
Precision : 0.2% + 3 units to 0.5% + 5 units
Bandwidth : 40 Hz to 10 kHz
Physics
Ref.
291 024 73
Frequency-meter
Range : 5 Hz to 1 MHz in 7 ranges
Precision : 0.03% + 3 units
Ohmeter
Range : 500 - 5 - 50 - 500 k - 5 - 50 M
Precision : 0.1% + 3 units to 1% + 5 units
Detection of sound continuity :
10 to 15 threshold
Capacitance-meter
Range : 50 nF to 50 mF in 7 ranges
Precision : 1% + 3 units
Thermometer
(Pt 100 and Pt 1000 probe, not supplied)
Range : - 125 to + 800 C. Precision : 0.5 C
Diode test : from 0 to 4.5 V
Functions : AUTOPEAK limitation of peak
factor, SPEC specifications display, MATH
measurement in dB, dBm
Mass : 2.3 kg
Ref.
291 009 73
105
106
MEASUREMENT Digital multimeters
4 sockets : complete separation

of V and A inputs
Safety sockets compatible with
any 4 mm banana leads
Identification of functions thanks
to areas of different colors
CL1 Multimeter
2A calibre
NPN-PNP transistor test
2 000 points
Diode test
Automatic polarity and battery
power display
Supplied ready-to-use with shockresistant sleeve, tips, 9 V battery,
fuse and instruction booklet
Display
D.C.
Voltmeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
D.C.
Ammeter
A.C.
Ohmeter
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Protection
Power supply
Dimensions
Spare part
Shock absorbing sleeve
Ref. 291 001 73
14 mm LCD - 2 000 points

2 - 20 - 200 - 600 V
(0.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
200 - 600 V
(1.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
20 - 200 - 2 000 mA
10 A
(1 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(3 % RV* + 1 RU*)
2 - 20 - 200 k - 2 M
20 M
(0.8 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
2 A - 250 V fuse
9 V - 6 F 22 battery (supplied)
132 x 73 x 34 mm
Reference
291 133 73
* RV = Read Value - *RU = Resolution unit
CL2T Multimeter
Thermometer - 20 C to + 750 C
Supplied with K type
thermocouple
Display
D.C.
Voltmeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
D.C.
Ammeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
Ohmeter
Temperature
Protection
Power supply
Dimensions
Supplied with
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.

0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 600 V
(0.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
200 - 600 V
(1.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
(1 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(3 % RV* + 1 RU*)
2 - 20 - 200 k - 2 M
20 M
(0.8 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
- 20 C to + 500 C
+ 500 C to + 750 C
(2 % RV* + 3 RU*)
(3 % RV* + 3 RU*)
0,5 A - 250 V fuse
132 x 73 x 34 mm
2 leads + 1 tip, 1 instruction booklet, 1 fuse,
1 battery and 1 K type thermocouple
Reference
291 134 73
* RV = Read Value - *RU = Resolution Unit
CL 3005 Multimeter
Giant figures : height 20 mm
a.c and d.c. measurement
1.5 V and 9 V battery test
Display
D.C.
Voltmeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
D.C.
Ammeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
Ohmeter
Temperature
Protection
Power supply
Dimensions
Supplied with
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.

0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 600 V
(0.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
20 - 200 V
600 V
(1 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(1.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
(1 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(2 % RV* + 3 RU*)
2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
(1.2 % RV* + 4 RU*)
(2 % RV* + 4 RU*)
0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 k
2 - 20 M
(1 % RV* + 3 RU*)
(5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
0,5 A - 250 V fuse

150 x 80 x 35 mm
2 leads + tips, 1 instruction booklet,
1 fuse and 1 battery
Reference
291 156 73
* RV = Read Value - *RU = Resolution Unit
Physics
Digital multimeters MEASUREMENT
4 safety sockets : complete separation of V and A inputs

Identification of functions by means of different color areas
Automatic polarity and battery power display
Supplied ready-to-use with shock-absorbing sleeve, tips, 9V battery, fuse and instruction booklet
Display
D.C.
Voltmeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
D.C.
Ammeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
Ohmeter
Frequency-meter
Capacitance-meter
Protection
Power supply
Dimensions
Supplied with
CL3 Multimeter
CL4A Multimeter
2 000 points
Frequency-meter Capacitance-meter
NPN-PNP transistor
test
3 200 points
Selection of automatic
or manual calibre
Analog bargraph
display

Cal.
0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 600 V
Prec.
(0.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
Cal.
0.2 - 2 -20 - 200 - 600 V
Prec.
(1.0 % RV* + 4 RU*)
Cal.
200 A - 2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
Prec.
(1.0 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(3.0 % RV* + 1 RU*)
Cal.
200 A - 2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
Prec.
(1.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
(3.5 VL* + 4 RU*)
Cal.
200 - 2 - 20 - 200 k - 2 - 20 - 200 M
Prec.
from 0.8 % to 5 % according to the calibre
Cal. automatic calibre : 2 - 20 - 200 - 2 000 kHz - 15 MHz
Prec.
(1.0 % RV* + 1 RU*)
Cal.
2 - 20 - 200 nF - 2 - 20 F
Prec.
(2.0 % RV* + 10 RU*)
0.5 A - 250 V fuse
132 x 73 x 34 mm
2 leads + tips, 1 instruction booklet, 1 fuse,
9 V battery
Reference
291 135 73
CL 3010 Multimeter
Spare parts
Fast acting fuse
0.5 A / 250 V, pack of 10
Ref. 283 428 73
20 000 points - 4.5 digits

High precision
Diode, continuity and
transistor tests
Fast acting fuse

10A / 600 V, pack of 10
10 mm LCD (+ bargraph) - 3 200 points

0.32 - 3.2 -32 - 320 - 600 V
(0.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
0.32 - 3.2 - 32 - 320 - 600 V
(1.0 % RV* + 4 RU*)
0.32 - 3.2 -32 - 320 mA
10 A
(1.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
3 % FS* + 2 RU*
0.32 - 3.2 -32 - 320 mA
10 A
(2.0 % RV* + 4 RU*)
3.5 % FS* + 3 RU*
320 - 3.2 k - 32 k - 320 k - 3.2 M - 32 M
from 0.8 % to 5 % according to the calibre
0.5 A - 250 V fuse

132 x 73 x 34 mm
2 leads + tips, 1 instruction booklet, 1 fuse, 9 V battery
291 136 73
CL 3015 Multimeter
2 000 points - 3.5 digits
20 A and 20 mV calibres
Frequency-meter Capacitance-meter
Logical level test
Diode, continuity and
transistor tests
Ref. 283 429 73

Display
D.C.
Voltmeter
A.C.
D.C.
Ammeter
A.C.
(50-500 Hz).
Ohmeter
Frequency-meter
Capacitance-meter
Power supply
Dimensions
Reference
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.

0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 1 000 V
(0.05 % RV* + 4 RU*)
0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 750 V
(50 to 60 kHz) 0.5 % to 5 %
depending on the frequency
200 A - 2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
(0.5 % RV* + 10 RU*) (2.0 % RV* + 10 RU*)
200 A - 2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
(0.75 % RV* + 10 RU*) (2.5 % RV* + 10 RU*)
20 - 200 - 2 - 20 - 200 k - 2 - 20 M
from 0.2 % to 2 % depending on the calibre
200 x 90 x 40 mm

0.02 - 0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 1 000 V
(0.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
0.02 - 0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 750 V
(50-500 Hz) 1.5 % to 3 % depending on the calibre
291 157 73
291 158 73
* RV = Read Value - *RU = Resolution Unit - *FS = Full Scale
Physics
20 - 200 A - 2 - 20 mA
2 - 10 A
(1.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(3.0 % RV* + 1 RU*)
20 - 200 A - 2 - 20 mA
2 - 10 A
(2.0 % RV* + 4 RU*)
(3.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
20 - 200 - 2 - 20 - 200 k - 2 - 20 - 2 000 M
Automatic 2 - 20 - 200 - 2 000 KHz - 15 MHz
(0.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
200 pF - 2 - 20 - 200 nF - 2 - 20 F
(3.0 % RV* + 10 RU*)
9 V - 6 F 22 battey (supplied)
200 x 90 x 40 mm
107
108
MEASUREMENT Digital and demonstration multimeters
4 safety sockets : complete separation of V and A inputs

Identification of functions by means of different color areas
Automatic polarity and battery power display
Supplied ready-to-use with shock-absorbing sleeve, tips, 9V battery, fuse and instruction booklet
Spare parts
Fast acting fuse
0.5 A / 250 V, pack of 10
Ref. 283 428 73

Fast acting fuse
10A / 600 V, pack of 10
Ref. 283 429 73

Display
D.C.
Voltmeter
A.C.
D.C.
Ammeter
A.C.
(50 - 500 Hz)
Ohmeter
Capacitance-meter
Inductometer
Frequency-meter
Thermometer
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
Cal.
Prec.
CL 3020 Multimeter
R, L and C measurement
Frequency-meter
Logical level test
Thermometer, - 20 to + 750 C
Supplied with K-type thermocouple

0.4 - 4 - 40 - 400 - 1 000 V
(0.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
0.4 - 4 - 40 - 400 -750 V
(50 - 500 Hz) (1.5 % RV* + 4 RU*)
0.4 - 40 - 400 mA
10 A
(1.5 % RV* + 1 RU*)
(3.0 % RV* + 1 RU*)
0.4 - 40 - 400 mA
10 A
(2 % RV* + 4 RU*)
(3.5 RV* + 4 RU*)
400 - 4 - 40 - 400 k - 4 - 40 - 400 M
4 - 40 - 400 nF - 4 - 400 F
from 5 to 8 % depending on the calibre
4 - 40 - 400 mH - 4 - 40 H
(5 % RV* + 10 RU*)
Automatic calibre 4 - 40 - 400 - 4 000 KHz
(0.5 RV* + 1 RU*)
- 20 C to 500 C
500 C to 750 C
(2 % RV* + 3 RU*)
(3 % RV* + 2 RU*)
Reference
20 000 points
Transistor test
Measurement of real
effective value
0.2 - 2 -20 - 200 - 1 000 V
(0.05 % RV* + 4 RU*)
0.2 - 2 - 20 - 200 - 750 V
(45 - 20 kHz) 1 % to 1.5 % + 10 RU*
200 A - 2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
(0.5 % RV* + 10 RU*)
(2.0 % RV* + 10 RU)
200 A - 2 - 20 - 200 mA
10 A
(1.0 % RV* + 10 RU*)
(2.5 % RV* + 10 RU*)
20 - 200 - 2 - 20 - 200 k - 2 - 20 M
from 0.2 % to 2 % depending on calibre
291 175 73
Demonstration
multimeter,
10 000 points,
programmable
LED 45 mm big display

LED 13 mm repeater
display at the back side of
the device for the teacher
6 functions : voltmeter,
ammeter, ohmeter,
pHmeter, thermometer
and frequency-meter
Automatic selection of
calibres
Programming by RS232
(Windows software
included)
The RS232 ensures the connection to
a computer for the remote
programming and measurement. The
supplied software enables the control
of the apparatus, the display and the
quick acquisition of results under
Windows. Supplied with RS232 lead.
Ref.
TRMS CL 3025 Multimeter
291 201 73
Specifications
Voltmeter DC
Range : 1 - 10 - 100 - 1000 V.
Precision : 0.1% - Input resistance :
10 M.
Voltmeter AC
Range : 1 - 10 - 100 - 500 V - Real
effective measurement.
Precision : (0.2% to 0.5%)
depending on calibre.
Input impedance : 1 M//100 pF.
Ammeter DC and AC
Range : 10 mA - 1 - 20 A.
Precision : 0.2% in d.c., 1% in a.c.
Ohmeter
Range : 1 - 10 - 100 k - 10 - 50 M.
Precision : 0.5%.
Frequency-meter
Range : 5 Hz to 400 kHz.
Precision : 1 unit.
pHmeter
Range : 0 to 14 pH units.
Precision/resolution : 0.01 unit
Manual or automatic temperature
compensation, from 0 to 100C.
Accessory (not supplied) :
combination electrode with BNC plug
ref. 703 170 73.
Temperature
Ranges : -100 to +100C and -200 to 1250 C.
Precision : (0.1%+0.5C) (0.1%+1.5C)
Resolution : 0.1C
1C
Connection for K-type thermocouple
(not supplied).
Safety sockets : 4 mm. Cat III 600 V,
Cat II 1000 V.
Protection : 10 mA and 1 A fuse.
Power supply : 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz.
Mass : 2 Kg.
291 174 73
ISM 1 000 multimeter

10 000 measurement points
Functions : voltmeter, ammeter, ohmeter,
frequency-meter, decibel-meter
Automatic selection of calibres
Real effective measurements (TRMS)
Sound overflow indicator.
booklet and input lead.
Specifications
Display : 25 mm LED - 10 000 points.
Input impedance : DC 10 M.
AC 1 M / 100 pF.
Bandwidth : 100 kHz.
Voltmeter DC : 1 - 10 - 100 - 1 000 V.
Precision : (0.1 % RV + 1 RU).
Voltmeter AC : 1 - 10 - 100 - 500 V.
Precision : (0.2 % to 0.5 %) depending on calibre.
Ammeter DC : 10 mA - 1 - 20 A.
Precision : 0.2 %.
Ammeter AC : 10 mA - 1 - 20 A.
Precision : 1 %.
Ohmeter : 1 - 10 - 100 k - 10 - 50 M.
Precision : 0.5 %.
Automatic frequency-meter : 5 Hz to 400 kHz.
Precision : 1 unit.
Decibel-meter : - 40 to 54 dBV.
Protection : 10 mA and 1A by fuse.
Diode test : 400 A - 0 to 10 V.
Power supply : 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz.
Mass : 1.3 Kg.
Ref.
Physics
291 202 73
Multimeters - Frequency-meters MEASUREMENT
Multimeter,
MX24 TRMS AC+DC
Installation category III, 600 V.

Supplied with instruction booklet and
shock-absorbing sleeve.
Measurement of real effective

value AC+DC
500 kHz
frequency-meter
Capacitance-meter
Min. / max.
function
Backlighting
Specifications
Auto-ranging and backlighted digital and

analog display.
Measurement of real a.c. voltage and
current even when the signal has a
d.c. component.
AUTONEM function for an automatic
measurements storage (if the measure is
stable more than 1 s).
Low Z (Low- impedance) input enabling
you to unload the stray capacities.
Secured battery and fuse change (not
possible to acceed it without disconnecting
the leads).
402 Voltmeter
Power supply : 9V 6F22 battery (supplied)

Mass : 285 g
* RV : Read value - *RU : Resolution Unit.
Ref.
291 218 73
Dial :
- 80 mm
- Anti-parallax mirror
- 2 black scales : 0 to 30 and 0 to 100
- 1 red scale in 3 V a.c.
Internal resistance :
20 k/V except range 1 000 V :
- 6.32 k/V in d.c.
- 6.32 k/V in a.c.
Mass : 450 g
Specifications
Ranges :
- 8 ranges in d.c. : 100 mV to 1 000 V
- 6 ranges in a.c. : 3 V to 1 000 V
Precision : 1.5 % in d.c. - 2.5 % in a.c.
To be completed with leads and tips.
Ref.
Demonstration
galvanometer
Galvanometer especially designed
teaching.
The size of its display is adapted
demonstration experiments.
A button located on the side enables
adjustment of the zero at left or in
centre of the scale.
It is equipped with a needle locking
system during transportation or
storage.
Supplied with a voltmeter casing
and an ammeter casing equipped
with safety terminals, rotative
changeover switch for the different
ranges and inverters for the
switch DC/AC.
Liquid crystal display, 5000 points,

11 mm high and 34 segments bargraph.
Bandwidth : 40 Hz 1 kHz
Voltmeter DC
0.5 - 5 - 50 - 500 - 1000 V
Precision : (0.3% RV*+ 2 RU*)
Voltmeter AC
0.5 - 5 - 50 - 500 - 750 V
Ammeter DC/AC
50 mA, 10 A
Ohmeter
500 , 5 - 50 - 500 k, 5 - 50 M
Precision : (0.3% RV* + 3 RU*)
Capacitance-meter
50 - 500 nF, 5 - 50 - 500 F, 5 - 50 mF
Precision : (1% RV* + 2 RU*)
Frequency-meter
5 - 50 - 500 Hz, 5 - 50 - 500 kHz
Precision : (0.03% RV* + 1 RU*)
291 149 73
Voltmeter ranges : 3-10-30-100 V.

Ammeter ranges : 0.05 - 0.1 - 1 - 5 - 10 A.
Dimensions : 30 x 15 x 30 cm.
for
FJ-2 frequency-meter
2 MHz frequency-meter
20 s periodmeter
BNC or 4 mm safety banana
connections
Overflow
indicator
The front side of the FJ-2 frequency-meter
has an on/off switch and a calibre
changeover switch. The FJ-2 is both
equipped with 4 mm safety sockets and a
BNC plug to avoid connection problems.
The periodmeter mode (from 1 ms to 20s)
is ideal for low-frequency measurements.
An arrow indicates a measurements result
exceeding the display capacity.
Specifications
Display : LCD 20 000 points (4 digits 1/2)
Frequency-meter :
1 Hz to 2 MHz in 3 ranges
Periodmeter : 1 ms to 20 s
Precision : 0.05 % of calibre
Sensitivity : 0.5 V DC (f > 1 Hz) - 5 V DC
(f < 1 Hz)
Max. voltage : 50 V DC
Power supply :
9 V (6F22) battery (supplied)
Ref.
291 140 73
Voltmeter with
analog display
8 ranges in DC :
100 mV to 1 000 V.
7 ranges in AC :
3 V to 1 000 V.
Precision : 1.5 in DC and 2 in AC
Big graduated dial, with antiparalax
mirror.
Adjustable
zero.
Electrical
protection. Black terminal for the common
input and red terminal for other ranges.
Ref.
291 010 73
403 Galvanometer
with central zero
Specifications
Ranges :
- 2 ranges in DC :
30 mA and 3 mA
- 100 mV calibre
for shunts
Precision : 1,5 %
Dial :
- 80 mm
- 2 black scales : - 30 to +30 and -100 to 100
Protection : 315 mA fuse
Mass : 450 g
to
the
the
Ref.
Physics
291 020 73
Ref.
291 151 73
109
110
MEASUREMENT Multimeters with analog display - Wattmeters
WAJ2000 single-phase
wattmeter
WJ2000 digital
wattmeter
SW8000 digital
wattmeter
Analog display
Low-power measurements
from 0.3 W
Fully protected
Measurements in single-phase
and balanced three-phase
Large bandwidth for
measurements of audio power
Low-power measurements
Simplified connections
The ranges values enable low-power

measurements with a high precision.
Fuse protection of all inputs / outputs.
Supplied with batteries, instruction
booklet and fuses.
Specifications
Display
Measurement modes
Voltages
Intensity
Precision
Bandwidth (at -3 dB)
Power
Power factor
Protection
Power supply
Autonomy
Dimensions
Mass
Reference
WAJ2000
Analog
DC - single-phase AC
WJ2000
Digital 2 000 points
291 190 73
291 189 73
A sound overflow indicator indicates the

overflow conditions or handling errors.
input lead.
ISW 8000
Digital 8 000 points
DC - single-phase AC
balanced three-phase four-wire (star assembly)
3 - 15 - 30 - 240 - 400 V
TRMS DC + AC 50 - 150 - 500 V
0.1 - 0.5 - 1 - 5 A
TRMS DC + AC 0.16 - 1.6 - 1.6 - 16 A
Better than 2 %
+/- (0.4 to 0.6 % + 5 units)
1 kHz
20 kHz
100 kHz
8-24-80-240-800-2400-8000 W
Precision : +/-(0.5 % to 2% + 10 units)
Display from 0 to 1 +/- (2% + 3 units)

Fast acting fuse, 6.3 x 32 mm, 380 V, 1A
Fuses : 100 mA and 16A
Ref. 283 398 73, 2A Ref. 283 399 73,
5A Ref. 283 400 73
4 x 1.5 V batteries
230V +/- 10%, 50-60 Hz
20 hours in continuous operating
10 hours in continuous operating
Battery power indicator
Battery power indicator
200 x 135 x 60 mm
160 x 120 x 80 mm
240 x 240 x 75 mm
600 g
1.3 kg
4 mm safety sockets. Category II, 400 V.
4 mm safety sockets. Category III, 600 V
401 ammeter
Specifications
Ranges :
- 11 ranges in DC : 100 mA to 10 A
- 100 mV range for shunts
- 7 ranges in AC : 10 mA to 10 A
Precision :
- 2 % in DC (range 10 A : 2.5 %)
- 2.5 % in AC (range 10 A : 3.5 %)
Ref.
High precision from 0.3 W.

The connection is made as a two-terminal
pair circuit and not as a traditional
wattmeter.
Protection of all inputs/outputs by fuses
reachable without cases disassembly.
supplied with batteries, instruction
booklet and fuses.

Auto-ranging
Real effective measurements
Measurement of power factor
291 150 73
Dial :
- 80 mm
- Anti-parallax mirror
- 2 black scales in DC : 0 to 30 and 0 to 100
- 2 red scales in AC : 0 to 30 / 0 to 100
Protection :
- 1 A fuse - ref. 283 201 73
- 10 A fuse
Mass : 450 g
291 204 73
Ammeter with analog

display
- 7 ranges in DC and AC :
1 mA to 10 A,
- Precision : 1.5 in DC and 2 in AC,
- Big graduated dial, with antiparalax mirror,
- Adjustable zero,
- Electrical protection,
- Black terminal for the common input and
red terminal for other ranges.
Ref.
Single-phase
wattmeters
Wattmeters with analog display.
Precision : better than 2 % on all ranges.
Entirely protected against bad connections.
Measures weak powers with a high precision
thanks to its adapted ranges. All inputs /
outputs of the wattmeter are protected by
fuse.
Measurement mode : DC / single-phase AC

4 voltages ranges : 3 -12 - 30 - 60 V.
4 intensity ranges : 0.1 - 0.5 - 1 - 2 A.
Ref.
291 021 73
Microammeter with
analog display
- 2 ranges in DC : 15 A and
150 A,
- Big graduated dial, with
antiparalax mirror,
- Adjustable zero, electrical protection.
3 voltages ranges : 12 - 30 - 60 V.
2 intensity ranges : 0.5 - 1 A.
Ref.
291 011 73
291 014 73
Ref.
Physics
291 013 73
Chronometers MEASUREMENT
Initio students
timer-counter
Chronometer from1 ms to
199.99 s
Pulse counter from 0 to 19 999
4 operating modes
passages in front of the sensor.

An unlosable and unbreakable inclined
stand is supplied with the apparatus.
To be completed with a mains adapter
ref. 281 243 73 and one or two timer sensors
ref. 353 026 73.
Specifications
Chronometer : 0 to 19.999 s or 0 to 199.99 s.
Resolution : 1 ms on the 20 s range, 10 ms on
the 200 s range.
Counter : 0 to 19 999.
Mass : 0.230 kg.
Ref.
351 009 73
Accessory
Compact and robust

timer-counter. LCD 2000 points display.
Start / stop control : manually by opening or
closing of a mechanical or optoelectric
contact.
3.5 V / 0.5 A output terminals for the supply
of an optoelectronic sensors lamps (Timer /
counter ref. 353 026 73, opposite).
Compatible with all standard photoelectric
or optoelectronic sensors (photodiodes,
phototransistors) supporting 12V and an
impedance lower than 10 k.
Manual timing :
1 on/off switch, 1 button : split time counter,
1 button : zero setting.
Timing with one sensor : measures time
elapsed between two passages in front of a
sensor.
Timing with 2 sensors : measures the time
duration between 2 sensors.
Counting : counting of the number of
Teaching timer-counter
Chronometer from 1 ms to
199.99 s
Pulse counter from 0 to 99 999
LED 5-figure-display,
height : 13 mm
Optical Fork for timer / counter

Chronosensor
Precise, adaptable to electronic clocks.
This timer-sensor benefits from the research
carried out for the ESAO system :
- Very precise thanks to the narrow beam
and the clean electronic signal, it enables
the use of clock with a precision of 1/1000 s.
- Not sensitive to the ambient light.
Adaptable to different electronic clocks. IR
beams cut pilot lamp. Supplied with
threaded-end rod, 100 mm long, : 6 mm.
- Power supply : 4 to 9 V DC (3.5 V AC with
timer-counters ref. 351 030 73 and
ref. 351 058 73.), about 100 mA.
- 1.8 m long lead, ended by 3 banana plugs
(red, black and yellow).
- Dimensions : 110 x 65 x 15 mm.
- Mass : about 160 g.
- Supplied with instruction booklet.
- Notice : 2 sensors are required for most of
experiments (one for the release, the other
for the timing stop).
Ref. 353 026 73
Start and stop control : by opening or

closure of a mechanical or optoelectronic
contact.
3.5 V / 0.5 A output terminals for the supply
of an optoelectronic sensors lamps (Timer /
counter ref. 353 026 73, > below).
Compatible with all standard photoelectric
or optoelectronic sensors (photodiodes,
phototransistors) supporting 12V and an
impedance lower than 10 k.
2 operating modes available :
Timing with 2 sensors : measures the time
duration between 2 sensors (time
measurement with free fall, air-cushion
bench, etc ...)
Counting : counting of the number of
passages in front of the sensor (periodic
movements).
To be completed with 2 chronosensors
ref. 353 026 73 (> above).
Specifications
Timer - counter with

integrated power supply for courses.
5-figure-display, very luminuous red LED,
13 mm high. Possibility to couple several
timer-counter to obtain a 10-figure,
15-figure display...
Chronometer : 0 to 99.999 s.
Resolution : 1 ms.
Counter : 0 to 99 999.
Mass : 1 kg.
Power supply : 110 or 230 V - 50/60 Hz
(double-insulation case).
Ref.
Physics
351 008 73
Digital chronometer
1/100e S
Autonomy : more than 1 year
LCD quartz digital chronometer. Black
plastic case, 55 mm.
Supplied with lead.
Indication : hour, chronometers precision :
1/100 s.
3 setting buttons.
battery.
Ref.
351 037 73
Accessory
D392 silver battery
(for 351 037 73).
Ref. 353 034 73
Mechanical
chronometers
Dial : 45 mm.
Mechanical winding. Supplied in a casing.
3 functions
Start/stop/zero setting by central button.
Totalizer
Precision
Reference
30 min
1/5
15 min
1/10
351 051 73
351 054 73
2 functions
Start/stop/ zero setting by central button.
Zero setting by side button.
Totalizer
Precision
Reference
30 min
1/5
15 min
1/10
351 052 73
351 053 73
Mechanical
chronometer
With shock-absorbing protection
Mechanical chronometer, precision 1/5 s,
with rubber shock-absorbing protection.
: 55 mm. Mechanical winding.
Start, stop and resetting by central button.
Zero setting by side button.
Display time : 60 mn.
Stainless steel.
Supplied with cord.
Ref.
351 049 73
Mechanical
chronometer,
Big bench-top model
Mechanical chronometer,
big dial 90 mm.
Double graduation : 0-60 and 0-100.
Measures minute, second and 1/100 second.
Range : 1 second to 59 minutes and
59 seconds.
Ref.
351 057 73
111
112
MEASUREMENT Weather measurement
Siphon barometer
(Toricelli)
Barometer
mounted
on
non-bendable plastic support (93 x
10 cm), including :
- 1 Toricelli tube containing about
55 g of mercury.
The tank is closed by a screw-cap ;
the threads gap is enough to
balance the atmospheric pressure
by confining the mercury vapours,
- 1 thermometer,
- a mobile plate for the altitudes
adjustment and the reading of
weather forecast.
Supplied with an operating
manual.
Ref.
251 001 73
Digital luxmeter
3 measurement ranges :
0 / 1 999 lux
2 000 / 19 999 lux
20 / 50 klux
With Liquid Crystal
Display, figures :
13 mm high. Battery
power indicator.
Power supply : 9V (6F22) battery,
not supplied.
Precision : (5 % + 2 UR).
Dimensions : 108 x 73 x 23 mm. Supplied
with a measurement cell, an instruction
booklet, in a cover. Guarantee : 2 years.
Ref.
Hygrometer
Visible mechanism
Graduation in
millimeter of
mercury.
97 mm.
Screw for altitude
correction at the
back side.
Direct reading of atmospheric

moisture. Dial : 90 mm.
Casing with hang-up ring.
Tolerance : 10 %.
Ref.
Ref.
251 006 73
Can be wall mounted.

Metallic stand : can be fixed
outside. Instantaneous reading
of atmospheric pressure.
Current temperature, max., min.
Push-button for cancelation.
Instantaneous
reading
of
hygrometry. Dimensions :
420 x 105 x 40 mm.
Dials : 80 mm (hygrometer and
barometer).
Supplied
with
Thermohygrometer,
Min. / Max.
Display at any time of the parameters :
- The temperature and current relative
moisture by direct and permanent reading;
by pressing the MAX. MIN. button ;
- Max. and min. temperatures since the
latest reading.
- Max. and min. moistures since the latest
reading.
A press on the RESET button clears the
latest data from the memory.
Measurement range :
- Temperature : - 10 + 60 C,
- Hygrometry : 10 to 99 %.
- Mass : 66 g, 10 mm thick.
Supplied with 1.5 V battery
(AAA type) and stabilizing
stand.
Ref.
Ref.
543 025 73
Ref.
253 072 73
Anemometer
Wind measurement in m/s
or in Beaufort scale from
1 to 12. Can be hand held or
fixed in vertical position.
Made of weather-stress-resistant
plastic.
Ref.
253 073 73
Thermo-hygrometer
Meteo forecasts
Remote temperature
measurement
Display on LCD big screen
253 064 73
Mercury
thermometer,
max. / min.
Outside or inside.
Under unremovable
plastic cover.
Measurement scale :
- 40 + 50 C.
Reading precision : 2 C.
Space between 2 div. :
1.2 mm.
Zero-setting push-button.
Dimensions :
about 80 x 230 x 30 mm.
Information for putting into service on the
packing cardboard.
Ref.
253 049 73
Rain gauge
Alcohol thermometer,
graduations in degree from -5
to 83 C, protected by a plastic
penetration sleeve. The use of
hammer is forbidden to drive
the thermometer in.
Mass : 66 g.
booklet.
It indicates the wind

direction and can be hand
held or fixed in vertical
position.
Made of weather-stress-resistant
plastic.
Weather station
251 034 73
Soil thermometer
545 008 73
Weather vane
211 009 73
Barometer/
hygrometer/
thermometer set
Ref.
Aneroid barometer
To be mounted on a stick (broomstick

type), not supplied.
Rain gauge, graduated in
rain mm and marked
every 5 mm (1 line = 1 mm
= 1 Liter of rain / m2).
Holder.
Total height : 245 mm.
Material : polystyrene.
booklet.
Ref.
545 034 73
Weather station to be hung on or put down

with indication of indoor and outdoor
temperatures, atmospheric humidity,
weather forecasts, date, hour (radio piloted
clock) and min.-max. values. Simultaneous
display of values on the LCD screen.
Specifications
Magnitude
Range
Precision
Indoor
0 to + 59.9 C
0.1 C
temperature
Outdoor
- 29.9 to + 69.9 C
1 C
temperature
Relative
19 % to 95 %
1%
humidity
Control frequency : 433 MHz
Transmitting range : up to 20 m.
Power supply : Weather station : 2 x 1.5 V
LR6, supplied.
Outdoor transmitter : 2 x 1.5 V - LR6
batteries, supplied.
Dimensions : Station (without stand) :
90 x 30 x 138 mm.
Outdoor transmitter : 59 x 21 x 65 mm.
Contents
- 1 weather station with removable stand,
- 1 outdoor
temperature sensor
with fixation stand,
- 4 x 1.5 V batteries
- 1 instruction
booklet
Ref.
Physics
253 001 73
Weather and metric measurements MEASUREMENT
Wireless weather
station
Data display on big size digital
screen
Backlighted touch-sensitive
screen
Simultaneaous measurement of
7 magnitudes
Supplied with 6 radio-piloted
sensors
Complete set for the measurement of
following weather factors : temperature,
relative humidity, atmospheric pressure,
wind speed and direction, rainfall levels.
Measurement station
The apparatus contains all controls and
indicates all weather readings on an
automatic backlighted screen. Operates on a
433 MHz frequency. The unit has to be
installed indoors, no wire is required for the
installation of measurement sensors.
Alarms enable the annoucement of certain
weather conditions : temperature, humidity,
heavy rainfall, wind gusts...
Forecasts (within a 32 to 48-km radius) are
displayed in the pressure and weather
forecast window in 4 ways : sunny, lightly
cloudy, cloudy, rainy.
Moreover, this weather station possesses the
following functions : clock, radio-piloted
calendar with daily alarm and memory of
min. / max. readings.
Ultrasound telemeter
Lengths measurement.
Addition and multiplication functions.
Calculates surfaces and volumes.
Measurement capacity : 55 cm to 12.5 m.
Lenghts calculation : 999.99 m.
Surfaces calculation : 99 999 m2.
Volumes calculation : 2 100 m3.
Precision : 0.5 %.
Measurement angle : about 5.
Power supply :
1 x 9 V battery (supply).
Dimensions :
111 x 68 x 29 mm.
Mass : 100 g.
Ref.
351 001 73
A RS232 port enables you to connect the unit

to a computer for data recording.
Station
Effective reach : 100 m without interference.
Power supply : 12 V mains adapter.
Dimensions in mm (L x l x H) : 204 x 139 x 39.
Mass : 0.5 kg.
Sensors
The
anemometer,
rain
gauge
and
thermo-hygrometer are supplied by a solar
cell. The baro-thermo-hygrometer is supplied
by 4 x 1.5V batteries (LR03 type ; supplied).
Magnitude
Wind speed
Wind direction
Rain fall
Rain fall levels
Indoor dew point
Outdoor dew point
Indoor temperature
Outdoor temperature
Pressure
Relative humidity
Range
0 to 56 m/s
0 to 359
0 to 9999 mm
1 to 9999 mm/h
0 to 49C
0 to 59C
-5 to + 50C
-20C to 60C
795 to 1050 mb
2 to 98 % RH
Ref.
313 068 73
Dim. : 300 x 13 mm.
Ref.
313 132 73
253 084 73
Precision
0.2 m/s
1
1mm
1 mm/h
1C
1C
0.1C
0.1C
1 mb
1% RH
PC configuration required : Windows 95, 98 or NT4. Compatible

with Word and Excel.
Decameter
Digital calliper
Precision : 1/100
Measurement capacity : 0 to 10 m.
Resolution : 1 cm.
Precision : 4.6 mm (20 N tension, 20 C
temperature).
Graduated on both sides.
Indication of a value every 10 cm.
Soft tape made of plastic-coated
high-resistance glass fiber.
Fixation hook. Unbreakable plastic case.
Ref.
351 000 73
Sine and cosine direct reading

depending on the angle
Students model, very easy to
use
Graduated on both sides

(every 1/2 mm and every mm).
Material : stainless steel.
Dim. : 500 x 20 mm.
Ref.
Ref. 253 085 73
With lock. Yellow tape. Mounted in

unbreakable ABS case.
Class II, EEC norms.
Stainless steel rule
1 measurement unit with display screen,

1 anemometer,
1 thermo-hygrometer,
1 rain gauge,
3 solar cells,
1 baro-thermo-hygrometer,
12 V mains adapter,
1 instruction booklet.
V-Meteo software for data recording on a

computer
Trigonometric circle
313 263 73
Accessory
Tape measure, 2 m
Ref.
Contents of the complete set
Plastic trigonometric circle with two

graduation scales : from 0 to 360 C and
from 0 to 2 radians.
The angle marking is made by a mobile
cursor on the circles periphery.
A gearing system gives the sine and cosine
value depending on the
cursors position on two
red and blue scales.
Dimensions :
100 x 5 mm.
Ref.
Physics
702 004 73
4 types of measurement :
- outside (tree diameter),
- inside (bore diameter),
- interval,
- depth.
Capacity : 150 mm. Vernier displacement
scroll to ease the measurement. Locking
screw. Liquid crystal display. Zero resetting.
Conversion mm/inch. Automatic stand by.
Power supply by 1.5 V button cell (SR 44
type). Supplied in case with spare cell.
Ref.
313 733 73
Micrometer
Precision : 1/100 mm
Measuring capacity : 0 to 25 mm.
Resolution : 1/100 mm.
Locknut. Supplied with zero adjusting
wrench in wooden case.
Ref.
351 002 73
Calliper
Precision : 1/10 mm
Nickel-plated steel. With roller for
adjustment and locking. Depth gauge.
Measurement capacity : 150 mm.
Ref.
351 013 73
113
114
MEASUREMENT Thermometers
Classroom
thermometer
Triangular suspension ring preventing the thermometer from rolling

(except ref. 253 019 73)
Distance from the tank to the first top division : 40 mm
Supplied under rigid plastic sleeve
Dual graduation scale

Blue-filled
thermometer
mounted on white plastic
frame offering a good
reading
visibility.
Wall
suspension eyelet.
Graduations :
- 35 / + 55 C and
- 20 / + 120 F.
Reading precision : 1 .
Spaces between 2 divisions :
2.5 or 3 mm depending on the
scale.
Mercury thermometers
Glass thermometer, 6/7 mm. Total immersion, mercury filled.
Scale
Precision
Length
Reference
in C
in C
in mm
253 014 73
- 20 / + 110
1
305
- 20 / + 150
1
305
253 015 73
- 20 / + 250
1
305
253 046 73
- 10 / + 110
0.5
305
253 074 73
- 10 / + 35
0.1
320
253 019 73
Red filled thermometer

Glass thermometer, 6/7 mm. Total immersion, filled with a red-colored oil derivative.
Scale
Precision
Length
Reference
in C
in C
in mm
- 10 / + 60
0.5
305
253 067 73
- 20 / + 110
1
305
253 068 73
- 20 / + 150
1
305
253 069 73
- 10 / + 110
0.5
305
253 075 73
Ref.
Demonstration
thermometer
Big size : 32 x 650 mm
Blue filled thermometer

Glass thermometer, 6/7 mm. Partial immersion (76 mm), filled with a blue-colored oil
derivative. Excellent readibility.
Scale
Precision
Length
Reference
in C
in C
in mm
- 10 / + 250
1
405
253 078 73
Infra-red thermometer
Remote measurements
Digital display
Laser aiming
Ergonomic
Compact and robust thermometer, very easy

to use : you just have to aim and press the
button to determine the surface temperature of an object. Optical aiming by laser.
253 021 73
Blue-filled thermometer.
Graduation : - 10 to + 110 C.
Reading precision : 1 C.
Space between 2 divisions :
2.5 mm.
Immersion part :
11 x 150 mm.
Liquid Crystal Display with backlighting.

Keeps the latest value during 7 seconds.
Range : - 18 C / + 260 C.
Response time : 500 ms.
Resolution : 0.5 C.
Precision :
+/- 2% between 0 and + 250 C.
+/- 3% between - 18 and 0 C.
Power supply : 9 V alkaline battery, supplied.
Ref.
251 002 73
Ref.
253 017 73
Thermometer with
remote sensor
- 50 / + 150 C
Checktemp
thermometer
- 50 / + 150 C
LCD pocket
thermometer
- 50 / + 150 C
Figures : 10 mm high
Measurement in
hard-to-get-in
locations
Checking of internal
calibration function
Figures : 6 mm high
Checking of
internal
calibration
function
ON/OFF switch
Specifications
Temperature
Resolution
Precision
Probe
Material
Probes protective sleeve
Power supply
Dimensions
Mass
Reference
With remote probe

-50 / +150C
0.1 C
0.5 C
Fixed stainless steel, 3 x 102 mm
+ wire 1 m long
Figures : 6 mm high
Probe : 120 mm long
Min. / max. function
ON/OFF switch
Checktemp
-50 / +150C
0.1 C
0.5 C
LCD Pocket
-50 / +150C
0.1 C
0.5 C
yes
1 x1.5 V battery / AAA type
ref. 283 351 73 (supplied)
106 x 58 x 19 mm
80 g
liquids, gas and soft solids

yes
1 x1.5 V button cell
171 x 50 x 11 mm
50 g
yes
1 x1.5 V button cell
200 x 20 x 18 mm
35 g
251 028 73
251 030 73
251 003 73
Physics
Chemistry
Chemistry tutorial
115
Chemistry measurement
124
Glassware and chemical reactions
129
Glassware and other vessels
132
Small equipment
Laboratory equipment
Safety equipment
145
157
165
> Electric burner
S t r u c t u r a l c h e m i s t r y C H E M I S T RY T U T O R I A L S
Model on vertical holder
Space-filling molecular
models - 32 atoms
With this set you will spare time to clearly

present the balance-equation.
This case comprising 32 atoms enables you to

build a multitude of simple molecules in
their space-filling representation.
This set is particularly adapted to the
courses illustration.
This set is particularly compatible with the
molecular model of a metal (ref. 702 064 73)
to modelize the oxydising reactions of
metals.
Contents
H2
Contents
N2 O2 Cl2 HCl SO2 CO2
CH4
NH3
H2O
Element
Type
Quantity
Function
Hydrogen
White 30 mm
1 side
12
H2, H2O, NH3, HCl
Carbon
Black 40 mm
4 sides
2 sides
4
1
CH4
CO2
Oxygen
Red 40 mm
2 sides
1 side
2
7
H2O
CO2, O2
Nitrogen
Blue 40 mm
3 sides
2 sides
1
2
NH3
N2
Sulphur
Yellow 50 mm
2 sides
SO2
Chlorine
Yellow 49,5 mm
1 side
HCl, Cl2
Ref.
Molecular models
Tutorial / course 87 atoms
This set made up of 87 atoms enables you to
carry out a lot of combinations in
space-filling and/or ball-and-stick models of
compounds such as alkanes, cyclanes,
alkenes, alcohols, acids... Dual links are not
represented. Atoms made of massive
polypropylene. The case contains an
Supplied with a space-filling bonds extractor.
Color
Quantity
Hydrogen
2 cm
White
38
Carbon
3 cm
Black
18
6
2
Nitrogen
3 cm
Blue
Oxygen
3 cm
Red
sp3
sp2
sp
4 sides
3 sides
2 sides
Alkanes, cyklanes, fatty acids...

Alkenes, benzene, carboxylic acids
Alkynes, nitriles, CO2
2
2
2
sp3
sp3
sp
4 sides
3 sides
1 side
Ammonium ions, polar amines

Ammoniac, amines...
Nitriles
sp3
2 sides
sp2-sp
1 side
Alcohols, oxides, phenols, ethers,

carboxylic acids, monosaccharides...
Aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic
acids, anhydrides...
1 side
Dichlorobenzene, hydrochloric
acid...
2 sides
Sulphur dioxyde
Sulphur
3 cm
Yellow
Space filling bonds
Ref.
Functions
Organo-compound
Green
Ball and stick links
Type
1 side
Chlorine
3 cm
Ref.
702 070 73
Molecular models of
a metal
This set illustrates the model of a metallic
crystal and also enables to modelize the
zinc or iron oxidising reaction by insisting
on atoms conservation.
It is made up of a cubic piling up
with centered sides (pre-mounted),
characteristic to copper
and aluminium, 2 atoms
of zinc (or iron) and atoms

of oxygen. The metallic atoms have a 5 cm
diameter. This case completes the model
ref. 702 003 73 presented above.
The presentation in grey of metallic atoms
has been chosen for analogy with the
natural colors of iron, zinc and aluminium,
but also not to interfere with the color
conventions for the other often used
elements.
702 003 73
Elements
1 PVC board on stand : 50 x 33 cm.

56 polypropylene atoms including :
Pre-mounted molecules
- 4 H2 or H+
- 4 H2O or OH- 4 O2
- 4 CO2 or CO
- 4 FeO or ZnO
- 1 CH4
Free atoms :
-4C
- 4 Fe or Zn
Signs :
2+
2
1
Sizes of atoms :
Hydrogen (white) : 30 mm.
Carbon (black), Oxygen (red),
Metals (grey) : 40 mm.
40
Group 1 :
52 mm long
CH, NH, OH, ClH...
25
Group 2 :
70 mm long
C C, CN, CO, CCl...
60
12 mm long
Inter-atomic bonds.
702 030 73
Ref.
Ball and stick /

space-filling molecular
models - 91 atoms
Very complete set of 91 atoms. The high
number of atoms enables you to build
molecules for organic chemistry in
space-filling or ball and stick model.
Easy to assemble / disassemble.
Contents
Atoms
Quantity Number of side(s)
Hydrogen
38
Carbon
18
4
Carbon
6
3
Carbon
4
2
Nitrogen
2
4
Nitrogen
2
3
Nitrogen
2
1
Oxygen
6
2
Oxygen
6
1
Chlorine
6
2
Sulphur
1
6
between 2.5 and 3 cm for the atom of
hydrogen.
Ref.
Chemistry
702 064 73
702 156 73
115
116
C H E M I S T RY T U T O R I A L S S t r u c t u r a l c h e m i s t r y
Molecular models Tutorial 58 atoms

It will enable you to carry out ball and stick
representations of diverse molecules. The set
also comprises rotative links for the study
of cyclohexane conformations changes.
Representation scale : 40 mm/.
Atoms made up of massive polypropylene.
Hydrogen 15 mm, link moulded with the
atom.
Links : semi-rigid PP tubes ( 6 mm) for
simple links and 4 mm for multiple links.
Ref.
Quantity Hybridization Configuration

type
Hydrogen White
22
1.5 cm
2
H
Elements
Carbon
2 cm
702 060 73
Black
Dark
grey
Light
grey
Blue
Accessory
Electronic orbitals
Accessory for the study of the VSEPR theory
on simple molecules as NH3 and H2O. This set
enables you to complete 10 tutorial sets - 58
atoms (ref. 702 060 73) presented above.
Color
Nitrogen
2 cm
12
6
sp3
sp2
sp
sp3
2
Oxygen
2 cm
Red
sp2
sp
sp3
sp2-sp
Ref.
702 097 73
Halogens Green
2 cm
Simple links
Simple rotative links
Dual links
N
O
2
18
6
3
Organo-compound
Extra- and intra molecular links
in peptides
Alkanes, cyclanes,
Alkenes, cyclenes,
Benzene, phenol...
Alkynes, nitriles...
Amines, ammoniac,
ammonium ion
Amides (Peptides)
Nitriles
Alcohols, polyols, ethers,
oxides, phenols, carboxylic
acids, esters...
acids, acid
anhydrides, esters...
Halides
Contents
20 red spheres and 10 blue lobes (L.46 mm,
30 mm), 10 oxygen atoms sp3 4 holes
( 20 mm).
Set supplied in plastic bag. To be integrated
in the set ref. 702 060 73.
Functions
Group 2-52 mm
Group 2-72 mm
Group 2-52 mm
CC, CN, CO...

CC, cyclohexane, glucose
C = C, C = N, C = O...
Organic chemistry
models - 102 atoms
Set of 102 big size atoms for the study of
basic molecules, in ball and stick and/or
space filling representations.
Rotative links specially designed to ease the
cyclohexane and monosaccharides changes
of conformation.
Atoms made of massive PP.
Cases contents
Ref.
Presentation scale : 5 cm/ in ball and stick

representation. 1.5 cm/ in space-filling
representation.
Elements
Ball and stick links

Qty Length
mm
Simple
48
52
Simple
48
70
Rotative 6
70
Dual
16
702 075 73
Quantity Hybridization
Configuration
type
Hydrogen White
40
H
3 cm
Carbon
Black
20
sp3
C
C
3.8 cm
10
sp2
or
Color
Green
grey
Green
Organo-compounds, alkanes,
cyclanes.
Alkenes, cyclenes, carboxylic
acids, peptides
Alkynes, nitriles, CO2, alkene...
Polar amines,
ammonium ion ...
Amines, ammoniac...
Peptides, ADN...
Alcohols, polyols, ethers,
phenol oxydes, carboxylic
acids, esters, monosaccharides...
acids, acids anhydrides,
esters...
Fluorides
Cl
Chlorides
Brown
Br
Bromides
C-H, N-H, O-H...

C-C, C-N, C-O...
Cyclohexane,
glucose
for the cycle
distorsion
C=C, C=N,
C=O, N=O...
Nitrogen
3.8 cm
Oxygen
3.8 cm
Blue
3
1
sp
sp3
Red
2
4
10
sp3
sp2
sp3
C
C
N
N
N
O
sp2-sp
O
Space filling bonds

Qty Length
mm
120
16
All links
Accessory : 1 space filling bonds extractor
Fluor
5 cm
Chloride
5 cm
Bromine
5 cm
Functions
Organo-compounds
Chemistry
Ball and stick /

space-filling
molecular
models 61 atoms
Students molecular
models
Space filling /
ball and stick
molecular
models
103 atoms
This set enables you to build

molecules in space filling or ball
and stick representation. Set
supplied in a case with
instruction booklet and bonds
disassembly tool.
Bonds
Color
Qty
Space filling Translucent 26

Simple
Multiple
Light grey
26
Grey
10
This set enables you to build a

great number of molecules in
their space-filling and ball and
stick representation. The set is
supplied with an instruction
booklet in a plastic case.
Bonds
Color
Space filling
White
Medium ball
Grey
and stick
Multiple ball
Grey
and stick
1 bond extractor
For chemistry and

biology
Teachers molecular
models
1 bonds extractor
Ref.
Atoms
Hydrogen
Carbon
Color
White
Black
Oxygen
Red
Nitrogen
Blue
Fluorine
Light
green
Green
Orange
Violet
Yellow
Chlorine
Bromine
Iodine
Sulphur
Electronic
orbital
Violet
(mm)
17
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
17
Qty
20
12
6
2
1
6
1
4
1
1
1
1
4 sp3 (tetrahedral)
6 sp3d2 (octahedral)
23
23
23
23
23
Length (mm) : 39
4
1
1
1
1
3
Organic and inorganic chemistry

Set designed for the teacher
Atoms
Hydrogen
Color
White
Carbon
Black
Oxygen
Red
Nitrogen
Blue
Sulphur
Yellow
Phosphorus Violet
Chlorine
Green
Bromine
Orange
Iodine
Violet
Metal
Grey
Pre-mounted alkene group
Pre-mounted alkyne group
No of holes
1
2
4 (sp3)
5 (sp / sp2)
1
2
4
4
5
2
4
4
5
1
1
1
6
55
25
702 008 73
No of holes per type

1
4 sp3 (tetrahedral)
3 sp2 (trigonal)
2 sp (linear)
4
2
4
3
1
Space-filling / ball and

stick molecular models
168 atoms
Qty
60
Links
Space filling
Space filling
to be used
with H 1 hole
Medium ball
and stick
for simple links
Multiple ball
and stick
Links for
heterocycles
with 5 atoms
1 bond extractor
(mm)
19
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
Chemistry
Qty
60
4
30
12
4
6
6
8
4
8
4
3
2
8
2
2
3
1
1
Ref.
Atoms
Hydrogen
Carbon
Color
White
Black
Oxygen
Nitrogen
Red
Blue
Halogen
Phosphorus
Sulphur
Green
Violet
Yellow
Metal
Grey
Electronic
orbital
Violet
Color
Transparent
Qty
60
White
60
Grey
40
Grey
12
Grey
20
It gathers a great number

of atoms under diverse
hybridizations.
It
is
particularly adapted to the
study of stereochemistry,
biochemistry and complex
ions. A type of bond has
been specially studied to
build plane cycles made up
of 5 atoms. The set is
supplied in 3 plastic boxes
with compartments.
Ref.
702 082 73
No of holes
1
4
5 (sp / sp2)
2
3
4
1
4
2
4
1
2
702 081 73
(mm)
17
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
17
23
Length (mm) : 39
Qty
40
24
6
12
4
1
12
4
1
1
2
1
3
Tutorial molecular
models - Universal 259 atoms
This set enables you to simultaneously

build a great number of organic molecules
(paracetamol,
aspirin),
biological
molecules (amino-acids, polypeptides,
polysaccharides...)
and
polymers
(polystyren, PVC, PP...). It is possible to
illustrate a course without having to
disassembly the molecules during the
demonstration.
Sets contents
102 atoms of hydrogen (2 types), 72 of
carbon (3 types), 28 of nitrogen (6 types),
36 of oxygen (3 types), 12 of halogen
(2 types), 10 of sulphur/phosphorus
(2 types), 3 electronic lobes (2 red and
1 blue), 174 links (simple, multiple,
rotative, hydrogen links).
Ref.
702 098 73
117
118
C H E M I S T RY T U T O R I A L S S t r u c t u r a l c h e m i s t r y
Polymers /
hydrocarbons set
A set of 50 big-size atoms aimed at the
building of space filling models of
hydrocarbons and polymers :
Polyvinyl chloride
(PVC),
Polypropylene (PP),
Polyethylene (PE),
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE or
Teflon)
Sets contents
Elements Color
Hydrogen White
3 cm
Carbon
black
3.8 cm
Fluor/
Chlorine
3.9 cm
Ref.
Skeletal models 71 atoms

Representation scale : 4 cm/
Interatomic distances are
respected
Free rotation
around simple
links
- 24 white rigid links
- 12 green rigid links
- 12 yellow rigid links
- 6 blue soft links
- 6 light grey rigid links (multiple)
green
Qty
24
2
12
4
Type
Male
female
sp3
sp2 definitively
mounted
in 2 ethene
groups
702 076 73
Atoms
Hydrogen
Carbon
Color
White
Black
Nitrogen
Blue
Oxygen
Red
Green
Brown
Violet
Yellow
Skeletal models 247 atoms
Atoms
Hydrogen
Carbon
Color
White
Black
Set of ball and

stick
molecular
models
enabling
the
representations
of molecules in
general chemistry, organic
chemistry and biochemistry.
Nitrogen
Blue
Oxygen
Red
Chlorine
Green
Bromine / Fluor
Iodine
Sulphur
Brown
Violet
Yellow
Phosphorus
Metals
Violet
Grey
Atoms
Hydrogen
Carbon
Color
White
Black
Nitrogen
Blue
Oxygen
Red
96
12
24
30
702 001 73
white rigid links

blue soft links
grey rigid links (multiple links)
transparent p orbitals
Ref.
702 002 73
Skeletal models For 12 tutorial groups

This
reference
comprises 12 plates
of atoms and links
fixed on unbreakable
semi-rigid
plastic
holders.
Each plate contains
71 polypropylene atoms, 57 links, 3 elements
symbolizing a pair of free electrons.
A reserve of elements is supplied to
compensate the possible losses.
Ref.
702 071 73
Chlorine
Bromine/Fluorine
Iodine
Sulphur
Plastic-coated wall table (65 x 92 cm).

Complete and precise table presenting the
110 elements.
Highlights the metals and non-metals.
This table is available in several languages,
please contact us.
Ref.
Chlorine
Bromine / Fluor
Iodine
Sulphur
Ref.
Periodic table of the

elements
Green
Brown
Violet
Yellow
817 001 73
Quantity
24
12
6
2
2
2
2
1
6
2
6
2
2
2
Hybridization
sp3
sp2
sp
sp3
sp3
sp2
sp
sp3
sp2-sp
-
Configuration
Monovalent
Tetrahedral
Plane triangular
Linear
Tetrahedral
Tetrahedral
Plane triangular
Linear
Divalent
Linear
Monovalent
Monovalent
Monovalent
Monovalent
Quantity
72
48
32
8
2
4
8
2
2
18
12
1
12
12
4
1
4
2
1
1
1
Hybridization
sp3
sp2
sp
sp3
sp3
sp2
sp
sp3
sp3
sp2-sp
sp3
sp3
sp3
sp3
sp3d
sp3d2
Configuration
Monovalent
Tetrahedral
Plane triangular
Linear
Quadrivalent
Pyramidal trivalent
Plane trivalent
Linear
Quadrivalent
Divalente
Linear
Tetrahedral
Monovalent
Monovalent
Monovalent
Tetrahedral
Monovalent
Tetrahedral
Tetrahedral
Trigonal bi-pyramid
Octahedral
Contents for each group

Quantity
Hybridization
24
12
sp3
6
sp2
2
sp
4
sp3
2
sp2
1
sp
6
sp3
2
sp-sp2
6
2
2
2
- 30 white rigid links

- 12 green rigid links
- 12 yellow rigid links
- 6 blue soft links

- 6 light grey links (multiple links)
Chemistry
Configuration
Linear
Tetrahedral
Plane triangular
Linear
Tetrahedral
Plane triangular
Linear
Divalent
Linear
Monovalent
Monovalent
Monovalent
Monovalent
All models of the range are supplied in kit, ready-to-use, with an instruction
booklet. Representation scale : 4 cm/. Sets made up of massive PP ( 3 cm).
Crystal lattice, calcium

fluoride
Big size calcium fluoride (CaF2) crystal lattice,

ideal for courses demonstration.
The crystal structure is presented under the
form of a cubic lattice, faces centered with
Ca2+ ions (grey) which 8 tetrahedral sites are
occupied with F- ions (green).
The grid made up of polypropylene atoms
( 3 cm) has a 15 cm edge.
Representation scale : 40 cm / nm.
Ionic bonds and structure rods delimiting the
cubic structure are identifiable thanks to a
color code.
Supplied mounted.
Ref.
702 096 73
Crystal lattice carbon kit

This set enables you to
simultaneously build both ball
and stick structures of carbon in
free state : diamond and
graphite
Ref.
702 039 73
Space filling lattices
Ref.
702 066 73
You will clearly highlight the structures

rigidity and the regularity of the diamonds
architecture, edge a = 17 cm.
Thus, you will be able to explain most of
physical and mechanical properties of
diamond.
The graphites big size (32 x 26 cm) shows
the planes geometry and highlights their
equidistance and mobility by sliding.
The selected scale enables you to compare
the distance between two layers (3,35 )
and two adjacent atoms of a same layer. The
anisotropy due to the orbital containing
relocated electrons between layers can be
studied. The grey structure rods underline
the edifices geometry.
Model to be mounted.
Ref.
Cesium chloride
and ice
702 065 73
Cu : cubic centerred faces

(edge :100 mm).
Zn : hexagonal
(100 x 120 mm).
Fe : cubic centered
(80 x 80 mm).
Atoms ( 50 mm) : black, red, green.
Made of massive polypropylene.
Supplied in kit with instructions for
assembly.
Ref.
702 017 73
Pack of crystal lattice

+ metallic system
Very stable rigid links.
Scale : 4 cm/, atoms 30 mm, made of
massive polypropylene.
Supplied in kit, with instruction booklet.
- 1 sodium chloride crystal lattice (NaCl),
- 1 hexagonal metallic system. (Zn).
Ref.
The proposed ice model enables you to

create a big size structure (38 x 26 cm). The
student will be able to explain the increase
of volume occupied by water when it
transforms into ice. The cesium chloride
cristallizes in a centered cubic system. The set
enables you to assemble a 26 cm structure.
The ionic bonds and the structure rods
delimiting the cubic structure are perfectly
identifiable thanks to a color code.
Model to be assembled.
Ref.
Cu : cubic centered faces

(edge : 170 mm).
Zn : hexagonal
(190 mm high and hexagon : 230 mm).
Fe : cubic centered
(edge : 170 mm).
Atoms ( 30 mm) :
black, red, green.
Made of massive polypropylene.
Links : rigid ( 4 mm).
Crystal lattice kit sodium chloride

Big size crystal lattice to carry out
demonstrations during courses.
Chlorine and sodium alternate at the apexes
of crystal meshes built according to the cubic
model which pattern repeats along the
three spaces directions and occupies the
totality of the crystal.
The set enables you to build a ball and stick
structure (side : 10 cm).
Model to be assembled.
Ball and stick lattices
702 009 73
Set of crystal lattices

Set of crystal lattices : Fe, Cu, Zn, Graphite
carbon, diamond carbon, NaCl, CsCl and
H2O ice.
A ball and stick model and a space-filling
model for each type of lattice.
702 067 73
Ref.
Chemistry
702 011 73
119
120
C H E M I S T RY T U T O R I A L S T h e r m o c h e m i s t r y - E l e c t r o c h e m i s t r y
Iron combustion
chamber
The experiment can be carried out in air. For

safety reasons (very exothermic reactions),
we recommend you not to use pure oxygen.
Device for iron combustion chamber.
This device enables you :

to highlight the mass
conservation
to highlight the oxygen
consumption
Ref.
A 3L Erlenmeyer flask (to be bought

separately) which bottom is covered with a
layer of sand serves as combustion chamber.
The device enables you to electrically release
the combustion of the iron wool in the closed
vessel.
Thus, it is possible to highlight, in a very visual
way, the oxygen consumption on one hand
and the mass conservation on the other hand.
In this aim, you will use a balance with a 0.1 g
precision and with a 1kg range.
Contents
Device for molar

volume measurement
Polypropylene screw-cap equipped with a

stainless
steel,
vertically
adjustable
combustion boat and an
output equipped with a versilic
tube (2 x 6 mm), length 50 cm.
Device to be completed with a
100 or 500 mL graduated flask
presented below and an Initio
pressure-meter
(ref. 251 039 73).
Tightness obtained by screwing

Easy handling
2 volumes available
Device enabling you to make up a perfectly
tight enclosure by simple screwing on a flask
(presented below).
Thus, it is possible to carry out physical
measurements on chemical reactions
releasing gas (magnesium or calcium
carbonate on the 1M hydrochloric acid).
This device enables you to measure :
- The released gas pressure by connecting
the device to a pressure-meter (sold
separately),
- The released gas volume by collecting it in
a gas bell jar.
Accessories
Graduated Pyrex glass flasks
Screw cap, 45 mm
Graduated flask, 100 mL
Ref.
713 620 73

booklet.
Ref.
253 082 73
Graduated Pyrex glass flasks

Screw cap, 45 mm
Electrolytic tank
Ref.
713 621 73
Daniell cell
- a 600 mL glass vessel.

- a porous vessel.
- a copper tubular
electrode.
- a cylindrical zinc
tubular electrode.
Supplied with adapters
for safety leads.
282 023 73
Description
Porous vessel
Ref.
292 054 73
Zinc electrode
Ref. 713 378 73

Iron wool, 100 g
Ref. 107 464 73
Molecular stirring
This apparatus enables you to simulate the
molecular stirring in gas or liquids. Several
molecular species are represented by balls
of different mass and
volume.
The molecular stirring is
maintained
by
a
vibrating plate on which
the balls bounce.
The apparatus is made up
of a Pyrex cylindrical
viewing chamber
(L. : 37 cm ; : 5 cm).
The vibrating plate is
moved by a 6V motor, the
vibration frequency is
controlled by means of an
electronic variator.
Recommended
power
supply : 6-12 V
power
supply
ref. 281 083 73.
253 042 73
Voltaic cell
Contents
Ref.
Erlenmeyer flask, narrow mouth, 3 L
Ref.
Non-polarizable cell with

constant electromotive force
(1.08 V)
Transparent rectangular
tank (20 x 12 x 3 cm) :
Equipped with two filiform electrodes and
two electrodes (rectangular copper plates :
10 x 2.5 cm) to respectively view the
spectra of a field created by a
concentrated load and a uniform field.
Accessories
Supplied with
instruction
booklet.
Graduated flask, 500 mL
253 077 73
Reference
723 016 73
283 318 73
Chemistry
Same model as the one

created by Volta in 1794.
The cell is made up of 10
copper/zinc elements
mounted on a vertical
rod separated by felt
disks. Once the
felt is
soaked with salt
water, washing
detergent, soda,
the device
produced an
electric
current
when you
connect both
terminal ends.
Ref.
282 020 73
E l e c t r o c h e m i s t r y C H E M I S T RY T U T O R I A L S
Set for cells study
Hydrogen car model
A complete didactical set

Enables the study of 5 redox
couples
Work on small volumes
The transparency of the device enables the

student to view the electrolysis phenomena.
The graduated gas storage tanks offer the
possibility to check at each moment that the
stoichiometry is respected.
The car is equipped with a system of
swivelling direction.
The loading time of gas tanks ( H2 and O2) by
electrolysis is 2 to 3 mn only. The car is then
able to function during about 15 mn.
Ref.
701 018 73
Contents
This complete set enables you to study up
to 10 cells by combining 5 redox couples
(Ag+/Ag, Cu2+/Cu, Pb2+/Pb, Fe2+/Fe, Zn2+/Zn).
The plate is designed to accept 30 mL flasks
(supplied) or 25 mL beakers (to be ordered
separately). The salt bridge is carrried out
by means of a filter paper strip. The work
on small volumes enables you to spare
metallic salts solutions, which can be used
several times.
The set is supplied with all required
accessories except the decimolar solutions
of metallic salts.
Supplied with a detailed instruction
booklet .
Contents
- a corrosion-resistant plastic stand,
- two electrode holders equipped with two
safety piggy-back banana sockets to
connect a multimeter,
- a set of 5 metallic electrodes (iron,
copper, zinc, lead, silver),
- a set of 30 mL flasks to contain metallic
solutions,
- a sheet of filter paper (400 x 500 mm) to
divide into strips,
- a sheet of waterproof labels for the
marking of flasks and stoppers,
- a detailed instruction booklet.
Ref.
282 072 73
Accessories
Multimeter, CL 3005
Ref. 291 156 73

Low-form beaker, 25 mL
Borosilicate glass 3.3 (pack of 10)
Ref. 713 502 73
Consumable parts
Pure iron ammonium (II) hexahydrate
sulphate, 250 g
Mini car enabling you to illustrate the

functioning of a fuel cell. The reversable
electrochemical device serves as electrolytic
cell (during the production and storage of H2
and O2) and then as fuel cell.
Mini-voltameter /
Mini-rocket set
Electrolysis and water synthesis
Thanks to its reduced size, you
will use little product and will
obtain a reaction in a shorter
time
Hydrogen car,
Mains adapter,
Connection lead,
Detailed instruction booklet,
Wash bottle with demineralized water.
Consumable part
Demineralized water, 1L
Ref. 107 340 73
Contents
- 1 tank with two nickel electrodes
( = 2 mm), connection by 4 mm safety
sockets.
- 1 container.
- 1 x 5 mL transluscent tube.
- 1 x 5 mL transparent tube.
- 2 test tubes ( = 10 mm).
- 1 x 30 mL dropping bottle.
Ref.
Ion migration
apparatus
Visual highlighting of ion
migration
Simple and quick putting into
service
Operates in extra low voltage
Device specially designed to highlight, in a
visual way, the ion migration in an electric
field.
Ref. 107 259 73
Contents
-Stand casing equipped with a power-on
control light to connect directly to a power
supply thanks to safety plugs ( 4 mm).
- Removable tank for an easy cleaning, made
of white plastic.
- A pair of carbon electrodes which can be
fixed in 2 points by means of steel clips.
Specifications
Required power supply :
6 ou 12 V direct voltage.
Ref.
Pure nitrate silver, 20 g
Ref. 104 030 73
282 066 73
282 070 73
Pure copper (II) pentahydrate sulphate,

250 g
Accessory
Ref. 105 028 73
Ref. 281 083 73
Power supply, Evolution F6F12
Pure lead (II) nitrate, 250 g
Ref. 104 018 73
Consumable parts
Pure sulphate zinc, monohydrate, 250 g
Pack of 100 sheets (40 x 80 mm)
Ref. 105 142 73
Ref. 703 527 73
Demineralized water, 1 L
Pack of 2 spare electrodes
Ref. 107 340 73
Ref. 283 088 73
Chemistry
121
122
C H E M I S T RY T U T O R I A L S E l e c t r o c h e m i s t r y
Electrolyzer with
electrodes,
Ni, Fe, Cu, C
Enables the electrolysis

of sodium chloride (with carbon electrodes).
Supplied with 6 to 7 mm electrodes on
rubber stopper.
- 1 pair of nickel electrodes
- 1 pair of copper electrodes
- 1 pair of iron electrodes
- 1 pair of carbon electrodes
Consumable parts
Electrodes
L mm
mm
Reference
Nickel
90
Iron
90
Copper
90
283 085 73
283 086 73
283 087 73
Carbon
100
283 088 73
Supplied by pair, without stopper. To be

mounted with talc on stopper (2 holes,
No 10, ref. 703 476 73).
Ref.
282 014 73
U-shaped electrolyzer
with carbon electrodes
Electrolyzer with
platinum electrodes
- Electrolysis of a stannous chloride

solution.
- Electrolysis of a copper sulphate solution.
- Tube : 20 mm, height : 200 mm
mounted on wooden holder.
- 2 carbon electrodes (150 mm x 6 mm)
mounted on rubber stoppers (2 holes).
- Each electrode has a removable terminal
end and a safety adapter.
Tank made up of unbreakable

plastic, acid-proof and
inorganic alkali-proof
Wide base ensuring a perfect
stability, equipped with
sockets for 4 mm safety leads
Electrodes mounted on
interchangeable stoppers
Tanks diameter : 10 cm,
height : 8 cm
Ref.
282 018 73
Electrodes with
terminals (Pack of 2)
Pack of 2 blades (120 x 30 x 2 mm) supplied
with terminals to maintain the plate and
the electrical connection. Compatible with
safety leads.
Mat.
Dim. mm
Reference
Cu
120 x 30 x 2
Zn
120 x 30 x 1.5
Fe
120 x 30 x 2
283 096 73
283 097 73
283 098 73
283 099 73
283 100 73
Pb
120 x 30 x 2
120 x 30 x 2
Blade electrodes
(sold per unit)
Supplied without terminal
Mat.
Dim. mm
Reference
Al
120 x 30 x 2
107 006 73
Cu
120 x 30 x 2
107 033 73
Fe
120 x 30 x 2
107 051 73
Pb
120 x 30 x 2
107 099 73
Zn
120 x 30 x 1.5
107 419 73
Consumable parts
Carbon electrodes
( 6 mm)
Pack of 10
Ref. 283 090 73

U-shaped tube, 20 mm
Ref. 713 162 73
Electrolyzer with
Nickel electrodes
Supplied with 2 nickel
electrodes 2 mm.
Ref.
282 016 73
Consumable parts
Nickel electrodes
Supplied in pack of 2 (without stopper).
For electrolyzer with safety sockets for
safety leads.
Ref. 283 401 23
Pair of blade
electrodes
Water electrolysis (1M sulfuric acid

solution).
- 2 platinum electrodes ( 0.9 mm)
mounted on copper conductor.
Note : the electrolysis with chlorine
emission corrodes the platinum. In this
case, use carbon electrodes.
Ref.
282 015 73
Carbon rods
Pack of 10. Length : 150 mm, 6 mm.
Ref.
283 090 73
Electrode holder
(Pack of 2)
Consumable parts
Platinum electrode
Sold per unit
Ref. 283 089 73

Nickel electrodes
Supplied in pack of 2 (without stopper).
For electrolyzer with safety sockets for
safety leads.
Ref. 283 401 73
Ref.
Dimensions : about 120 x 30 x 2 mm.

With 4 mm safety terminal.
Description
For any type of electrodes. 2 nylon screws

for the clamping of the electrode holder
on the vessels edge (beaker for example).
1 aluminium rod, ended by a clamp to fix
the blade electrodes (thickness 2 mm).
You can also replace the brass clamp by a
electrode 8 mm. Supplied without
vessel nor electrodes. Not convenient for a
use on low form beakers with a capacity
inferior to 250 mL.
Reference
Lead
107 066 73
Copper
107 069 73
Iron
107 070 73
Zinc
107 071 73
Terminal ends for

plates
(Pack of 10)
For blade electrodes.
1 brass hollow rod can receive a 4 mm
safety banana plug (electric connections),
1 slot with clamping screw for plates
4 mm (see blade electrodes).
Ref.
Chemistry
283 091 73
283 039 73
C o n d u c t i m e t r y C H E M I S T RY T U T O R I A L
Voltage generator
500 Hz / 1 V
Sinusoidal voltage generator with a 500 Hz

frequency and a stabilized voltage, adjustable
between 0 and 1 eff. V.
Specially designed to supply a

conductimetric cell
Specifications
- Connection by safety banana plugs ( 4 mm).
- Power supply : 230 V with 12 V mains
adapter (not supplied).
- Dimensions (l x h x p) : 100 x 100 x 40 mm.
- Mass : 0.180 kg.
Ref.
701 331 73
Accessory
Mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73
Initio CTM
conductimeter
Temperature manual compensation
Analog output
Robust device, inclinable and
unbreakable stand
Conductimeter,
CTA Initio
Temperature automatic
compensation
Analog output
Inclinable and unbreakable stand
CTA conductimetric
probe
CTM conductimetric
probe
Specifications
- Probe made of polymer resistant to
usually used solutions.
- Cells constant : about 0.71 cm.
- Dimensions (mm) : body : 12 ; terminal
end : 16 ; length : 140.
- Connecting lead : 1 m long.
- Connections : piggy-back safety banana
plugs ( 4 mm).
Ref.
701 329 73
Specifications
- Liquid Crystal Display : 13 mm.

- Calibres : 2 mS.cm-1 and 20 mS.cm-1.
- - 0 to 1.999 mS.cm-1 ; resolution 0.001 mS.cm-1.
- Precision (except probe) : +/- (1 % of the red
value, + 2 resolution units).
- Analog output : -2.5 V / +2.5 V
- compatible with any type of Computerassisted experiment system interfaces.
- Calibration : in one point by potentiometer.
- Probe : CTM (ref. 701 329 73) to be ordered
separately.
- Temperature manual compensation : 0 to
50 C per potentiometer.
- Optimal compensation range : 15 to 35 C
(precision +/- 1 %).
- Connection to the probe : by safety banana
plugs ( 4 mm).
- Power supply : 9 V or 230 V batteries with
12 V mains adapter (not supplied).
Specifications
- Liquid Crystal Display : 13 mm.
- Calibres : 2 mS.cm-1 and 20 mS.cm-1.
- Precision (except probe) : +/- (1 % of read
value, + 2 resolution units).
- Analog output : -2.5 V / +2.5 V compatible
with any computer-assisted experiment
system interface.
- Calibration : in one point by potentiometer.
- Probe : CTA probe (ref. 701 330 73) to be
ordered separately.
- Temperatures automatic compensation : 0
to 50 C releasable.
- Optimal compensation range : 15 to 35 C
(precision +/- 1 %).
- Connection to the probe : by means of mini
DIN plugs.
Probe made up of polymer resistant to

usually used solutions. Chemically inert
graphite electrodes. Temperature sensor
located in a steel tube for a quick response to
temperature variations.
Specifications
- Cells constant : about 0.71 cm.
Chemistry
Ref.
701 327 73
Accessories
Mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73

Conductimetric probe, CTM
See description above
Ref. 701 329 73

Easix clamp for probes
Ref. 703 510 73
Consumable parts
Battery, 9 V 6F22
Ref. 283 234 73
- Power supply : 9 V or 230 V batteries with

12 V mains adapter (not supplied).
Supplied with instruction booklet
Ref.
701 328 73
Accessories
Mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73

Easix clamps for probes
Ref. 703 510 73
Consumable parts
Battery, 9 V 6F22
Ref. 283 234 73
- Dimensions (mm) : body : 12 ; terminal

end : 16 ; length : 140.
- Connection : by means of mini DIN plugs.
- Connecting lead : 1 m long.
Ref.
701 330 73
123
124
CHEMICAL MEASUREMENT pHmetry
pH tester
pH-meter
A cost effective tester

Measurement from 0 to 14 pH.u.
Calibration
in
2
points
and
interchangeable electrode.
Power supply : 2 x 1.5 V button cells
(supplied).
Autonomy : 3 000 hours.
Ref.
Spare parts
Spare electrode
For 701 217 73
1.5 V button cell
Ref.
Ref. 283 423 23
Initio pH-meters
With or without analog output
Dimensions
Power supply
Reference
Set of pH test bands, from 0 to 14,

high-sensitivity (precision : 0.5 pH u.) :
- containing a series of plastic boxes with
color scales,
- containing each 100 pH paper strips,
- pH from 0 to 6 ; from 4.5 to 10 ; from 7 to
14.
Dimensions :
175 x 41 x 23 mm.
Ref.
Autonomy :
400 hours.
Ref. 453 053 73
Analog output
Measurement range : 0 to 14 pH.u.

The pHmeter electrode is
integrated and
casing-interdependent.
Calibration in 2 points.
Power supply :
4 x 1.4 V button cells
(supplied).
701 217 73
Specifications
Connection to
the pH electrode
Range
Precision
Resolution
Calibration
3 test band boxes 0-6, 4.5-10, 7-14 pH
701 305 73
Bench-top manual
pH-meter, pH209
Real cost-effective measurement devices,

robust and easy-to-use, specially designed
for teaching.
These devices are supplied with an
Two models available

Initio pH-meter
Initio SA pH-meter
By BNC plug
1 to 14 pH u.
0.1 pH u.
0.1 pH u.
In two points by potentiometers (pH 4 and 7)
2.5 / + 2.5 V, compatible with any type of
No
computer-assisted experiment interfaces
100 x 100 x 40 mm
9 V, 6F22 battery (supplied)
701 296 73
701 332 73
Accessories
pH electrode
Device compatible with any type
electrodes with BNC plug > page 125
Easix clamp for electrodes
of
Ref. 703 510 73
Spare parts
Battery, 9 V 6F22
Ref. 283 234 73

Preservation solution for electrodes
Ref. 703 320 73
Initio pHmeter thermometer

Measurement of pH, mV, T and t
Analog output
pH probe tester function
Specifications
pH-meter mode
Connection to the
pH electrode : BNC plug. Range : pH 0 to 14
Precision : -/+ 1% of full scale + 1 digit.
Resolution : 0.1 pH u.
Calibration : automatic (pH 4.7 or 10)
Temperature compensation : manual from 0
to 100 C, automatic from 0 to 100 C
connected to the temperature probe
(ref. 703 121 73 to be ordered separately).
Millivoltmeter function
Manual temperature
compensation
Supplied with glass
pH electrode
This apparatus is robust and easy to use. It is
equipped with a wide display device and an
ergonomic keyboard. It enables you to carry
out pH or oxydo-reduction potential (mV)
measurements. In order to have the
students understand the calibration
procedures, all the adjustments are manual :
calibration in two points and temperature
compensation. Apparatus supplied with 2
pH electrodes, a 1 m long BNC wire, mains
adapter and instruction booklet.
Specifications
pH measurement
Range : 0.00 to 14.00 pH u.
Precision : 0.01 pH u. 1 RU
Millivoltmeter
Range : - 1 999 mV to + 1 999 mV
Precision : 1 mV 1 RU
Calibration
Manual in 2 points (zero and slope)
Temperature compensation
Manual : from 0 to 100 C
Connection
pH electrode : BNC plug
Reference electrode : 4 mm banana plug
Ref.
Millivoltmeter mode
Connection to electrodes : measurement
electrode by BNC plug, reference electrode by
4 mm banana plug. Range : - 2000 / + 2000 mV
Precision : +/- 1% +2 digits. Resolution : 1 mV
Thermometer mode
Probe : Pt1000 probe (ref. 703 121 73 to be
ordered separately). Range : -20 / + 120 C.
Precision : +/- [(0.15 + 0.002xT) + 2 digits]
Resolution : 0.1 C
Chronometer mode
Counter/count-down
Analog output : -5 / +5 V compatible with any
computer-assisted experiment interfaces
Power supply : battery, 9V 6F22 (supplied)
or mains adapter (to be ordered separately).
Ref.
107 072 73
701 017 73
701 025 73
Consumable parts
Battery, 9V 6F22
Ref. 283 234 73

Preservation solution for electrodes
Ref. 107 504 73 > page 125
Accessories
Temperature probe
Stainless steel body, resistant to usual
chemicals. Silicone wire for an excellent
thermal and mechanical resistance.
Sensor : Pt 1000, class A.
Dimensions ( x l) : 6 x 120 mm
Mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73

pH electrode
Device compatible with any type
electrode with BNC plug > page 125.
Ref. 703 121 73
Chemistry
of
pH-metry CHEMICAL MEASUREMENT
COMBINATION PH ELECTRODES, GEL ELECTROLYTE WITHOUT

MAINTENANCE - BNC CONNECTION
Low cost models
Unbreakable plastic body.These probes are equipped with a BNC output and can be adapted to any
pHmeters equipped with a BNC input. Epoxy body.
Description
Performances
JLE10 probe
Gel KCl
JLE20 probe
Gel KCl
Dimensions
Reference
pH : 1 to 13 - T : 0 to 40 C
12 x 160 mm
pH : 0 to 14 - T : 0 to 40 C
9.5 x 120 mm
703 408 73
703 411 73
Brand models
Performances
Reference
Hanna electrode
Gel KCl
pH : 0 to 14 - T : 0 to 80 C
Schott electrode
Gel KCl
pH : 0 to 14 - T : -5 to 80 C
WPA electrode
Gel KCl
pH : 2 to 12 - T : -5 to 80 C - Sensitivity 0.1 pH u.
703 379 73
703 451 73
703 170 73
COMBINATION PH ELECTRODES, WITH FILLING - BNC CONNECTION
Combination electrode
Filling plastic body
Protective terminal end
Combination electrode
Filling glass body
Combination electrode - BNC
Filling glass body
Integrated Pt 1000 probe
Reference system
Filling electrolyte
Performances
Reference
Ag/AgCl
KCl 3 mol/L
pH : 1 to 13
T : 0 to 50 C
703 256 73
Thalamid
KCl 3.5 mol/L
pH : 0 to 14
T : 0 to 80 C
703 257 73
Ag/AgCl
KCl 3 mol/L
pH : 0 to 14
T : 0 to 80 C
703 259 73
Measurement electrodes
Description
Measurement
electrode Pt 1800
Measurement
electrode Pt 1200
Measurement
electrode Pt 1200
Nature of
the sensor
Platinum
Form of
the sensor
Silver
2 tips
Dimensions
L X (mm)
-30 / +135 C 120 X 12 mm
Rod L. 10 mm -5 / +100 C
120 X 12 mm
Glass body.
Ceramic diaphragm.
Reference
system
Calomel
Hg/Hg2Cl2
reference electrode
Hg2SO4 reference Hg/Hg SO
2
4
electrode
AgCl reference
Ag/AfCl
electrode
Description
Sensor
Pt48 combination
6 mm
platinum ring
electrode
Connections
L1BNC lead :
BNC connection
Ref. 703 149 73
Electrolyte
Reference
L1 BNC
703 147 73
L1 BNC
703 122 73
L1 BNC
703 123 73
Measurement Dimensions
Adapted lead
range (C)
L x (mm)
Flask for the storage

of pH electrodes
Flask made of plastic material, to be
filled with preservation solution and
to be put on the end of the
electrode to be stored. A O-ring
ensures a perfect tightness on the
electrode and, thus, enables to
considerably slow down the
evaporation of the preservation
solution. Only suitable for
12 mm pH electrodes.
723 043 73
703 125 73
K2SO4 0.6 mol.L-1 -15 / + 40 C
103 x 10 mm B1N Banana
703 132 73
KCl 3 mol.L-1
-5 / + 100 C
703 131 73
Reference
system
Electrolyte
Measurement Dimensions
range (C)
L x (mm)
Reference
Ag/AgCl
KCl 3 mol.L-1
-5 / + 100 C
120 x 12 mm
703 127 73
B1N banana lead : 4 mm banana connector.
Ref. 703 148 73
BNC banana adapter : Adapter with 2 x 4 mm

safety banana sockets female / female BNC plug.
Ref. 703 150 73
Chemistry
Fits any stands

you already have.
Fixes any types of
objects ( 3 to
25 mm) for a high
versatility. Can
be assembled
together.
Specifications
Clamp made of unbreakable polypropylene.
Dimensions (w x h x d) : 150 x 50 x 51 mm.
Ref.
703 320 73
703 321 73
703 510 73
Reference
KCl 4.2 mol.L-1 -15 / + 40 C
Adapted
lead
Filling electrodes
Description
Ag/AgCl
Thalamid
The multi-purpose clamp to fix

all your probes !
Ring 6 mm -30 / +135 C 120 X 12 mm
Platinum
KCl 3 mol.L-1
Reference
Easix clamp
Measurement
range [C]
Electrolyte
Reference
system
Electrolyte KCl 3.5 mol.L-1
Ref.
POTENTIOMETRY ELECTRODES, SCHOTT

Glass body.
Filling electrolytes
Description Electrodes
Electrolyte type
Electrolyte type
107 504 73
60 mL flasks of potassium chloride enabling the

maintenance of filling pH electrodes.
Description
Dimensions :
12 x 120 mm.
460 mL flask containing a preservation solution

for pH electrodes.
Contains potassium chloride and potassium
hydrogen phtalate.
Ref.
Electrolyte type
Unbreakable plastic body.

Preservation solution
Electrode holder
Is made up of a chemicalresistant enamelled base and
an articulated arm.
Very stable holder, 3-axis articulated arm with
return springs. Can receive
up to 3 electrodes
simultaneously and position
them as you want. Rotation angle
360 , arms length : 50 cm.
Ref.
701 166 73
125
126
CHEMICAL MEASUREMENT Absorptiometry
Filter colorimeters,
T and AT Initio
Filter devices adapted to
students tutorials
Usable with all computerassisted experiment interfaces
- Analog output : 0 - 1 V / 1 - 100 %

- Analog output connection :
- Source : white LED
- Monochromator : Gelatin filters on slides
frame (not supplied).
- Sample holder : compatible with
10 x 10 cm plastic tanks
- Power supply : 12 V mains adapter
(not supplied)
- Dimensions (l x h x p) : 100 x 100 x 40 mm
Monochromatic filters
Monochromatic filters mounted on slide.
Bandwidth : about 40 nm. The indication of
the wave length is visible when the filter is
positionned in the colorimeter.
Wave length : 440 nm
Ref.
703 548 73
Ref.
T colorimeter
AT colorimeter
The devices measure the transmission

percentage (T version), the transmission
percentage and the absorbance (AT version).
The measured values are produced under the
form of voltages (0-2 Abs / 0-2 V ; 0-100 % /
0-1 V), directly readable on a multimeter. The
polychromatic source is made up of a white
LED. The analog output is also exploitable by
all systems of data processing and acquisition
(computer-assisted experiments).
Specifications
- Measured magnitude : % transmission
- Measurement range : 0 - 100 % T
- White adjustment : at 100 % T by two
potentiometers (coarse adjustment and fine
adjustment)
701 357 73
Ref.
703 549 73
Ref.
Specifications
- Measured magnitude : % transmission
Absorbance
- Measurement range : 0 - 100 % T, 0 - 2 Abs
- White adjustment : at 100 % T by two
potentiometers (coarse adjustment and fine
adjustment)
- Analog output : 0 - 1 V / 1 - 100 %, 0-2 V /
0 2 Abs
- Analog output connection : 4 mm safety sockets.
- Source : white LED
- Monochromator : Gelatin filters on slides
frame (not supplied).
- Sample holder : Compatible with
10 x 10 cm plastic tanks
- Power supply : 12 V mains adapter
(not supplied)
Ref.
703 550 73
Ref.
703 551 73
Ref.
703 552 73
Ref.
703 553 73
Ref.
703 554 73
Ref.
701 358 73
703 555 73
Colorimeters, Color 1,
with LED
Simple and robust apparatuses
Analog outputs
Very easy-to-use, these colorimeters have an
automatic zero function enabling you to
calibrate the apparatus on white at the
beginning of the experiment.
The monochromatic light beams are produced
by a serie of 4 LED emitting precisely defined
wave lengths.
The wave length can be chosen thanks to a
changeover switch. The sample holder,
equipped with an outlet canal in case of
liquid spilling, is compatible with square
section tanks (10 x 10 mm) or 14 mm test
tubes. This apparatus is equipped with two
analog outputs producing respectively a
signal proportional to the transmission and
absorbance. It is thus possible to measure
these two magnitudes and to study the
correlation existing between them.
2 models available.
Accessories
Power supply,
Evolution F15 +/Ref. 281 084 73
> page 91
12 V mains adapter
Ref. 281 243 73

Multimeter CL3005
Ref. 291 156 73
> page 106
Holder for square section

(10 x 10 mm) cuvettes
Ref. 723 285 73
color 1
color 1A
Specifications
Specifications
- Source : LED
- Wave length : 470, 565, 585, 655 nm
- Bandwidths : 30 60 nm depending on the
LED
- Absorbance : from -3 to 3 Abs
- Transmission : from 0 to 100 % T
- Display : Absorbance and transmission on
multimeter (not supplied)
- Analog outputs : Absorbance 1 V / 1 Abs
- Transmission : 1 V / 100 % T
- Connection by 4 mm safety banana plug.
- External power supply : Voltage of 15
or 30 V d.c.
- Mains adapter : 12 V mains adapter
(not supplied)
- Dimensions (L x h x p) : 160 x 120 x 80 mm
- Mass : 340 g
Ref.
- Model : Color 1A
- Source : LED
- Wave lengths : 470, 565, 585, 655 nm
- Bandwidths : 30 60 nm depending on
the LED
- Absorbance : from -3 to 3 Abs
- Transmission : from 0 to 100 % T
- Display : Absorbance on LCD. Absorbance
and transmission on multimeter (not
supplied)
- Analog outputs : Absorbance 1 V / 1 Abs
- Transmission : 1 V / 100 % T
- External power supply : Voltage of 15
or 30 V d.c.
- Mains adapter : 12 V mains adapter
(not supplied)
- Dimensions (L x h x p) : 160 x 120 x 80 mm
- Mass : 385 g
Ref. 701 231 73
701 230 73
Chemistry
Spectrophotometry CHEMICAL MEASUREMENT
CCD spectrophotometer
Easy-to-use
Reliable and robust
This apparatus uses the CCD technology which

excludes all mechanical device for an excellent
reliability. It is equipped with a RS232 lead, and
directly connects to your computer with the CCD
spectrophotometer software (which belongs to
the Data Workshop collection). Supplied with
software and RS 232 connecting lead. The CCD
spectrophotometer software generates .lab files
compatible with Gnris 5 software.
Specifications
- Spectral range : 440 to 800 nm
Spectrophotometer Primlight SECONAM

Alphanumeric screen
- Measurement
range
:
Absorbance
Transmission
- Photometric range : 0 - 2 Abs. 0 - 100 %T
- Calibration : Pre-calibrated apparatus
Calibration with reference filter
- Cuvette rack : 10 x 10 mm cuvette. Filters on
slides frame.
- Light source : Tungsten / halogen lamp
- Monochromator
:
Grating
with
600 lines / mm
- Detector : CCD bar
- Digital output : RS 232 processable with the
CCD spectrophotometer software (supplied)
- Power supply : 230 V, 12 V mains adapter
(supplied)
- Dimensions (w x h x d) : 275 x 70 x 125 mm
- Mass : 2.2 kg
Melting points
measurement
apparatus
To simultaneously measure the
melting point between
20 and 350 C.
Required configuration
Windows 98, ME, 2000 or XP. Internet
explorer 4.01 or superior. Pentium 166,
random access memory of 64 Mo. Video
board 800 x 600 minimum. 32 bits software
supplied on CD-Rom + 1 floppy disk + RS232
lead.
Ref.
701 355 73
- Measurement
modes
:
Absorbance
Transmission
- Concentration (1 factor / 1 standard) :
50 parameterizable methods.
- Bandwidth : < 10 nm
- Precision : +/- 1.5 nm
- Photometric range : -0.3 to 2.5 Abs 0.3
to 200 %T
- Photometric precision : +/- 2 %
- Zero : Automatic
- Display : Backlighted, alphanumerical LCD
- Rack holder : 1 cuvette 10 10 fixed
- Light source : Pre-aligned tungsten
halogen lamp
- Monochromator : Jobin Yvon protected
grating
- Detector : Silicium cell
- Digital output : bi-directional RS232C output
- PC data processing software : spectrophotometers software (to be ordered
separately) exploiting the RS 232 output
- Power supply : 115V / 50 Hz or 230 V / 60 Hz
- Dimensions L x h x d : 280 180 220 mm
- Mass : 2.5 kg
The apparatus is equipped with an

electronic device enabling you to obtain a
regular temperature rise. The temperature
rises speed can be selected thanks to an
adjustment button graduated from 1 to 10.
A capillar tube containing the sample to be
tested and a -10/+360 C thermometer
(supplied) are located in the apparatus.
It is equipped with a magnifier and a
lighting system to ease the display of the
sample and the reading of the temperature
on the thermometer.
There are several locations for capillary
tubes in order to enable the user to
simultaneously test three samples.
Specifications
Apparatus equipped with a light power-on
switch and an on/off switch. Button for the
adjustment of the temperature rises speed.
- Temperature range : ambient to +350 C.
- Dimensions (w x h x d) : 370 x 110 x
140 mm.
- Mass : 2.5 kg.
- Power supply : 230 V - 50Hz.
Supplied with an instruction manual, a
thermometer and a pack of 100 capillary
tubes.
Ref.
701 301 73
Consumable part
Specifications
- Spectral range : 330 900 nm
- Spectrum acquisition : Automatic sweeping
Spectrophotometer Spectrawave
S 1000 WPA
Digital screen
Ref.
701 356 73
Specifications
- Spectral range : 330 830 nm
- Spectrum acquisition : On diodes bar
- Measurement modes : Absorbance
Transmission Simple analysis and
multi-wavelengths Kinetic studies Programmable methods.
- Bandwidth : 7 nm
- Precision : +/- 2 nm
- Photometric range : -0.3 to 1.999 Abs 0 to
199.9 %T
- Photometric precision : +/- 0.01 Abs to 1 Abs
- Zero : Automatic
- Display : Graphic LCD screen
- Rack holder : 1 cuvette 10 10 fixed
Chemistry
Pack of 100 capillary tubes
Ref. 713 625 73
- Light source : Tungsten halogen lamp

- Monochromator : Holographic grating
- Detector : Detector with diode bar
- Digital output : RS232 output for PC
and series printer
- PC
data
processing
software
:
Spectrophotometers software (to be
ordered separately) exploiting the RS 232
output
- Power supply : 220-240V / 50-60 Hz
- Dimensions L x h x d : 270 390 180 mm.
- Mass : 3 kg
Ref.
701 366 73
127
128
CHEMICAL MEASUREMENT Weighing
Students balances
Description
Liquid Crystal Display (10 mm high).
Automatic stop after 2 mn without weighing.
Zero function automatic after start.
Tare function. PVC weighing pan.
Access lid to the battery located under the
apparatus.
Balances exclusively reserved to a nonregulated use.
Specially designed to be used

by students
Only two keys for a
simplified use
Protection against overloads up to 80 kg
Specifications
- Power supply : 9 V, 6F22 battery (supplied)
or mains adapter Ref. 281 286 73 (to be
ordered separately).
- Balances dimensions (w x h x d) : 140 x 60 x
185 mm.
- Pan dimensions : 125 mm.
- Mass : 560 g.
Supplied ready to use with 9 V battery.
701 276 73
Reference
Ref. 701 276 73
701 277 73
Display precision
0.1 g
1g
Capacity
200 g
2 000 g
Stabilization time
3-5 s
3-5 s
Accessories
9 V mains adapter
Ref. 281 286 73

Weighing scoops
> page 152
PP weighing capsules
Ref. 723 222 73
> page 135
Battery, 9 V 6F22
Ref. 701 277 73
Ref. 283 234 73
Laboratory balances
Easy identification of functions
by a color code
Big size display
Protection against overloads
Description
Liquid Crystal Display (15 mm height).
Automatic stop 2 minutes after weighing.
Weighing stabilization time : 3 to 5 s.
TARE function : for weighing with vessels.
Ref. 701 252 73
Ref. 701 251 73
CAL function : to calibrate the balance with a

standard mass (supplied) for a better weighing
precision.
ZERO function : to reset the display before the
calibration.
PAUSE function : freezes the display to enable
the weighing of cumbersome objects which can
hide the reading screen.
Ref. 701 244 73
Ref. 701 243 73
Stainless steel weighing pans.

Protection against overloads up to 10 times the
balances max. capacity.
Balances exclusively reserved to a nonregulated use. Power supply : 9 V 6F22 battery
or 9 V mains adapter (supplied).
Supplied ready-to-use with 9 V, 6F22 battery,
mains adapter, calibration mass (except
701 251 73) and instruction manual.
Accessories
Weighing scoops
Ref. 283 234 73
701 244 73
701 252 73
701 251 73
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.1 g
1g
Max. capacity
200 g
500 g
1 200 g
5 000 g
TARE function
yes
yes
yes
yes
CAL/ZERO function
yes
yes
yes
no
Parts counting Function
no
no
yes
no
PAUSE function
no
no
yes
no
170 x 145 x 65
145 x 160 x 80
225 x 165 x 80
165 x 225 x 75
108
140 x 120
150 x 125
155 x 170
100 g
200 g
1 000 g
> page 152
PP weighing capsules
Ref. 723 222 73
> page 135
Battery, 9 V 6F22
701 243 73
Display precision
Reference
Balance dimensions, in mm
Pan dimensions, in mm
Calibration size
Chemistry
M i s c e l l a n e o u s i t e m s BALANCES / G L A S S W A R E
Roberval balance
Roberval balance with metallic base and

brass plates.
Hexagonal masses
Capacity : 2 kg.
Ref.
312 108 73
Capacity : 5 kg.
Ref.
Roberval balance with

visible mechanism
312 109 73
Roberval balance with visible mechanism,

metallic base and brass plates.
Mass
50 g
100 g
200 g
500 g
1 kg
2 kg
Capacity : 2 kg.
Ref.
312 106 73
Capacity : 5 kg.
Ref.
312 107 73
Series of brass masses
20 g
50 g 100 g
200 g 500 g 1000 g
1 000 g series
2 000 g series
Marked masses
Series of brass masses put
in a wooden block, with
locking system.
Ref.
Borosilicate glass 3.3.

Side arms with plastic hose
connection 9 mm.
With thermometric
connection,
hole : 6 mm.
Ref.
713 465 73
Borosilicate glass 3.3. Round bottom. Long

neck 30 mm. Side tube, inner 5 mm.
Length : 150 mm.
Ref.
713 143 73
Rodaviss isobaric
dropping
funnel 19/26,
PTFE tap,
50 mL
Ref.
Chemistry
713 623 73
713 190 73
Vigreux fractionating
column
10 tips divided up among 5
plates. Side arm.
: 24 mm
Top : 15 mm
Lower : 12 mm
Side arm
L. : 150 mm. Outer : 8 mm
Tot. L. : 430 mm
Body : 30 mm
Top : 28 mm
Lower : 12 mm
Effective length : 300 mm
Total length : 460 mm
Ref.
Rodaviss column
head
703 186 73
Liebig condenser
Body : 34 mm
Top : 28 mm
Lower : 12 mm
Effective length : 190 mm
Total length : 350 mm
713 144 73
703 182 73
2 kg

Model with 5 bulbs.
Side arms with plastic hose
connection 9 mm.
Ref.
Reference
703 013 73
703 014 73
1 kg
Ref.
Bulb condenser
Reference
703 164 73
703 165 73
703 166 73
703 167 73
703 171 73
703 176 73
Distillation flask,
250 mL
Brass masses supplied in a varnished wooden

block (mass of 1 g put under the heavier
mass of the series).
1 g 2 g 5 g 10 g
Cast-iron hexagonal mass with ring.
Ref.
713 327 73
Dropping funnel,
50 mL
Ref.
713 579 73
129
130
G L A S S WA R E F O R C H E M I C A L R E A C T I O N S R o d a v i s s g l a s s w a r e
ALL THIS GLASSWARE IS MADE OF DURAN OR
PYREX QUALITY BOROSILICATE GLASS 3.3
TRADITIONAL RODAVISS GLASSWARE 19/26
Rodaviss bulb
condenser
Rodaviss column
head
Side arms,
outer 11.5 mm.
Ref.
713 309 73
With
thermometric
connection,
hole 6 mm.
Ref.
713 465 73
Liebig condenser
Bended Liebig
condenser
Side arms, outer 10 mm.
Side arms, outer 10 mm.
Ref.
713 306 73
Ref.
Rodaviss dropping
funnel 19/26
713 308 73
Reference
250 mL
500 mL
713 640 73
713 641 73
Cone 24/29
Capacity
Reference
250 mL
500 mL
713 407 73
713 408 73
Straight bended
connection
Thermometric
connection,
hole 6 mm.
713 313 73
Ref.
713 623 73
713 312 73
Vacuum grease
100 g tube.
Ref.
Two-neck flasks
Cone 19/26
Capacity
713 305 73
PTFE stopcock, 50 mL
Thermometric connection, hole
6 mm.
Ref.
Round bottom flasks
Thermometric connection,
hole 6 mm.
Ref.
Rodaviss isobaric
dropping funnel 19/26
PTFE stopcock - 50 mL.
Ref.
Rodaviss Vigreux
fractionating column
703 179 73
Three-neck flasks
Central neck : cone 19/26

Side necks : cone 19/26
Capacity : 250 mL
Ref.
713 642 73
Ref.
Central neck : 24/29

Side necks : 19/26
Capacity : 250 mL
Central neck : cone 24/29

Side necks : cone 19/26
Capacity : 250 mL
Ref.
Central neck : 19/26

Side necks : 19/26
Capacity : 250 mL
713 409 73
Ref.
Chemistry
713 451 73
713 643 73
Jointed glassware 19/26 and 24/29 GLASSWARE FOR CHEMICAL REACTIONS
ALL THIS GLASSWARE IS MADE OF DURAN OR

PYREX QUALITY BOROSILICATE GLASS 3.3.
Erlenmeyer flasks
Joint 19/26
Capacity
150 mL
250 mL
Dropping funnel
100 mL, 19/26
Joint clips 19/26 and

24/29
Reference
713 644 73
713 645 73
Joint 19/26.
Joint size
19/26
24/29
Joint 24/29
Capacity
Reference
150 mL
250 mL
713 417 73
713 418 73
Vigreux fractionating
column
Integrated column head
with
thermometric
connection.
Hole : 6 mm.
Tips divided up among 5
plates.
Socket 19/26
Tot. L. : 260 mm.
Body : 28 mm.
Ref.
713 646 73
Socket 24/29
Tot. L. : 270 mm.
Body : 28 mm.
Ref.
713 412 73
Ref.
Reference
1
1
703 368 73
703 369 73
713 411 73
Liebig condenser
Isobaric dropping
funnel, 50 mL,
19/26
Side arms : outer 9 mm.
Sockets 19/26
Tot. length : 375 mm. Body : 25 mm
Cone 19/26.
Ref.
Ref.
713 460 73
Ref.
Simple bended
connection
713 413 73
Bulbs condensers
Condenser body made of 5
bulbs.
Side arms : outer 12 mm.
Socket 19/26
Ref.
713 647 73
Sockets 24/29
Tot. length : 400 mm. Body : 25 mm
713 650 73
Sockets 19/26
Tot. length : 315 mm.
Body : 38 mm.
Column
heads
Thermometric
connection : 6 mm.
Qty
Ref.
Sockets 24/29
Tot. length : 350 mm.
Body : 38 mm.
Socket 24/29
Ref.
713 648 73
713 414 73
Ref.
713 462 73
Socket 19/26
Ref.
713 649 73
Socket 24/29
Ref.
713 464 73
Single galvanized
steel ring
Separating funnel
holder
Bends with vacuum

connection
Socket and cone 19/26
Ref.
713 651 73
Socket and cone 24/29
Ref.
713 415 73
Rod length
/ mm
145 x 6
155 x 6
120 x 8
Chemistry
Ring
/mm
45
60
70
Reference
703 390 73
703 391 73
703 098 73
Fixation on rod ( 9 to 14 mm) thanks to

provided nylon rings. For 250 mL funnels.
from 72 to 85 mm.
Ref. 701 161 73
131
132
G L A S S W A R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S Separating funnels - Flasks
Separating funnels
Separating funnels
Separating funnels
Spherical form
Gilson type
Conical form
Squibb type
Globular form
Glass stopcock
Cap.
ml
L.
mm
Stopper
Way Outer
max. mm
100
275
19-26
64
2.5
250
305
29-32
80
Cap.
ml
L.
mm
Stopper
50
260
14-23
50
100
275
19-26
64
250
330
29-32
81
Ref.
713 337 73
713 338 73
Teflon stopcock
Way Outer
max. mm
Teflon stopcock
Ref.
713 579 73
2.5 713 340 73
4 713 341 73
2.5
Teflon stopcock
Cap.
ml
L.
mm
Max. Way
Stopper
outer mm
100
285
19-26
55
2.5
250
365
29-32
78
Ref.
713 356 73
713 357 73
Flat bottom flasks
Flat bottom flasks
Borosilicate glass 3.3
Pyrex or
Duran glass
Cap.
ml
L.
mm
Stopper
Max. Way
outer mm
100
260
19-26
64
2.5
250
320
29-32
85
Ref.
713 346 73
713 347 73
Extraction flasks
Flat bottom
Narrow long neck, wide mouth.

Cap. mL
100
250
500
1000
Long narrow neck, wide mouth.
Large wide mouth. Borosilicate glass 3.3.
Outer neck mm
22
34
34
42
Cap mL
100
250
500
1000
Cap.mL
250
Required stopcock
4-5
9-10
9-10
12
Outer mouth mm
22
35
35
42
Outer mouth mm
50
50
Height mm
110
140
170
200
Stopcock required
4-5
9-10
9-10
12
Required stopcock
13-14
13-14
Bulb
64
85
105
133
Height mm
110
140
170
200
Height mm
140
155
Bulb
64
85
105
131
Bulb
85
105
713 369 73
713 117 73
Sold per unit

713 107 73 713 108 73 713 109 73 713 110 73
Sold per pack of 10 units 713 543 73 713 539 73
-
Ref.
713 423 73 713 424 73 713 425 73 713 426 73
Ref.
500
Round bottom flasks
Round bottom flasks
Cork rings
Pyrex or Duran glass
To hold flasks without

mechanical or thermal shock risk
Long narrow
neck, wide
mouth
Long narrow
neck, wide
mouth.
For flat or round bottom flasks from 100

to 1 000 mL. Height 20 mm,
outer 120 mm. High heat
resistance. Pack of 2.
Cap mL
250
500
Cap. mL
250
500
Outer neck mm
34
34
Outer mouth mm
34
34
Stopcock required
8-9
8-9
Required stopcock
8-9
9-10
Height mm
145
170
Height mm
140
170
Bulb
83
105
Bulb
85
103
Ref.
713 333 73
713 334 73
713 112 73
713 113 73
Round bottom
extraction flask 500 mL
Ref.
Borosilicate glass 3.3. Round bottom flask.

Wide neck
Ref.
713 060 73
Ref.
Polypropylene ring
To hold flasks without
mechanical or thermal risk.
For all round bottom
flask sizes. Outer
160 mm. Heat resistant
up to 120 C.
Ref.
Chemistry
703 085 73
703 269 73
B e a k e r s G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S
Low form beakers, intensive use Pyrex

Cap.
- Thick Pyrex borosilicate glass, low form.
- High mechanical resistance : safety and
savings, mass 25% heavier than standard
products.
- Perfectly flat base for an optimal magnetic
stirring.
- Wide surface marking for an improved
products identification.
- Volumes reading simplified by a double
graduation.
Outer Height
mL
mm
mm
150
57
89
250
68
Qty
Reference
713 428 73
12
713 515 73
713 429 73
12
713 516 73
90
400
77
110
713 430 73
600
90
124
713 431 73
1 000
108
156
713 432 73
Beakers, low and tall forms

BOROSILICATE GLASS 3.3
Cap.
mL
10
Outer Height
mm
mm
26
36
Qty
Reference
10
Reference
50
42
60
713 604 73
100
50
70
713 605 73
250
70
95
713 606 73
400
80
110
713 607 73
600
90
125
713 608 73
1 000
105
145
713 609 73
100
150
140
210
50
38
65
10
713 512 73
50
38
70
713 612 73
100
44
83
1
10
713 124 73
713 513 73
100
48
80
713 613 73
250
60
111
1
10
713 196 73
713 514 73
250
60
120
713 614 73
400
70
130
713 615 73
400
65
130
713 125 73
600
82
143
713 197 73
600
80
150
713 616 73
1 000
93
180
713 126 73
1 000
95
180
713 617 73
48
10
39
58
100
48
73
250
67
95
400
80
110
1
1
1
10
600
85
125
1
10
Height
mm
3 000
34
50
10
Outer
mm
1 000
25
10
Low form beakers
Cap.
mL
713 501 73
713 502 73
713 118 73
713 507 73
713 119 73
713 508 73
713 120 73
713 509 73
713 121 73
713 510 73
713 122 73
713 511 73
713 123 73
713 262 73
10
PYREX GLASS
POLYPROPYLENE
Shock resistant.
Excellent chemical inertness except
oxidising
agents,
ketons,
and
hydrocarbons.
Good resistance to acids, alcohols and
alkaline compounds.
Autoclavable up to 121C.
POLYMETHYLPENTENE
As transparent as glass.
Shock resistant.
Chemical resistance except oxidising
agents.
Operating temperature up to 180 C in
continuous operating mode (200 C for
short periods).
Sterilizable by autoclave and dry heat
(160 C).
Cap.
mL
50
100
250
600
Cap.
mL
50
100
250
600
Outer Height Qty per

mm
mm
pack
51
51
3
62
62
3
82
82
3
106
107
1
Chemistry
Reference
723 145 73
723 074 73
723 024 73
723 057 73
Outer
mm
51
62
82
106
Height
mm
51
62
82
107
Reference
723 149 73
723 150 73
723 151 73
723 153 73
133
134
G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S B u r e t t e a n d a c c e s s o r i e s
Ergolab SA electronic
burette
Simple Mohrs burette

Indelible graduation 1/10 mL
Class B precision
Burette without tap, supplied with glass tip
and rubber fitting. Supplied without clamp.
Wide neck.
Capacity : 25 mL
Outer : 12 mm
Grad height : 340 mm
Tot. height : 555 mm
Precision 1/10 mL
Required accessories
Clamp for burettes ref. 703 103 73
Pinch clip ref.703 315 73 or ref. 703
353 73
> below
Ref.
713 009 73
Mohrs burette with glass tap

Class B precision.
Removable glass tap. Wide neck.
Two capacities available :

Cap.
mL
Outer
mm
Grad
Tot. height
mm height
mm
25
12
340
50
14
525
Specifications
Reference
713 011 73
750 713 012 73
570
Push-button for the initialization of the

volume signal whatever the piston
position. Connection thanks to safety plugs
4 mm.
Measurement range : 0 to 50 mL.
Resolution : 0.025 mL.
Precision (calibrated burette) : +/- 0.04 %.
Mohrs burette with PTFE stopcock

Class A precision
Removable PTFE stopcock.
not required. Wide neck.
Greasing
Calibration : at one point at 25 mL.

Cap.
mL
Outer
mm
Grad
Tot. height
mm height
mm
25
12
340
570
50
14
525
750
Reference
713 272 73
713 273 73
Analog output : 5 V / + 5 V compatible

with all data acquisition systems equipped
with analog inputs.
Power supply : 230 V with 12 V adapter (to
be ordered separately).
Size with syringe (w x h x d) :
320 x 80 x 55 mm.
Supplied with operating instructions.
Ref.
701 338 73
Mohrs burette with removable PTFE stopcock

Class A precision
Entirely
removable
PTFE
stopcock.
Unbreakable interchangeable polypropylene
tip. Greasing not required. Wide neck.
Delivered with wrench (for dissassembly).

Cap.
mL
Outer
mm
Grad
Tot. height
mm height
mm
25
10
555
830
50
13
535
830
Reference
713 318 73
713 319 73
PTFE stopcock with polypropylene tip
Burettes body 25 mL
Ref. 713 322 73
Ref. 713 499 73
Adjustable pinch clip
Metallic clips with parallel blades and

screw clamp for soft tubing and burettes
without tap.
14 x 14
18 x 18
For all diameters

Quick and reliable fixation
Excellent chemical resistance
Quick and easy assembly. Reliable fixation :
clamp equipped with a stainless steel
spring and anti-skid surfaces.
Required accessories
Inner size mm
Polypropylene stands
and clamps
Clamping capacity : all diameters.
Burettes and tubings

clamp
Can be fastened
9 to 14 mm.
Nickel steel.
Length 60 mm.
Pack of 6.
Reference
703 353 73
703 315 73
Ref.
703 103 73
Ref.
Chemistry
703 284 73
on
round
rod
C a p s u l e s - D i s h e s - B o w l s G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S
Capsules
Cylindrical jar

Flat bottom
Spout
Ordinary glass
Ground glass rims
Totally open
Cuvettes for
colorimeters and
spectrophotometers
(100 units)
Optical polystyrene
Size : 13 x 13 x 45 mm
Capacity : 4.5 mL
Compliant with the DIN 12 336 norm.

Capacity mL
Reference
20
713 061 73
50
713 201 73
150
713 127 73
Cupels
Capacity : 2000 mL
Outer : 128 mm
Height : 210 mm
Ref.
713 019 73
Ref.
Parallel sided cuvettes
701 119 73
Bowls, polyethylene
Made of polypropylene
60 mL, single-use
Graduations
Square.
Height : 30 mm. Pack of 100.
Ref.
723 222 73
Cristallizing dishes
Made of borosilicate glass 3.3
With spout
Cristallizing dishes
Reinforced gluing.
H. 40 x L. 80 x W. 30 mm.
Ref.
Capacity L
803 094 73
Inner
Height
mL
mm
mm
100
66
38
713 571 73
250
90
54
713 130 73
500
110
65
713 055 73
900
135
75
713 131 73
2 000
184
90
713 132 73
3 200
223
100
713 133 73
Effective capacity (mL)
300
To replace cristallizing dish and water

trough. Round - Pack of 3 units
Capacity : 6 L
Inner side : 280 mm
Ref.
723 050 73
Cristallizing dish
Reference
400
713 020 73
1500
713 497 73
2000
713 045 73
4500
713 007 73
5000
713 070 73
Chemistry
10
723 026 73
723 025 73
Reference
Ordinary glass
With hot glass wire.
Without spout
7500
Reference
210
Polyethylene bowls
Good heat resistance.
Capacity
Inner side
3.5
713 008 73
Capacity
5L
Reference
713 051 73
135
136
G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S F u n n e l s a n d a c c e s s o r i e s
Conical funnels ,
ordinary glass
Conical funnels,
borosilicate glass
Conical funnels,
polypropylene
Ordinary glass, conical form (60 angle).

Short stem.
Stem
Cap. Outer
mL
mm L. mm Outer Reference
65
70
70
8
713 025 73
100
80
80
9
713 026 73
220
100
100
9
713 027 73
Conical form (60 angle), short stem.

Compliant with the DIN 12445 norm.
Stem
Cap. Outer
mL
mm L. mm Outer Reference
Polypropylene. Conical form, short stem.

Pack of 6 units.
Stem
Cap. Outer
mL
mm
L. mm Outer Reference
Powder conical
funnel

cylindrical funnels
Polypropylene, autoclavable.
Light and unbreakable.
Cap. Outer
Stem
Reference
mL
mm L. mm Outer
100
80
25
22
723 090 73
330
120
25
27
723 089 73
(with glass stopcock)
Polypropylene
measuring cylinders
Measuring cylinders,
TPX
Measuring cylinder,
borosilicate glass 3.3
TPX - polymethylpentene.
Same tolerance as glass cylinders.
Pouring spout - indelible graduations
(moulded).
Class B precision.
- As transparent as glass and rigid.
- Heat resistant up to 175 C.
- High chemical resistance.
Class B precision
Made of polypropylene.
Same tolerance as glass cylinders.
Class B precision.
- Almost unbreakable.
- Translucent.
- Autoclavable.
Cap. mL Outer Height
Reference
mL per div.
mm
mm
25
50
100
250
500
1000
0.5
1
1
2
5
10
21
27
33
43
56
69
161
180
225
286
347
414
723 163 73
723 164 73
723 165 73
723 166 73
723 167 73
723 168 73
30
65
220
55
70
100
55
70
100
7
8
9
Stem
Tot.
Cap.
Height
mL L. mm mm
(mm)
30
155
8
260
50
155
8
280
713 134 73
713 203 73
713 204 73
Reference
713 135 73
713 136 73

Reference
mL per div.
mm
mm
25
50
100
250
500
1000
0.5
1
1
2
5
10
21
27
33
43
56
69
161
180
225
286
347
414
723 161 73
723 062 73
723 059 73
723 060 73
723 061 73
723 162 73
Chemistry
25
60
130
250
50
70
90
120
28
31
42
40
6
6
8
14
723 027 73
723 028 73
723 029 73
723 041 73
Cylindrical funnels,
with Teflon stopcock
Tot.
Stem
Cap.
Height
mL L. mm mm (mm)
30
120
7
250
50
140
7
330
Reference
713 274 73
713 275 73
- Spouted cylinders
- Good stability thanks to a wide
hexagonal base
Qty Reference
mL Div. mm
mm
10
25
0.2
0.5
14
15
135
170
60
1
100 1
250 2
500 5
1000 10
22
29
35
50
58
215
250
330
360
470
1
1
10
1
1
1
1
1
713 552 73
713 029 73
713 517 73
713 030 73
713 249 73
713 032 73
713 033 73
713 034 73
Cylinders - Erlenmeyer flasks G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S
Non-graduated gas
cylinder
Erlenmeyer flask, intensive use Pyrex

Pyrex quality glass with thick
walls for an exceptional
mechanical resistance and
extended durability
Perfectly flat base for an

optimal plate heating and
magnetic stirring
Thick ordinary glass.

Flat spot ground.
Enables the gas collection and some
explosive reactions.
Cap. Outer Height
ml
mm
mm
60
25
160
125
250
37
46
220
250
Qty
Reference
1
10
1
1
713 036 73
713 537 73
713 037 73
713 038 73
Graduated gas test

tube
INTENSIVE USE PYREX GLASS
NARROW MOUTH
Capacity
ml
125
250
500
Maximum
mm
67
82
101
Neck outer
mm
28
32
37
WIDE MOUTH
125
250
500
66
81
97
32
39
47
Height
mm
114
132
176
Required stopcock
number
7
8
10
713 433 73
713 434 73
713 435 73
8
11
13
713 437 73
713 438 73
713 439 73
Reference
108
134
170
Erlenmeyer flask, standard
Ordinary glass. Gas holder.

Indelible graduations.
Cap. Div.
ml mm
20
25
50
0.5
0.1
0.1
Length
Outer
mm
Reference
mm
Grad. Tot.
140
160 15 713 018 73
270
296 11 713 016 73
545
570 12 713 017 73
Gas drying cylinder

Ordinary glass.
Recommended absorbents :
sulphuric pumice (acid gas),
potash, quick lime (basic
gas).
Recommended stopcocks :
High tube no 6 - 1 hole
Low tube no 3 - 1 hole.
Outer body : 40 mm.
Height : 245 mm.
Ref.
713 035 73
BOROSILICATE GLASS 3.3

NARROW MOUTH
Capacity
ml
50
Maximum
mm
51
Neck outer
mm
22
Height
mm
85
100
64
22
105
250
85
34
140
500
105
34
175
Required stopcock
Qty
number
5
1
10
5
1
10
10
1
10
10
1
Reference
713 137 73
713 518 73
713 138 73
713 519 73
713 205 73
713 520 73
713 140 73
PYREX GLASS
NARROW MOUTH
Capacity
ml
50
100
250
500
Maximum
mm
51
64
85
105
Neck outer
mm
22
22
34
34
Height
mm
85
105
140
175
WIDE MOUTH
Required stopcock
Qty
number
4
1
4
1
10
1
10
1
25
100
42
64
18
34
76
105
4
10
250
500
85
105
50
50
140
170
14
14
Chemistry
10
1
10
1
1
Reference
713 600 73
713 601 73
713 602 73
713 603 73
713 503 73
713 206 73
713 522 73
713 207 73
713 381 73
137
138
G L A S S W A R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S Vo l u m e t r i c f l a s k s - F l a s k s
Volumetric flasks,
with stopper
Volumetric flasks,
with smooth neck,
without stopcock
Made of borosilicate glass 3.3.

Polypropylene stopper. Class A precision.

Class B precision.
Cap. Max. mm
mL
outer
10
28
20
35
50
47.5
100
60
200
76
250
80
500
100
1 000
127
Height
mm
91
100
140
165
203
215
255
295
Reference
713 567 73
713 265 73
713 266 73
713 267 73
713 568 73
713 268 73
713 269 73
713 270 73
Gas generator
Apparatus for the production (in a safe
way) of flammable gas during tutorials
(very low air volume).
Flask capacity : 250 mL.
Cap.
mL
10
20
50
100
200
250
500
1000
Max
mm
28
36
45
60
76
80
102
125
Height
93
110
145
180
206
215
260
320
Required
stopcock nr.
0
0
1
1
2
2
4
6
Reference
713 569 73
713 386 73
713 039 73
713 040 73
713 570 73
713 041 73
713 387 73
713 214 73
Drechsel gas washing

bottle
Assembly by standard conical ground glass
joint 29/32.
Straight dipping stem.
Volumetric flasks,
with polypropylene
stopper
Class B precision. Polypropylene screw cap.

Good transparency.
Cap.
mL
25
50
100
250
500
1 000
Max.
mm
40
50
60
80
100
125
Height
Reference
115
150
180
235
270
310
723 248 73
723 249 73
723 250 73
723 251 73
723 252 73
723 253 73
Pycnometer
Made of borosilicate glass 3.3.
Wide-mouth : 16 mm.
For the introduction of little solid objects.
Capacity : 50 mL.
Ground glass stopper.
Capacity : 250 mL.

Flask : 50 mm.
Ref.
713 003 73
Dropping bottle,
polyethylene
- Very good chemical
resistance at room
temperature (except
highly oxidising agents).
- The pouring spout can be
cut at the required
diameter.
Pack of 6.
Cap. Outer x H
Qty
Reference
mL
mm
per pack
723 035 73
60
39 x 128
6
Ref.
713 359 73
Ref.
Dropping bottle, with

mushroom stopper
- Ordinary glass.
- Ground glass stopper.
243 011 73
Pipettes
Dropping pipette, glass

with a 25 mm screw
ring for 60 mL flasks.
Pack of 6.
A small rotation of the

stopcock ensures the flasks
complete sealing.
Cap.
Inner
mm
H. mm Reference
mL
neck
50
45
14
100 713 457 73
Chemistry
Ref.
713 294 73
F l a s k s a n d p i p e t t e s G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S
Round flask, narrow

neck, screw-tap,
amber glass
Round flask, narrow

neck, screw-cap, clear
glass
Preservation of light sensitive products.

Supplied
with
polypropylene
cap
25 mm.
Supplied
25 mm.
Cap.
mL
30
60
125
250
500
1 000
Height Qty per

mm
mm
pack
35
67
10
37
93
10
46
113
10
59
143
10
75
176
1
95
205
1
Reference
713 527 73
713 528 73
713 529 73
713 530 73
713 299 73
713 300 73
Round flasks,
wide mouth
Bakelite cap
Clear glass,
screw cap
Cap.
mL
125
250
500
Ring
mm
45
45
45
x H. Qty per
Reference
mm
pack
713 254 73
50 x 100 6
70 x 110 1
713 072 73
80 x 155 1
713 393 73
Round flasks, straight

neck
Ordinary glass
Wide mouth, without
stopcock
Cap.
mL
30
60
125
250
500
1 000
with
polypropylene
Graduated pipettes
Made of glass
0.1 mL graduations, indelible
engraving
Complete dropping
Color code
Safety bulb
cap
Height Qty
Reference
mm
mm per pack
35
67
10 713 523 73
37
93
10 713 526 73
46
113
10 713 524 73
59
143
10 713 525 73
75
176
1
713 391 73
95
205
1
713 392 73
Cap.
mL
1
2
5
10
25
ZERO AT THE TOP

Color
Reference
code
713 279 73
red
green
713 280 73
blue
713 281 73
orange
713 282 73
white
713 283 73
Round bottle very wide

mouth
Clear glass, screwneck, inner 86.5 mm
Red autoclavable PP
cap with self joint
Cap.
mL
1000
2000
Bottle
Bottle height w/o
outer stopcock
104
115
157
230
CLASS B
Cap. L.
mL mm
1
360
2
360
5
360
Reference
713 068 73
713 473 73
Tablet bottles
Made of clear glass, with collar
Cylindrical, made of clear glass.
Polyethylene cap.
Cap. Neck
Qty per
Height
Reference
ml
mm
pack
31
30
62.2
10 713 470 73
67
30
76
10 713 471 73
96.5
40
75.7
10 713 472 73
Chemistry
10
360
25
450
ZERO AT THE BOTTOM

Color
Qty Reference
code
713 397 73
red
1
green
1
713 398 73
blue
1
713 216 73
10 713 531 73
orange
1
713 052 73
10 713 532 73
white
1
713 053 73
Graduated pipettes
Mouth Required
Cap. flask H. inner stopcock Reference
mL
mm
no
250 61 135 33
10 713 069 73
500 78 173 43
13 713 013 73
1 000 95 220 58
16 713 014 73
CLASS A
L.
mm
360
360
360
360
450
Made of polystyrene
Printed graduations
Total discharge of product
Supplied in pack of 25
Cap.
mL
1
2
5
10
L.
Color
Graduat. Reference
mm
code
270 yellow 1/100 723 244 73
270 green
1/100 723 245 73
320
blue
1/10 723 246 73
320 orange
1/10 723 247 73
139
140
G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S P i p e t t e s
Volumetric pipette (1 mark)
Dropping pipettes,
polyethylene
Indelible engraving. Color code. Safety bulb.
- Unbreakable and corrosion resistant.

- Watertight bellow suction. One piece
polyethylene moulding.
Capacity : 4 mL. Length : 190 mm.
Pack of 10.
Ref.
CLASS A PRECISION
Cap.
mL
1
2
5
10
723 082 73
CLASS B PRECISION
L. mm
Color code
Reference
325
350
410
450
blue
orange
white
red
713 289 73
713 290 73
713 291 73
713 292 73
20
520
yellow
713 572 73
25
520
blue
713 293 73
Cap.
L. mm Color code Qty
mL.
1
325
blue
1
2
350
orange
1
5
410
white
1
10
450
red
1
10
20
520
yellow
1
10
25
520
blue
1
Reference
713 399 73
713 400 73
713 046 73
713 047 73
713 535 73
713 215 73
713 542 73
713 574 73
Pasteur pipettes
Glass.
Sterile, with cotton wool plug.
Length : 230 mm.
Contains 250 units.
Ref.
713 264 73
Pasteur pipettes,
polyethylene
Volumetric pipettes (2 marks)

Indelible engraving. Color code. Safety bulb.
Graduated, single use.

Cap.
mL
1
3
CLASS A PRECISION
Cap.
mL
1
2
5
10
20
25
CLASS B PRECISION
L. mm
Color code
Reference
325
350
410
450
blue
orange
white
red
713 284 73
713 285 73
713 286 73
713 287 73
520
520
yellow
blue
713 576 73
713 288 73
Pipettes dish
Cap.
L. mm Color code Qty
mL
1
325
blue
1
2
350
orange
1
5
410
white
1
10
450
red
1
10
20
520
yellow
1
25
520
blue
1
701 284 73
Reference
713 048 73
713 401 73
713 402 73
713 049 73
713 536 73
713 562 73
713 563 73
Round pipettes stand

Very steady model made
of fast materials.
For 44 pipettes : 12 holes
16 mm, 32 holes
11 mm. Mobile base
and discs made of
polypropylene, rod made
of PVC 12 mm,
H 400 mm.
Base : 230 mm.
Especially designed for 7 pipettes,

diameter inferior to 20 mm (length
direction) or 16 pipettes diameter inferior
to 10 mm (width direction). This dish can
also be used as a storage tray for your
small glassware as well as drainer for your
test-tubes.
Size (L x l x h) : 280 x 215 x 40 mm.
Ref.
Grad. Total
Reference Qty per
mL length mm
pack
723 202 73 100
0.25
152
723 203 73
50
0.5
152
Ref
701 168 73
Bulb pipette
For reagent bottle.
Bulb : 20 mm.
Length : 170 mm.
Ref.
Pipettes storage box
Polypropylene sliding box to store

graduated and volumetric pipettes (all
sizes).
Notched closure system to adjust the boxs
size to the pipettes it contains.
Can contain up to eight 25 mL volumetric
pipettes and more than fifteen graduated
pipettes depending on their capacities.
Max. length : 690 mm ; : 65 mm.
Ref.
Chemistry
713 054 73
723 286 73
Wa s h b o t t l e s - D i s h e s G L A S S WA R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S
Round wash bottles
- Body made of soft polyethylene (LDPE).

- Polypropylene cap.
4 capacities available, supplied in pack
(except 1 000 mL).
Capacity
Wash bottle
250 mL wash bottle made of soft
polyethylene, with colored tip.
Ref.
Quantity
723 002 73
Reference
mL
per pack
125
723 208 73
250
723 209 73
500
723 210 73
1000
723 211 73
Wash bottle
250 mL pissette for usual organic
solvents. The tips color is different from the ref. 723 002 73
wash bottle.
Ref.
723 003 73
Combustion troughs
Roasting trough
Porcelain saucer
High resistance to thermal

shocks and to aggressive
chemicals

shocks and to any chemical and
physical actions
Varnished porcelain.
- Capacelite.
- Can be used up to 1 200 C.
- Made of porcelain.
- Can be used up to 1 100 C.
Capacity : roughly 3 mL.

Pack of 6.
Inner : 25 mm
Height : 28 mm
Capacity : roughly 60 mL.

Inner : 60 mm
Height : 36 mm
Ref.
723 021 73
Ref.
max. : 115 mm
Ref.
723 009 73
Enamelled porcelain
capsule
723 018 73
Flat bottom. Spout.

Pack of 6.
Beehive shelf
Fireclay crucibles

shocks as well as to aggressive
chemicals
Capacity : 100 mL
Outer : 85 mm
Height : 35 mm
Ref.
723 001 73
Fireclay.
For abduction tubes up to 8 mm.
Small : 30 mm
Big : 42 mm
Height : 24 mm
Hole : 9 mm
Ref.
723 226 73
Beehive shelf
Diameter 53 mm.
Ref.
Capacity Outer
Height
Reference
mL
mm
mm
35
45
55
723 013 73
50
50
65
723 014 73
Crucibles for
aluminothermy
Made of enamelled porcelain. With
pouring spout. Supplied with pestle.
723 004 73
Pierced bottom. Hole 2.5 mm.
Made of earthenware. Spout.
Porous vessel
For gas diffusion experiments.
Porcelain mortars
with pestle
Capacity : 100 mL
Outer : 61 mm
Inner : 52 mm
Height : 113 mm
: 60 mm
H. : 140 mm
Capacity Outer Height

mL
mm
mm
100
100
45
300
130
62
500
165
70
Spare pestle
100
723 016 73
723 129 73
723 130 73
723 131 73
Spare parts
L. mm
Ref.
Reference
Ref.
Chemistry
723 017 73
150
Reference
723 007 73
723 008 73
141
142
G L A S S W A R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S Tu b e s
Test tubes made of

Pyrex or Duran
Glass
Test tubes,
ordinary glass
Test tube with rim
With a low resistance to thermal

shock, these low cost tubes are
adapted to cold experiments
Borosilicate glass test tube

with high resistance to
mechanical
and
thermal
shocks.
Ref.
713 058 73
Ref.
Thickness : 0.7 mm.

Highly resistant to mechanical and thermal
shocks and to high temperatures.
Thickness : 1.2 mm. Straight rims.
Outer Cap. Qty Stopcock
x length
per
No
Reference
mL pack required
mm
-
713 247 73
100
1F
713 248 73
10
1F
181 010 73
14
100
1F
713 244 73
16 x 160
18
100
713 245 73
16 x 160
18
10
181 011 73
17 x 98
14
10
713 263 73
18 x 180
30
100
713 246 73
20 x 200
48
100
713 588 73
24 x 200
63
50
713 155 73
10 x 100
100
12 x 100
12 x 100
14 x 130
Tube, with side arm

For washing-bottle-type
assembly, distillation...
Outer
Test tube with

straight walls
Cap. Qty Stopcock
x length
mL per
mm
713 031 73
No
Reference
pack required
16 x 160
18
50
713 059 73
20 x 180
24
25
713 230 73
20 x 200
48
25
713 587 73
Test tube with screw

cap
Borosilicate glass test tube with

high resistance to mechanical and
thermal shocks.
Ref.
713 056 73
Single U-tubes
Polypropylene tubes with rapid

screwing cap.
Watertight
Sterilizable by autoclave
Suitable for
centrifugation.
: 16 mm
Length : 103 mm
Capacity : 15 mL
Qty per pack : 10
Ref.
723 185 73
Fine-tipped tube
Outer Interaxial Height

space between
mm both tubes
mm
Reference
14
60
140
713 160 73
16
66
160
713 161 73
20
66
200
713 162 73
U-tubes with bottom

arm and stopcock
: 7 to 8 mm
Length : 180 to 200 mm
Quantity : 10

Side arm.
Ref.
713 504 73
U-tube
Outer
Qty Stopcock
Outer
x length
per
No
Reference
mm
arm pack required
16 x 160
713 323 73
18 x 180
713 324 73

- Central tube at the bottom,
- 20 mm,
- Total height : 16 cm,
- Spacing : 7 cm.
Ref.
Total height : about 300 mm.

Stopcock : glass.
Tube : 20 mm.
Arm : 8 mm.
713 073 73
Ref.
Chemistry
283 092 73
Tu b e s - E x p e r i m e n t g l a s s e s G L A S S W A R E A N D O T H E R V E S S E L S
Hollow tubes
Solid tubes
Ordinary glass
Pack of 5
Inner
mm
4
5
6
Outer
mm
5/6
6/7
7/8
L. mm
Reference
750
750
750
713 219 73
713 220 73
713 221 73
Non-graduated
experiment glasses
Ordinary glass
Spout
Conical form
: 6 mm
L. : 750 mm
Ref.
713 005 73
Stirring rods
Ordinary glass
Ordinary glass
Inner
mm
4
5
6
Outer
mm
5/6
6/7
7/8
L. mm
Reference
750
750
750
713 089 73
713 222 73
713 223 73
mm
3
8
5
L mm
100
300
200
Qty/pack
2
6
12
Cap.
mL
125
250
Reference
713 597 73
713 001 73
713 002 73
Abduction tubes
8/5 mm
To collect gas emissions

Borosilicate glass

Borosilicate glass
Height
mm
140
170
Reference
713 063 73
713 064 73
Graduated
experiment glasses
Abduction tubes
8/5 mm
Mouth
mm
80
105
Ordinary glass
With spout
Conical form
Engraved graduations
Cap.
mL
125
250
Mouth
mm
90
100
Height
mm
120
145
Reference
713 226 73
713 227 73
Graduated
experiment glasses
2 bends. Hook-shaped extremity.

200 x 200 x 100 mm.
Ref.
713 590 73
1 bend. 100 x 100 mm.
Ref.
Made of polypropylene
Moulded graduations
Conical form with pouring
spout
713 591 73
Abduction tubes
8/5 mm
Abduction tubes
7 mm

Borosilicate glass
Cap.
mL
100
250
Mouth
mm
60
90
Height
Reference
mm
120 723 067 73
160 723 068 73
Micro-tubes,
Eppendorf
type
2 bends. 200 x 200 x 100 mm.
Ref.
713 592 73
2 bends. Hook-shaped extremity.

Right-angled tube, arms 175 and 75 mm.
1 transparent soft PVC connection.
L 450 mm - 1 tube with hook shaped
extremity. L. 60 mm.
Ref.
Chemistry
713 150 73
(Pack of 100)
- 2 ml autoclavable polypropylene tubes,
with snap cap.
- Integrated snap for a safer closure.
Ref.
723 184 73
143
144
GLASSWARE AND OTHER VESSELS Watch glasses, miscellaneous items
Staining plate (x 6)
Each plate is made of
unbreakable white
polypropylene and
contains 12 cells of
1 mL to study the
staining
evolution
depending on the pH.
Easy cleaning. Pack of 6.
Ref.
703 188 73
Petri dishes
Barrels with tap
Aluminium foil
Graduated, with tap

Ideal for constituing
a distilled or
demineralized
water reserve
(chemical
inertness of
polyethylene)
Excellent
watertightness
Graduations
in liters
Multi-purpose foil :
- Corking and wrapping of media and
materials to be sterilized
- Weighing of chemicals
- Protection of light-sensitive solutions
- Experiments thermal insulation
Specifications
Barrels made of polyethylene,

hexagonal form, with tap, screw cap and
carrying handle. Not suitable for the
storage of aggressive chemical agents
(acids, alkalines , solvents...).
Ordinary glass. Useful to preserve the
precipitates collected on filter. Sold per
unit.
Outer
Box
Tot. height
mm
inner
mm
60
51
12
80
65
14.6
100
85
16
Reference
543 023 73
543 008 73
543 009 73
Cap.
liters
5
10
Neck
49
xH
Reference
106 x 326
49
201 x 374
723 132 73
723 040 73
Length : 30 m.
Width : 30 cm.
Ref.
187 865 73
Parafilm M
To hermitically
seal any container :
flask, test tube, etc ...
Cylindrical dishes
Sterile Petri dishes
Crystal polystyrene. Products distribution

during tutorials. Weighings.
Pack of 24.
Crystal polystyrene.
mm
55
95
Height mm
14.2
14.2
Specifications
Qty/pack
15
25
Reference
543 024 73
543 028 73
: 40 mm.
Height : 17.4 mm.
Ref.
703 075 73
Watch glasses
Non-cutting, grinded rims.
Made of ordinary glass.
Pack of 10.
Glass
mm
Ordinary 60
Ordinary 80
Qty/pack
10
10
Reference
713 066 73
713 067 73
Watch glasses, polypropylene

Made of polypropylene.
Form of base ensuring a good stability.
Self-sealing stretch film. Easily fits the

dimensions and form of the container to
be sealed or the material to be protected.
Transluscent plastic material, water- and
moisture-proof, permeable to gas.
Good chemical resistance to common
alcohols, acids and alkalis.
2 sizes, in dispenser box :
5 cm (width) x 75 m (length) :
mm
60
80
Qty/pack
10
10
Reference
723 254 73
723 255 73
Ref.
10 cm (width) x 38 m (length) :
Ref.
Chemistry
703 344 73
703 345 73
Stoppers SMALL EQUIPMENT
Rubber stoppers
Cone form
No
0
Pack of 111 small

stoppers
Contents
Dimensions in mm
Small base Big base Height
Qty
a
b
c
Hole per pack
9
12
19
4
20
1F
10
14
19
4.5
15
12
15
17
4.5
15
16
18
20
4.5
15
16
19
22
4.5
15
18
21
23
4.5
15
19
23
27
10
22
26
29
10
24
29
32
10
Solid
stopper
1 hole
stopper
2 holes
stopper
703 504 73
703 502 73
703 500 73
703 498 73
703 495 73
703 492 73
703 489 73
703 486 73
703 483 73
703 505 73
703 503 73
703 501 73
703 499 73
703 496 73
703 493 73
703 490 73
703 487 73
703 484 73
703 494 73
703 491 73
703 488 73
703 485 73
Bung form
c
a
No
8
No 1 : 15 solid stoppers + 15 with one hole.

No 4 : 10 solid stoppers + 15 with one hole
+ 8 with two holes
Ref.
Pack of 54 medium
stoppers
Contents
No 5 : 10 with one hole.
No 6 : 8 with one hole.
No 9 : 6 solid stoppers + 6 with one hole +
6 with two holes.
No 10 : 6 solid stoppers + 6 with one hole
+ 6 with two holes.
Ref.
Dimensions in mm
Small base Big base Height
Qty
Hole
a
b
c
per pack
26
32
33
6.5
10
30
34
34
6.5
10
32
37
40
6.5
11
34
40
43
6.5
12
36
43
45
6.5
13
41
49
47
6.5
14
46
55
49
16
54
63
61
10
Solid
stopper
1 hole
stopper
2 holes
stopper
703 480 73
703 477 73
703 474 73
703 471 73
703 468 73
703 057 73
703 061 73
703 441 73
703 481 73
703 478 73
703 475 73
703 472 73
703 469 73
703 058 73
703 062 73
-
703 482 73
703 479 73
703 476 73
703 473 73
703 470 73
703 059 73
703 063 73
-
703 231 73
703 232 73
Cork borer,
12 tubes, from 4 to
19 mm
Surfine flat cork

stoppers
Small base
mm
Big base
mm
Height
65
70
75
80
Qty per pack
Reference
16
12
17
12
703 073 73
703 074 73
Silicone stoppers with

hole
Made up of high-performance silicone, they
are specially adapted to a use in glassware
assembly (distillation, gas generators...).
They offer the following advantages in

comparison with the classic blue-grey
stoppers :
- Not glass-adhesive even after heating.
- Excellent heat-resistance.
- Resistance to aggressive chemicals.
- Increased life-expectancy.
To pierce cork stoppers :

- made of metal with handle,
- enables you to pierce holes of : 4, 6, 8,
10, 11, 12.5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19 mm.
Total length : 100 mm.
Ref.
703 384 73
Stopper assortment
pack
No
Small base (a)

mm
Big base (b)

mm
Height
mm
Qty per pack
Reference
723 274 73
723 275 73
723 276 73
723 277 73
723 278 73
723 279 73
723 280 73
723 281 73
12.5
16.5
20
20
17
22
25
15
18
24
30
10
21
27
30
10
23
29
30
10
26
32
30
10
29
35
30
10
31
38
35
Chemistry
Long, short and flat forms.

Superfine quality.
Big base : 10 to 40 mm.
Qty per pack : 50.
Ref.
703 071 73
145
146
SMALL EQUIPMENT Chromatography
Paper
chromatography kit
Glass column with glass

stopcock
Consumable parts
Chromatography silica gel
Porosity : 60.
Particle size : 0.2 to 0.5 mm.
250g.
Ref. 107 370 73
Glass wool
Glass-wool with short fibers.

1 kg.
Made of 3.3 borosilicate glass.

Dimensions : Total length : 390 mm. Column
length : 300 mm. Column diameter : 20 mm.
Ref. 107 031 73
Simple
Anionic resin
Exchangers equipped with an indicator
enabling you to optically control the
saturation state.
Highly basic anionic exchanger.
Regenerated resin : dark green.
Ref.
713 405 73
With sintered glass plate, porosity 3.

Ref.
713 406 73
Spent resin : sunset yellow
Rodaviss
column
Rodaviss safety glassware made of DURAN
quality
borosilicate
glass, with standardized
19/26 joints.
The external Rodaviss
screw-system ensures a
perfect fixation of the
set
without
clips,
without greasing and
an easy disassembly.
Solvent
tank
Specifications :
Die : polystyren. Active groups : quaternary
ammonium.
Water content : 35 - 40 % (weight).

Total capacity : about 1.4 mol/L (expressed in
monovalent ions).
Stability to temperature : + 1 to + 70 C - at
pH : 1 - 14.
Useful capacity (expressed in monovalent
ions) : 0.85 mol/L in single-layer filters 0.4 mol/L in filters with mixed beds.
Regeneration : 2 L NaOH 1N solution /resin L.

Rinse : 5 L per L of resin in single-layer filters
- 10 L per L in filters with mixed beds.
713 420 73
Pack of 36 Whatman paper No 1 strips

24 x 285 mm.
Ref. 703 077 73
> See opposite
Pack of 25 sheets (58 x 60 cm).

100 % cotton paper, for chromatography.
Water content : 42 - 45 % in weight.
Die : polystyrene.
Ref.
593 001 73
In 100 x 50 mm roll. 100 % cotton.
Active groups : sulfonic acid.

Total capacity : about 2.2 mol/L (expressed in
monovalent ions).
Stability to temperature : -10 to + 40 C at
pH : 1 - 14.
Required exploitation conditions :
Useful capacity (expressed in monovalent
ions) : up to 1.2 mol/L.
Ref. 713 322 73
Consumable
Cationic resin
Column with sintered

glass
and
Teflon
stopcock, polypropylen
tip. Column : 24 mm,
length : 250 mm.
Teflon stopcock
With polypropylene tip.
Can be adapted on any outer
8 mm tubing.
591 029 73
Chromatography paper
Column
body
Maintenance
Ref.
Ref. 106 132 73
Specifcations :
713 419 73
6 jars + stoppers sets.

A pack of 36 Whatman paper No 1 strips (24
x 285 mm).
500 mL.
Regenerated resin : yellow. Saturated resin : red.
Ref.
Contents :
Required exploitation conditions :
100 mL capacity.
Ref.
This chromatography kit enables you to

carry out your paper chromatographies.
The devices height is adapted to the
pigment
separation
(food
colors,
chlorophyll pigments...).
Stable jar without graduation for a good
readability, stopper equipped with a
hook to ensure the fixation of the
chromatography paper band. It guarantees
a perfect thightness to enable the solvents
vapour saturation and avoid the dispersion
of them in the classroom.
Regeneration : 1.7 L HCl 2N acid per resin L.

Rinse : 4 to 6 water L per L of regenerated
resin.
Ref.
593 002 73
Whatman No 1 paper
Entire sheets. Dimensions : 250 x 285 mm.
Pack of 25 sheets.
Ref.
703 076 73
Strips. Dimensions 24 x 285 mm.

Pack of 36. To be used with the
chromatography kit ref. 591 029 73.
500 mL.
Ref.
Ref. 107 361 73
Chemistry
703 077 73
Chromatography SMALL EQUIPMENT
Thin Layer
Chromatography
plates
Polyester
Adsorbent
This type of plate is
recommended for eluents
Silica (0.25 mm)
with high-water content.
The polyester resists to Silica (0.25 mm)
temperature up to 160 C
and to all solvents.
Cellulose (0.1 mm)
Aluminium
Adsorbent
The aluminium plates can
be used at higher temperatures than the polyester Silica (0.25 mm)
sheets. Difficulties can Silica (0.25 mm)
appear with the use of
eluents with high proportion of inorganic acids or
ammonia, solubilizing aluminium.
UV lamp (254 - 365 nm) under casing
Bench-top metallic holder. 2 x 6 W lamps :

254 nm UV lamp (light green), 365 nm UV
lamp (opaque glass).
Mains power supply : 220 V.
Safety : the use of UV sources represents a
danger for any long-lasting exposure.
Wear protective glasses and gloves when you
use it.
Complete UV lamp with 2 tubes (254 and
365 nm - 6 W).
Hot air blower
Non-contractual photo.
Useful to rapidly dry glassware,

filters, chromatography plates...
1 000 W dryer.
2 heating behaviors.
Ref.
701 306 73
Ref.
701 254 73
Maintenance
254 nm UV
tube, 6 W
Ref. 703 394 73

365 nm UV
tube, 6 W
Ref. 703 395 73
Spraying flask for

chromatography
Spraying flask equipped
with a pump allowing
the pressure to be built
up in the flask. A simple
pressure on the
spraying nozzle causes
thin and regular
spraying. Parts in
contact with the
content are made of
polyethylene and
polypropylene
Size : h. 180 mm,
45 mm.
Capacity 190 mL
(roughly).
Ref.
Chemistry
723 227 73
Fluorescent Dimensions Qty per

indicator
(mm)
box
Reference
254 nm
80 x 40
50
591 014 73
254 nm
200 x 200
25
591 018 73
No
80 x 40
50
591 015 73
Fluorescent Dimensions Qty per

indicator
(mm)
box
Reference
254 nm
80 x 40
50
591 017 73
254 nm
200 x 200
25
591 019 73
TLC jar
Cylindrical jar to receive the developing

solvent and a tlc slide ; a lid maintains the
atmosphere saturated in solvent vapours.
Inner dimensions : Inner : 54 mm, Inner
height : 90 mm, Outer : about 75 mm,
Outer height : about 106 mm.
Ref.
713 427 73
Elkay liquipettes
Ideal
to
carry
out
careful
and
precise deposits of your extracts on
chromatography strips.
Convenient for the handling of small
volumes in a safety way (no risk of broken
glass, infection). The size of drops is
reproductible and the micro-tip enables
precise deposits.
Made of polyethylene, with spatula.
Length : 130 mm, volume : 0.5 mL, 40 drops
per mL, volume of 1 drop : 25 L.
Ref.
723 042 73
147
148
SMALL EQUIPMENT Filtration - filters
Vacuum filtration kit

Complete set enabling you to
carry out vacuum filtrations.
Contents :
a polypropylene filter pump,
two watertight cones,
a borosilicate-glass 3.3 vacuum vial
(250 mL)
A Bchner funnel ( 70 mm, Vol. 180 mL)
made of polypropylene,
A vacuum tubing (Inner : 8 mm,
outer : 20 mm, length. : 1 m).
Vials
Vacuum filtration.
Can receive Bchner
funnel or funnels with
filter plates (to be completed with
adaptation cones ref. 703 350 73).
Borosilicate glass 3.3. Conical form, thick
walls. Tubing with tubing connector (outer
8 mm).
Capacity
mL
Ref.
Bchner funnel
To speed
up the
filtration.
713 586 73
Ceramic Bchner
funnel
723 080 73
Recommended accessory
Polyethylene screened discs.
Pack of 10.
Ref. 723 081 73
Round filters for

qualitative analysis
Inner
col. mm
Height
mm
Ref.
713 142 73
713 389 73
250
90
22
145
500
106
35
187
Funnel with filter plate

For the quick preparation of fine precipitates and analysis
works on medium
precipitates.
High resistance to chemical attacks.
Easy cleaning.
High filtration efficiency.
- Made of borosilicate glass 3.3 (pores
average diameter : 16 to 40 m).
Cylindrical form.
Made of polypropylene, unbreakable,

High resistance to corrosion and heat,
Easy cleaning, easy disassembly
180 mL capacity.
Diaphragm : 70 mm. Holes : 1.5 mm.
Ref.
max.
mm
Bchner funnel made

ceramic.
- Diaphragm : 70 mm.
- Holes : about 1 mm.
Ref.
of
723 270 73
Flat filters,
75 g/m2
70
90
120
190
Ref.
Body
outer 48
40
80
170
713 467 73
Body
outer 71
65
125
180
713 468 73
Cones
Pack of 100
mm
Plate Capacity Height
mL
mm
enamelled
Slow
Ref.
Medium
Ref.
703 332 73
703 295 73
-
Rapid
Ref.
703 292 73 703 288 73

703 331 73 703 330 73
703 291 73 703 287 73
703 290 73
-
Medium folded filters,

75 g/m2
Adaptation for filtration.

Indispensable in vacuum filtration
assemblies with Bchner funnel
and vacuum vial.
Set of 7 rubber
cones, with
diverse
dimensions. Outer
diameters : Minima : 10 x 22 mm. Maxima :
10 x 22 mm. Thickness : 3 to 5 mm.
Ref.
703 350 73
Pack of 100
mm
For funnels (mm)
Ref.
150
55 to 70
185
80 to 90
703 302 73
703 301 73
Standard medium folded filters,

70 g/m2
Pack of 100
mm
For funnels (mm)
Ref.
150
55 to 70
703 083 73
703 081 73
703 080 73
185
80 to 90
240
100 to 130
Chemistry
Flat sheet filters

Medium type for
medium filtration
Pure natural
filtration
Great purity
No additives
Format :
400 x 500 mm.
64 g/m2.
Ref.
703 082 73
Washing SMALL EQUIPMENT
Pipette and burette

washer
Pipette- or burette- washer made
of thick polyethylene, supplied
under the form of spare
parts constituing a
complete set.
Patented automatic system.

High quality and high speed.
This big size apparatus enables the cleaning
of any pipette normally used.
Washing by successive slow fillings and rapid
draining in automatic cycles.
Works even with a very reduced water flow.
The bottom, made up of elastic polyethylene
suppresses the risk of pipettes and burettes
breaking.
Resistant to standard chemicals except acids
and concentrated oxydants, chlorinated and
organic solvents.
Description
Ultra-sound cleaner
The ultrasound cleaning is a
rapid and safe process which is
used since a long time in the
medical and industrial field.
Jeulin offers you to benefit
from this technic for numerous
objects which are difficult to be
cleaned, such as dissection
tools, glassware, optics...
dim. mm
Reference
Pipette or burette
washer
990 x 170
Water trough
650 x 165
Pipette holder
650 x 130
703 270 73
703 271 73
703 272 73
Stainless steel tank.

Capacity : 0.6 L.
Dimensions :
Outer dim. : 223 x 114 x 123 mm.
Tank dim. : 167 x 90 x 52 mm.
Weight : 1 kg.
Frequency : 40 kHz.
Power supply : 220 V, 50 Hz.
2P+T plug.
Brushes
Fat flasks/
Cylinders
Test tubes/
Burettes
Fine
tubes
L mm
450
300
370
Head mm
50
25
10
Qty per pack
12
For
Reference 703 113 73 703 112 73 703 111 73
Wall or bench-top
draining rack
Supplied with plastic lid and holder. To be

used with a warm aqueous cleaning solution.
The cleaning liquid presented below is the
more adapted.
Ref.
701 340 73
Accessory
Cleaning liquid for ultra-sound cleaner
With its concentrated formula, this liquid
enables an optimal transmission of the
acoustical energy. It suppresses most of soils :
blood, proteins, finger prints, dust, particles,
oils and light grease. Biodegradable and free
from any phosphates. 1L, recommended dilution : 20 mL for 1L of water.
Rilsan coated steel wire. 62 places.

Excellent
resistance
to
corrosion.
Autoclavable.
9 double arms positionned on 2 x 120 mm
long lines, with a 80 mm spacing to receive
cumbersome glassware such as fat flasks,
beakers and 53 single rods, 75 mm long, for
tubes and small vessels.
Dimensions : L x h x d : 540 x 450 x 120 mm.
Ref.
701 152 73
R : 20/21/22
S : 2-24/25-36/37-46.
Ref. 105 019 73
Lens tissue
Wall draining rack
Standard wiping paper

Roll of 1 000 sheets (250 x 400 mm).
Cost effective.
Supplied without holder.
Ref.
703 424 73
Holder on stand
For cleaning and drying.
Pure chiffon, lint-free.
Pack of 50 sheets (350 x 500 mm).
Ref.
703 084 73
For standard wiping paper roll.

Dimensions mounted : H. 78 cm - w. 57 cm.
Ref.
Chemistry
701 267 73
Polyethylene-coated steel wire. 32 places.

Space-saver.
8 single rods positionned on 2 lines and 24
simple shorter rods positionned on 4 lines.
Dimensions : w x l : 410 x 300 mm.
Ref.
701 167 73
149
150
SMALL EQUIPMENT Washing-Pipetting
Detergent, 5 L
Pipette filler, simple
Pipette filler, universal
For manual washing

of glassware.
Highly concentrated product,
decontaminant.
Without
phosphates,
biodegradable at
90 %. Neutral pH.
Contains anionic
and non-anionic
surface active substances.
Model with piston, long-life

guarantee, for use with pipettes
up to 25 mL. Triple joint for a
perfect water-tightness
Model adaptable on any pipette

from 0.5 mL
Ref.
Biodegradable
detergent for
glasswares manual
cleaning. Suppresses
deposits, even
old ones, on
glassware.
Supplied in dispenser
box of 50 pouches.
A pouch enables you to obtain 1.5 to 2 L
of biodegradable detergent solution.
Ref.
703 100 73
The sampling and outflow

are carried out by simple
press on two independant
push buttons.
Specifications
Handle form, very light,
No maintenance.
703 313 73
Alconox
glassware
cleaning
Use
Ref.
703 250 73
Pipette filler, volumetric

Use
Sure, comfortable and easy-to-use, the
sampling is carried out with only one hand
thanks to a thumb wheel. The outflow is
made by means of an ergonomic handle on
the apparatus body.
Specifications
For pipettes from 0.5 up to 25 mL.
1 color per capacity
Capacity
Color code
Reference
Blue
703 247 73
703 248 73
703 249 73
0 to 2 mL
0 to 10 mL
Green
0 to 25 mL
Red
Antiseptic soap
Teat, simple model
This alcohol-based soap has

to be used in addition to a
hygienic hand-washing.
Rapid antiseptic
activity : bactericide,
virucide, fungicide.
250 mL, ready-to-use.
4 teats of different capacities to

collect the required volume
Model recommended for

repeated sampling up
to 10 mL
Use
The quantity to be sampled is obtained by
positionning the ring in front of the marks
from 1 to 10 mL located on the apparatus
body.
Specifications
For use with pipettes from 1 to 10 mL.
Reproductible sampling.
Ref.
703 203 73
Use
By compressing the teat between the thumb
and the forefinger : you collect a constant
volume, plus about 10 %.
It is then easy to adjust the meniscus up to the
pipettes mark.
Specifications
Excellent chemical inertia,
Light,
1 color per capacity.
Ref.
102 149 73
Disinfectant towellettes
For the cleaning of surfaces
and small material,
alcohol-based.
Rapid antiseptic
activity, bactericide,
virucide and fungicide.
100 ready-to-use
towelettes.
Ref.
102 148 73
Capacity
Color
Qty
Reference
1 mL
Green
10
703 346 73
2 mL
Grey
10
703 347 73
5 mL
Yellow
10
703 348 73
10 mL
Blue
10
703 349 73
Pipette filler,
Bulb type
Use
A system of waterproof ball valve enables
precise pipetting with only one hand.
Propipettetype model,
for use
with
pipettes
from
5 to 25 mL
Specifications
Excellent chemical and thermal resistance,
Glass ball valves.
Ref.
Chemistry
703 172 73
Micropipette - Dispenser SMALL EQUIPMENT
Micropipettes
- Direct digital display for an immediate

control of the selected volume.
- The system avoid any contact with the
liquid.
- Tip-eject system with separated side control
avoiding any accidental spraying.
- ABS-resin body resisting to shocks and
chemical attacks.
- Color code for an immediate identification.
- Ergonomy and lightness.
- Adjustable capacity.
- Rapid adjustment of volume even with
gloves, by digital mechanism.
Supplied with a calibration certificate,

each pipette being controlled separately (ISO
9001).
Wooden clamp,
for fat flasks
Length mm
Volume in L
5 to 40
40 to 200
100 to 1000
Increment
0.5 L
1.0 L
5 L
2,5 - 0.5
1.1 - 0.4
0.5 - 0.35
2.2 - 0.5
0.8 - 0.4
0.2 - 0.12
703 397 73
703 398 73
703 399 73
Accuracy %
Repeatability CV %
Reference
Opening
capacity
Reference
50
703 202 73
240
Wooden clamp,
for test tubes
Tips for micropipettes

Polyprolyne tips, non-sterile,
autoclavable.
In bulk. 2 to 200 L.
Quantity : 1 000.
Ref.
723 136 73
Bottle top dispenser,

with variable
volume
Length
mm
Polyprolyne tips, non-sterile,

autoclavable.
In bulk. 200 to 1000 L.
Quantity : 1 000.
Ref.
190
20
240
30
Wooden clamp,
for test tube
Robustness
Apparatuses manufactured from high-quality
materials (PTFE piston, FEP output tube...) for
a high resistance to aggressive products.
It is possible to work with all products used in
the teaching laboratories.
Max.
Length (mm) Opening (mm)
250
Apparatuses to be directly screwed on flask

with GL 45 mm thread.
Set of polypropylene adapters for flasks of
different diameters (GL 28, 32 and 38 mm).
Apparatuses calibrated in factory.
Flasks (500 and 1 000 mL) sold separately.
Supplied with instruction and maintenance
booklet.
This apparatuses enable you to dispense

liquids by limiting any contact between the
user and the product and any dispersion in
the
working
environment
(vapours,
sprayings...). The unit is directly screwed on
the flask containing the reactive agent to
suppress risks of accidental spilling.
Ergonomy
Volume
range in mL
0.5 - 5.0
Graduation (mL)
0.1
< 0.6
Precision (%)
< 0.1
Reference
The apparatus dispenses the exact volume of

required product.
703 105 73
Crucible tong (Pack of 3)
Amber glass flasks.

Supplied with
polypropylene cap.
Thread
Reference
500 mL
GL 32
1 000 mL
GL 45
713 626 73
713 627 73
Chemistry
Ref.
703 535 73
Accessories
Capacity mL
Sodium straight
clamp
Stainless steel. Length : 300 mm.

To take chemicals.
at 121 C / 2 bars max.
703 534 73
703 157 73
0.2
Accuracy (%)
Autoclavable
30
Reference
1.0 - 10.0
The ergonomy is especially studied for a

great simplicity of putting into service and
use and to ease the maintenance. The
handlings requiring repetitive pipetting of
products are highly simplified.
Savings
703 107 73
703 106 73
723 260 73
Specifications
Safety
Opening Qty per

Reference
capacity
pack
Nickel-plated steel. Curved terminal ends.

Length : 200 mm.
Ref.
703 104 73
151
152
SMALL EQUIPMENT Sampling and holders
Stainless steel
stirring rods
Stainless steel
spatula with spoon
Polypropylene simple
spatulas
Flexible, Unbreakable,
Autoclavable
L in mm : 125.
Ref.
703 101 73
Stainless steel double

spatula
High thermal and chemical resistance.
L in mm mm Qty per pack Reference
200
L in mm : 150.
Ref.
703 069 73
Polypropylene
scoops
L in mm
703 283 73
150
Combustion
spoon
Reference
25
703 138 73
703 139 73
703 141 73
50
100
Wooden holder,
for 6 tubes 14 mm
703 279 73
Capacity : 60 mL.
Piston with double sealing joint.
Graduations protected by an adhesive film.
Supplied with 1m of transparent PVC
tubing ( 4 x 6 mm).
Cupel : 30 mm. Steel.

Length : 300 mm.
Ref.
Reference
Graduated syringe
Ideal for the chemicals levelling off and

weighing or for the handling of crushed
ice. Clog-form, flat base. Highly resistant.
Volume mL
Qty per pack
703 114 73
Ref.
Wooden rack for

reagent bottles
723 051 73
Wooden holder, for 6

or 12 tubes 20 mm
Dim. mm (l x w x h) : 185 x 48 x 70
Ref.
701 134 73
Wooden stand
for 2 funnels
The rack contains up to 6 bottles. A gutter

in the length direction (355 x 25 x 10 mm)
enables you to store pipettes or any other
accessory.
Dimensions (L x w x H) in mm : 355 x 87 x 66.
Holes : 42 mm.
Ref.
701 135 73
Rack for 2 funnels : Base : 21.5 x 11.5 cm.

Wooden rod : about 40 cm high. Sliding
funnel holder with locking screw.
Ref.
701 024 73
Polypropylene
draining rack
For test tubes and
small glassware.
Polypropylene.
Autoclavable.
Dimensions (L x w x H)
in mm : 162 x 162 x 155.
Ref.
723 228 73
Description
Dim. mm
L x d xh
Reference
12 tubes holder 230 x 80 x 110

dual
701 133 73
6 tubes holder 230 x 50 x 110

simple
701 132 73
Polypropylene rack
Polypropylene rack
For 60 tubes
16 or
40 tubes
20 mm
For 25 tubes,
10 to 12.5 mm
Stackable. Autoclavable
High-density polypropylene
Alphanumerical marking
Dimensions (L x w x H) in mm :
246.5 x 104 x 70. Supplied flat.
Tubes
No of tubes
Reference
16 mm
60
20 mm
40
701 153 73
701 157 73
Chemistry
Capacity : 25 tubes.
Enables a quick
control of contents.
Ideal for the
refridgerated
storage of samples and the storage of
clean upside-down-turned tubes
Autoclavable.
Dimensions (L x w x H) in mm : 80 x 80 x 50
Ref.
723 058 73
Stand SMALL EQUIPMENT
Stand, white base

with rod
Stand, A-shaped
base with rod
8 mm nickel-plated rod,
600 mm long with nut and washer.
Base 170 x 110 mm (w x L),
corrosion-resistant epoxy paint.
16 mm nickel-plated steel, 700 mm

long, which can be fixed on the A
point or on the bases transversal bar.
Cast iron base (side : 250 mm).
Mass : 3.5 kg.
Ref.
701 065 73
Ref.
701 031 73
Stand with
4 accessories
Stand with
8 accessories
Stand
Stand
8 x 600 mm rod with

nut and washer - Base
170 x 110 mm (L x w),
corrosion-resistant epoxy
paint.
12 mm x 700 mm
nickel-plated rod.
Fixation on base by nut.
Cast-iron base.
Mass : 2.8 kg,
side : 270 mm.
Accessories
1 plastic-coated clamp
with 3 fingers
Clamping capacity :
0 to 30 mm,
Rod : 8 mm.
1 steel ring, 70 mm.
2 bossheads with 2
perpendicular passages.
Ref.
701 073 73
Accessories
1 plastic-coated clamp with 3 fingers.
Clamping capacity : 0 to 30 mm,
1 plastic-coated clamp with 2 V-shaped jaws.
1 plastic-coated clamp with 3 fingers, with
high clamping capacity
2 steel rings, 70 and 105 mm.
3 bossheads with two perpendicular passages.
Ref.
701 034 73
Stand, with base

and rod
12 mm nickel-plated rod. 700 mm
long. Triangular cast-iron base (side :
270 mm), highly resistant epoxy
paint. Rods fixation on the base by
wing nut.
Mass : 2.8 kg.
Ref.
701 030 73
Stand with
cast-iron base
Stand with rod on cast iron rectangular base.
Stainless steel rod. Height : 75 cm.
Base : 25 x 15 cm.
Ref.
701 026 73
Universal stand
with accessories
Rectangular stable base, about 20 x 12 cm.
Stainless steel rod : 12 mm and 70 cm long.
Supplied with :
Three bossheads. Three stainless steel rings.
Ref.
701 022 73
Clamp with 2 V-shaped

jaws, small model
Clamping capacity : 7 to 25 mm.
Stainless steel rack,

for 12 tubes 20 mm
Steel rack for 48 test

tubes ( 20 - 18 - 16 mm)
Ref.
703 512 73
Big model
Ref.
Capacity 12 tubes. Made of 18/8 stainless steel.
12-holes-rack, 3 stages. Autoclavable.
Ref.
701 107 73
Multi-directional
bosshead
Rilsan-coated steel. Excellent chemical and

thermal resistance. Disposal 4 x 12.
Autoclavable. Dim. of one rack (L x w x H)
in mm : 21 x 21 x 100. Size in mm : 100 x 296
Ref.
701 151 73
Perpendicular
bosshead
Clamping capacity :
12 mm. Length : 80 mm.
Multi-directional
bosshead
enabling
different assembly configurations (T, parallel,
perpendicular). Clamping capacity : 2 x
16 mm max. Rods (1 x 16 mm rod and
1 x 12 mm rod in parallel configuration).
Ref.
703 102 73
Ref.
703 364 73
Clamp with 2 V-shaped

jaws, big model, with
swivelling bosshead
Clamping capacity : 12 to 45 mm. Total
length : 170 mm. Bosshead : swivelling
bosshead with locking screw. To be mounted
on rod diameter 8 to 16 mm.
Ref.
703 513 73
703 096 73
Clamping capacity : 22 mm.

Length : 110 mm.
Aluminium clamp,
with 2 V-shaped jaws
Aluminium clamp.
Ref.
Chemistry
703 099 73
Ref.
703 161 73
153
154
SMALL EQUIPMENT Stands - Clamps
Clamp, with 3 fingers,

small model
Automatic clamp for

Mohr burette

Ref.
703 118 73
Clamping ensured by a spring.

Ref.

big model
Ref.
703 366 73

with swivelling boss,
small size
Bosshead : swivelling bosshead with
locking nut.
To be mounted on rod diameter 12 mm to
16 mm.
Ref.
703 090 73

with swivelling boss,
big size
Clamping capacity :
0 to 60 mm.
Bosshead : swivelling bosshead with
locking nut. To be mounted on rod
diameter 12 mm to 16 mm.
Ref.
703 091 73
703 367 73
Burette clamp
Burette stand,
with opal
and 2 clips
For use with burettes 12 to 16 mm.
Easy observation of reactions
thanks to the white opaline disk.
Immediate burettes positionning
by simple press.
Reliable fixation thanks to 2 plastic
clips.
Excellent resistance to chemical agents.
Rod : L 320 mm, 8mm.
Mass : 1 kg.
Triangular base. Side : 190 mm.
Burette clamp fixing on a 12 mm rod.
Ref.
703 159 73
Ref.
Set of 6 clamps for

assemblies
Contents
- a clamp with 2 V-shaped jaws,
max. clamping : 45 mm.
- a clamp with 2 fork-shaped jaws,
- a clamp with 2 jaws (flat, V-shaped),
clamping : 30 mm.
- a clamp with 2 fingers, max. clamping :
about 60 mm.
- a clamp with articulated fingers,
- a clamp with two curved jaws :
clamping from 10 to 40 mm.
Ref.
703 160 73
Made of treated hard aluminium. Jaws are

covered with a cork protection.
Ref.
Wooden burette
stand, with
horizontal clamp
Low-cost wooden stand.
Clamp is vertically adjustable.
Locking by wooden screw.
Rod : L 380 mm.
Rectangular wooden base :
210 x 120 mm.
Ref.
Clamp with
fork-shaped ends
703 195 73
Stand for 2 funnels,

sliding along the rod.
Rectangular wooden base
(260 x 130 mm).
Rod : 440 mm.
Locking by wooden screw.
Draining rack
Clamp with high

clamping capacity
Ref.
703 064 73
701 039 73
Stand for 2 funnels
Ref.

701 033 73
703 124 73
Wooden stand
for 2 funnels
Made of wood.
For 12 pipettes.
Dimensions : L 350 mm - H 280 mm.
Ref.
Rack for 2 funnels :

- Base : 21.5 x 11.5 cm,
- Wooden rod : about 40 cm high,
- Sliding funnel holder with locking screw.
Ref.
701 079 73
Chemistry
701 024 73
Modumontage stand SMALL EQUIPMENT
All these elements are compatible with each others and with most of the stand systems available in laboratories
Modumontage
locking pliers
Screw-clamp with jaws made of highly
resistant polyacetal.
Clamping capacity : from 2 to 50 mm.
Two
guiding
rails
enable its fixation in a
vertical or horizontal
position on square rods
(section : 15 mm) or
round (up to 16 mm).
Ref.
Modumontage shelf
Enables different assembly configurations.

Receives round or square rods from 0 to
16 mm (horizontally or vertically). Made of
glass-fibre reinforced polyamide for an
excellent mechanical, thermal and
chemical resistance.
Can be completed with adjustment screws
for a levelling on irregular surfaces or
surfaces having horizontality defects.
Dimensions (L x w x d) : 295 x 55 x 295 mm.
Mass : 160 g.
This shelf can be mounted on two square

section rods (15 mm) or directly fixed with
a Polynux boss. Can also be used as a
retort stand by screwing a round rod
( 8 mm - ref. 703 455 73).
Dimensions (l x h x d) :
180 x 160 x 21 mm.
Mass : 160 g.
Removable ballast to ease the

transportation of assemblies
Corrosion-resistant paint
Form without sharp edge
Ballast enabling you to
lower
the
gravity
centre and to optimize
the seating of some
assemblies
which
stabilization is hard to
obtain. This ballast also
enables to reinforce the
stability of assemblies
in
chemistry
(distallations,
reflux
heating...). Cast-iron ballast covered with a
corrosion-resistant epoxy paint.
Mass : 2 kg.
703 044 73
Ref.
703 453 73
Made of anodized aluminium.
Plastic terminals at each ends.
Polynux Boss
Dual boss enabling you to assemble rods
(round or square section).
Multi-directional on 360 by pitch of 5
marked by notches.
Equipped with side-opening enabling you
to insert a boss between two already
installed bosses without any disassembly.
Made of glass-fiber reinforced polyamide
for an excellent mechanical, thermal and
Clamping capacity : from 6 to 16 mm (from
0 to 16 when it is used with an adjustment
screw, ref. 703 462 73).
Dimensions : 50 mm, 100 mm long.
Mass : 110 g.
Ref.
703 452 73
Modumontage retort stand
Contents
Contents
- 1 shelf / base,
- 1 x 8 mm round rod, 600 mm long.
- 2 stands to fit together.

- 1 square section rod (15 mm), 700 mm long.
701 292 73
Ref.
701 293 73
Length (mm)
400
Perfectly convenient
for light assembly in
low-aggressive
environments.
Anodized aluminium
plate and aluminium
cross bars.
100 x 100 mm.
Vertical elevation capacity : 45 to 150 mm.
Mass : 450 g.
701 002 73
200 x 200 mm.

Mass : 2.0 kg.
Ref.
701 003 73
Labjack, with square

plates
For aggressive
environment.
These jacks are
manufactured
with
aggressivechemicalresistant
materials.
100 x 100 mm.
Max. impact loading : 8 kg.
Max. static loading : 10 kg.
Weight : 0.43 kg.
Ref.
Chemistry
701 310 73
Mass (g)
70
700
120
1000
170
Reference
703 458 73
703 459 73
703 460 73
Round rod
Made of nickel-plated steel. Threaded.
: 8 mm. Length : 600 mm. Mass : 230 g.
Ref.
703 455 73
Labjack, with square

plates
For aggressive
environment. These
jacks are
manufactured with
aggressivechemical-resistant
materials. 200 x 200 mm.
Max. impact loading : 20 kg.
Max. static loading : 30 kg.
Weight : 1.8 kg.
Ref.
Labjacks
Ref.
703 454 73
Rods, square section,

15 mm
Modumontage stand
Ref.
Ref.
703 529 73
Modumontage
ballast
Ref.
Modumontage stand
701 036 73
Labjack, with
rectangular plate
For heavy loads. This
jack is equipped with
locking
screws
to
maintain the plate in
position. 160 x 135 mm.
Vertical
elevation
capacity : 60 to 250 mm.
Impact loading : 7 kg.
Static loading : 20 kg.
Weight : 1.5 kg.
Ref.
701 238 73
155
156
S M A L L E Q U I P M E N T Tu b e s - Tu b i n g s - G l a s s - Va c u u m
Rubber tubing
Silicone tubing
Elongation without permanent

deformation : 500 %.
Heat-resistant (130 C during one hour).
Easy cleaning and sterilization.
Inner Outer
mm
mm
6
9
Length m
Reference
(about)
703 352 73
5
12
703 066 73
703 067 73
PVC, crystal clear, soft

tubing
Inner Outer
mm
mm
Length m
Reference
(about)
7.5
11
10
14
723 023 73
723 138 73
723 139 73
723 140 73
PVC tubing,
reinforced crystal
clear
Transparent PVC tubing reinforced with

pressure-resistant nylon threads.
Particularly adapted to the connection of
vacuum pump on the water supply.
Inner : 15 mm
Outer : 23 mm
Length : about 1 m
Ref.
723 241 73
Filter pump,
polypropylene, with
non-return valve
Silicone tubing. Ideal for the water circuit

of refrigerants because they are not stick
adhesive, even if they have been mounted
since long. Excellent resistance to solvents
and heat.
Inner Outer
mm
mm
5
8
Length m
Reference
(about)
723 271 73
5
12
723 272 73
723 273 73
Tubing, with variable

diameter
Transparent PVC.
Use this tubing
each time you
want to connect
two elements
with different
section.
This tube has a variable diameter
(from 4 mm to 11 mm), on 1 m long.
Supplied in 5 m spool.
Ref.
- Side teat : 7 to 10 mm.

- Connection for water imput : 15 mm
and for water output : 8.5 mm.
Ref.
723 128 73
Brass filter pump,

with tap
Connection of water inputs and outputs

and of the vacuum input by hose
connection 10 mm.
Limit vacuum : 25 to 40 mm Hg.
723 236 73
Stop valve, 2 ways
Polyethylene stopcocks with 6 mm way

and polypropylene key.
To be mounted on tubing with internal
diameter between 7 and 9 mm.
Outer : 8 mm
Ref.
Efficient with a moderate

water flow of 7 L per mn
Suction capacity from 7 to 17 L
per mn
Maximum vacuum produced is
from 20 to 25 mm Hg with a
water flow of 17 L per min
723 102 73
Ref.
Glass writing pencils,

red
Pack of 12 pencils
Ref.
Tube cutter, with

thumb wheel
251 012 73
703 115 73
Vacuum tubing
Glass cutter
Vacuum-resistant rubber.
Knife equipped with an handle.
With double blade, 10 cm long.
Ref.
703 162 73
Inner Outer
mm
mm
For glass tubes with 4 mm.
Ref.
701 019 73
Chemistry
Length m
Reference
(about)
15
20
253 009 73
253 044 73
S t i r r e r s L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T
Mini magnetic stirrer
Electric magnetic
stirrer for chemistry
tutorials
Entirely white
Ideal for pHmetric
proportionings with indicators
ACCESSORIES FOR
MAGNETIC STIRRING
Straight turbulents,
1 ring
For beakers, Erlenmeyer flasks ...
Different
models
to
be
chosen depending on the volume
to be stirred and the containers
form.
Specifications
Specifications
Max. capacity : 1 litre.
Speed range : 100 - 1000 rpm.
ABS case and cover.
On/Off switch. Power-on indicator.
Power supply 230 V.
Mass : 0.7 kg.
Supplied with 1 turbulent.
Ref.
701 182 73
Max. capacity : 1 litre.

Electronic regulation.
Speed range :
240 to 600 rpm.
Box and cover made of
white polypropylene.
Dimensions :
145 x 90 x 60 mm.
On/Off
switch.
Power-on indicator.
Power supply 230 V.
Mass : 0.6 kg.
Supplied with 3 turbulents.
Ref.
Hot plate stirrer, 2 L

3 in 1
Magnetic stirrer
Heating plate
Heating mantle
Dim. mm
25 x 6
30 x 6
Qty per pack

3
3
Reference
703 178 73
703 252 73
Cross turbulents
For test tubes
Can be used as standard turbulents for a
very efficient stirring.
Dimensions : 10 x 8 mm. Pack of 2.
701 123 73
Ref.
703 277 73
Magnetic rod
Specifications
Max. capacity : 2 litres.
Integrated electronic regulation.
Power : 400 W / 230 V.
Speed range : from very slowly to 1 350 rpm.
Heating plate 135 mm, made of
aluminium.
Mass : 2 kg.
Supplied with a magnetic turbulent and a
stand stem 12 x 500 mm.
For turbulents extraction.

L. 350 mm, 8 mm.
Ref.
703 251 73
Ice crusher
Accessories
This device enables the stirring of 2 L of

liquid with a 80 Stockes viscosity max.
Stirring is heating independant.
It can be used as heating plate, as well as
heating mantle by adapting the 100 or
250 mL heating mantle plates (not supplied).
Ref.
701 286 73
Hot plate stirrer, 10 L

High stirring
capacity
Stirring is
heating
independant
Control of
speed
stirring and
heating
power by
electronic
regulator
Transform your magnetic stirrer into a water

burner, simply by adding an aluminium alloy
adapter unit on the heating plate.
Simply design to be used with the magnetic
stirrer ref. 701 286 73 presented above. 2
versions of the water baths adapter units
are proposed :
- for 100 mL flasks,
- for 250 mL flasks.
Capacity
Reference
100 mL
250 mL
701 287 73
701 288 73
The device is supplied with the following

accessories : 1 PTFE turbulent, 1 safety ring
(to maintain the containers on the plate),
instructions.
Specifications
- Max. stirring capacity : 10 L.
- Stirring speed range : 30 to 2 000 rpm
- Operating max. temperature : 350 C.
- Heating power : 500 W.
- Electric power consumption : 600 W
- Supply voltage : (2P+T) 220 V +/- 10 % ;
50 Hz.
- Mass : 3 kg.
- Plate diameter : 150 mm.
- Dimensions (mm) : L.220 x l.185 x h.185.
- Use category II.
Ref.
Chemistry
701 317 73
Useful capacity : 1.5 L,

Safety cover interlock system,
Automatic speed control,
Pulse position to work by impulses,
Automatic cleaning function,
Power : 550 W,
Mass : 2 kg,
H. : 400 mm,
Bowl max. : 155 mm.
Ref.
701 342 73
157
158
L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T W a t e r b a t h s
Water bath, 3 litres

20 - 100 C
Mechanical stirring
Overheating protection with
alarm
Electronic temperature control
Digital display
Rack for 24 test tubes 18 mm
(1 C precision). Built-in thermometer with

digital display.
Power supply : 220 V - 50 Hz. Power : 500 W.
Dimensions :
Control unit (L x w x h) :
12 x 10.5 x 9 cm.
Tank (L x w x h) :
32 x 17.5 x 15 cm.
Mass : 2 kg.
Accessories
Cost effective, easy to handle foam racks
with 10 x 10 mm bores for 1.5 mL, 2 mL,
5 mL tubes. Can be used up to 70 C.
Rack : 85 mm, thickness : 10 mm, violet
and yellow colored. Pack of 4.
Ref. 701 348 73
- Overheating protection set at 100 C.

- Transparent tank. Supplied with removable
24-test-tubes-rack 18 mm.
Specifications
Temperature range : ambient to 100 C.
Sensitivity : 0.2 C.
Uniformity : 0.2 C.
Electronic thermostat : push-button control
Ref.
591 026 73
Water bath, 18 litres

20 - 100 C
Uniformity : 0.2 C.
Sensitivity (DIN 58966) : 0.2 C.
Temperature increase time (from 20 C to
37 C) : 15 minutes.
Power : 1 200 W.
External dimensions :
L x w x h : 35.5 x 34.5 x 27.2 cm.
Internal dimensions :
L x w x h : 27.5 x 30 x 20 cm.
Mass : 3.7 kg.
Standard model supplied with rack for 29
test tubes ( 20 mm).
The bath can contain 3 racks for 29 test
tubes 20 mm.
Ideal to thermostate up to
87 test tubes 20 mm
Transparent tank
Easier maintenance : removable
regulator
Highly shock resistant moulded
polycarbonate tank
Specifications
Ref.
Bath with 18 L transparent tank, useful

capacity : 16.5 litres, made of polycarbonate
with removable thermostat, graduated from
20 to 100 C.
Temperature range : ambient to 100 C.
Thermostat : adjustable from 20 to 100 C
(2C graduations).
Water bath, 5 L
Accessory
Additional rack for water bath
For 29 tubes 20 mm
Ref. 593 008 73
Thermostatic bath designed for a precise

control of temperature between 20 and
100 C. It is equipped with a thermostatic
hydraulic control with graduations in degree
on the front side.
The tank and heating elements are made of
stainless steel. Metallic casing protected by a
stoved painting with main switch, fuse and
pilot lamp.
Temperature control button and heating pilot
lamp.
Water bath 2.5 litres

20 - 80 C
Specifications
- Power supply : 220 V / 50 Hz - 600 W.
- Precision : 1 C.
- Capacity : 5 L.
- Inner dimensions : 130 x 250 x 110 mm.
- Outer dimensions : 230 x 335 x 200 mm.
Z-shaped stainless steel stand for 16 tubes
( 16 mm) and 7mm location for a
thermometer.
Ref.
591 003 73
Specifications
- Temperature range : ambient to 80 C.
- Stability : 1 C.
- Electronic thermostat graduated from 20 to
80 C (1 C graduations).
Temperature
measuring
by
control
thermometer (to be ordered separately).
- Power supply : 220 V - 50 Hz.
- Power : 600 W.
- Polycarbonate tank (L x h x d) :
160 x 140 x 120 mm.
- Control unit (L x h x d) :135 x 90 x 33 mm.
- Resistance (L x w x thickness) :
150 x 135 x 9,5 mm.
- Dimensions (L x h x w) : 170 x 140 x 110 mm.
- Mass : 1.2 kg.
Patented model.
Quick temperature increase

Optimal temperature
distribution thanks to the
W shape of the resistance
Removable rack for 12 test
tubes max. 18 mm
Ref.
591 008 73
591 004 73
Chemistry
I n c u b a t o r s - C e n t r i f u g e s L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T
BIOCUB 10
mini incubator
INNOVENS Bacteriological incubators

Performances
specifications
Incubator entirely dedicated to

biology teaching
and
Homogeneity : + 0.8 C to
37 C.
Stability : + 0.1 C to 37 C.
Temperature display :
Digital display, precision
0.1C.
Temperature regulation
range :
ambient + 5 C to 75 C.
Supplied with shelf and
instructions.
Handiness and robustness.

Robust thanks to its stainless steel frame,
light thanks to the materials chosen for the
chamber and compact. Four sides are made
of PVC : transparent, light, insulating,
resistant to numerous chemicals (see
instructions) and also shocks resistant.
The interior chamber is entirely accessible
which makes the complete cleaning easier.
Optimal ergonomy.
Access to the incubation chamber
optimized by 2 front and top doors
assembled with soft hinges. Soft hinges
neither rust nor injure.
Supplied with 2 shelves (the top shelf is
removable).
Specifications
Operating temperature : ambient
temperature to 60 C.
Push-button adjustable from 10 C to 60 C
0.5 C, digital display.
Temperature homogeneity : 1 C.
Safety : Overheating cut-off, for example if
the incubator is powered-on during a long
time (about 120C at the heating plate).
Temperature switch : C or F.
Capacity : about 12 L.
Power input : 230 V / 115 V : max. 300 W.
Autoclavable white rilsan holder, 2 levels
(gap 10 cm), top part is removable.
Overall dimensions (L x l x H) :
30 x 25 x 29 cm.
Incubation chambers internal dimensions
(L x l x H) : 21 x 25 x 21 cm.
Weight : about 5.2 kg.
Supplied with holder and instructions
Ref.
535 008 73
Accessory
Incubator accessory
For the incubation of 12 hens or
quails eggs. This stainless steel holder has
to be put on the incubators bottom. To
increase the capacity of the Biocub 10
(transformed into manual incubator),
a second accessory can be stacked.
Ref.
535 009 73
Permanent and fine temperature regulation

ensured by a high precision PID
microprocessor.
Max. safety ensured by a class 3 safety
thermostat which protects your samples by
maintening the temperature you have
chosen in case of trouble.
Hot air natural convection and temperature
homogeneity.
Real temperatures and temperature
settings digital display.
Stainless steel chamber with smooth walls

and round rims for an efficient cleaning.
Internal glass door to control the samples
without
perturbing
the
chambers
atmosphere.
Stainless steel shelves with anti-bascule
system for an easier handling, even if half
the shelf is out.
BACTERIOLOGICAL INCUBATORS
Capacity (L)
Dimensions :
L x H x P (mm)
Internal
External
Net weight (kg)
Power (W)
Max. number of shelves
Min. gap (mm)
between shelves
References
18
28
53
320 x 280 x 210

474 x 514 x 306
21
75
5
400 x 280 x 260

554 x 514 x 356
25
100
5
400 x 400 x 340

554 x 634 x 436
34
150
7
48
48
48
535 070 73
535 071 73
535 072 73
Accessories
Bored stainless steel shelf
ADDITIONAL SHELVES
Incubators capacity (L)
Dimensions L x P (mm)
References
18
265 x 180
28
345 x 230
53
345 x 310
535 073 73
535 074 73
535 075 73
Hand operated centrifuges

Cost effective hand-operated
centrifuges
Can be easily fixed on a tables or benchs
edge thanks to the adjustable clamp.
Supplied with the aluminium test tubes rack
(glass tubes not supplied).
Accessory
Cylindroconical non-graduated 15 mL tube
Borosilicate glass
(Outer 17.3 mm, length 110 mm)
Ref.
Chemistry
713 422 73
4 x 15 mL tubes
Ref. 701 222 73

2 x 15 mL tubes
Ref. 701 221 73
159
160
L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T C e n t r i f u g e s - O v e n s
Safety centrifuge, 5 000 rounds

Max. safety
Adjustable speed : up to
5 000 rpm (2 500 g)
Timer
Electric contact linked to the closure
prevents the starting when the lid is open.
Brake at the end of centrifugation by
inversion of the rotation direction by means
of a push-button.
Continuous speed control by electronic
regulator up to 5 000 rpm.
Control of time centrifugation by timer,
adjustable between 0 and 30mn.
Specifications
Metallic frame.
Autoventilated and anti-interference
universal motor.
Capacity 10 x 6 mL to 10 x 20 mL thanks to
removable adapters.
Dimensions x H. : 265 x 200 mm
Mass : 10 kg
Power consumption : 60 W
Power supply : 220 V - 50 Hz
Standardized connection
(wire and plug 2 P + T)
703 056 73
Accessories
Description
Pack of 10 tubes,
BG, 17 mm,
round bottom
Pack of 10 tubes,
PP, 16 mm,
with screw cap
Pack of 10 tubes,
BG, 12 mm,
round bottom
Supplied with 10 x 20 mL ( 21 mm ;
L. 100 mm) sleeves for tubes Ref. 713 263 73
and Ref. 723 185 73 and with instruction
booklet.
Ref.
Ref.
701 225 73
Reference
Capacity
mm
L. mm
713 263 73
14 mL
17
98
723 185 73
15 mL
16
103
181 010 73
6 mL
12
100
INNOVENS Universal ovens

Comfort and easy-to-use :
Performances and specifications
Digital display of real temperature or

temperature setting.
Homogeneity : + 2.5 C to 150 C.

Stability : + 0.3 C to 150 C.
Temperature display : precision : 1 C.
Temperature regulation range :
50 C to 220 C.
Stainless steel chamber with smooth

bare walls with round rims for an
efficient cleaning (detergent-resistant).
Shelves with anti-bascule system for
an easier handling, even if the shelf
is half out.
Supplied with one shelf and instructions.
UNIVERSAL OVENS
Reliability, safety and long-time strength :

Permanent and fine temperature regulation
ensured
by
high
precision
PID
microprocessor.
Max. safety ensured by a class 3.1 safety. In
case of electronic trouble, an alert light
comes on and the safety thermostat takes
over.
Hot air natural convection and temperature
homogeneity ensured by the original ovens
design and the resistances positions.
Long-time strength ensured by an exclusive
microfibres insulation system without
noxious materials.
Capacity (L)
Dimensions :
L x H x P (mm)
Internal
External
Net weight (kg)
Power (W)
Max. no of shelves
Min. gap (mm)
between shelves
Reference
18
28
53
320 x 280 x 210

474 x 514 x 306
20
370
5
48
400 x 280 x 260

554 x 514 x 356
25
465
5
48
400 x 400 x 340

554 x 634 x 436
35
625
7
48
535 064 73
535 065 73
535 066 73
Accessories
Chrome steel shelves
ADDITIONAL SHELVES
Incubators capacity (L)
Dimensions L x P (mm)
Reference
18
265 x 180
28
345 x 230
53
345 x 310
535 067 73
535 068 73
535 069 73
Chemistry
H e a t i n g L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T
Regulated heating
mantle
Non-regulated
heating mantle
Integrated regulation and power-on

control light.
PPS case for a better mechanical and
Protection fuse (out of students reach).
Power voltage : 230 V.
Connection by standard plug 2 P + T.
Regulation possible with regulator

ref. 281 264 73.
PPS case for a better chemical
and mechanical resistance.
Protection fuse (out of students reach).
Power voltage : 230 V.
Connection by standard plug 2 P + T.
Cap.
Power Outer dim.

x h (mm)
90 W 185 x 165
Reference
701 322 73
250 ml 130 W 205 x 180 701 190 73
500 ml 200 W 235 x 200 701 191 73
100 ml
Natural gas
standardized tubings
Power regulator
Enables a regulation without
surge of the devices with low
thermal inertia
Very weak consumption of
self-energy
Outer dim.
Cap.
Power
250 ml
130 W
205 x 130
701 204 73
500 ml
200 W
235 x 145
701 205 73
x h (mm)
Reference
Immersion heater
Life expectancy : 5 years.
703 449 73
Butane / propane
standardized gas
tubings
Supply voltage : 230 V.
Dimensions : 6 x 25 cm.
Ref.
312 046 73
Alcohol burners
Diameter 6 x 12 mm.
Supplied with tightening ring.
Life expectancy : 5 years.
Screw-cap closure.
Length 1 m
Ref. 701 124 73
Ref.
Made of brass
703 422 73
Length 1.5 m
Ref.
703 423 73
Laboratory burner
Made of glass
Specifications
Ref. 701 074 73

Spare wicks (Pack of 10)
701 271 73
Ref. 703 174 73

Adjustable flame intensity.
Flame temperature adjustable
regulator.
Nozzle : 20 mm.
Height with cartridge : 17.5 cm.
Ref.
281 264 73
Cast iron electric heating

plate, adjustable from 80 C
to 500 C.
Chemically-resistant enamelled
cabinet.
Heating indicator light.
7 positions temperature
control dial.
Control thermostat.
Device equipped with a 2P + T

plug compliant with the
safety norms. Insulating
handle, brackets adapting
on the containers rims.
Power : 600 W.
Ref.
Ref.
Low-cost heating
plate
Diameter : 12 x 18 mm.
Length : 2 m.
Supplied without tightening ring (not
foreseen in the XP D 36126 norm), with
instructions. Standardization indication
enabling cuts of min. 30 cm.
Box made of fireproofed polypropylene

with 2P + T, 10 A standard female base for
heating
mantle
connection.
The
connection cord is equipped with a 2P + T,
10 A standard male plug.
Safety thermal circuit breaker limiting the
load to the devices nominal value.
Casing dimensions (L x w x h) :
45 x 78 x 82 mm.
Maximal power : 2 200 W.
Supply voltage : 220 V, 50/60 Hz.
Supplied without cartridge.
Chemistry
by
air
- Cast iron boiling plate : 150 mm.

- Power : 1 500 W.
- Dimensions : L x w x h :
265 x 230 x 70 mm.
- Power supply : 230 V, 2P + T plug.
- Mass : 2.4 kg.
Ref.
701 178 73
Consumable parts
Butane-Propane cartridge
For laboratory burner
Ref. 701 271 73

Disposable 230 g cartridge.
Ref.
120 002 73
161
162
L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T H e a t i n g
These devices heat through a

hot air column produced thanks
to a patented process of air
management
They ensure a perfect thermal
and electrical safety
- Control of the released power ensured by
an energy regulator equipped with a
bi-metal switch,
- Liquids boiled out without any sprayings,
- Protection by fuse,
- Cold fairing even after a tutorial,
- Design ensuring a perfect tightness in case
of accidental liquid spill.
LAB 2 Electric burner
LAB 3 Electric burner
Outlet usable operational temperature

650 C with a 900 C resistance.
For containers up to 140 mm.
Outlet usable operational temperature :

750 C, with a 1000 C resistance.
For containers up to 140 mm.
Specifications
Specifications
Power : 500 W.
Power supply : 230 V / 50 Hz (2P+T).
Power-on indicator and temperature light.
Protection fuse : F 5A. 250 V.
Protection against overheatings.
Dimensions (Base) : 170 x 130 x h.195 mm.
Mass : 3.3 kg.
Guarantee : 3 years.
Power : 900 W.
Power supply : 230 V / 50 Hz (2P+T).
Power-on indicator and temperature light.
Protection fuse : F 6.3A. 250 V.
Protection against overheatings.
Dimensions (Base) : 170 x 130 x h.195 mm.
Mass : 3.45 kg.
Guarantee : 3 years.
Ref.
701 280 73
Ref.
701 323 73
All models are equipped with a air regulators stop lock
Bunsen burner
Natural and bottle gas

burners
Bunsen burner with tap and

pilot burner. Straight burner.
Height : about 120 mm.
Burner : 10 mm.
Supplied with an additional
nozzle for natural gas.
Model
SIMPLE
Ref.
703 158 73
Top end : 10 mm.

Manufacturing compliant with standardized
gas tubings.
Gas type
Base color
Butane or propane
Red
conical connection 6 mm
Natural gas
Grey
plastic hose connection 12 mm
Reference
703 126 73
703 129 73
Mecker burner
Bunsen burner holder
Tripod stand
Mecker burner with adjustable air

regulator, equipped with a head
producing an homogeneous and
wide flame. Burner :
about 20 mm. Supplied with an
additional natural gas nozzle.
For all natural gas or

bottled gas bunsen burners.
Height : 190 mm.
Top : 95 mm.
For laboratory burner.

Non refillable gas
cartridge powered.
Height : 210 mm.
Ref.
Ref.
703 136 73
Ref.
703 140 73
703 151 73
Metallic gauzes
Wring burner
Wring for straight Bunsen
10 mm (ref. 703 158 73).
Ref.
703 163 73
burner,
Material
Iron
Dim. mm Qty per pack

150 x 150
6
Stainless steel
Iron, with ceramic centre
without asbestos
150 x 150
703 089 73
703 088 73
150 x 150
703 241 73
Chemistry
Reference
H e a t i n g L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T
SERENIT Electric
burner
Electric safety
Compliant with EN 61010-1 and
EN 61010-2-010 norms.
Protection fuse.
Thermal safety
In operation :
temperature of external walls does not
exceed 30 C.
Access to heating area is protected by a
safety band and a double metallic ring.
Specifications
Power-on indicator and heating indicator
light.
Temperature thermostatic control by
energy proportioner.
Protection fuse, thermal circuit breaker.
1.5 m long standard wire.
Power : 500 W.
Power supply : 230 V (2P+T).
Mass : 2.6 kg.
Dimensions (L x w x h) :
280 x 180 x 125 mm.
Removable stand stem, length : 300 mm.
Supplied with instructions. Patented.
Accessory
Protective grid
Versality
Specifications
This device heats any type of container

( smaller than 105 mm). Removable
and in 4 points positionable stand stem.
Grid made of 3 stainless steel wire rings.

Fixing on the burners grid in 3 points.
Inner diameter : 105 mm.
Height : 70 mm.
Performance
Boils out 100 mL of water from 30 to
100 C within 2mn30.
Max. temperature 700 C. Temperature
control by regulator.
Ref.
703 530 73
Durability
Thermoplastic resin case charged with
thermal and mechanical shock-resistant
glass fibers. It is also resistant to the
main chemicals used in a laboratory.
Stainless steel metallic parts.
Stability
Wide and low form. Slip-resistant feets.
Ergonomy
Carrying handles under the desk.
Cases form enabling the devices stacking.
Ref.
701 311 73
ECOFLAM pellets
LAB VERRE electric

burner
The only electric burner
enabling glass working !
Essential in all laboratories
having given up gas use
The outstanding performances of this device
rely on the fact that an air flow heated at
high temperature has the same properties as
a flame.
The heart of the heating device reaches an
operational temperature of 920 C within
only 8 minutes and generates a superheated
air flow which temperature reaches 830 C.
Specifications :
Double protection fairing.
Power : 700 W.
Power supply : 230 V / 50-60 Hz (2P+T).
On/Off illuminated button on the front
part.
Protection fuse : F 5 A. 250 V.
Dimensions (l x h x d) : 140x180x190 mm.
GUARANTEE
3 YEARS
Ref.
Chemistry
701 006 73
Ecological process enabling you to obtain a

flame on the LAB 2 and LAB 3 devices.
ECOFLAM is a product of natural origin
producing a flame during 1 minute
without releasing toxic emanations during
the combustion. The pellets have to be
directly put on the Electric Burners grid
and only ignite at high temperature. The
pellet spontaneously goes out in case of
fall outside the area heated by the Electric
Burner.
Supplied in packs of 60.
Ref.
101 012 73
163
164
L A B O R AT O R Y E Q U I P M E N T A u t o c l a v e s - W a t e r p u r i f i c a t i o n
Dializer
Production of immediately
usable water with neutral pH
No descaling
No electric power supply
Can be wall or bench mounted
Quality of obtained water :
Delivered water compliant with the ISO 3696
type 2 quality norm.
Resistivity
2M.cm (>0.5 S/cm)
pH
neutral
Residual
Solids
<0.5
; Silica (SiO2)<0.1
(mg/L)
Heavy metals
<0.01
(mg/L)
The device
comprises
A reverse osmosis
cartridge,
A deioniser
cartridge,
A protective
case.
Water still
Specifications
Output : 1.0 L per hour (25 C).
Resin visual saturation indicator, by color
change.
Water supply :
- Pressure : 2 to 6 bars.
- Temperature : 1 to 35 C.
Connection for water inlet and waste
disposal : ends with plastic hose connection
8 mm.
Dimensions (mm) : L.230 x P.100 x h.410.
Mass : 6 kg.
Ref.
701 320 73
Maintenance
Reverse osmosis membrane
Spare reverse osmosis membrane
Statistical life expectancy : 3 to 4 years.
Ref.
703 525 73
High-performance, easy-to-use,
safe
Production of distillate flow rate of up to

4 litres/hour at low temperature (24 to
35 C), which can immediately be used.
Protection in case of overheating linked
with a failure of water supply ensured by a
thermostat integrated to the heating part.
Cleaning and rinsing without disassembly.
Cleaning products are put into the boiler
thanks to an integrated funnel. The
emptying is carried out by simply opening
the tap. Easy to install. Wall mounting
allowed. Connections by plastic set-screw
connectors ensuring an easy assembly and
dissassembly, without breaking risks.
Specifications
Consumable part
Deionization cartridge
Mixed bed ion exchanger resin cartridge
enabling the treatment of 500 L of water on
average (thats to say from 2 to 4 months
according to the water production).
Rf.
703 524 73
Dimensions (L x H x l) : 50 x 45 x 15 cm.
Mass : 6 kg.
Power supply : 220 V. 50/60 Hz
Power : 3 kW. Supplied with instructions.
Electric Microclave
Autoclave, bench model, 7L

For culture and microbiology
Sterilization of culture media
Sterilization of instruments,
gloves, pipettes...
Destruction of bacterial strains
Simple and safe
This autoclave offers a sterilization
temperature range from 105 C to 131 C
(from 0 to 1.7 kg/cm2), it is equipped with an
easy and safe bayonet-shaped closure,
a safety valve and a safety thermostat in case
of overheating or lack of water (with
indicator light). Manual operating : you can
select the sterilization cycle time, the
apparatus automatically disconnects when
the timer reaches 0.
Designed to comply with the European

Pharmacopoeia and type 4 ASTM norms.
- Water consumption : min. flow rate
1 litre/min, min. pressure 0.2 kg/cm2.
- Distallation capacity : 4 L/h.
- Distillates conductivity : 3 to 4 s/cm
- Distillates resistivity : 0.25 to 0.30 M/cm.
Ref.
Dimensions
701 165 73
- Internal ( x P) : 245 x 150 mm.

- External (H x L x l) : 400 x 280 x 330 mm.
Thermal protective housing located on the
lid,
in
compliance
with
the
CE UNE-EN-61010-1 directive.
Supplied with perforated sheet AISI 316
basket.
Dimensions (mm) : 215, depth : 150.
Supplied with detailed instructions and CE
conformity certificate, instructions for use
on the apparatus.
Water still
Performance and simplicity.

Production of 4 L / hour of distillate at low
temperature (24 to 35 C) enabling an
immediate distillation.
In order to ensure the good operating of
the apparatus, the fur will have to be
regularly removed.
Power supply : 220 V - 50/60 Hz.
Ref.
Specifications
- Capacity : 7 L.
- Consumption : 1000 W.
- Weight : 13 kg.
- Supply voltage : 115-230 V 50/60 Hz.
- Power-on indicator
- External casing and
top part made of
AISI 304 stainless
steel, container and
lid made of special
aluminium alloy and
internal tank is Teflon coated.
701 023 73
Accessory for Electrical Microclave

Autoclave indicator tape
This tape enables you to check the
sterilization efficience in autoclave. The
combination time/temperature/saturated
vapour is satisfactory : then, the brown
marks appear on the tape (minimum :
16 mn at 121 C).
Dimensions (l x L) : 19 mm x 50 m.
Sold per unit.
Ref.
701 349 73
Ref.
Chemistry
150 068 73
Eyes and body protective equipment SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Disposable latex
gloves
Lab gloves
Excellent resistance to
tearing and breaking.
Powdered for ease of
threading. Fits either
hand. Box of 100
gloves.
Model
Small
Size
7
Medium
Large
Reference
150 036 73
150 037 73
150 038 73
Disposable
polyethylene gloves
187 931 73
Medium
Large
Large
Heat resistant gloves
150 006 73
Model
Reference
Junior
150 069 73
150 001 73
Adult
Ref.
150 010 73
Hand protectors
Ref.
Reference
150 064 73
150 065 73
150 066 73
Extra high mechanical

resistance and against
chemical
agents.
Entirely PVC coated
and jersey cotton
lined.
Length : 280 mm.
Model : medium.
Size : 9.
For the handling of

cold
or
warm
objects down to
- 50 C and up to
+ 250 C. Anti-slip.
Made of versilic
rubber.
Mass : 36 g (roughly).
Protects from glass splinters, warm liquids,

and spayings.
Transparency of glass (polycarbonate).
Perfect stability thanks to stabilizing stands
screwed at the side and central panels.
High mechanical, chemical and thermal
resistance.
Two swivelling side panels (from 0 to
180 C).
Width of central panel : 30 cm.
Width of side panels : about 20 cm.
Height : about 50 cm.
150 017 73
Medium
Reference
150 003 73
150 004 73
150 005 73
- Can be worn over all types of spectacles.

- One piece frame and screen made of
colourness
polycarbonate,
optically
neutral.
- Wide field of view.
- Lateral protection.
Safety screen,
polycarbonate
Ref.
Size
S
Safety spectacles
Disposable
safety
gloves made of vinyl.
Powdered for ease of
threading. Fits either
hand. Non allergenic,
they are recommended
in case of latex allergy.
Box of 100 gloves.
Size
7
Model
Small
Ref.
Disposable vinyl
gloves
Model
Small
PVC gloves. Excellent

resistance to alcohols,
acids and oils. Good
resistance to tearing.
Antiallergic and easy
to wear. Soft, with a
rough finition for a
better grip.
Length : 300 mm.
For the handling of

warm objects up to
100 C. Made of thick
100 % cotton loop
pile.
Model : single.
Size : extensible.
Fits either hand.

Made of polyethylene.
Supplied in dispenser
box.
Length : 300 mm.
Qty/pack : 100.
Size : 7-8.
Ref.
General purpose
gloves
150 033 73
Safety goggles
- One-piece screen made of polycarbonate,

anti-scratch and anti-mist treated.
- The encircling design offers a protection
against splashes from all directions.
- Adjustable polycarbonate side arms fit all
faces thanks to lateral tightening.
Mass : 29 g (roughly).
Ref.
150 012 73
PMMA safety screen
Safety goggles
Protection against liquids

splashes
Goggles designed for

protection against liquids
splashes
180 panoramic vision
- One-piece screen made of colourness

plexiglas.
- Inclined form for a good stability and an
easy handling.
- Alcohol and water cleaning.
Dimensions (l x h x p) : 300 x 500 x 150 mm.
Ref.
Chemistry
150 070 73
- Adjustable rubber head band, mounted

on a ball joint to ease the goggle raising.
- Anti-mist acetate shield.
- PVC frame.
- Aeration grid.
- Can be worn over spectacles.
Mass : 126 g.
Ref.
150 046 73
165
166
SAFETY EQUIPMENT Eyes and body protective equipment
BODY PROTECTION
UV safety box
Labcoats
100
%
cotton
twill
(250 to 260 g/m).
Straight form, 2 outside low
pockets, outside breast pocket
with pen pocket, inside breast
pocket.
White.
5 sizes available.
Size
S
M
L
XL
XXL
References
150 072 73
150 073 73
150 074 73
150 075 73
150 076 73
Apron
Protection against
aggressive chemicals.
Apron made of PVC
coated woven fabric,
resistant to numerous
chemicals, acids and
alkalis. Oil and grease
resistant.
Size : 110 x 90 cm,
seamless.
Ties at neck and waist.
Ref.
150 060 73
Half mask respirator

with filter cartridges
Half mask respirator with filter
cartridges
offering
a
protection against vapours,
aerosols or toxic dusts
emissions when the hoods are
not efficient enough or when
cleaning accidental toxic products spills.
The mask has to be used only if ambient air
contains less than 17% of oxygen in
volume. Not suitable for men with beard or
sideburns, interfering with the sealing lip.
Strictly refer to instructions before use.
Compliant
with
EN
140
standard
(1992 edition). Single size.
Pack of 2 filter cartridges to be ordered
separetely.
Ref.
Ref.
150 009 73
Pack of two filter cartridges

Multi-purpose type A1B1E1K1P3 cartridges
protecting against : organic vapors, solvents
and hydrocarbons > 65 C, gas, acids,
hydrocyanic acids, nitric acids, halogens,
hydrogen sulphides..., sulfur dioxide,
ammonia, toxic dusts (chrome, nickel, cobalt,
lead and their salts, mineral fibres, HPA...)
Strictly refer to the instruction booklet when
using and replace the filters.
Filters compliant with the EN141 and EN143
norms.
Ref.
723 078 73
First aid kit

Plastic box (size : 19 x 23 x
4.5 cm)
Contents
2 pairs of gloves, 2
sterile pressure
pads, 2 gauze
bandages
(7 cm x 3 m and
5 cm x 3 m),
10 cm x 3 m
elastic bandage ,
6 x (6cm x 2 cm) sterile strips, 4 x (6 cm x 3.5
cm) sterile strips, 1 tablet bottle,
5 antiseptic wipes, 6 x (20 x 20 ) sterile
gauze pads, 220 cm x 140 cm emergency
blanket, 1 pair of scissors.
Ref.
150 062 73
To reduce dangers caused by

spilled products : acids, alkalis,
alcohols, oils and other
corrosive, flammable, toxic,
noxious
and
explosive
solvents. Not suitable for
mercury absorption.
Inorganic, chemically inert

granular component.
Particle size : 2 to 5 mm.
Properties
The absorbent absorbs a quantity of liquid
equal to its weight.
Standard green-colored case

equipped with a wall mounting
bracket.
The physiological solution
flasks are proposed in several
individual packagings.
Size (l x h x p) :
270 x 295 x 110 mm.
Mass : 1.85 kg.
Contents
1 pack of 5 ultrasoft tissues, 2 sterile gauze
bandages, physiological sterile NaCl 0.9%
solutions available in several
packagings (2 x 500 mL flasks, 4x20 mL
ampules, 10 x 1 mL ampules).
Ref.
Absorbent for liquids

1 kg
Composition
150 011 73
Stand-alone eye
washing unit
Put the sealing cap firmly against

the orbit and exert a pressure on
the flask to spray in the eye.
Excess liquid go through the tube to
be drained in a vessel or a sink.
Fill with a physiological solution
(NaCl 90g/L) (not supplied).
Physiological solution has to be
regularly replaced.
Ref.
703 580 73
Consumable parts
FIRST AID
Polyethylene
eye-wash bottle
UV safety box to be
used with the UV
lamp
(ref. 701 254 73).
This unit protects
against direct UV
radiations. Soft opening located on the front side to allow the
introduction of tlc plate. Glass observation
window on the top of the device (100 %
UV filtration up to 400 nm)
This device does not exempt the
laboratory technician to protect his skin
and eyes (gloves and goggles) against UV
leakages which can occur when inserting
and removing the plates. To be placed
directly on the UV lamp. Box made of black
lacquered sheet metal.
Dimensions (l x h x p) :
275 x 120 x 220 mm.
150 007 73
Consumable parts
Ref.
150 027 73
Protection sheets
One
highly
absorbing
face,
one
waterproof
face. The paper
rapidly absorbs spilled
liquids. The polyethylene side prevents the
liquids from spilling on the bench.
Essential when using stainers.
Reduces broken glass on hard surfaces.
50 sheets. Dim. : 50 x 60 cm.
Ref.
150 026 73
Refill pack for the eye washing case

(solutions and consumable parts).
Ref.
150 008 73
Vermiculite 7 L
Absorbent for chemicals
Fire blanket
Soft fiberglass fire blanket, dimensions
90 x 90 cm. Supplied in a pouch with
suspension eyelet and quick handling tapes.
Without asbestos.
Ref.
Composition
Phyllosilicate whose book structure
ensures a high absorbing power. It also
guarantees a high chemical inertness.
Ref.
150 030 73
Chemistry
150 039 73
Biology
Video cameras
167
Microscopes
170
Magnifiers
177
Optics
181
Microscope slides
182
Anatomy
Physiology
Genetics
Cell and molecular biology
Environment
Breeding and cultivation
197
191
193
194
196
187
> Irio microscope
Te l e c a m v i d e o c a m e r a M I C R O S C O P Y
Junior or carriable
Telecam
Video cameras can go from one microscope to

the other : the Telecam with wire within a
distance of 5 m. The carriable Telecam back to
the end of the classroom. Episcope function :
you will display documents on a screen :
television receiver or computer via a card
installed into the central processing unit of
the PC. Video camera function : you film an
experiment and broadcast your pictures on a
TV screen.
Projector function : to display slides.
Thanks to the adapter (ref. 574 204 73), the

Telecam can be directly fixed and
auto-centered on wide-field eyepieces
(outer : 27 to 34 mm, min. length : 31 mm),
on a magnifier or microscope without hoses
spring effect. Usable on students
microscopes : the only conditions is that they
must be equipped with wide-field eyepieces.
Acquisition system
Reference
Adaptation system
TELECAM video camera,

carriable - wireless
Junior TELECAM video

camera - with wire
571 022 73
571 170 73
Adapter for wide-field eyepieces ( from 27 to 34 mm),

min. 31 mm long
Reference
574 204 73
Observation system Magnifiers and microscopes with wide-field eyepieces (marked WF or GC)
Transfer system
Emitter + high frequency adapter
Lead with EIA multiport
Lead with EIA multiport
connector (supplied).
connector (supplied)
Destination system PAL or PAL/SECAM TV receiver - PAL or PAL/SECAM video-tape recorder
(peripheral devices)
Computer with video card + software for picture processing.
Specifications
Operating mode
Radio frequency
Sensor
Output signals
Definition
Sensitivity
Objective lens
Focus
Intensity correction
Sound
Head
Hose
Base
Power supply
(incl. safety plug
and accumulators)
Lead
(video connection)
Mass
Contents
Reference
Carriable Telecam
Junior Telecam**
Carriable or connected
Connected
Emitter : 4 pre-selected modes
Frequency : 2.4 GHz, power : 10 mW, range : 15 m.
Receiver : 1 audio output, 1 video output
9V power supply input (supplied)
CCD 1/4 inch
PAL composite video
291 000 pixels (500 x 582)*.
1.5 lux
6 mm, unlosable and protected
10 mm to infinity, magnification : about x 50 in macro position (focus at 10 mm)
Automatic adjustment of luminosity
Mono by built-in microphone
Removable with a device enabling a 180 rotation of the picture
Length : 600 mm, : 12 mm
Base with folding stability arm.
Base with folding stability arm.
Built-in emitter and accumulator block.
Supplied with articulated stand-arm.
Supplied with articulated stand-arm.
18V / 220V / 1 A regulated. Stand-alone
12 V / 220 V / 500 mA.
power supply : 9.6 V, 1300 mA.h by accumulator
Loading duration : 4 hours,
block Ni-Mh. Autonomy : 3 hours 30 mn,
accumulators life expectancy : about 500 loading cycles.
Loading duration : 4 hours,
accumulators life expectancy : about 500 loading cycles.
5m long.
2.4 kg.
Video camera, power supply, lead and
EIA multiport connector
RF receiver and its power supply,
Instruction manual and cardboard packing.
1.3 kg.
Video camera, power supply, lead and
EIA multiport connector
Instruction manual and cardboard packing.
571 022 73
571 170 73
* Concerning a display on a television receiver, the resolution will be of 350 lines (television receivers resolution).
** The Junior Telecam cannot be transformed into carriable model as it doesnt have any emitter.
Eyepiece
Wide-field, WFX 10.
Essential on the
microscope for a
full-field display on the
TV screen.
Ref.
574 188 73
Observation stand
This stand fits in the video camera base, in
front of the video camera eyepiece,
this stand enables the
observation , in good
conditions, of : a slide, a
microscope slide, small
objects, living organism put
in a small transparent
box (supplied).
Ref.
Biology
574 205 73
Eyepiece adapter and

polarization device
Can be adapted or auto-centered on
wide-field eyepieces (WF) of microscopes
and binocular magnifiers ( 27 and 34 mm,
and with an apparent height (except
microscope tube) of min. 32 mm). Direct
connection between the video camera and
the eyepiece.
Ref.
574 204 73
167
168
MICROSCOPY Video Flex camera
Video Flex
The big length of its plastic hose and its
articulated head enables you to cover the
wide-field eyepiece of the microscope or
magnifier (with the supplied adapter).
Usable on students microscopes : the only
conditions is that they must be equipped
with wide-field eyepieces.
Video cameras can go from microscope to
the other : displacement possible within 7 m.
Acquisition system
Adaptation system
Observation system
Transfer system
Destination system
(peripheral devices)
Episcope function : the Video Flex camera

enables you to display simple documents
(book, photographs..).
You will display documents on a screen :
television receiver or computer (via a
digitizing board for the V3 model).
Video camera function : you film an
experiment and broadcast your pictures on a
TV screen.
Projector function : you simply put your slide
on the special holder and it displays on the
screen (computer or TV receiver).
Video Flex VA5

Video Flex V3
picture
picture, sound and USB port
the video camera covers the microscopes or magnifiers eyepiece.
An eyepiece adapter is supplied with the camera for magnifiers.
Magnifiers and microscopes with wide-field eyepieces
(marked WF or GC)
Lead with EIA multiport connector (supplied).
PAL or PAL/SECAM TV receiver
PAL or PAL/SECAM TV receiver
PAL or PAL/SECAM
PAL or PAL/SECAM
video-tape recorder
video-tape recorder
Computer with video board
Computer with USB port
+ software for picture processing.
USB port only available
on recent computers
Video Flex, V3
Specifications
Sensor
Output signals
Definition
Video Flex, VA5
CCD 1/4 inch
CCD 1/3 inch
PAL composite video
composite video : S-VHS or PAL and USB**
268 000 pixels (542 x 496)*
315 000 pixels (542 x 582)*
Sensitivity
2.5 lux
Objective lens
8 mm protected at C mount
Focus
6 mm at infinity
Intensity correction
Adjustable by soft pads
Contrast adjustment
Adjustable by soft pads
Sound
Mono by built-in microphone
Head
Fixed, bended at 90 .
Mobile around an axis from 0 to 90 .
Hose
650 mm long.
Base
Triangular, made of polycarbonate (unbreakable plastic) 18 x 18 x 18 cm
Power supply
12 V power supply
12 V power supply
(incl. safety plug
Kensington device for the fixation
and accumulators)
of anti-theft safety wire.
Lead
7 m long.
(Video connection)
Mass
2.7 kg
Contents
Video camera, power supply, lead,
Video camera, power supply, lead,
EIA multiport connector, objective adapter,
EIA multiport connector, objective adapter, USB lead,
instruction manual and cardboard packing.
Driver software for the USB output,

instruction manual and cardboard packing.
Reference
571 158 73
571 198 73
* Concerning a display on a TV screen, the resolution will be of 350 lines (resolution of TV receivers). ** MAC version, please contact us
Polarization kit
Observation kit
Enables the display in

polarized light of thin
rock sections, observed
with a microscope or a
binocular magnifier.
Can be adapted on
any Video Flex video
cameras.
It includes : a polarizer (80 x 80 mm), to be
placed under the thin rock section and two
analysers to be placed on the eyepiece of a
microscope (inner : 29 mm) or a
binocular magnifier (inner : 35 mm)
equipped with a diascopic light device.
Enables the direct observation of

microscope, slides and small animals or
aquatic plants. Made up of elements which
can be fixed at the terminal end of the
flexible hose (tightening clamp) and which
can be positionned in front of the video
camera objective thanks to a telescopic arm.
Ref.
Dimensions of the 2 supplied cuvettes :

50 x 18 x 25 mm and 50 x 25 x 52 mm.
574 194 73
Ref.
Biology
574 199 73
Eyepiece video camera MICROSCOPY
Eyepiece - video
camera
Specifications
Handiness, rapidity, simplicity

Each version has its use :
demonstration for the teacher
and acquisition for the student
In its lower part, the video camera possesses

a tube which diameter is the same as the
eyepiece.
There are two versions of the eyepiece video
camera :
- Digital version (equipped with a USB plug)
- Analog version : demonstration (on
TV-receiver) thanks to the video output.
Digital eyepiece - video camera
Analog eyepiece - video camera
C-MOS (640 x 480)
Sensor
Output signals
USB
Minimal configuration : Pentium II,
PAL composite video
433 MHz ; 128 Mo RAM, video board,

8 Mo memory, Windows 98, ME, 2000, XP
Internet Explorer 5, 24 bits display
Definition
307 000 pixels (640 x 480) VGA
307 000 pixels (640 x 480)* video mode
Sensitivity
<1 lux ; pixel dimensions : 7.7 mm
<1 lux ; sweeping speed : 25 pictures per s.
Head
Synthetic material moulded with a metal eyepiece tube ( 23 mm). With index needle.
Power supply
by USB plug
5V power supply block
200 g with wire
200 g with wire
Video camera with built-in wire and USB plug.
Video camera with built-in wire and video plug (RCA).
Adaptation ring on binocular magnifier.
EIA multiport connector, power supply block.
Installation and capture software.
Adaptation ring on binocular magnifier.
571 205 73
571 206 73
Mass
Contents
Reference
* Concerning the display on a TV-screen, the resolution will be of 350 lines (resolution of TV-screens)
Guide to choose the video camera which fits your needs
Videomicroscopy
Microscopes
Magnifiers
Signal
Definition
USB
Sensors size
Video camera
(acquisition of
recorded
sequencies)
Y
Y
With adapter With adapter
574 204 73
574 204 73
500 X 582
(291 000
pixels)
Y
Y
With adapter With adapter
574 204 73
574 204 73
500 X 582
(291 000
pixels)
640 X 480
(307 000
pixels)
Videomicroscopy
640 X 480
(307 000
pixels)
Videomicroscopy
Video cameras
Junior Telecam
571 170 73
Page 167
Carriable Telecam
571 022 73
Page 167
Analog eyepiece
Video camera
571 206 73
571 205 73
Page 169
Y
with ring
(supplied)
Page 169
Digital eyepiece
Video camera
Functions
Video
with ring
(supplied)
Y = Yes - N = No
Biology
Slides projector Episcope Wireless function
169
170
MICROSCOPES Irio product line
IRIO-MS Microscope
IRIO-ES Microscope
IRIO-EPS Microscope
Advantage : an helical
movement replaces
the
rack
:
no
maintenance,
nor
wear.
Anti-fall,
anti-dust, anti-theft
system.
Magnification range
from x 40 to x 400 can
be enlarged with the
proposed
optical
accessories (> below).
This model can be transformed into
IRIO-ES by the addition of a lighting
block (> below) and into IRIO-EPS by
mounting a stage sold separately
(> below).
Lighting : you benefit

from a cold, quality
light with long life
expectancy and with
adjustable intensity.
movement replaces the
rack : no maintenance,
nor wear.
Safety
:
anti-fall,
anti-dust,
anti-theft
system. Magnification
range from x 40 to x 400 can be enlarged
with the proposed optical accessories
(> below).
This model can be transformed into
IRIO-EPS by mounting a stage sold
separately (>below).
movement replaces
the rack.
Safety : anti-fall,
anti-dust, anti-theft
system.
Lighting : you benefit
from a cold, quality
light with long life
expectancy and with
adjustable intensity.
The ergonomic stage :
designed for a quick, intuitive and
precise taking in hand by your students.
Magnification range from x 40 to x 400
can be enlarged with the proposed
optical accessories (> below).
Description
IRIO MS Microscope
Head
IRIO ES Microscope
IRIO EPS Microscope
Monocular, rotatable through 360 , inclined at 45
Eyepiece
x 10 secured wide field (S)
Achromatic lenses
x4 NA 0.10 ; X 10 NA 0.25 ; X 40 NA 0.65 secured (S)
Magnification
x 40 to x 400
Stage
120 x 125 mm with stage clips
120 x 135 mm, ergonomic
ergonomic stage is optional (Ref. 574 242 73)
with orthogonal movements
Focus
macrometric by helical movement

micrometric by screw with centering indexed in the coarse
Protective stop
Yes, adjustment in the back of the helix with the wrench
Filter holder
Yes
Polarization
Analyzer and polarizer supplied.
Condenser
Lighting
Optional with the stage (Ref. 574 242 73)

with miror (M)
Abbe NA 1.25, adjustable (helical)

with LED (E) with adjustable intensity
with LED (optional : ref. 574 241 73)

Power supply
No
12 V / 160 mA 2 VA power supply
Optional (Ref. 574 241 73)

Dimension (H x L x d)
350 x 150 x 250 mm
Mass
3.2 kg
Reference
4 kg
571 210 73
Lighting block
571 211 73
To enlarge the magnification range of your

IRIO microscope, chose among the
following accessories.
Be careful : to obtain a better result, it is
recommended to chose a higher
magnification lens and to increase the
eyepiece power only in a second time.
571 212 73
Ergonomic stage
You can upgrade your
microscope by integrating
the ergonomic plate.
It enables an easy
handling by your students. The stage is
supplied with fixations and the required
Allen keys and with an instruction manual.
Ref.
This low-voltage fittable lamp enables you
to transform your IRIO-MS mirror
microscope into illuminating model.
Easy-to-install, this kit includes :
- 1 lighting block with LED, the adjustment
potentiometer, a power supply plug,
- a power supply (12 V / 160 mA 2 VA) with
lighting block connection jack, 220 V mains
lead,
- 1 fixation screw and protective cover,
- 1 detailed instruction manual with
photographs.
Required material : the IRIO wrench
(supplied with microscopes) and a
screwdriver.
IRIO wrench
Inner 23 mm
Huyghens eyepiece x 5 (secured)
Ref. 574 243 73

Wide field WF Eyepiece x 15 (secured)
Ref. 574 244 73

Focal length : 35mm, screw thread :
21 mm.
Eyepiece x 60 NA 0.85 (secured)
Ref. 574 246 73

Eyepiece x 100 NA 1.25 (secured)
Ref.
574 241 73
574 242 73
Ref. 574 247 73
This tool, supplied with each

IRIO microscope, enables you to
carry
out
the
following
operations :
- disassembly / locking of the
eyepiece or lenses,
- opening of the micrometric
movement
and
stops
adjustment,
- disassembly of the mirror or lighting
block.
In case of loss, this wrench can be ordered
separately.
Ref.
Biology
574 245 73
Mirror illumination MICROSCOPES
SIMPLE MICROSCOPES FOR

INITIATION AND
DISCOVERY
Student microscope,
2 objective lenses
Student microscope,
3 objective lenses
This
microscope,
equipped
with
2
objective lenses and
an adjustable stop,
offers to junior
students : a
magnification range
from x 100 to x 600,
the protection of
slides and a good
optical quality.
Optic devices compliant with

international norms
Easy focus by rack and
micrometer screw
Racks protective system by slip
clutch
Iris diaphragm for an
optimization of the lighting
Adjustable protective stop of
slides
Supplied with dust cover and
instruction manual
PCB microscope,
wide-field eyepiece
Simple and robust,

this microscope offers
you : a magnification
range from x 40 to
x 600 and a good
illumination of the
slide.
LM 900 microscope,
wide-field eyepiece
This microscope
including a wide field
eyepiece and a round
rotative
centrable
stage enables : a
magnification range
from x 24 to x 600, the
observation
covering a wide field
of the slide, which is
orientable in all
directions, a
possibility to record
with a video camera.
CS 640 microscope,
wide-field eyepiece
With an Abbe condenser, a x 60 objective lens, a wide field

eyepiece, this microscope
enables
:
observation with high
magnification from
x 24 to x 900 without
oil, upgrading up to
x 1000 (objective lens
x 100 in addition) and
increased
picture
clarity.
Student microscope
Student microscope
2 objective lenses
3 objective lenses
Eyepiece tube
PCB microscope
This microscope equipped with an inclined,

360 rotatable eyepiece
tube, a graduated
micrometer screw and a
4-objective-lens
nosepiece offers : a
magnification
range
from x 24 to x 640
without oil,
upgrading up to x 960
(objective lens x 60 in
addition) comfort and
observation precision.
LM900 microscope
Widefield eyepiece
monocular, straight
monocular, 45 inclined
L = 160 mm
Eyepieces
Achromatic
x10, wide field
Huygens x 15
Huygens x 6
Huygens x 6
Huygens x 15
Huygens x 15
On triple nosepiece
x16, wide field
On triple nosepiece
On 4-place nosepiece
x 4 NA 0.1
x 4 NA 0.1
x 10 NA 0.25
x 10 NA 0.25
x 10 NA 0.25
x 40 NA 0.65
x 40 NA 0.65
x 40 NA 0.65
retractable
retractable
x 100 to x 600
x 40 to x 600
Arm
Stage
360 rotatable
Huygens x 10
lenses
Magnification
CS 640 microscope
x 24 to x 600
retractable
x 24 to x 900
x 24 to x 640
inclinable at 90
fixed
Square 120 x 120 mm
Round, rotative
with 2 clips
Focus
Square 120 x 120 mm
120 mm, centrable, with 2 clips

quick, by pinion/rack ;
fine by separate micrometer screw
Illumination
with 2 clips
with micrometer screw
plane / concave mirror
with graduated drum

plane / concave mirror
+ blue filter
Diaphragm
iris
Abbe condenser NA 1.25
Condenser
no
Dimensions
310 x 125 x 180 mm
Mass
3.2 kg
Reference
571 190 73
571 112 73
Reference
574 169 73
574 169 73
340 x 165 x 130 mm
3.3 kg
3.5 kg
3 kg
571 141 73
571 142 73
571 103 73
574 169 73
574 119 73
Plug-in lamp
Biology
574 169 73
171
172
MICROSCOPES Built-in illumination
Eyepiece tube for a better comfort

360 rotatable head for observation in two-person team
Slip clutch system of the macrometric movement to protect the rack
Iris diaphragm for an illumination optimization
Adjustable protective stop of slides
Supplied with dust cover, blue filter and instruction manual
ME 1012 microscope
ME 1112 microscope
S1000 - 12 V
microscope
With video tube
This microscope is
equipped with a
vertical video-photo
tube with permanent beam return,
over-stage with
orthogonal
movements, contuinuously adjustable iris diaphragm and
Abbe condenser enables you to obtain : a
x 40 to x 400 magnification range, safety,
optimization of recording with video
camera and student / teacher simultaneous
obervation.
With the 12 V electric power supply by

transformer integrated in the plug and the
10 W halogen lamp, this microscope offers :
a x 40 to x 400 magnification range,
safety, high optical quality and observation
in white light.
Head
This microscope equipped with an

adjustable illumination by 20 W halogen
lamp and a 12 V power supply from the 2P
plug, ensures even more safety and
luminosity.
ME 1012 microscope
ME 1112 microscope
Monocular,
Dual type with monocular tube
S 1000 - 12 V microscope
Monocular
45 inclined, 360 rotatable
and straight video / observation tube

Eyepieces
Achromatic lenses
x10, wide field, fixed by screw

On triple nosepiece
x 4 NA 0.1
x 4 NA. 0.1
x 10 NA 0.25
x 10 NA. 0.25
x 40 NA 0.65
x 40 NA 0.65
retractable
retractable
Magnification
Diopter adjustment
Stage
x 40 to x 400
x 40 to x 1000
No
On straight video tube
No
Rectangular 110 x 120 mm
Square 120 x 120 mm
with 2 clips
With over-stage with orthogonal movements
with 2 clips
and separated controls

Focus
Quick by rack / pinion with slip clutch
Yes, with separated controls
Fine by separated micrometer screw
Separate, graduated micrometer screw
Adjustment of the macrometric movements hardness with the supplied wrench

Slides protective stop
yes
Illumination
12 V / 10 W halogen lamp
If you want an attenuated light, you can use G4-type bulbs (ref. 574 179 73)
Blue filter and
yes
filter holder
Condenser
Fixed NA 0.65
Abbe NA 1.25
Power supply
12 V transformer,
plug-integrated
Dimmer switch
Dimensions
(H x L x d)
Mass
Reference
no
yes
350 x 130 x 170 mm
360 x 130 x 165 mm
2.4 kg
3.5 kg
6 kg
571 168 73
571 169 73
571 109 73
Biology
Built-in illumination MICROSCOPES
Wide field eyepieces compatible with video cameras

4-objective-lens nosepiece
Over-stage with orthogonal movements
Low-voltage power supply and halogen lighting with variable intensity
Abbe condenser NA 1.25
Micro- and macrometric controls : separated (ME) or coaxial (MEDIO)
Adjustable protective stop of slides
MEDIO microscope
ME 2012 microscope
Binocular microscope equipped with

coaxial focus controls, an over-stage with
orthogonal movements, a 6V / 20 W
halogen illumination and a anti-mildewtreated head. Magnification range from
x 40 to x 1000.
This
binocular
microscope
equipped
with : 4
objective
l e n s e s
including
one x 100
immersion
lens, an over-stage with orthogonal
movements, an halogen illumination with
dimmer switch, one Abbe condenser ;
enables : magnification range from x 40 to
x 1000, adjustable white light illumination.
MEDIO microscope
With the same specifications as the ME

2012, this model enables you to obtain a
x 600 magnification without using
immersion oil.
ME 2012 microscope
Head
ME 2012 x60 microscope
Binocular, 45 inclined, 360 rotatable
Eyepieces
Interpupillary
ME 2012 x60
microscope
x10, wide field

53 - 72 mm
55 - 75 mm
adjustment
Achromatic lenses
x 4 NA. 0.1
x 10 NA. 0.25
x 10 NA. 0.25
x 40 NA 0.65, retractable
x 40 NA 0.65, retractable
x 100 NA 1.25 immersion retractable
x 60 NA 0.85 retractable
x 40 to x 1000
x 40 to x 600
Magnification
Diopter adjustment
Stage
Focus
Hardness
adjustment
Slides protective
x 4 NA. 0.1
On both tubes
Square 140 x 140 mm
with over-stage and coaxial controls
With over-stage with orthogonal movements
75 x 50 coarse with vernier
and separate controls
Quick by pinion / rack with slip clutch
Quick by pinion / rack
and ball guiding
with slip clutch
Fine by separate micrometer screw
Fine by separate micrometer screw
By side ring
With supplied wrench
of macrometric movement
Yes by locking lever
yes
stop
Illumination
If you want an attenuated light (ME), you can use G4-type bulbs (Ref. 574 179 73)
Blue filter and
yes
filter holder
Condenser
Power supply
Abbe NA 1.25
Abbe NA 1.25
Adjustable by pinion / rack
Adjustable by ring
Base-integrated
12V transformer, plug-integrated
transformer, 2P+T lead

Dimmer switch
Dimensions
yes
390 x 180 x 220 mm
340 x 130 x 170 mm
(H x L x d)
Mass
Reference
6.3 kg
3.5 kg
571 005 73
571 192 73
Biology
571 196 73
173
174
MICROSCOPES Optim product line
An ergonomic retort stand for an excellent working comfort

A high-quality optical equipment, anti-mildew treated
A robustness for a long-life expectancy
Wide field eyepieces compatible with video cameras
Adjustment of the micrometric quick movements hardness
Adjustable stop for slides protection
Supplied with cover dust, blue and green filters, immersion oil, halogen lamp, 3 spare fuses and instruction manual
OPTIM 1, monocular
Thanks to its magnification range from

x 40 to x 600 (without immersion) and its
high robustness, this microscope is a
tutorial tool adapted to junior students.
Head
OPTIM 2, binocular
OPTIM 3, binocular
This microscope offers a magnification

range from x 40 to x 1000. Recommended
for cytology and microbiology.
Particularly adapted to videomicroscopy

and creation of photographs. If you want
to exploit its trinocular output with a video
camera on flexible hose, it is necessary to
position
a
WF
x
10
eyepiece
(ref. 574 208 73).
OPTIM 1
OPTIM 2
OPTIM 3
Monocular, 30 inclined, 360 rotatable
Binocular, 30 inclined, 360 rotatable
Trinocular, 30 inclined, 360 rotatable
Eyepieces
x10, wide field
Interpupillary
adjustment
Achromatic lenses
no
55 - 75 mm
On inverse 5-place nosepiece
x 4 NA. 0.1
x 4 NA. 0.1
x 10 NA. 0.25
x 10 NA. 0.25
Magnification
Diopter adjustment
x 40 to x 600
x 40 to x 1000
On eyepiece tube
On both eyepiece tubes
Stage
Rectangular 160 x 140 mm with object guide with coaxial controls
Focus
Yes, with precision coaxial controls, quick by pinion / rack ; fine by separate micrometer screw
Transversal movement : 70 mm, longitunal : 50 mm
Illumination
Blue filter and

yes
filter holder
Condenser
Abbe NA 1.25 with 2 lenses. Controlled by pinion / rack adjustable by ring
Power supply
Base-built-in transformer, 2P + T
Light intensity
Adjustable by dimmer apart from the switch
Quick movements
Adjustable by side ring
duration
Stages levelling
Supplied with
Vertically limited by locking lever

1 x 6 V / 20 W halogen lamp, 3 spare fuses, immersion oil, cover dust, blue and green filters
Dimensions
(H x L x d)
Mass
Reference
220 x 400 x 330 mm
220 x 500 x 330 mm
10.6 kg
11 kg
571 176 73
571 177 73
Biology
571 178 73
Optim product line MICROSCOPES
The planachromatic objective lenses ensures a correction of achromatic aberrations and of the sharpness on the
edge of the picture : high quality wide field observations
Wide field eyepieces compatible with video cameras and anti-mildew treated
Great diversity of use : phase contrast, video, observation in two-people team...
Ergonomy and robustness
Adjustment of the micrometric quick movements hardness
Adjustable stop for slides protection
Supplied with cover dust, blue and green filters, immersion oil, halogen lamp, 3 spare fuses and instruction
manual
OPTIM 4, binocular
OPTIM 5, trinocular
A microscope of high performance to be

put at your students disposal thanks to its
ergonomy, its magnification range from
x40 to x1000 and its increased sharpness
(plane objective lenses).
Equipped with plane objective lenses, this

microscope enables you to obtain pictures
of an even better quality. If you want to
exploit its trinocular output with a video
camera
on
flexible
hose,
it
is
necessary to position a WF x 10 eyepiece
(ref. 574 208 73).
Head
Eyepieces
Interpupillary
adjustment
Objective lenses
Magnification
Diopter
adjustment
Stage
OPTIM 4
Binocular, 30 inclined,
360 rotatable
Power supply
Light intensity
Quick movements
duration
Stages levelling
Supplied with
Dimensions
(H x L x d)
Mass
Reference
The phase contrast enables the obtention

of contrasted pictures in case of
observation of living cells or lightly
colored structures. A declutched
position of the condenser enables a classic
use.
OPTIM 5
OPTIM 6
Trinocular, 30 inclined,
360 rotatable
x10, wide field

55 - 75 mm
Plane
x 4 NA. 0.1
x 10 NA. 0.25
x 40 to x 1000
Phase / Plane
x 10 NA. 0.25 PH
x 20 NA 0.40 PH retractable
x 40 NA 0.65 PH retractable
x 100 NA 1.25 PH immersion retractable
x 100 to x 1000
on both eyepiece tubes

Rectangular 160 x 140 mm with object guide with coaxial controls
Transversal movement : 70 mm, longitunal : 50 mm
yes, with precision coaxial controls
quick by pinion / rack ;
fine by separate micrometer screw
Focus
Illumination
Blue filter
and filter holder
Condenser
OPTIM 6, trinocular
with phase contrast
yes
yes + green filter
Abbe NA 1.25 with 2 lenses. Controlled by pinion / rack

adjustable by ring
Base-built-in transformer, 2P + T
adjustable by dimmer apart from the switch
+ phase contrast condenser
adjustable by side ring

1 x 6 V / 20 W halogen lamp, 3 spare fuses, immersion oil, cover dust, blue and green filters
220 x 400 x 330 mm
220 x 500 x 330 mm
10.6 kg
11 kg
12 kg
571 179 73
571 180 73
571 181 73
Biology
175
176
MICROSCOPES Optim product line
OPTIM 4
With built-in
video camera
Ideal for the digitizing of your
pictures
Convenient for the collective
display
Entirely dedicated to the videomicroscopy,
these models benefit from the advantages
of the OPTIM product line combined with
performing retort-stand-integrated video
cameras. You have at your disposal two
types of output signal (USB or video),
> details page 167.
Same specifications as those of the OPTIM 4
microscope (ref. 571 179 73) with a built-in
video camera (video or USB) > page 175.
Polarizing OPTIM,
monocular
Equipped for the study of
minerals in polarized light
Wide-field eyepieces compatible
with the video camera and
anti-mildew treated
Microscope also
usable in
histology
Ergonomy and
robustness
Adjustment of
the micrometric
quick
movements
hardness
Adjustable stop
for slides
protection
OPTIM USB Microscope
Ref.
OPTIM Video microscope
Ref.
On the basis of an ergonomic and stable

OPTIM retort stand, you have at your disposal
a real performing and precise polarizing
microscope.
Head
Eyepieces
Objective lenses
Magnification
Stage
Focus
Illumination
Blue filter
and filter holder
Condenser
Power supply
Light intensity
Hardness of
micrometric movement
Stages levelling
Supplied with
The retractable polarizer is mounted on light

collector. The 90 rotatable analyzer is
retractable to ease the conversion of nonanalyzed light into analyzed light.
Magnification range : x 40 to x 400.
Abbe condenser with 2 lenses NA 1.25 controlled by pinion / rack

Transformer integrated to the base, 2P + T
Adjustable by dimmer apart from the switch
Adjustable by side ring
4 accessory slides, 1 x 6 V / 20 W halogen lamp,
3 spare fuses, cover dust, blue and green filters
440 x 220 x 330 mm
9.5 kg
571 015 73
Magnification
x 60 to x 900
Retort stand
Cast-iron
Stage
Stable, fixed and rectangular
Bracket
Inclined
Rack
With micrometer screw
Mirror
Multi-directional
Diaphragm
Iris
Eyepieces
x 6, x 15, wide field
Objective
3 achromatic lenses :
lenses
x 10, x 40, x 60 (retractable)
Supplied with Instruction manual,
wooden cabinet,
built-in lamp,
lead + earth plug,
blue filter
Reference
571 007 73
Monocular, 30 inclined, 360 rotatable

Adjustable analyser, housing for accessory slides
Retractable Bertrand lens
1 eyepiece x10, wide field, with graduated graticule
Achromatic, on inverse 4-place nosepiece
x 4 NA. 0.1
x 10 NA. 0.25
x 40 to x 400
Round, 145 mm, 1/10 graduations on 360 , centrable
by 2 screws and equipped with 2 clips. Stages locking by screw.
Quick by pinion / rack ; fine by micrometer screw
with precision coaxial controls
6 V / 20 W halogen lamp with retractable polarizer
Yes
Dimensions (H x L x d)
Mass
Reference
Microscope,
with 3 objective lenses
571 006 73
Achromatic lenses
Achromatic lenses : x 10, x 40, x 60.
For microscope ref. 571 024 73.
Ref.
Eyepieces
Spare eyepieces x 6, x 15.
For microscope ref. 571 024 73.
Ref.
571 024 73
Biology
574 020 73
574 021 73
Simple magnifiers MAGNIFIERS
Aplanatic magnifiers
x10, on transparent
base
Magnifier on flexible
hose, 60 mm
Magnification : x 10.
Magnifier : 20 mm.
Height : 55 mm.
Made of plastic (ABS).
Big diameter : 60 mm.
Made of extra white
mineral with metallic
frame.
There are two versions available :

1 - With an open base, it can be put down
and enables you to observe a small object
which is thus enclosed.
Ref.
Made of metacrylate, this small magnifiers

(9 cm long) are convenient for standard
observations. Pack of 6.
Ref.
573 037 73
Length of flexible hose : 18 cm.
573 038 73
Ref.
Made of organic glass with imitation-wood

handle. Magnification : x 3.
Big diameter : 65 mm.
183 003 73
Ref.
Aplanatic magnifier
x3
Magnifier x3,
47 mm
Wild field. 80 mm.

Extra white mineral glass. Handle : 12 cm.
Mass : 220 g.
Made of plastic (ABS, PC), this light

magnifier is suitable for junior students.
Magnification : x 3. Magnifier : 47 mm,
12 cm long.
Ref.
573 025 73
Ref.
573 036 73
Magnifiers
with metallic handle
Magnification : x 12. Lens : 10 mm.

Field : 10 mm. Nickel-plated brass steel.
Supplied with cover.
mm
Reference
x2
40
x2
50
x2
60
x4
40
573 020 73
573 021 73
573 022 73
573 023 73
Aplanatic magnifier
x 10
Organic glass lens. Metallic handle.

25 mm. Magnification : x 10.
Ref.
Binocular magnifier
Magnification x 20
Equipped with soft eyepieces, an interpupillary
Head
Monocular magnifier
Magnification x 20
This robust magnifier (metal
frame) offers the following
advantages
:
high
magnification and
easy focusing.
Non-stereoscopic, it
restitutes
a
straight
picture adapted for
small objects ; its 360
rotatable head enables
the observation in
two-person
team.
573 006 73
Glass lens. Metallic frame and handle.
Magnification
Robust and easy to use, it ideally

prepares to the use of more sophisticated
instruments
Racks protective system avoiding its
damaging at the end of the rack
Equipped with wild field eyepieces fixed
by screws
Supplied with dust cover
183 002 73
Thread counter,
foldable
Ref.
Photo
183 001 73
Magnifier x3,
65 mm
2 - With a graduated base, it can be put

down on a plane object of which you will
measure the dimensions.
Ref.
Magnifiers x3,
45 mm
Eyepieces
Interpupillary
adjustment
Objective lens(es)
Magnification
Observation field
amplitude
Adjustment
Objects maximal
thickness
Stages disk
Illumination
Bases dimensions
Height
Mass
Biology
Reference
573 019 73
adjustment and a dioptric adjustment on the

left tube, this magnifier, convenient for young
students enables you to obtain : in-relief
picture and high magnification for thick or
opaque objects.
Monocular x 20
Binocular x 20
Monocular, inclined
Binocular, straight
and 360 rotatable
with soft eyepieces
x 10, wide field, screw-fixed
No
51-75 mm
x 2 fixed (1 objective lens)

x 20
10 mm
70 mm
45 mm
x 2 fixed (1 pair)
100 mm
65 mm
reversible, black and white

No
145 x 110 mm
170 x 115 mm
220 to 290 mm
230 to 330 mm
1.2 kg
1.4 kg
571 121 73
571 117 73
177
178
MAGNIFIERS Straight magnifiers
Magnification change by interchangeable objective lenses

Pair of wild field eyepieces, screw-fixed
Possibility of objects illumination by incidence or transmission
Racks protection by slip clutch
Supplied with dust cover, bulb and spare fuse for models with illumination
Binocular magnifier,
illuminating
non-illuminating
bi-illuminating
Magnification x 20 or x 40
Magnification x 20 or x 40
Magnification x 20
This magnifier equipped with a 12 V / 10 W

low-voltage illumination covering the
whole field, enables the obtention in a
safe way of : a good-quality picture, a
good luminosity and an evolutive
magnification.
Thanks to its optical quality and its system

of interchangeable objective lenses, this
magnifier enables you to obtain : a
good-quality picture, a good luminosity
and an evolutive magnification.
Equipped
with
two
low-voltage
illuminations (12 V / 10 W), one at the top,
and the other integrated to the base and a
double switch (ON/OFF, illumination
selection), this magnifier guarantees :
good-quality picture, and excellent
luminosity for observation in transparency.
Binocular, mono-illuminating magnifier

x 20
x 40
Head
Binocular, non-illuminating magnifier

x 20
x 40
Binocular, bi-illuminating magnifier

x 20
Binocular, straight with soft eyepieces
Eyepieces
x 10, wide field, 30 mm
Interpupillary
52-75 mm
adjustment
Objective lens(es)
x2
x4
x2
x4
x2
Magnification
x 20
x 40
x 20
x 40
x 20
Observation field
10 mm
5 mm
10 mm
5 mm
10 mm
Working distance
80 mm
48 mm
80 mm
48 mm
80 mm
Adjustment
amplitude
Objects maximal
thickness
90 mm
110 mm
90 mm
65 mm
100 mm
45 mm
Stages disk
two disks
reversible, black and white
reversible black / white

and transluscent
Illumination
12 V / 10 W
Power supply
Incidence
no
Base-built-in 12 V transformer ,
dimensions
Height
no
yes
180 x 115 mm
170 x 115 mm
190 x 115 mm
260 to 350 mm
220 to 330 mm
270 to 370 mm
2.2 kg
1.5 kg
Mass
Reference
2P+T lead
yes
fuse bulb
Bases
Base-built-in 12 V transformer,
no
2P+T lead
Spare and
Incidence or transmission
571 099 73
571 100 73
571 097 73
2.4 kg
571 098 73
Biology
571 090 73
Magnifiers with inclined head - Lamps M A G N I F I E R S - A C C E S S O R I E S
Their 45 inclined head enables a more comfortable working position

360 orientable head for an observation in two-person team
Pair of wild field eyepieces, screw-fixed
Objective lenses on parafocal mount on rotatable nosepiece for a quick change of x 20 and x 40 magnifications
Possibility to illuminate objects by incidence or transmission
Supplied with dust cover, bulb and spare fuse for models with illumination
Adjustment of the micrometer movements hardness with supplied wrench
bi-illuminating
bi-illuminating, halogen
Magnification x 20 and x 40
Magnifications x 20 and x 40
Equipped
with
two
low-voltage
illuminations (12 V / 10 W) covering the
whole field, a base-integrated transformer
and a double switch (ON/OFF, illumination
selection), this magnifier enables you to
obtain in a safe way : quick change of
magnifications, good-quality picture, and
excellent luminosity for observation in
transparency.
Equipped with two low-voltage halogen

illuminations (12 V / 10 W), a double switch
(ON/OFF, selection of top and / or lower
illumination), and a bracket integrating the
top wire and a separated adjustment of light
intensity, this magnifier offers : safety,
excellent adjustable lumininosity and
observation by transparency in white light.
Head
Eyepieces
Interpupillary adjustment
Objective lenses
Magnification
Observation field
Working distance
Adjustment amplitude
Objects maximal thickness
Stages disk
Illumination 12 V / 10 W
Illumination intensity
Power supply
Spare and fuse bulb
Bases dimensions
Height
Mass
Binocular, bi-illuminating magnifier

Binocular, bi-illuminating, halogen magnifier
x 20, x 40
x 20, x 40
Binocular, 45 inclined, 360 rotatable with soft eyepieces
x 10, wide field, 30 mm
52-78 mm
x 2 and x 4
x 20 and x 40
10 mm in x 20 ; 5 mm in x 40
2.5 mm in x 20 ; to 30 mm in x 40
48 mm
90 mm in x 20 and 70 mm in x 40
100 mm
35 mm
60 mm
25 mm
two disks
reversible black / white
and transluscent
Incidence or transmission
Incidence or transmission : by halogen lamp
Adjustable by separated control
12 V base-built-in transformer,
P+T lead
yes
190 x 115 mm
270 to 370 mm
320 to 355 mm
2.8 kg
2.7 kg
571 120 73
Reference
Cold light generator,

150 W
Ideal illumination for any
application requiring an intense,
cold and focused light, without
infrared
Optical fiber
conductor, simple
Simple, with one arm,
500 mm long, 6 mm.
Multi-directional, connected
on the casings front side.
Output angle of the light beam : 60 C.
Ref.
Halogen lamp
with dichroic mirror (20 V / 150 W).
Continuously adjustable light intensity
from 0 to 100 %.
Max. color temperature : 3200 Kelvin.
Metallic casing.
L x d x H : 140 x 210 x120 mm.
Ref.
566 025 73
571 199 73
566 026 73
Optical fiber
conductor,
dual
Dual, with two arms,
500 mm long, 8 mm.
Multi-directional,
connected on the casings front side.
Output angle of the light beam : 60 C.
Ref.
Biology
566 027 73
220 V lamp, with

double insulation
Has to be mounted at the mirrors place.
Vertical plug : 5 mm. Bluish lens, switch
on lead. Supplied with 220 V / 20 W bulb,
bayonet B15 cap 15 mm.
Can be adapted on microscope
ref. 571 103 73.
Ref.
574 119 73
220 V lamp, with

earth plug
Has to be directly
mounted at the mirrors
place on the slit plug with groove for a
maintaining by screw. Plug : 5 mm.
Supplied with 220 V / 20W bulb, bayonet
B15 cap 15 mm. Can be adapted on
student microscopes ref. 571 112 73 and
ref. 571190 73 ; on PCB type microscopes
ref. 571 141 73 and ref. 571 142 73.
Ref.
574 169 73
179
ACCESSORIES Lamps
Polarizing stage
Polarization device
Principle
Fix the over-stage under the clips of your
microscope, adjust the illumination. Position
the over-eyepiece, turn it until light
extinction (cross polaroids).
Mark its position.
Insert a thin slide on the stage : crystals
appear. Their forms, their color variations
when rotating the over-stage, the
estimation of their extinction angles thanks
to the graduation enables you to identify
them.
Very easy-to-use
Analyzer with 2 shoulders to be put on the

eyepiece.
80 x 80 mm polarizer to be put under the
slide.
Can be adapted on microscopes and
binocular magnifiers which eyepieces have
a diameter between 28.5 and 34.5 mm.
Specifications
Stage graduated every 5. Holder (90 x
65 mm) equipped with an anti-sliding base.
Over-eyepiece with shoulders.
Ref.
Can be adapted on all Jeulin microscopes.
574 174 73
Ref.
574 201 73
Set of polaroids
Stage micrometer
Precut and low-cost
To measure and count with the

microscope
They enable you to carry out observations in

polarized light.
Analyser discs to equip the eyepieces of
your microscopes.
Square plates.
Contents
6 discs : 2 x 19.5 mm, 2 x 27.5 mm,
2 x 31 mm.
2 plates (side : 40 mm). These elements are
usable as analyzer and / or polarizer.
Can be adapted on the microscopes of the
PCB series : PCB ref. 571 141 73 and LM 900
ref. 571 142 73 ; and on all eyepieces of
Jeulin microscopes.
Adaptation possible on the other
microscopes after cutting.
- to be used as analysers by cutting them at

your eyepieces size.
- to be use as polarizers by positionning
them between the stage and the thin slide
or the filter holder.
It is also possible to use them to explain the
light polarization principle, for example
under slides frame.
Ref.
Description
Can be adapted on microscopes compliant

with DIN international norms.
Eyepiece tube : 23 mm. Length : 160 mm,
including Jeulin microscopes.
Clips for microscopes
Wide field x 10 with index
574 102 73
Micrometer eyepiece x 10
wide field, inner : 23 mm.
Engraved scale.
574 140 73
574 170 73
Wide field x 10
574 188 73
3.5
3
Ref.
574 167 73
Can be adapted on the microscopes of the :

- Student series :
Ref. 571 112 73 and Ref. 571 190 73 ;
- PCB series :
PCB Ref 571 141 73 and LM 900
Ref. 571 142 73
- ME series :
ME 1012 Ref. 571 168 73, ME 1112
Ref. 571 169 73, ME 2012 Ref. 571 192 73 and
Ref. 571 196 73.
Cedar oil
05
03
Plane / concave on bracket with slit plug

and groove for a screw-maintaining.
Plug : 5 mm.
Can be adapted on Student microscopes
ref. 571 112 73 and ref. 571 190 73 ; on PCB
type microscopes ref. 571 141 73 and
LM 900 ref. 571 142 73.
Ref.
18
07
To be mounted on 4 mm clearing holes.

Can be adapted on microscopes which
stage is equipped with 4 mm clearing
holes.
Reference
Wide field x 15
Mirrors for
microscopes
574 144 73
Reference
574 097 73
Ref.
Huygens x 15
Description
Glass slide (76 x 26 mm) equipped with a

1 mm scale, 1/100 graduated enabling you
to calibrate the micrometer eyepiece
ref. 574 140 73 for each used objective
lens.
574 176 73
Eyepieces for
microscopes
180
574 190 73
Thickened
oil
for
microscopy. To be used
with immersion objective
lenses.
100 mL.
Ref.
Biology
107 186 73
Optics ACCESSORIES
Achromatic lenses
Achromatic lenses, standard DIN, screw

thread : 20 mm.
Can be adapted on the microscopes of ME

series : ME 1012 Ref. 571 168 73, ME 1112
Ref. 571 169 73, ME 2012 Ref. 571 192 73 and
Ref. 571 196 73.
Can be adapted to all microscopes (except

BM and ME). For your working comfort, the
x 40, x 60, x 100 have a parafocal adjustment
device to be carried out only once at the
time of the assembly (instruction manual
included) ; you will then be able to change
the objective lens without having to modify
the focus.
Description
Reference
574 226 73
x 60 NA 0.85
retractable
x 100 NA 1.25
Objective lens block,

for magnifiers
574 177 73
immersion retractable
Description
Reference
x 4 NA 0.1
574 193 73
x 40 NA 0.65
574 135 73
retractable
x 60 NA 0.85
574 136 73
retractable
x 100 NA 1.25
574 137 73
retractable / immersion
Halogen lamp with

dichroic mirror, for
microscope and cold
light
Non-halogen bulbs
for plug-in lamps,
microscopes and
magnifiers
Bayonet, B15 cap, 15 mm. 220 V / 20 W.
Can be adapted on plug-in lamps
ref. 574 114 73, ref. 574 119 73 and
ref. 574 169 73.
Ref.
12 V / 10 W.
Offers a white light and increases the
observation quality.
Can be adapted on microscopes of
the ME series : ME 1012 ref. 571 168 73,
ME 1012 ref. 571 168 73, ME 1112
ref. 571 169 73 and ME 2012
ref. 571 192 73 and 571 196 73.
Ref.
574 202 73
20 V / 150 W.
Can be adapted on the cold light
generator ref. 566 025 73.
Ref.
566 028 73
Dust remover
This accessory enables you to keep the lens

perfectly clean.
Made up of a soft brush and pear, it
doesnt scratch the optical lenses.
Ref.
574 198 73
574 115 73
Bayonet, B15 cap, 15 mm. 12 V / 20 W.

Can be adapted on former models of
plug-in lamps ref. 574 164 73.
Ref.
Can be adapted on binocular magnifiers

ref. 571 090 73, ref. 571 097 73,
ref. 571 098 73, ref. 571 099 73,
ref. 571 100 73.
Objective lens block x4
Ref.
Tubular fuses,
for magnifiers
Pack of 10, 5 mm, 20 mm long, 250 mA.
Can be adapted on binocular magnifiers
ref. 571 090 73, ref. 571 099 73,
ref. 571 100 73, ref. 571 120 73.
Ref.
High-performing cleaner
without residues. This liquid
enables you to dissolve
organic greases and soils for a
perfect cleaning of glasses,
lenses, optical materials.
574 165 73
574 152 73
Paper for optical

cleaning
Especially designed for optics, it doesnt

pill.
25 sheets. Dimensions : 9.5 x 13.5 cm / 20 g.
Ref.
Biology
803 092 73
283 319 73
Cleaner for optical

lenses
Shuttle bulb.12 V / 10 W.
Can be adapted on the top illumination of
binocular magnifiers ref. 571 090 73,
ref. 571 099 73, ref. 571 100 73,
ref. 571 120 73 and on the lower
illumination of binocular magnifiers
ref. 571 090 73 and ref. 571 120 73.
Ref.
574 145 73
Ref.
102 146 73
Grease for rack
Grease enabling the lubrication of

mechanical parts subjected to high
pressures, its viscosity is adapted to your
racks. 100 mL.
Ref.
107 065 73
181
182
MICROSCOPE SLIDES Section - Assembly - Staining
Concavity slides,
One concavity
Concavity slides, two

concavities
(Pack of 6)
(sold per unit)
For an in-vivo observation of thick objects

or protoplasts.
Ref.
573 014 73
For comparisons or sorting under the

binocular magnifier (micro fossils, soil
microfauna...). Made of glass. Can also be
used for in vitro fertilization.
Ref.
573 031 73
Coverglasses
(Box of 100)
(Pack of 100)
All our slides are at

the standard 76 x 26 mm.
Thickness : 1.1 mm.
Colorless, sharp finish.
Dimensions 20 x 20 mm,
made of borosilicate glass,
without ultraviolet fluorescent
effect higher than 320 nm,
chemically cleaned, 0.13 to 0.16 mm thick.
573 013 73
Ref.
Microtome
(Ranvier type)
This microtome enables you to carry out
quality cuts in a safety way :
- its wide plate protects the
hand from cuts,
- good stability thanks to its solid
base,
- its graduation every 20 m
(1/50 mm) enables you to carry
out precise and regular cuts.
Ref.
573 035 73
Slide made of black plastic, 4 mm thick

with a 12 mm concavity ; it is surrounded
by a transparent plexiglass cover, mobile
on guiding rail (26 x 19 mm).
Ref.
Microscope slides
Ref.
Concavity slides,
one concavity,
sliding cover
573 032 73
Staining sieve
573 015 73
For an easy transfer of the histological

parts to be stained from a bath to the
other. Wooden handle.
Dimensions : 25 mm.
Handle length : 162 mm.
Ref.
Elderberry pith
564 067 73
Staining jar
Small glass cuvette with lid, 85 x
45 mm ; used with the prism (Borel
type), it enables the simultaneous
staining of 3 slides with little stainer.
Ref.
Set of 6 small bars of different diameters
to carry out thanks to the microtome thin
and regular cuts of plant organs.
L. : 80 mm.
Ref.
566 015 73
Prism (Borel type)
573 018 73
For the partition of the staining jar in
order to reduce the stainers volume ;
65 mm high ; side : 25 mm.
Feulgen staining kit
The Feulgen staining, specific to DNA,

enables you to display the plant cells
chromosomes, particularly in root growth
areas. This kit includes the equipment and
products necessary to carry out this
histological staining by a group of 2
students.
Contents
- 1 staining sieve,
- 3 TPX 50 mL beakers,
- 1 pack of 100 round filters ( 120 mm),
- 1 fine clamp,
- 1 lanceolate needle,
- 1 pack of 2 small glass stirring rods,
- 1 pack of 100 slides,
- 1 pack of 100 coverglasses,
- Schiffs reagent, 125 mL,
- Mixture ethanol / ethanoic acid 3v/1v,
125 mL,
- Hydrochloric acid 1 N, 125 mL,
- Ethanoic acid, 45 %, 125 mL.
Supplied in case with instruction manual.
Ref.
102 147 73
Ref.
Dropping bottle
For the distribution of
chemicals such as stainers
or reagents. Made of
amber glass, with capacity
adapted to tutorials :
60 mL.
Not adapted to the
distribution of strong or
concentrated acids or
alkalis and of solvents.
Can be adapted on the
rack ref. 701 135 73.
Closure by screw-cap, drop
counter supplied.
Overall dimensions :
x H : 40 x 120 mm.
Ref.
Biology
566 016 73
713 250 73
Staining - Slides storage - Sets MICROSCOPE SLIDES
Plant staining kit
Polystyrene boxes
for histological
preparations
Polystyrene boxes for the storage of

histology slides with standard dimensions
76 x 26 mm.
Stackable with numbered storage card.
Easy slides identification.
Easy cleaning.
No of slides
The technic of double staining enables you

to differentiate plant tissues more easily :
alum carmine stains in pink the tissues
containing cellulose and the iodine green
gives a green staining to lignified tissues.
This kit comprises all elements - equipment
and products - enabling a two-person
team to carry out plants histological cuts
and to color them (except microtome).
Contents
-
1 rack,
1 pack of 6 dropper caps,
1 pack of elderberry pith,
1 fine clamp,
1 lanceolate needle,
1 pack of 2 small glass stirring rods,
1 pack of 10 watch glasses,
1 box of 100 slides,
1 box of 100 coverglasses,
2 secured slides,
Grenacher alum carmine, 60 mL,
Green iodine, 1 %, 60 mL,
Ethanoic acid 10 %, 60 mL,
Sodium hypochlorite 12 %, 50 mL,
Glycerol water, 15 mL,
Demineralized water, 60 mL.
Wooden boxes for

histological
preparations
573 039 73
50
573 040 73
100
573 041 73
Dimensions convenient for

an
easy
storage
of
standard slides
(76 x 26 mm).
Made of varnished
wood, with metallic
hinges and closure.
No of slides
573 016 73
100
573 017 73
12
573 029 73
Boxes for thin sections
105 212 73
Antennapedia
drosophilidae
Sordaria ascus
The head of the drosophilidae has been

extracted, front positionned and included
in a resin between slide and coverglass.
The leg replacing the antenna is
generally under the form of a brown
appendix with 2 segments.
Per slide : two inclusions to be compared
(mutant / wild).
Pack of 6 slides in case, supplied with
detailed instruction booklet.
575 619 73
Dimensions convenient for the easy storage

of thin sections from 45 to 30 mm.
Made of varnished wood with metallic
hinges and closure.
No of slides
Drosophilidae with homeotic

mutations
Ref.
Reference
50
Supplied in case with instruction manual.
Ref.
Reference
25
Reference
12
573 005 73
50
573 026 73
Blood tests case
Contents
Contents
Bunch of open ascus between slide and
coverglass. Resin mounted.
Ref.
Biology
575 474 73
Case of 30 preparations with instruction

manual : 4 x 7 preparations relative to A, B,
AB, O groups + 2 rhesus factor
identification.
Ref.
575 578 73
183
184
MICROSCOPE SLIDES Slides sold per unit
Abbreviations
- OA : Osmic Acid
- PAS : Periodic acid - Schiff
- MB : Methyl blue
- TB : Toluidine blue
- AC : Alum carmine
- ABC : Alcohol Boracic Carmine
- CJ : Cajal
- BNS : Brightened Natural Staining
- CG : Carmine / Green
- E : Eosine
- F : Feulgen
- G : Giemsa
- GR : Gram
- H : Hemalun
- HE : Hemalun Eosine
- FH : Ferric Haemotoxylin
- FHE : Ferric Haemotoxylin Eosine
- L : Lugol
- S : Sudan Red III
- T : Trichrome
- MG : Methyl Green
- MGP : Methyl Green Pyronin
- ZN : Ziehl Nielsen
Description
Be careful
The microscope slides are a fragile material ; store them in boxes just after
use. Some stainers are denatured by light, particularly the green stainers :
close your storage boxes.
The corresponding slides are marked by
. Some slides are particularly
sensitive to crutch, in particular the gel glycerol. The corresponding slides
are represented by
.
Section Staining
direction
Reference
Cardiac activity
and circulation
Description
Section Staining
direction
Nervous communication
CJ
575 412 73
MB
575 500 73
HE
575 435 73
LS
HE
575 436 73
LS
575 570 73
Cerebellum neuron
Artery and vein
TS
HE
575 421 73
Dissociated neurons, spinal cord
Artery and arteriole
TS
HE
575 603 73
Human brain, cortex
TS
TS & LS
HE
575 453 73
Whole encephalon
Lung and airways (Guinea pig)
HE
575 423 73
Whole encephalon
Stained human blood
575 406 73
Nerve fibers, dissociated
Human blood
HE
575 591 73
Spinal cord with rachidian ganglion
Myocardial fibers
Reference
Hormonal circulation
Hypophysis
HE
575 425 73
OA
575 439 73
TS
HE
575 438 73
Mammal spinal cord
LS
HE
575 497 73
Mammal spinal cord
TS
HE
575 532 73
Mammal spinal cord
TS
CJ
575 593 73
Nerve, mammal
LS
OA
575 499 73
Nerve, mammal
TS
OA
575 498 73
Nerve, mammal
LS
HE
575 523 73
Nerve, mammal
TS
HE
575 533 73
Optical nerve, mammal
TS
HE
575 609 73
Human finger skin
TS
HE
575 466 73
Hypothalamus
LS
HE
575 618 73
Ovary, corpus luteum (female rabbit)
LS
HE
575 442 73
Ovary, oogenesis (female rabbit)
LS
HE
575 441 73
Diabetic human pancreas
TS
HE
575 624 73
Healthy male pancreas
TS
HE
575 625 73
575 503 73
(Pacinian corpuscle)
Pancreas, glandular acini (Guinea pig)
HE
575 428 73
Regenerating mammal skin
TS
HE
575 527 73
Meiosis, locust testicle
TS
HF
575 140 73
Mammal retina
LS
HE
575 430 73
Cryptorchid testicles, man
TS
HE
575 608 73
Human retina
LS
HE
Rat testicle, interstitial cell
LS
575 440 73
Retina, blind spot
LS
HE
575 610 73
575 611 73
LS
575 592 73
HE
575 507 73
Development
HE
575 446 73
Sea urchin egg development
ABC
575 530 73
Pancreas, Langerhans islet (Guinea pig)
with epididymis
Rat testicle, spermatogenesis
Embryology :
with epididymis
Thymus
Uterus, female rabbit, follicular
& luteal phase
TS
different phases
Biology
Slides sold per unit MICROSCOPE SLIDES
Description
Section Staining
direction
Reference
Embryo trout alevin
Description
Section Staining
direction
Reference
Energy metabolism :
(3 different stages)
TS
HE
575 612 73
Trout, fry embryo
LS
HE
575 118 73
Aleurone grains,
Chicken embryo (72h)
LS
HE
575 116 73
castorbean endosperm
Mouse embryo (10 days)
LS
HE
575 607 73
Potato starch
Cellular reserves
E
575 511 73
575 321 73
TS
AC
575 510 73
PAS
575 505 73
Inulin, dahlia tuber
TS
ABC
575 509 73
Tadpole enbryo (3 different stages)
TS
HE
575 613 73
Cellulose, date stone
Tadpole embryo
LS
HE
575 117 73
Liver glycogen
Oil, walnut lipic cells
TS
575 513 73
Genetic information :
Striated muscle
TS
HE
575 451 73
Animal reproduction
Striated muscle
LS
HF
575 452 73
DNA-RNA, pancreas
Defatted adipose tissue
575 512 73
Kochs bacillus, culture
ZN
575 371 73
Oral flora bacteria
GR
575 617 73
Intestine bacteria
GR
575 115 73
Vinegar bacteria
MB
575 585 73
Swab test of nodule bacteriods
MB
575 374 73
Coliform bacteria (Escherichia coli)
GR
575 375 73
Lactic acid bacterium
MB
575 531 73
Chromosomes, salivary gland
MGP
575 413 73
575 409 73
chironomid larva
Meiosis, horse ascaris (metaphase)
TS
FHE
575 410 73
Mitosis, horse ascaris
TS
FHE
575 411 73
Human placenta
HE
575 447 73
Human spermatozoons
575 467 73
Spermatozoons (rat)
575 444 73
Spermatozoons (bull)
575 445 73
Microbiology
(dental plaque bacteria)
Genetic information :
(bacteria of cheese)
Plant reproduction
Budding yeast
TB
575 572 73
Wheat caryopsis
Micro-organisms in waste water
MB
575 600 73
(section through the embryo)
Staphylococcus, culture
GR
Mixt pollen grain
Streptococcus, culture
GR
575 372 73
575 373 73
HE
575 506 73
HE
575 567 73
LS
HE
575 565 73
ABC
575 604 73
(lily, pine, squash...)

Lily, anthers, meiosis
TS
HE
575 528 73
Mitosis, meristem tip
LS
575 484 73
LS
HF
575 318 73
hyacinth root
Mitosis, meristem tip
Internal environment :
Immune reactions
Lymph gland
Skin graft rejection
hyacinth root
Fern prothallus with sporophytes
BNS
575 354 73
Fern sporangium and spores
BNS
575 353 73
TS
Agglutinated red blood cells
575 596 73
by anti A serum
Red blood cells A + and
575 601 73
anti B serum =
non agglutination control
Interdependence
Macrophages, swab test (drop of pus)
TB
575 584 73
of living organisms :
Bone marrow, swab test
575 535 73
Peopling of environments
Spleen swab test (lymphocytes,
TB
575 595 73
Amoeba proteus
ABC
575 594 73
Swab test of nodule bacteroids
MB
575 374 73
macrophages, plasma cells)

Mammal kidney
Female dioecious rockweed, cups
HE
575 003 73
Male dioecious rockweed, cups
HE
575 004 73
Budding hydra
ABC
575 529 73
Animals nutrition
Nostoc : blue-green algal, crushing
MG
575 599 73
Pig liver
Paramecia
ABC
575 380 73
Mammal small intestine
Biology
LS
Lymphatic vessels
TS
575 449 73
HE
575 602 73
575 419 73
HE
575 418 73
185
186
MICROSCOPE SLIDES Slides sold per unit
Description
Section Staining
direction
Reference
Nutrition and organization
Compact bone tissue
Spring and summer wood, fir tree
TS
CG
575 615 73
Spring and summer wood, lime tree
TS
CG
575 616 73
Epidermis, cuticle, stoma
TS
TB
575 457 73
Wheat and corn leaves
TS
CG
575 514 73
Holly leaf, palissadic parenchyma
TS
CG
575 343 73
TB
575 568 73
(asparagus stem)
Decay of beech leaf

(mycelium, open diaphragm)
Monoccotyledon leaf, iris
TS
CG
575 342 73
Leaf oleander : stoma crypts
TS
CG
575 519 73
Marram grass leaf, adaptation to
TS
CG
575 344 73
LS
Plastids, selaginella leaf

LS & TS
Roots hairs on root, poppy

Root, iris
TS
Reference
HE
575 319 73
BNS
575 417 73
Rock thin section*

Format : 45 x 30 mm
Amphibolite
575 564 73
Andesite
575 563 73
Olivine Basalt
575 298 73
Tholetic Basalt
575 623 73
Foraminiferal limestone
575 560 73
Globigerina limestone
xerophytic life
Root hair LS on root TS
Section Staining
direction
Plant cells, scale skin, onion
of chlorophyllian plants
Morphogenesis, vegetative bud, lime
Description
TS
(paleocene, Danian)
575 621 73
575 320 73
Miliolid limestone
575 555 73
CG
575 483 73
Nummulitic limestone
575 307 73
ABC
575 327 73
Oolitic limestone
575 550 73
CG
575 325 73
Chalk
575 306 73
Diorite
575 296 73
575 549 73
HE
575 614 73
BNS
Root, primary structure,

lesser celandine
TS
CG
575 326 73
Garnet eclogite
Root, primary structure, buttercup
TS
CG
575 323 73
Eclogite coronitique
TB
575 488 73
Gabbro
575 559 73
Stem, bryony
TS
CG
575 517 73
Gneiss
575 301 73
Stem, clematis
TS
CG
575 485 73
Gneiss (with disthene)
575 145 73
Stem, primary structure, buttercup
TS
CG
575 331 73
Gneiss (with sillimanite)
TS
TB
575 487 73
575 144 73
Phloems, bryony
575 294 73
LS
TB
Wood vessels, bryony stem
LS
CG
575 462 73
575 463 73
Granite
Sieve tubes, bryony stem
Sandstone
575 304 73
Altered granite
575 147 73
Globotruncana marl (Maastrichien)
575 622 73
Mica schist
575 302 73
Andalusite mica schist
575 558 73
Biotite mica schist
575 538 73
Flat stoma, leek
Animal and plant

reproduction : see genetic
information
Animal respiration
Fish branchiae
Mitochondria, liver
Stigma, insect
Trachea, arborizations, insect
LS
575 424 73
Cordierite mica schist
575 536 73
FH
575 414 73
Garnet and glaucophane mica schist
575 146 73
BNS
575 387 73
Migmatite
575 557 73
575 388 73
Series from the Chenaillet mountain
Gabbro from the
Cellular types
Golgi apparatus
CJ
575 415 73
Mouth epithelium cells, human being
TB
575 571 73
Flat batrachian moult, squamous
575 005 73
epithelium cells
Fastidious focusing, work with high
magnification.
Cell Types
Acinous glands, skin, salamander
HE
575 429 73
Chenaillet mountain
575 148 73
Serpentine peridotite
575 149 73
Basalt from the pillow lava
575 150 73
Peridotite
575 556 73
Rhyolite
575 543 73
Foraminiferal sand**
575 605 73
Schist
575 542 73
Stromatolites
575 620 73
Trachyte
575 297 73
* The thickness of some slide (1.5 mm) does not allowed a storage in any type of wooden case. ** 76 x 26 mm.
Biology
S k e l e t o n - M o d e l A N AT O M Y
Complete skeleton
Human skull
Made of high mechanical

resistant
plastic,
equipped with mobile
joints and removable
skull
and
faithfully
represented
dentition, it is
easy to handle.
Mounted
on
stand at the
pelvis level in a
natural position,
it is perfectly
stable.
Design adapted to the

study : it is divisible into
two parts (access to
the cranium). Jaws
joint maintained by
spring. Plastic material of high mechanical resistance, moulding from original.
Description
Spinal column
Plastic
human
skeleton
Skeleton height :
168 cm
Mass (about) :
8 kg
Base : Rolling
tetrapod
Removable skull :
2 parts with,
3 detachable teeth
(+ 3 spare teeth)
Removable limbs :
upper and lower
Cover dust : Yes
Ref.
Ref.
This model illustrates the

joints movements (shoulder /
elbow / wrist).
It will enable the
highlighting of
similarities between
the fore limbs of
different vertebrates
classes.
Length : about
70 cm.
504 053 73
Flexible spinal cord

model on stand, very
easy to handle, for the
study of the rhac.
The spinal nerves, the
intervertebral discs, the
occipital bone and the
pelvis can be observed as
well as a prolapse of
intervertebral disc.
Height : about 70 cm.
Male pelvis.
Ref.
504 006 73
Detachable brain
504 059 73
Detachable eye
Articulated arm with

clavicle and scapula
Ref.
504 054 73
Six parts : sclera divisible into two parts.

Choroid divisible into 2 parts. Crystalline lens.
Vitreous body.
Numbering of the main parts of the eyeball
listed on a cardboard supplied with the model.
Dimensions : about 12 cm, mounted on stand.
Ref.
512 065 73
Moulding from original human brain.

Median section : one half part is detachable
as follow : cerebellum, brain stem and brain
lobe.
Model made of plastic material of high
mechanical resistance.
Model put on stand.
Numbering of the main parts of the brain
listed on a desciptive cardboard supplied
with the model.
Overall dimensions (L x w x d) :
17 x 17 x 15 cm.
Mass : 1.1 kg.
Ref. 512 042 73
Student
heart model
Demonstration
heart
Heart model divisible into two parts.

Section through the ventricles and atriums,
representation of sigmoid and atrioventricular valves.
Human heart divisible into two parts. Section

through sigmoid and atrio ventricular valves.
Musculature and coronary vessels can be
clearly shown.
Numbering of the different heart parts listed
on a very complete descriptive cardboard.
Overall dimensions (H x L x d) :
15 x 13 x 10.5 cm.
Mass : 0.4 kg.
This model enables you to study the heart

anatomy, veins, arteries and aorta in detail.
Overall dimensions : H x L x d : 20 x 10 x 10 cm.
Mass : 0.38 kg.
Ref.
512 060 73
Biology
Ref.
512 043 73
187
188
A N AT O M Y M o d e l - D i s s e c t i o n
Female half - pelvis
Detachable ear
Four parts :
External, middle and internal ear in one
part with :
- detachable eardrum, malleus, incus
(1 part),
- detachable verstibule, stapes, cochlea
(2 parts).
Numbering of the main ear parts listed on a
descriptive card supplied with the model.
Overall dimensions (L x w x h) : about 35 x
15 x 20 cm.
Ref.
Plastic material low-relief, color-painted.

Nomenclature of 26 anatomic elements
marked on the model. Life size.
Ref.
512 054 73
Kidney model
512 041 73
Right kidney mounted on stand and divisible

into two parts. This model enables you to
show the functional relations in the kidney,
particularly the ureter / renal pelvis
continuity.
Male half - pelvis
Overall dimensions (H x w) :
170 x 125 mm ; 100 mm.
Supplied on stand with instruction manual.
Ref.
Plastic material low-relief, color-painted.
Nomenclature of 26 anatomic elements
marked on the model. Life size.
Ref.
512 040 73
Dissecting dish
Shock-resistant,
Equipped with a removable
clear and rotproof base,
Very easy to clean.
Human torso
Detailed with
numerous
deteachable
organs, this
model
will ideally
illustrate the
functioning
of organism.
Divisible into 17 parts :
Detachable head and
divisible into two
parts, left hemisphere
also
detachable,
showing a sagittal
section of the
head.
Other detachable organs : both lungs
(4 parts), the heart, the trachea and
oesophagus, the diaphragm, the liver with
the gall-blader, the stomach, the pancreas,
the intestine, the bladder (2 parts).
Total height : about 82 cm.
Mass : 7 kg.
Supplied mounted on stand.
Ref.
512 010 73
Plastic dish. Rigid, highly resistant material

enabling the transportation of the dish full
of water.
Detachable clear and rigid bottom, fixed by
6 pins with mass-moulded head, ensuring an
efficient maintening of the bottom.
Dimensions :
- dish : 32 x 22 x 6 cm,
- bottom : 29 x 19 cm.
Supplied with bottom.
Ref.
566 009 73
Maintenance
Clear and detachable spare bottom.
Ref. 566 008 73
Individual safety lamp

Perfect luminosity thanks to its
metallic reflector, this lamp is
multi-directional, on axial
anti-corrosion coated and insulating
flexible rod. The switch and
moulded base are
waterproof. The
stability is
ensured by a
base ballasted
at 850 g.
ABS base, plastic material of high mechanical

resistance, ballasted by a 850 g cast-iron
mass. ON/OFF switch.
240 mm flexible hose enabling all positions
without tilting risk.
Shade : 110 mm, double-wall for air
circulation.
Made of polyamide (thermal insulation).
40 W / 220 V spherical bulb, screw cap (E27
CAP);
Electrical protection : double insulation (Class
II).
Waterproof switch.
Ref. 566 010 73
Maintenance
Spare bulb, 220 V, E27, 40 W.
512 062 73
Ref. 566 012 73
Biology
D i s s e c t i o n A N AT O M Y
Set of 4 stainless steel

instruments
Case made of thick and resistant canvasdoubled plastic material. Supplied with :
1 fine forceps, 110 mm long. 1 big forceps,
120 mm long. 1 fine scissors, 110 mm long.
1 big scissors, 140 mm long.
Ref.
Set of 4 stainless
steel instruments
1 scalpel, 1 fine scissors, 1 straight needle,
1 fine forceps, made of stainless steel.
Ref.
564 065 73
564 063 73
Razor for botany

sections
Empty case for

6 instruments
564 066 73
Stainless steel needles

Plastic handle. Blade with one flat
side, for right-hander.
Ref.
565 013 73
1 scalpel, 1 razor, 1 big forceps, 1 fine forceps,
1 big scissors, 1 fine scissors, 1 straight needle,
1 bended needle, 1 lanceolated needle,
1 director, made of stainless steel.
Ref.
Case made of thick and resistant canvasdoubled plastic material. You will store the
dissecting instruments made of high-quality
stainless steel described below.
Ref.
Set of 10 stainless
steel instruments
564 001 73
Needles for
microscalpel
To be sharpened to
transform it into microscalpel : block the needle
in the handle and sharpen it
on a oilstone (see below).
Length : 4.2 cm, made of stainless steel,
nickel-plated. Pack of 16.
Straight needles. 135 mm long.

Description
Reference
Pack of 10
564 017 73
564 043 73
Sold per unit
Ref.
564 046 73
Sharpening stone
Stainless steel
directors
Stainless steel needles

Lanceolated needles. 135 mm long.
140 mm long.
Description
Reference
Pack of 10
564 019 73
564 044 73
Sold per unit

Description
Reference
Pack of 10
564 024 73
564 042 73
Sold per unit
Dissecting pins
Stainless steel. 30 mm
Long. 100 g (min. 500 units).
Safety blade
Blade with one cutting edge and one thick
edge enabling a safe prehension. Is used like
a razor blade : dissection or carrying out of
histological sections with a microtome.
Dimensions : 60 x 20 x 1.5 mm.
Ref.
Ref.
Small dipnet
Brush
Fine terminal ends. To sort and separate small
elements.
To clean without damaging.
Ref.
564 064 73
525 015 73
564 068 73
This tool will enable you to transfer the embryo

or other delicate material without tearing it.
Made of stainless steel, about 20 mm.
Ref.
Biology
703 463 73
For the sharpening of metallic cutting edges.

It possesses two sides with different grains :
big grains for a coarse sharpening and fine
grains for a more precise finish. This stone
also enables you to manufacture microscalpels from needles. To be used with oil.
Dimensions : 15 x 5 x 2.5 cm.
Ref.
564 047 73
Microscalpel
Ideal for the fixation of a needle sharpened
on a sharpening stone or of a microblade
(not supplied). The created set is a
microscalpel to cut the heart of the embryo
or to carry out any fine microdissection.
Made of stainless steel.
Ref.
564 038 73
189
190
A N AT O M Y D i s s e c t i o n
Stainless steel forceps,

Standard models
Big forceps, 130 mm long.

Big models
Handling of grafts, floral
elements, organs...
Quantity
Length
Reference
200 mm
564 027 73
564 031 73
250 mm
Bended forceps, fine ends

Length
Reference
180 mm
564 030 73
564 028 73
250 mm
Removable scalpels
Scalpel with interchangeable
blade
Straight forceps, fine ends

Length
Reference
180 mm
564 026 73
Stainless steel
scissors, fine
Sold per unit
Sold per unit
564 022 73
564 033 73

Standard models
Fine forceps, 110 mm long.

Quantity
Handle (no 4) and stainless steel (no 23),

length 155 mm, packaging : 1 scalpel + 100
blades. Handle : 2 years guarantee.
Quantity
Reference
Pack of 10
Straight forceps, blunt ends
Reference
Pack of 10
Sold per unit
564 023 73
564 034 73
Reference
564 014 73
Length : 110 mm.

Quantity
Pack of 10
Stainless steel handle

(no 4)
Sold per unit
Reference
564 021 73
564 035 73
Watchmakers forceps
(Dumont type)
Stainless steel
scissors, fine
Stainless steel. Length : 110 mm (no 5).

Same as those of scalpels ref. 564 014 73.
Quantity
Pack of 10
Sold per unit
Reference
564 015 73
564 039 73
Spare blades (no 23)
Pack of 100
Quantity
Pack of 10
Sold per unit
564 062 73
Reference
564 020 73
564 036 73
Single-piece scalpels
Scalpel with plastic

handle
Scalpel
with plastic
handle 45 mm
stainless steel blade,
120 mm plastic handle,
mass : 5 g, disposable, sterile.
For scalpels ref. 564 014 73

and handle ref. 564 039 73.
Quantity
Ref.
Length : 140 mm.
Stainless steel scalpel.

155 mm long.
Quantity
Reference
564 016 73
Quantity
Pack of 10
Reference
564 013 73
Biology
Pack of 10
Sold per unit
Reference
564 025 73
564 040 73
Movement - Reaction time PHISIOLOGY
The movement
model
Ludic and educational
Easy-to-build, easy-tounderstand
Reaction time
Study of the reaction time in a
simple and intuitive way.
Educational and ludic.
Principle
This very easy to use, intuitive apparatus
with immediate putting into service and
designed for the student is made up of an
electronic casing delivering visual, sound or
tactile stimulations.
Contents
Casings dimensions (L x w x d) :
135 x 90 x 35 mm. A contactor wire, 1 m long.
Mass : 240 g. 12 V power supply, not supplied.
Ref.
554 053 73
Accesory
12 V power supply.
Ref. 281 243 73
Description
Principle
A four-position changeover switch enables

you to choose between visual, sound, tactile
or random stimulations.
A big size and very robust push-button
enables you to stop the chronometer.
A big size display delivers the reaction time
with values from 0.00 s to 9.99 s.
The model represents :

- a joint between two bones,
- the antagonistic muscles, cause of the
movement around this joint ; the flexion
and extension movement can be
simulated by the model.
Cardiac sounds
microphone
Model representative of the elbow joint,

can be easily applied to other joints of the
human body.
Contents
Fixation on arm thanks to belts supplied

with the model.
- A microphone,
- An amplifier with adjustable gain.
Safety : the supply is ensured by a 12 V power
supply block (sold separately) also offering a
galvanic insulation according to the CE norm.
Contents
The supplied set enables the building of an
arm model.
Easy and quick assembly : can be carried out
in a few seconds, without any tools. The
different elements are clipped one in each
other.
Each model is made up of :
- 1 PVC arm + shoulder,
- 1 PVC forearm,
- 1 foam hand,
- 2 muscles (biceps, triceps). Each muscle is
made up of two clips and a soft band.
- 2 auto-adhesive tapes.
Dimensions : total length of the arm in
extension : about 42 cm.
Suplied with instruction booklet.
Patented model.
Ref.
- individual listening (stethoscope function)

by connection to an audio headphone.
- Use with ESAO and the Generis software
for the recording and analysis of sound
curves.
Ref.
554 054 73
Principle
A small microphone is applied on the body
part which has to be heard : chest, neck. It is
connected to an amplifier equipped with a
potentiometer which function is to adjust the
intensity of the input signal. Several
exploitations of this signal are possible :
Aneroid tensiometer
Accesories
Audio headphones
Ref. 223 007 73

12 V power supply
Ref. 281 243 73
Stethoscope,
Laubry type
512 039 73
With built-in tensiometer (can also be used

with an other stethoscope).
Enables you to control yourself your
arterial, systolic and diastolic tension.
Blood
pressure
cuff,
autoadhesive
closure (Velcro type), built-in stethoscopic
earpiece. Supplied with binaural chestpiece, manometer, blow ball, in storage
case with precise instruction manual.
Ref.
Biology
554 041 73
With simple cardiophone chest-piece,

perfectly adapted to the study of cardiac
sounds and the tensiometry.
Ref.
554 042 73
191
192
PHYSIOLOGY Respiration - Fermentation - Photosynthesis
Microrespirometer
Extreme sensitivity, maximal
precision, for small quantities
of living material.
Functionning
The vessel with a dioxic carbon gas absorbing
compartment is connected to a manometer
with mobile connection. The depression
linked to the oxygen consumption is
compensated by levelling the mobile branch,
the level increasing in the fixed branch
measures the volume of consumated oxygen.
The sensitivity imposes a measurement in
thermostatic bath ; and to have at your
disposal an inert indicator.
compartment and a manometer connected to

the vessel by a three-way tap. Scale :
500.10-6 L, graduated each 2.5 .10-6 L.
The stand can be adapted on any aquarium
tank (from 2 L to 7 L - not supplied),
particularly on the water bath tank,
ref. 591 004 73.
Supplied with a detailed instruction booklet.
Patented model.
Ref.
554 032 73
Accesories
Straight capillary tube
Ref. 713 304 73

Vessel for microrespirometer
Contents
Ref. 723 192 73
A graduated stand, a vessel with

pierced bottom delimiting the absorbing
Brodie solution, 125 mL
Plants growth kit, for 6 two-person-teams
Ref. 105 155 73
These products will enable you

to highlight the role of the plant
wall and of the turgescence. The
fusion of protoplasts enables you
to approach the new technics of
molecular and cellular biology.
Enables you to identify the plants growth areas in length
Polyethylene glycol
(PEG), 100 g
Photographs : R.Prat. Biology and Multimedia

Laboratory, University of Paris VI.
Product required
protoplasts.
Ref.
The concept of this kit takes into account the
whole experiment :
Germination
In Petri dish on damp filter
paper (ex : green peas).
Marking
of roots and / or stems thanks to the marking
apparatus which offers two positions.
Fixation
on the rigid hydrophylic
growth stand, vertcally positionned in the damp vessel.
Two series of perforations
enable either the study of
roots growth or stems
growth.
Observation
of elongation of areas located between two
markings.
Contents
6 Petri dishes, 1 pack of 25 round filters
( 90 mm), 6 marking apparatuses, 1 tube of
greasy ink, 12 rigid hydrophylic growth
stands, 1 box of 25 pins, 6 damp vessels.
Ref.
for
the
fusion
107 036 73
Calcium nitrate, 4 h2O,

1 kg
554 068 73
Consumable parts
Greasy ink
1x 20 g tube. Greasy texture easing the
deposit and ensuring a good performance.
Ref. 107 035 73

Growth stand
Hydrophylic and rigid with two perforations
series. Pack of 6.
Ref. 703 078 73
Biology
of
Photographs : R.Prat. Biology and Multimedia

Laboratory, University of Paris VI.
Product required for the fusion of
protoplasts.
Ref.
104 028 73
Heredity GENETICS
metallic soft stand comprising a symbolic

representation of parents, gametes and
zygote. Magnetic tokens symbolizing the
alleles can be fixed on chromosomes or be
used separately.
Heredity lotto model
Contents
6 models, each model comprises the following
parts :
- 1 holding plate (21 x 29.7 cm) with diagrams,
- 8 long chromosomes (4 red and 4 blue),
- 8 short chromosomes (4 red and 4 blue),
- 3 chromosomes X (2 blue and 1 red),
- 1 chromosome Y (red),
- set of tokens symbolizing alleles (4 A, 4 B,
4 O, 4 Rh+, 4 Rh-, 8 white writtable tokens).
Principle
The chromosomes are represented by
adhesive small magnetic bars of different
colors and sizes that can be moved on a
Cell division model
Ref.
512 047 73
flexible band enabling the simulation of the

cytoplasm division.
The simultaneaous use of 2 models enables
you to represent all the stages of the meiosis.
The handling of the symbolic chromosomes
enables the student all simulations and tests.
To study mitosis and meiosis
The six models offer the possibility of a

personal work or a work by small groups.
Contents
Principle
The chromosomes are represented by
magnetic bars of different colors and sizes
which stick and that can be moved on a
metallic stand comprising a representation
of the cell. The cell wall is represented by a
Sets for Genetics

tutorial
6 models, each model is made up of :

- 1 soft metallic plate (21 x 29.7 cm) with
diagrams,
- 1 cell frame (in 2 parts),
- 8 long chromosomes (4 red and 4 blue),
- 8 short chromosomes (4 red and 4 blue),
- Supplied with detailed instruction manual.
Ref.
512 048 73
DNA model
Dynamic model
with possibility
to separate the
double helix
Structure and synthesis of DNA,

RNA and proteins
Schematic
model
representing the double
DNA helix with 16 pairs of
bases of different colors.
A very useful deformation
Possibility to use the assemblies in a plane
(RNA representation for example),
Assemblies in double helix (DNA case).
Easy to assemble
All elements (alkalis, amino-acids, transfer
RNA, links), can be clipped one in each other
by simple sliding. Excellent mechanical
resistance to repetitive uses.
Dimensions
Link separating two bases : 38 mm,
Base (h x w) : 2 x 1.5 cm, Amino-acid (h x w) :
1.5 x 2.3 cm, tRNA (w x h) : 9.8 x 1.6 cm.
From 6th grade
to 8th grade
From 10th grade

to 12th grade
4 x 24
12
108
-
4 x 24
24
120
20 (x2)
16
702 068 73
702 073 73
Adenine, Cytosine,Thymine, Guanine

Uracil (RNA) :
Soft links :
Amino-acids :
tRNA :
Reference
Biology
Presented in a transparent
plexiglas tube equipped
with a removable lid,
the detachable model
can be removed, unrolled
and the strands can be
separated
thanks
to
the complementarity of
elements representing the
bases.
Tubes dimensions (h x ) :
63 x 7 cm.
Ref.
702 093 73
193
194
CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Electrophoresis
Power supply,
Evolution 225
Power supply,
Evolution 100/160 V
DNA and proteins

2 delivered voltages
Variable voltage
Programmable duration
DNA and proteins
Quick migration
DNA - proteins tank

Made of injected plexiglas,
this tank set is adapted to a
use by student.
Contents
Convenient for the proteins and DNA

electrophoresis.
Acceleration of the proteins migration by
increasing the voltage.
Built-in a very compact casing, this power

supply delivers two voltages : 100 V for the
DNA electrophoresis, 160 V for the proteins
separation.
Specifications
Dimensions (L x w x d) : 22 x 11 x 24 cm.
ON / OFF switch.
Voltage selector : 100 or 160 V.
- 100 V 5 V / 50 mA intensity,
- 160 V 5 V / 20 mA intensity,
Signalisation LED of the selected voltage.
Safety sockets on front side for tanks
connection.
Protection device against short-circuits.
Cutouts indicator LED showing the voltage
absence.
General power supply : 50 Hz / 220 V.
Dimensions (L x h X d) : 16.3 x 8.2 x 13 cm.
Compatible with the tanks references :

591 007 73 and 591 031 73.
Compatible with the tanks reference :

591 007 73 and 591 031 73.
Specifications
ON / OFF switch and operating indicator.
Voltage adjustable from 100 to 225 Volts.
Voltage display by bargraph.
Timer : 15, 30, 60 minutes or permanent
operating. Electronic protection (50 mA).
Reset switch, start switch.
Safety sockets on front side for tanks
connection.
Ref.
281 267 73
Proteins
electrophoresis tank
Easy and quick fixation of
7 acetate bands
Separation of proteins,
amino-acids
Mechanical safety
Ref.
281 287 73
Tank with two compartments

Transparent lid integrating the connection
leads
Bands holder
Gel holder
Comb with 11 teeth for the chambers
moulding (vol. 8-10 L)
Serum applicator
Detailed instruction booklet.
The bands holder can receive three cellulose
acetate bands (2.5 x 14 cm). Quick and easy
bands positionning thanks to a swivelling
stop blocks device attached to the holder.
Optimal safety : the tank is equipped with a
mechanical safety device, it is electrically
supplied only at the closures time. The lids
removal automatically causes the power
supply stopping. Volume of required buffer
for the proteins electrophoresis : 100 mL.
Overall dimensions (L x w x d) :
22.5 x 9.7 x 8.5 cm.
Supplied with an instruction manual and
3 detailed electrophoresis protocols.
Ref.
Contents
The tank : capacity : 400 mL. In the buffer
compartments : two platinum electrodes on
the tanks whole length ensure the linear
migration on the bands. Electrodes terminal
ends linked to male connectors on which the
mains leads are connected. A diode
fixed on the tank indicates the
bands good state of
humidity and
thus the
591 031 73
establishment of the electric field required for

the experiment.
The lid : accidental opening of the lid during
the migration is impossible. The connectors
block the lid in closed position, the sockets are
out of reach.
The bands holder : thermoformed in one piece
for a better durability. Two rods are fixed on
the gate, which ensure the maintaining of
bands at the right tension. Number of bands
which can be accepted : 7.
Supplied with two leads + safety plugs.
Detailed instruction manual with experiments.
Dimensions (L x w x d) : 25 x 17 x 7 cm.
Exclusive to Jeulin.
Ref.
Student electrophoresis
complete set
Made up of the 100/160V Evolution Power

supply (ref. 281 287 73) and the DNA/
proteins tank (ref. 591 031 73).
Professional quality
Optimal safety
Entirely designed and developped by

Jeulin, the electrophoresis product line
offers you the professional quality of
laboratories.
Thus, you will be able to carry out DNA
electrophoresis on agarose gel and proteins
electrophoresis on acetate bands.
Ref.
591 034 73
Staining
cuvettes
Made of thermoformed plastic material.
Split into two compartments for the
staining and discoloration of cellulose
acetate bands. Compartments size adapted
to the the bands size .
Ref.
Biology
591 007 73
591 033 73
Immunology CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Immuno model
AIDS virus model
hand, and their specific antibody on the

other hand.
The handling of these elements enables the
student different simulations and tests.
The six models offers the possibility to work
alone or in small groups.
Ref.
Contents of one model :
Principle
The model is made up of magnetic pre-cut
elements which can be moved and combined
on a metallic plate.
These elements represent and materialize :
bacteria and their antigenic patterns on one
Immuno
disccovery set
Demonstration model
Exercices support
Adhesive elements for wall holder,
More than 40 big size colored
parts
1 soft metallic plate,

3 bacteria of brucella type,
5 molecules of specific antibody,
5 bacteria of coccus type,
5 molecules of specific antibody,
2 bacteria of tetanus type, with
antigenic toxins,
5 antibody molecules (antitoxin).
Supplied
booklet.
Ref.
with
detailed
Model divisible in two parts enabling you

to show the structure of the AIDS virus.
Made of plastic material, on stand.
Diameter : 125 mm.
educational
512 053 73
Principle
To clearly schematize the mechanisms
leading to the specific immunity :
recognizing of bacteria antigens by
lymphocytes
receptors,
cloning
and
grouping of lymphocytes sensitive to the
aggressor antigen, appearance of antibodies
in the cytoplasm of plasma cells,
agglutination of bacteria under the effect of
the released antibodies.
Contents
Set with transparent plastic lid containing
43 rigid parts, 2 mm thick, of big size and
colored : 2 types of 3 bacillus, 3 types of 3 B
lymphocytes, 4 types of antibodies (x 7).
This parts are fitted with velcro in order to be
fixed on the wall holder proposed below.
Supplied with a very clear educational
booklet,
explaining
the
immunitys
acquisition and mechanisms.
512 009 73
Demonstration set
for condoms
Set intented to the demonstration of
installation and removal of male condoms.
The presence of adhesive substance under
the bases model eases the fixation on a
bench or a table .
Height of polystyrene models : 14 cm.
Contents
Set of three models and 12 condoms.
Ref.
512 005 73
Accessory
Spare condoms
Male condoms, C.E. Pack of 12.
Ref. 512 004 73
Female condom
Exclusive to Jeulin.
Ref.
592 001 73
Accessory
Demonstration wall holder
Tissue holder (100 x 85 cm) made of
sheared, synthetic , navy blue velvet for
hanging of elements fitted with Velcro,
of the Immuno discovey set above.
Top and lower stiffeners ensuring a good
stability of the board.
Supplied with rings for wall hanging.
Ref. 592 002 73
Biology
To show your students a new prevention

way of sexual risks, intented to women.
Fine polyurethane sleeve aimed at covering
the vaginal wall.
Individual packaging.
Ref.
512 017 73
195
196
ENVIRONMENT Fauna - Plant culture
Plankton net
Hand net
This net is intended to the

harvesting
of
microorganisms
in
aquatic
environment. Nylon conical
funnel, with very fine mesh,
filtering water and guiding
the organisms in suspension
towards the nets base where
you will have to fix a reclamation flask. A cord of interlaced nylon (7 m) enables you
to move the net in diverse
depths. 59 threads / cm2, thread : 61 m.
Ref.
524 002 73
Germinator, 3 floors
With this net, you will carry out the

harvesting of insects and aquatic animals
(leeches).Made of jute, deep form, mounted
on metallic frame ( about 30 cm), put on the
end of a detachable and telescopic stick. It
enables collections at a 2 m depth.
Mesh : 2.5 mm, thread : 0.5 mm.
Ref.
Japanese umbrella
Works with your lamps

on flexible hose
Entirely detachable
To collect insects hidden in

trees and shrubs
Easy-to-use
Extra-light, entirely folding
Specifications
Ref.
525 023 73
Magnifier - box
Made of resistant plastic
material, this transparent
box is closed by a lid
constituing a magnifier
(1.2 magnification). A squared bottom enables you to assess the size of
the samples and ease the count. Magnifier box : 110 mm. Total height : 90 mm.
Ref.
Insect aspirator
With oral terminal end
With mechanical filter
Double protection for
students
The Japanese umbrella enables the

harvesting of living insects hidden in
branchs and leaves of trees and shrubs.
Thanks to its frame, the Japanese umbrella
is easily installed under the branchs even by
only one user... It enables to reach the
lower branchs and the less easy-to-get-to.
Then, you just have to kick branchs to let
the insects fall in the umbrella canvas. The
animals are then cautiously collected (with
an insect aspirator, for example) in order to
be observed.
Contents
- Washable and folding white canvas :
75 x 75 cm,
- Frame with extra-light tubes, for an easy
use by children (dim. 100 cm).
Entirely folding for a small occupied place.
Ref.
573 030 73
your
525 007 73
small living insects without damaging or

mutilating them (collected for example in the
Japanese umbrella presented above). It is also
convenient for the collection and sorting of
drosophilidae. Entirely detachable and washable to be entirely sanitized.
This aspirator is made up of a vessel ( x h :

35 x 50 mm), 2 tubings : one for the suction and
the other to be put towards the insect
to be collected and a mechanical filter,
indispensable for a good functionning.
Supplied with 2 mouth washable terminal ends
Ref.
544 005 73
Micro-greenhouse
with 10 peat pads
Made of plastic material with transparent lid

(26 x 11 x 6.8 cm), this greenhouse contains
10 pads of compact and dehydrated peat ; by
pouring about 1/2 L of water, the pads will
increase 7 times their height by hydrating ;
you will sew seeds and spores on each pad
and replace the lid in a warm and light place
to observe the germination of the plantlets
and prothallus.
Ref.
525 001 73
Very rigid seedling

flat (45 x 30 x 7).
Patented drainage avoiding
the compaction.
Light crystal blue
lid, equipped with
two hinges. Trough :
46 x 31 x 3 cm : collection of watering surplus
and evacuated toxins. 7 stages racks enabling
you to maintain the lid half-open depending
on the required aeration.
544 004 73
Seedling flat
Set made up of 2
unbreakable trough with
grooved bottoms :
one is black and
pierced and the
other is green
and solid.
Can be used :
- One on the other, the green trough being
used as a watering surplus collector,
- Separately by draining the green troughs
bottom and by avoiding watering surplus.
Dimensions (L x w x d) : 37 x 23 x 7.5.
Ref.
Biology
544 014 73
Mini-greenhouse at
ambient temperature
Ref.
Contents
This insect aspirator is
especially designed for a use in a
safe way by each student.
Washable,
interchangeable
mouth terminal ends, are
supplied to avoid any risk of
contamination
between
students. An indispensable mechanical filter
prevents any passage of insects in the suction
tube. This aspirator enables the harvesting of
Ref.
524 003 73
Berlese apparatus
Dimensions ( x h (mounted)) : 90 x
130 mm ; supplied with sieve, sampling
brush and hand magnifier to fix at the
apparatus edge for the storage.
Enables you to have three

different pack of seeds grow
simultaneously. System of
siphons for the automatic
water run-off.
A circle grooving ensures a
good distribution of water in
the different compartments.
Dimensions (h x ) :
22 x 15 cm.
544 019 73
V i v a r i u m s - B r e e d i n g c h a m b e r s B R E E D I N G A N D C U LT U R E
Mini-phytotron
Chamber (dimensions (L x w x h) : 21.5 x 14 x

25 cm) which can contains plants up to
200 mm ; liftable transparent wall (aeration),
transluscent curtain, opaque curtain ; base
forming a waterproof tank to receive pots,
potting soil, peat, vermiculite ; 2 x 60 cm soft
tubes ( 10/12 mm) for natural or distilled
water circulation, knop liquid ; small overlay
to free the passage of a thermometer (not
supplied) ; big overlay to exhale air enriched
in CO2. Supplied with label holder and
instruction manual.
Patented model.
Patented model
Ref.
Insect observation
case
Patented model
554 043 73
Aim
Vertical
breeding
chamber
Made up of two safety glass side mounted

on guiding rail and removable to ease the
cleaning. A device made up of 6 parallel
guiding rails enables you to modify the
capacity of the chamber into 5 different
volumes.
Comprises two openings with wire mesh for
aeration.
Overall dimensions (L x w x h) :
31 x 14.5 x 60 cm.
Breeding space (L x w x h) : 25 x 11 x 57 cm.
For stick insects or

animals living in
trees or plants
Ref.
Horizontal breeding
chamber
For crickets
and locusts
535 062 73
Enabling the students to create

temperature, light, humidity, colored
bottom gradients and to imagine protocols
to train themselves to the experimental
method.
Contents
Case with window (format 32.5 x 27 x
5.5 cm), 4 colored felts, 1 tinted plate for
darkening, cooling system (to be put in the
fridge) and thermal gradient (to be heated
with waterbath).
Ref.
With a size sufficient to receive most of

animals requiring surface, its length
enables you to carry out crickets and locusts
breeding. A device made up of 6 parallel
guiding
rails
enables
you
to
modify the capacity of the chamber into 5
different volumes.
Comprises two openings with wire mesh for
aeration.
554 044 73
Overall dimensions (L x w x h) :
60 x 14.5 x 31 cm.
Breeding space (L x w x h) : 57 x 11 x 27 cm.
Ref.
535 063 73
Vivarium
Terrarium cages
Made of plastic, transparent tank ensuring
an easy observation of animals or plants ;
colored lid including an access trap,
a pierced area enabling gas exchanges.
Breeding of reptiles,
batrachians, insects...
Dimensions (mm)
Capacity
Reference
380 x 235 x 290
18 litres
535 053 73
320 x 185 x 250
12 litres
535 052 73
190 x 110 x 140
2 litres
535 051 73
Accessory
Heating lead for terrarium

Insulated to comply with European norms,
has to be positionned in sinuosities at the
terrariums bottom to be covered by the
bottom material (sand, gravel, cobbles..) to
keep it warm.
Can be mains connected by means of a 1 m
lead with plug.
Length : 3 m, power : 15 W.
Ref. 544 009 73
Biology
Three glass sides.

One wire-mesh sliding side, wire-mesh top.
Ref.
535 004 73
197
198
B R E E D I N G A N D C U LT U R E A q u a r i u m s a n d a c c e s s o r i e s
Resistance thermostat
For species requiring a constant
temperature and higher than
the ambient temperature,
particularly in Winter in rooms
with low
temperature
Immersable heating
element
and
thermostat are stacked
in a Pyrex tube (250 x
20 mm).
Adjustable
bi-metal
thermostat equipped
with a pilot lamp.
Power : 50 W.
Mains : 220 V.
Aquarium, 96 L,
with basic equipment
Spare parts
Filter mass : 100 g
Filter cotton wool : 100 % polyester.
Ref. 533 058 73

High-capacity glass aquarium comprising a
settling tank receiving the filtering
material (to be ordered separately),
heating device. The lid contains the
illumination device with 18 W fluo tube.
The pump flow : from 0 to 300 L / hour is
sufficient to ensure oxygenation and
filtration even in sea water.
100 W immersion heater reguling the water
temperature even in a room with a low
temperature, control thermometer, filter
and connection tubings.
Dimensions : 80 x 30 x 45 cm, empty
mass : about 20 kg. Mains voltage : 220 V.
Aquarium in moulded
plastic
If the dimensions of the aquarium and its

population require it, you can join several
identical elements.
Ref.
Tank made of transparent plastic material.
Qty per
pack
cm
18.5 x 12 x 13
Cap.
Reference
2.6 L
26 x 16.5 x 15.5 4.5 L
533 007 73
Dimensions
534 007 73
534 015 73
33.8 x 18.5 x 19 10 L 534 021 73
45 x 25 x 26
27 L 534 022 73
Ref.
534 024 73
Daily programmer
Aquarium
Filter for aquarium
To control the illumination of

the daily food dispensing of
your aquariums.
Programmable by index, at a
15 mn pitch, within 24 hours.
Switchable in forced march.
Aquarium made of glass dust.

Dimensions : about 50 x 25 x 30 cm.
Capacity : about 35 L.
External filter for glass aquarium :

- up to 75 L,
- with 220 V filter cartridge.
Power supply : 220 V, single-phase.

Interrupting capacity : max. 16 A.
Ref.
792 473 73
Aerator
Ref.
534 001 73
Ref.
Food dispenser
Internal filter
With diffuser
Used with a filter, they maintain the

ambient equilibrium. Pumps for aquarium
fitted with a sintered diffuser and a soft
colorless plastic tube for the connection of
accessories (diffuser and tube supplied
with the pump).
Quiet and reliable.
Continuous operating without time limit.
Interchangeable standardized internal
parts ensuring a quick maintenance.
Power : 220 V.
Aerator 150 L/h
Ref.
533 002 73
Spare parts
Diffusers for aerators
Pack of 6 spare diffusers. Made of fritted
material. Does not desintegrate, even after
a long-time use.
Ref. 533 023 73
533 005 73
Convenient for any type of aquarium up to

50 L. Equipped with an electrical pump.
Can be used in partial or total immersion.
Adjustable flow from 120 to 240 L per
hour. Its filter cartridge can be used a lot of
times before being replaced by fibers,
polyester cotton wool or coal. Fixation by
suction pads, supplied with the apparatus.
Filter volume : 180 cm3.
Dimensions (w x d x h) : 42 x 30 x 116 mm.
Consumption : 5 Watts.
Power supply : 230/250 V.
Ref.
Has to be fixed on the lid by adhesive or on
a aquariums edge by a boss. Has to be
connected on a programmer (> above).
The animals receive each day at the
selected hour the quantity of food
adapted to the breeding.
Food in reserve : 50 cm3 without the
additional reserve, 250 cm3 with the
additional reserve (supplied).
533 059 73
Spare parts
Pack of coal, 300 g for filters.
Ref.
533 054 73
Ref. 533 026 73
Biology
INDEX
Description
Page
A
Apparatus "study of forces"
37
Abduction tubes
143
Absorbent for liquids
166
Accessories for diffraction and
interferences
84
Accumulator
42
Acetylchlorine chloride
22
Achromatic lenses
176
Adapter sleeves
75
Adapter unit
157
Adapter, ammeter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, angle, ESAO 4
29
Adapter, banana BNC
125
Adapter, chronocine, ESAO 4
29
Adapter, chronowin, ESAO 4
25
Adapter, CO2, ESAO 4
24
Adapter, conductimeter, ESAO 4
29
Adapter, displacement, ESAO 4
29
Adapter, dual-voltmeter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, electrophy , ESAO 4
26
Adapter, ethanol, ESAO 4
24
Adapter, force, ESAO 4
29
Adapter, hygrometer, ESAO 4
25, 28
Adapter, input/output, ESAO 4
31
Adapter, k thermocouple, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, luxmeter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, mains
97
Adapter, millivoltmeter, ESAO 4
26
Adapter, myograph, ESAO 4
26
Adapter, oximeter, ESAO 4
23
Adapter, phase-meter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, ph-meter, ESAO 4
29
Adapter, pressure , ESAO 4
26, 28
Adapter, series/USB
16
Adapter, Tensio, ESAO 4
26
Adapter, teslameter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, thermo-photometer, ESAO 4 25
Adapter, Titronic, ESAO 4
29
Adapter, TRMS ammeter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, TRMS voltmeter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter, turbidimeter , ESAO 4
25
Adapter, voltmeter, ESAO 4
28
Adapter
160
Adapter-sensor, heart sonogram
27
Additional trolley
40
Adenosine triphosphate
27
Adjustable diffraction slit
49
Aerator
198
Aids virus model
195
Aiming telescope
87
Air-cushion bench 2
41
Air-cushion table, meca 2
42
Alcohol pyrometer
51
All propulsions vehicle
38
Alternator, demonstration
67
Aluminium foil
144
Ammeter
110
Ammeter, Initio
104
Amplifier, ampli-sons
47
Anemometer
112
Aneroid barometer
112
Angle module for stepped pulley 32, 46
Anhydrous sodium sulphite, pure 17, 23
Animal respiration enclosure
17, 25
Apron
166
Aquarium
198
Archimede's principle
55
Description
Page
Arm skeleton, articulated

187
Arrow diaphragm, adjustable
87
Atmospheric air pressure apparatus 53
Auto-collimating spectacle
87
Auxiliary lens
87
B
Balance on magnetic holder
36
Balances
128
Ball for free fall
39
Ballast, Modumontage
155
Ballistic launcher
40
Balls, plastic
40
Banana plugs, simple
75
Band holes
88
Band slits
88
Barometer / hygrometer /
thermometer
112
Barrels
144
Bars, cylindrical, on pivot
65
Bars, magnetic
63
Bars, soft iron
63
Base, magnetic
34, 78, 103
Battery
26, 76, 80, 123, 124, 128
Beaker
55, 121, 133
Bell jar
53
Bended connection
130, 131
Bend with vacuum connection
131
Berlese apparatus
196
Billet bi-lens
88
Bioreactor 2
25
Blade electrode
122
Blade, safety
189
Blade
190
Blade, metallic
51
Blood tests case
183
Blower, hot air
147
BNC-banana adapter
102
Board, magnet-meca
37
Board, metallic
80
Borer, cork
145
Boss, Polynux
46, 55, 155
Bosshead
153
Bottle top dispenser
151
Bottle, dropping
182
Bottle, round
139
Bowl
135
Box for histological preparation
183
Box for thin sections
183
Boyle's law apparatus
52
Brain, human
187
Breeding chamber, horizontal
197
Breeding chamber, vertical
197
Brodie solution
55, 192
Brush
149, 189
Buchner funnel
148
Buffer solution
22
Bulb
78, 80, 81, 188
Bulb condenser
130
Bulb holder
61, 74
Bulb pipette
140
Bulb
74
Bulb, halogen
43
Bulb, bayonet tungsten
61, 74
Bulb, non-halogen
181
Bulb, screw-cap
74, 80
Burette, electronic
134
Burette's body
134
Burner, alcohol
161
Science Teaching
Description
Burner, bunsen
Burner, electric
Burner, electric, Microfour
Burner, gas
Burner, Mecker
Burner, wring
Button cell
Page
161
162, 163
33
161
161
161
124
C
Calcium nitrate
192
Calliper
113
Calorimeter with Dewar vessel
50
Camera, Videoflex
168
Cap lamp
60
Capacitance box
73
Capacitor, non-polar
60, 62
Capillary tube
192
Capillary tube, angled
52
Capsule
135
Capsule, enamelled porcelain
141
Cartridge, butane/propane
162
Cartridge, deionization
164
Cartridge, filter
166
Case for instruments, empty
189
Case, transluscent, for two-terminal
circuits
60
Cat fur
56, 104
Cathetometer
86
Cedar oil
180
Cell experiment set
121
Centrifuge, hand operated
159
Centrifuge, safety
160
Cesium chloride and ice
119
Changeover switch
59
70
Charles' law vessels
33, 52
Chromatography paper
146
Chronometer
111
Circle, trigonometric
113
Circuit, circle
64
Circuit, displayable
64
Circuit, solenoid
64
Circuit, straight
64
Clamp
134, 151, 153, 154
Clamp for Mohr burette
154
Clamp, easix
123, 125
Cleaner for optical lenses
181
Cleaner, ultrasound
149
Cleaning liquid
149
16, 24
Clips for microscope
180
Coal for filters
198
Coil
60, 62, 66
Coil model and Initio voltmeter
67
Coil, maximal-flux
69
Coil, flat
69
Cold light generator
179
Collimator
87
Colorimeter
126
Column body
146
Column head, Rodaviss
129, 130
Column head
131
Column, glass
146
Column, Vigreux
129, 131
Column, Vigreux, Rodaviss
130
Combustion spoon
152
Communicating vessels
54
Compass
65
Condenser
77, 82
Description
Page
Condenser, bulb
129, 131
Condenser, liebig
129, 131
Condenser, Rodaviss
130
Condom
195
Conductimeter, Initio
123
Conductohm
61
Cone
148
Connection kit
90
Connection, BNC
125
Consumable for eye washing unit 166
Convection of warm current
52
Conversion plate, DA/AD
30
Copper (2) pentahydrate sulfate
121
Cord
37, 45
Cords, double-wire
42
Cords, single-wire
42
Cornu bench
87
Coulometer, Initio
104
Coupling accessories
46
Coverglass
182
Cristallizing dish
135
Crocodile clips
48, 74
Crocodile clips, insulated
74
Crucible tong
151
Crucibles for aluminothermy
141
Crucibles, fireclay
141
Crystal lattice
119
Cubic decimeter, removable
54
Cupel
135
Current generator
95, 97
Current generator module
59
Cuvette for spectrophotometer
135
Cuvette, parallel sided
135
Cylinder set
54
Cylinders having the same mass
54
Cylindrical bars
63
Cylindrical magnets
63
D
Daniell cell
Decade inductance box
Decade resistance box
Decameter
Deflectron
Demonstration free fall
Demonstration set for condoms
Demonstration ultrasound bench
Demonstration wall holder
Densimeter
Detachable kidney model
Detergent
Dializer
Diaphragm, 8 holes
Diaphragm, iris
Diffraction object
Diffuser for aerators
Diode
Diode, bridge
Diode, Zener
Dipnet
Director
Disc, frosted
Disc, graduated vernier
Dish
Disk for stroboscopy
Displacement vessel
Dissecting dish
Dissecting pin
Dissection instruments set
120
71
71
113
89
39
195
49
195
55
188
150
164
87
81
85
198
59
59
30
189
189
82
87
144
43
54
188
189
189
199
200
INDEX
Description
DNA model
DNA-proteins tank
Double-rack holder
Dropping bottle
Dropping funnel, isobaric
Dropping pipettes
Dust remover
Dynamometer
Page
193
194
83
138
129 to 131
140
181
35
E
Ear model
188
Elderberry pith
182
Electrical bell 6 V
53
Electrical oscillations' sustain
70
Electrode for pH tester
124
Electrode holder
122, 125
Electrode, platinum
122
Electrode, stimulating
26
Electrode, zinc
120
16, 26
Electrode
121, 122
Electrode, ecg-emg
26
Electrode, metallic
16, 26
Electrode, nickel
122
Electrode, potentiometry
125
Electrolyte
17, 23
Electrolyte, CO2
24
Electrolytic tank
120
Electrolyzer
122
Electrolyzer, u-shaped
122
Electromagnet
63
Electro-magnet, demonstration
67
Electrophoresis set
194
Electroscope with needle
56
Electrostatic kit
56
Electrostatic pivot
56
Elevator motor
51
Elongation of a spring
36
Emitter 2
49
Emitter-telemeter
49
Encoder wheel
21
Energy and efficiency model
51
Erlenmeyer flask
120, 131, 137
ESAO 4+ console
23
Excitation system for vertical elastic
pendulum
46
Experiment glasses
143
Extension lead, VTT
16
Extension plate, UME 20
59
Eye model
79, 187
Eye washing unit
166
Eyepiece
170
Eyepiece adapter
167
Eyepiece for micrometer
180
Eyepiece holder
87
Eyepiece slide, graduated
83
Eyepiece with micrometer screw
87
Eyepiece, Huyghens
170, 180
Eyepiece, wide field 167, 170, 176, 180
Eyepiece-video camera
169
Eye-wash bottle
166
F
Fabry Perrot slidemounts
Female half pelvis
Fermenter
Ferrite magnet
88
188
27
63
Description
Page
Feulgen stain kit

182
Fibroptonic
79
Filter
148, 198
Filter colorimeters, AT and T Initio 126
Filter for aquarium
198
Filter holder
87
Filter pump
156
Filter, antibacterial
17, 24
Filter, interferential
88
Filter, internal, for aquarium
198
Filter, magnetic, 5 colors
78
Filter, primary-colour
85
Filter, secondary-colour
85
Filter, monochromatic
126
Fire blanket
166
First aid kit
166
Flask for the storage of pH electrode 125
Flask, amber glass
151
Flask, distillation
129, 130
Flask, extraction
132
Flask, flat bottom
52, 132
Flask, round
130, 139
Flask, round bottom
130, 132
Flask
130
Fluid fall
39
Food dispenser
198
Forced oscillations
44
Forceps
190
Forceps, dumont type
190
Fork, optical, for timer count
111
Frame in a magnetic field board
67
Frame, swivelling
67
Free fall tube
39
Frequency-meter
109
Fresnel eyepiece
87
Fresnel's biprism
88
Friction board
38
Function generator
30, 45, 48, 99
Funnel
136
Funnel with filter plate
148
Funnel, separating
129, 132
Fuse
41
Fuse, quick blow
107, 110
Fuse, tubular
181
G
Galvanometer
Galvanometer, tangent
Gas cylinder
Gas expansion
Gas generator
Gas laser (he-ne)
Gas law board
Gas pressure
Gas washing bottle
Gauze, metallic
Geiger-mller counter
Gel for chromatography
Generator amplifier
Generator on bracket
Generator
Genetics tutorial set
Geometrical models
Georama
Germinator
Glass cutter
Glass wool
Glassware cleaning
Gloves
Description
Page
Glucose, anhydrous
Goggles
Goniometer
Graduated flask
Graduated volumes
Grating and slit
Grating holder for goniometer
Grating holder on rod
Grating spectroscope
Grating
Grease for rack
Greenhouse
Grid for burner
Growth stand
22
165
86
120
54
85
86
87
85
85
181
196
163
192
H
Half mask respirator
166
Half moon base with column
83
Halogen source
80
Hand protectors
165
Handle for scapel
190
Harmonic generator, crea-sons
47
Headphones, audio
48, 191
Heart model
187
Heating lead for terrarium
197
Heating mantle
161
Heating plate
161
Holder for bunsen burner
161
Holder for connecting leads
76
Holder for square section
126
Holder for VTT sensor
18
Holder on stand
149
Holder, magnet-meca
37
Holder, wooden
152
Hooked mass
36, 45, 51
Hot plate stirrer
157
Human metabolism enclosure
24
Human respiration enclosure
17
Human torso
188
Hydrogen car model
121
Hygrometer
112
I
109
65
137
52
138
83
33, 52
52
138
161
89
146
45, 97
67
97 to 99
193
54
79
196
156
146
150
165
Ice crusher
157
Immersion heater
161
Immersion resistance
50
Immuno discovery set
195
Inclined plane
38
Incubator
159
Indicator tape for autoclave
164
Individual safety lamp
188
Induction coil (faraday coil)
69
Induction coil
71
Inductor, adjustable
72
Initio timer counter
111
Ink, greasy
192
Insect aspirator
196
Insect observation case
197
Ion migration apparatus
121
IR led
60, 79
Iris diaphragm on rod
87
Iron ammonium (II) hexahydrate
121
Iron combustion chamber
120
Iron filings
64
Iron wool
120
Science Teaching
Description
Page
J
Japanese umbrella
Jar, cylindrical
Joint clips
Joule effect model
Joulemeter, initio
Jumper
196
135
131
51
104
87
K
Knife switch
Kundt's tube with analog output
75
45
L
Labcoat
166
Labjack
155
Lamp, halogen
34, 181
Lamp, plug-in
179
Lamp, spare
87
Lamp, UME
62
Lantern for spectral lamp
84
Lantern with punctual filament
87
Laplace's law board
68
Laplace's rail
68
Laser diode
78, 83
Laser holder
87
Laser plane kit
78
Laser, multi-beam
78
Lattice
119
Lead (II) nitrate, pure
121
Lead, banana
125
Lead, jack plug
43, 48
Lead
31, 42, 74, 75, 102
Lead for electrophysiology
27
Lens
82, 83
Lens holder
77, 80, 81, 87
Lens tissue
149
Lens and mirror
82
Lens, achromatic
181
Lid with stirrer
50
Light source
77, 78, 80, 81
Lighting block
170
Liquipettes, Elkay
147
Load sensor, Initio
58, 104
Locking pliers
46, 155
Loudspeaker
48
Luxmeter, digital
51, 112
M
Magdeburg hemispheres
53
Magnet kit
64
Magnet motor module
67
Magnet
63
Magnetic optical elements
80
Magnetic spectrum
64
Magnetic stand for dynamometer
36
Magnetic stirrer
25, 157
Magnifier
177 to 179
Magnifier-box
196
Male half pelvis
188
Manoscope, water
55
Martoreflex
26
Martoreflex lead
26
INDEX
Description
Page
Mass-carrier plate
36
Mass
129
Measurement device for diffraction and
interferences
81
Measuring cylinder
136
Mechanical bench
40
Mechanics kit
36
Melde's apparatus
45
Melting point's measurement ap
127
Membrane for dializer
164
Membrane and band
53
Mesh disk
148
Metallic star
50
Michelson interferometer
88
Microammeter with analog display 110
Microclave, electric
164
Micrometer
113
Microphone
48
Microphone, cardiac sounds
191
Micropipette
151
Microrespirometer
192
Microscope
171, 176
Microscope ME
172, 173
Microscope, Optim
174,175,176
Microscope, S1000
172
Microscope, Irio
170
Microtome, ranvier type
182
Micro-tube, eppendorf
143
Mini spectro
85
Mini teslameter with analog output 103
Mini teslameter, monoaxial
103
Mini voltameter - mini rocket
121
Miniscope oscilloscope
100
Miniteslameter, Initio
104
Mirror
82, 83, 88
Mirror holder
87
Mirror for microscopes
180
Model cell division
193
Model heredity lotto
193
Model immunology
195
Model the movement
191
Modular resistance box
72
Module, self-supporting
42
Modul'ohm
58
Mohr's burette
134
Molar volume measurement
120
Molecular models
115 to 118
Molecular stirring
120
Moments of force
37
Monoscope oscilloscope
100
Mortar, porcelain
141
Motor
58, 59
Motor and generator model
68
Motor and insulating base
67
Motor generator
70
Motorization for Michelson
interferometer
88
Mouthpieces
17, 24
Movement model
34
MPI plate
30
Multifunctional stand
56
Multimeter 30, 44, 51, 61, 106 to 109, 121
Multimeter, bench-top
105
Multimeter, digital
105
Multiplier module
59
Multirange voltmeter
109
Description
Page
N
Natural radioactivity counter
Needle, magnetic
Needle, Oerstedt
Needle
Neon lamp, mounted
Nerve table
Nerve tank - holder
Net, hand
Net, plankton
Newton's rings measurement
machine
Nitrate silver, pure
90
65
65
189
84
27
27
196
196
88
121
O
Objective lens block
Objective lens holder
Observation kit
Observation stand
Oil for vacuum pump
Op-amp plate
Operational amplifier
Optic 4 bench
Optical bench
Optical complete kit
Optical fiber conductor
Optical fibre 5m
Optical kit
Optical screen
Optical stand
Organ tank, insulated
Oscilloscope, digital
Oscilloscope, dual trace, anal
Oscilloscope, dual-trace
Oven, universal
Oximetry flask
181
87
168
167
53
61
59
80
80, 81
77
179
79
77
77
45, 77
26
101
100
30, 101
160
17
P
Paper chromatography kit
146
Paper for air-cushion bench
41
Paper for optical cleaning
181
Paper, white
34, 42
Parafilm
144
Pasteur pipette
140
Peat, 30 pads
197
Pellet, ecoflam
162
Pencil for glass
156
Pendulum, coupled
46
Pendulum, electrostatic
56
Pendulum set, simple/weight
32, 46
Pendulum with variable parameters 46
Pendulum, horizontal/elastic
32
Pendulum, vertical/elastic
32
Periodic table of the elements
118
Pestle
141
Petri dish
144
Peuzelec 2 kit
58
Peuzoptic
79
PH electrode
124, 125
PH tester
124
PH-meter
124
PH-meter thermometer, Initio
124
PH-meter, Initio
124
Photodiode
30
Science Teaching
Description
Page
Photoresistor
60
Phototransistor
60, 79
Physiology set
31
Phytotron
197
Piezo electric generator
56
Pinch clip
134
Pipette filler
150
Pipette
138 to 140
Pipettes dish
140
Pipettes stand
140
Pipettes storage box
140
Plant growth kit
192
Plant staining kit
183
Plate
49
Plate sensor
30
Plate, pvc, on rod
87
Polar capacitor
59, 60
Polariser holder in degrees
88
Polarization device
180
Polarization kit
168
Polarizing stage
180
Polaroid polarizer
88
Polaroids set
180
Polyethylene glycol
192
Pot, biodegradable, pack of 20
197
Potentiometer box
59
Potentiometer
58, 59
Power regulator
161
Power supply
94, 96
Power supply BZ6
42
Power supply for dual spectral lamp 86
Power supply for spectral lamp
84
Power supply, Evolio
91
Power supply, adjustable
96, 97
Power supply, EL5
95
Power supply, electronic 2
44, 95
Power supply, evolio, F3-12
91
Power supply, evolution
91 to 95
Pressure probe
55
Pressure sensor
30
Pressure-meter, Initio
52, 103
Prism
82, 83
Prism (borel type)
182
Prism holder
81, 87
Prism table
77
Prism, crown
83
Prism, direct vision
82, 88
Prism, flint
83
Prismatic benches
87
Probe
30, 102
Probe head, CO2
24
Probe head, O2
17, 23
Probe, biaxial
70
Probe, CO2
18, 19, 24
Probe, conductimetric
123
Probe, ethanol
22, 24
Probe, hygrometer
25, 28
Probe, k thermocouple, univers
28
Probe, k type, thermocouple
103
Probe, O2 oximeter, air/water
17, 19
Probe, oximeter
17, 23
Probe, oximeter 2, air
17, 19
Probe's head, ethanol
24
Programmer
198
Projector, slide
34
Proson box
47
Protection
83
Protection sheets
166
Proteins electrophoresis tank
194
Pulley, deflecting
37, 45
Pulley, electronic and stepped 21, 29, 46
Description
Pulley, frame
Pulley, magnet-meca
Pulley, stepped, standard
Pulse generator
Push-button switch
Pycnometer
Page
37
37
46
41, 98
59
138
Q
Quadripole box
60
R
Rabbit fur
56, 104
Rack
152, 153
Rack for water bath
158
Rack, draining
149, 152, 154
Rack, foam
158
Rack, wooden
152
Radon generator
90
Rail
49
Rain gauge
112
Razor
189
Reaction time
191
Reagent solution
24
Receiver
49
Red led
60
Reflection / diffraction set
78
Refractometer, Abbe
86
Regulator
33
Regulator, Initio
92
Resin, cationic
146
Resin, spent
146
Resistance and capacitance box
73
Resistance unit, variable
71
Resistance
60, 62
Resistance-thermostat
198
Respiratory mask
17, 24
Retort stand, modumontage
55, 155
Rheostat
48, 72
Ring
132
Ring and sphere, S'Gravesande
51
Ring, galvanized steel
131
Rings, cork
132
Rings, protective
81
Ripple tank
43
Road safety model
38
Roberval balance
129
Rod for spectral lamp
84
Rod, altuglass brass
104
Rod, altuglass-glass
56, 104
Rod, ebonite
56, 104
Rod, graduated, square
79
Rod, magnetic
157
Rod, round
155
Rod
143, 152
Rod, carbon
122
Rod, square section
46, 155
Roll of thermal paper
16
Rotary transformer
94
Rotation accessories
42
Rule, stainless steel
113
S
Safety jumper, piggy-back
Safety plate, UME 40
Safety plate, UME 80
59, 62
59
59
201
202
INDEX
Description
Page
Safety screen
165
Sampler
90
Saucer, porcelain
141
Scalpel, micro
189
Scalpel
190
Scintillating vial
90
Scissor
190
Scoop
152
Screen
87
Screwdriver, phase indicator
74
Seedling flat
196
Seismograph, simplified
20, 31
Sensor, heart rhythm, VTT
16
Sensor, ammeter, VTT
20
Sensor, angle, VTT
21
Sensor, chrono
21, 29
Sensor, chronokine
21, 29
Sensor, chronokine, VTT
21
Sensor, clark oximeter , VTT
17
Sensor, CO2-meter, VTT
18, 19
Sensor, colorimeter, VTT
22
Sensor, conductivity-meter, VTT
22
Sensor, differential pressure
19
Sensor, displacement, VTT
21
Sensor, Ergolab burette, VTT
22
Sensor, ethanol, VTT
22
Sensor, force, VTT
21
Sensor, hygrometer, VTT
18
Sensor, luxmeter, VTT
18
Sensor, millivoltmeter, VTT
20
Sensor, movement, VTT
21
Sensor, oximeter, VTT
17, 19
Sensor, pH-meter, VTT
22
Sensor, pressure, VTT
18, 19
Sensor, radioactivity counter
20
Sensor, respiro, ESAO 4
24
Sensor, RMS ammeter, VTT
20
Sensor, RMS voltmeter, VTT
20
Sensor, skin temperature, VTT
16
Sensor, sonometer, VTT
20
Sensor, telemeter, VTT
21
Sensor, teslameter, VTT
20
Sensor, thermocouple, VTT
19
Sensor, thermometer, VTT
18, 19
Sensor, ventilation, VTT
17
Sensor, voltmeter, VTT
20
Sensor, VTT CO
22
Separating funnel holder
131
Sharpening stone
189
Sheet
121
Sheet for meca 2
42
Shelf for incubator
159
Shelf universal oven
160
Shelf, beehive
141
Shelf, modumontage
155
Silicone paste
31
Silver battery
111
Simplified calorimeter
50
Siphon barometer
112
Skeleton, human
187
Skull, human
187
Slide
183 to 186
Slide for microscope
182
Slide with concavity
182
Slit holder
87
Slit, disymmetrical
87
Slit, symmetrical
87
Slit and grating
85
Soap, antiseptic
150
Software, Chronomeca
7
Software, Compliss
7
Description
Page
Software, Exchanges-VTT
15
Software, FCR-VTT
15
Software, Generis 5+
7
Software, Movement
21
Software, Natural radioactivity
7
Software, Respi-VTT
15
Software, Serenis
7
Software, Titration
7
Software, V-meteo
113
Software, VTT Meca
21
Software, VTT Ohm's law
15
Software, VTT telemeter
21
Solenoid
69
Solution for electrodes
125
Solvent tank
146
Sound-level meter
48
Source's holder
81
Spare bottom
188
Spare membranes
55
Spatula
152
Spectacles
165
Spectral lamp, Osram
84
Spectrogoniometer
86
Spectrometer
34
Spectrophotometer
127
Spectrophotometer , prim'ligh 86, 127
Spectrophotometer, CCD
127
Spectroscope
85
Spherometer
86
Spinal column
187
Spirometric turbine, ESAO 4
17, 24
Spraying flask for chromatography 147
Springs with non-joined spires
36
Stage micrometer
180
Stage, ergonomic
170
Staining cuvettes
194
Staining jar
182
Staining plate
144
Staining sieve
182
Stand
46, 153
Stand for burettes
154
Stand for funnels
152, 154
Stand rule for bench
31
Stand rule for free-fall, ESAO 4
31
Stand, modumontage
31, 46, 155
Stand, tripod
161
Stationary waves spring
45
Stethoscope
191
Stimulator
18, 27
Stock solution
24
Stop valve
156
Stopcock, teflon
134, 146
Stopper
145
Storage tray
76
Strips, mounted, bi-metallic
51
Stroboscope
43
Stroboscope - tachometer
43
Stroboscope on holder
43
Sulphate zinc, monohydrate, pure 121
Switch
75
Switch, ringing
75
Synchro release
20, 31
Syringe, graduated
152
T
Table, frosted glass, equipped
Tablet bottle
Tape measure
T-BNC/BNC adapter
42
139
113
102
Description
Page
Teat
150
Telemeter, ultrasound
113
Tensiometer, aneroid
26, 191
Terminal ends for plates
122
Terrarium cages
197
Teslameter
70
Test band boxes
124
Test tube, gas
137
Test tube
126, 142, 160
Thermal conductivity bar
50
Thermal energy transfer
50
Thermistance
30
Thermistor (CTN)
59
Thermohygrometer
112
Thermometer
112, 114
Thermometer, Initio
103
Thermometer, Initio, analog output 103
Thermometer, k type, analog output 103
Thermometer, mercury
112, 114
Thermometer, red liquid filled
114
Thomson tube e/m
89
Thread counter, foldable
177
Thread, calibrated
84
Three phase board
62
Three phase motor, very low voltage 62
Three phase plate
62
Three-phase generator
99
Timer-counter for teaching
111
Tips for micropipettes
151
Titronic burette, automatic
29
Tlc jar
147
Tlc plates
147
Toggle switch
59
Toggle switch, mounted
75
Towellettes, disinfectant
150
Transformer
61, 66, 87
Transformer coil
66
Transformer module and coils
66
Transistor effect plate (npn)
61
Transistors module
61
Tripod
31
Trolley with casters
64
Trough, combustion
141
Trough, roasting
141
Tube
142
Tube cutter
156
Tube for deflectron
89
Tube for recording by sparkling
41
Tube with double-electron guns
89
Tube with fine tip
142
Tube with jointed base
54
Tube, crystal
52
Tube, UV
147
Tube
143, 159
Tube, abduction
143
Tube, capillary
127
Tubing, soft
53, 156
Tubing for butane/propane gas
161
Tubing for natural gas
161
Tubing, rubber
156
Tubing, silicone
156
Tuning fork
48
Tuning fork, pair
48
Turbulent, cross
157
Turbulent, straight
157
Tutorial free-fall, ESAO 4
29
Page
U-magnet
48, 63
U-magnet with adjustable air-gap
63
U-magnet, small model
63
UME 2 kit
58
UME 3 kit
58
Universal holder and helmholtz
89
U-tubes
122, 142
UV lamp
147
UV safety box
166
V
Vacumm plate
53
Vacuum filtration kit
148
Vacuum grease tube
53, 130
Vacuum pump
53
Vacuum pump with diaphragm 39, 53
Vacuum pump, manual
90
Vacuum tubing
39, 53, 156
Vermiculite
166
Vessel for microrespirometer
192
Vessel, porous
120, 141
Vial
148
Video camera
167
Video mark set
18
Viewfinder
87
Vivarium
197
Voltage divider
70
Voltage generator
123
Voltaic cell
120
Voltmeter
109
Voltmeter, Initio
104
Volumetric flasks
138
Volumetrics
138
VTT console, alphanumeric display
15
VTT console, digit display
15
VTT printer
16
W
Wash bottle
141
Washer for pipettes and burettes
149
Watch glass
144
Water bath
33, 52, 158
Water still
164
Water, demineralized
121
Wattmeter
110
Wave machine
44
Weather station
112, 113
Weather vane
112
Webcam, ToUCam pro II, Philips 31, 46
Whatman paper
146
Wick for alcohol burners
161
Wimshurst machine
57
Wiping paper
149
Wrench, Irio
170
Y
Young hole
Young slit
88
88
U
U-core
Description
66
Science Teaching
Zero solution
17, 23
General Terms of Sale

GENERAL TERMS OF SALE
The present general terms of sale govern
all sales of products featured in Jeulins
catalogues or on its Internet site. The act of
placing an order therefore implies full
acceptance without reservation by the
purchaser of these general terms of sale to
the exclusion of any other provision. Any
condition to the contrary introduced by the
purchaser will therefore not be binding on
Jeulin, failing express acceptance. Failure by
Jeulin to enforce any one of the present
general terms of sale at a given time cannot
be interpreted as a waiver to enforce any
one of the said terms later.
Moreover, Jeulin reserves the right to refuse
any order from a client with whom there is
litigation with respect to the payment of a
prior order.
TARIFF
1) Price
All Jeulin prices are in Euro and correspond
to departure from Evreux 27000 France.
order. We draw your attention to the fact

that the FCA Incoterm implies that the forwarding agent is based in mainland France.
2) Delivery
In order to comply with customs laws, Jeulin
reserves the right to modify, without notice,
the quantities or packaging of certain
products. In no event will Jeulin be held
liable for the consequences of product quota
systems set up in certain countries.
3) Terms of Delivery
The terms of delivery indicated are average
terms for indicative purposes and correspond to the time taken for processing the
order and delivery.
In the case of goods that can only be
delivered on different dates due to their
availability, the term of delivery is based on
the longest indicative time. However, Jeulin
reserves the option, on agreement with the
purchaser, to split deliveries. In this case, the
contribution to transport costs will only be
invoiced once.
They may vary in the course of the year, on

the understanding that the products ordered
will be invoiced at the price in force on the
day the order is registered.
RECEIPT
The recipient is requested to verify the state
of the outside of the parcel upon receipt, in
the presence of the transporter.
VAT is invoiced, if applicable, at the legal

rate in force.
Hand-written and signed reservations referring to the anomaly issued on the delivery
slip must be made where any anomaly is
observed at the time of delivery (damaged
or missing parcel, breakage, damage etc.)
and this must be confirmed by registered
letter to the transporter within 72 hours of
delivery. A copy of this letter must also be
sent to Jeulin within the same time period.
2) Forwarding charges
Payment corresponding to 15% of the price
excluding tax is requested to cover the
administrative costs of processing the order
and sending FOB. The costs of packing,
assembly if required and tropicalisation will
also be invoiced in addition.
3) Minimum order
Orders must be for a minimum of three
hundred (300) Euros excluding tax if they
are to be taken into account. Orders for a
lower amount will be kept pending further
orders, until the minimum amount is
reached.
4) Reservation of title
Jeulin reserves title to the delivered goods
until full payment of all amounts due to it by
the purchaser in relation to the delivery of
those goods.
The purchasers signature on the order form
or delivery slip for the goods in itself implies
acceptance of the present reservation of title
clause without further formality.
5) Specific products
The export of chemical products and substances contained in the list of dangerous
substances is subject to specific regulations
on procurement, possession, use, packaging
and transport. Order processing systematically involves drafting a pro forma invoice,
containing, inter alia, transport costs.
INTERNET ORDERS
For orders made by Internet, an order validation in the form of a detailed receipt is sent
to the email address indicated by the
purchaser. This receipt constitutes proof of
the order and its date.
AVAILABLITY
Jeulin undertakes to satisfy orders received
within the limit of available stock and where
there is no default of one of its suppliers.
Where a product is unavailable after the
purchaser has placed his order, Jeulin undertakes to inform the purchaser as soon as
possible and provide an estimate of the time
it will take to receive the product. If the purchaser wishes, his order may be cancelled.
DELIVERY
1) Transport
Transport will be carried out according to
the Incoterm selected at the time of the
Transport must be insured for all risks,

except for instructions to the contrary
(notably the exclusion of war risks). The
recipient will be in charge of making the
usual reservations within 48 hours to the
transporter. Under the general terms of the
transport insurance policies, the goods only
remain insured for a maximum period of
15 days after notification of receipt sent to
the recipient by the transporter. The purchaser is in charge of all customs clearance
procedures during this period. After that,
the goods are no longer insured and no
reimbursement will be possible, notably
in the case of breakage, missing goods or
damage.
PAYMENT
Our invoices are payable by one of the
following methods:
postal or bank transfer,
postal or bank cheque to be mailed to
Jeulin.
The terms of payment mentioned on the
quotes and pro forma invoices issued by
Jeulin are fully applicable.
Amounts which have been invoiced but not
paid when due will automatically bear
interest at a rate equal to one and a half
times the legal interest rate.
GUARANTEES
All delivered products are contractually
guaranteed, as from the date they are sent,
against any manufacturing defects under
normal conditions of use.
Jeulin will only be liable for the replacement
of faulty parts, repair and transport costs
back to your premises.
Unless specified to the contrary, in Jeulins
catalogues or documents, the contractual
guarantee is for a term of two years, except
for magnetic media (such as video cassettes
and CD-ROMs) and certain equipment
(notably electronic, in particular home
computers) for which the guarantee may be
for a shorter term.
This guarantee does not cover:

living or preserved biological material,
the replacement of consumable items
(batteries, bulbs, fuses etc.)
the replacement of glass items (such as
lamps, tubes etc.),
the replacement of parts worn down
through normal wear and tear,
abnormal or non-compliant use of the
products and
defects and their consequences that are
related to any external cause.
In any event, the present guarantee will
not prevent the application of the statutory
guarantee provided under article 1641 of
the French Civil Code relating to hidden
defects.
LIABILITY
Jeulin products, materials, equipment and
facilities have been designed for pedagogical purposes and are to be used by young
students who are often inexperienced.
The products proposed in Jeulins catalogues
or on its Internet site comply with French
law in force at the date they are sent. They
must be used in accordance with any notices
and instructions for use which may be
supplied with these products.
Jeulin will not be liable where one of the
products supplied has been modified
without its prior agreement or in the case of
use that is abnormal or not in accordance
with the instructions set out in the notices
and instructions for use which may be
supplied with these products.
Photographs, text, graphics, information and
characteristics reproduced in Jeulins catalogues and on its Internet site illustrating
the products are not contractually binding.
Consequently, Jeulin will not be liable for
any error or omission in one of these
photographs, texts, graphics, information or
characteristics of the products.
Jeulin will not be liable for the consequences of delay in delivery.
Jeulin will not be liable for any indirect loss
due to the present document, operating
losses, loss of profit, loss of opportunity,
harm or costs which could arise due to the
purchase of the products.
Total or partial impossibility to use the
products due to incompatibility of the equipment will notably not be able to give rise
to any compensation, reimbursement or to
Jeulins liability.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
All the elements, brands, designs, logos,
graphics etc. featuring on the products
mentioned in Jeulins catalogues or on its
Internet site are the exclusive property of
Jeulin or of its suppliers and cannot be taken
over in any event.
SATISFIED OR REIMBURSED
If one of the products ordered fails to meet
the expectations of the purchaser, he can,
within 15 days of receipt of the product,
return it to Jeulin, the cost of the return
being borne by the purchaser.
This product will therefore, at the purchasers discretion, either be exchanged or
replaced by a credit note (which may be set
off against a future invoice).
The present right to return will only be
accepted if the products are complete, in
their original state (packaging, accessories,
instructions for use etc.) and with the
original of the delivery slip duly filled in on
the reverse side (correspondence slip).
This right to return does not apply to living
or preserved biological material or to
products that may be reproduced immedia-
tely that are unsealed or taken out of their

cellophane wrapping (software, CDs, DVDs,
Videos etc.), as well as products that
are made according to the purchasers
specifications or highly personalised (such
as bespoke furniture, notably).
In the case of exchange, Jeulin will bear the
cost of sending out the new product.
The purchaser is advised to contact Jeulins
export department before taking any action
in order to help him exercise his right to
return in the best possible manner in view of
the complexity of customs formalities.
AFTER SALES SERVICE
For any information or query, Jeulins
customer department may be contacted as
follows:
Telephone: +33 (0)2.32.29.40.49 from
Mondays to Fridays from 8.30 a.m. to
5.30 p.m..
Fax: +33 (0)2.32.29.43.05
Th r o u g h J e u l i n s I n t e r n e t s i t e :
http://www.jeulin.com
Postal address: JEULIN SA (Export
Department) rue Jacques Monod Z.I. N1
Ntreville 27019 Evreux Cedex France
For all technical enquiries, Jeulins technical
support may be reached from Mondays to
Fridays, from 8.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. on
+33 (0)2.32.29.40.50.
1 Products, equipment or furniture
manufactured by Jeulin:
Jeulin undertakes to carry out repairs and/or
to supply spare parts (after a quote, as the
case may be) for a term of three years after
Jeulin stops marketing those products.
After this period, repairs will only be carried
out and spare parts supplied insofar as they
can be procured.
2 Products, equipment or furniture not
manufactured by Jeulin:
Jeulin can only guarantee repairs and/or
the supply of spare parts insofar as this is
possible with respect to its suppliers.
APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION
CLAUSE
The present terms are subject to French law.
Any dispute between the Parties will come
within the exclusive jurisdiction of the
Commercial Court of EVREUX, to which
the Parties expressly grant jurisdiction,
notwithstanding any clause to the contrary,
plurality of defendants and/or activation of
guarantee, even for emergency proceedings
and interim protective proceedings or by
request to the judge . The domicile or place
of payment on negotiable instruments is
neither a novation nor derogation from the
present jurisdiction clause.
NOMINATIVE INFORMATION
Jeulin undertakes not to disclose the
personal information it receives to third
parties. This information is confidential
and will only be used by Jeulins internal
departments for processing orders as well as
for making the communication and offer of
Jeulins products and services more efficient
and personal.
Any person has the right to gain access to,
rectify and oppose personal data concerning
him.
MODIFICATION OF THE GENERAL TERMS
OF SALE
Jeulin reserves the right to adapt or modify
the present general terms of sale at any
time. The new general terms of sale will only
be applied, as the case may be, to sales
made after the said modification.
Visit our website for more information...
Rue Jacques-Monod, ZI n1, Ntreville, BP 1900, 27019 Evreux cedex, France

Phone : +33 (0)2 32 29 40 49 - Fax : +33 (0)2 32 29 43 05
Internet : www.jeulin.com - export@jeulin.com - SA - capital 3 233 762
SIREN R.C.S. Evreux B 387 901 044 - SIRET 387 901 044 00017
Science Teaching
www.jeulin.com

Amine Photoresistance

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Amine Photoresistance

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Science

Quality record ISO 9001

> As a provider of educational solutions

> Our mission

is to help you in ensuring successful tutorials.

> Our values

such as orientation towards innovation, a taste for

All over the world

Les Editions Marie-France

El Anouar Trading Company

United Arab Emirates

Gamma Tunisie Contact

Al Mazroui Medical and Chemical Supplies

TMA (The Multi-Application Co.)

PT Putranata Adi Mandini

ACD Hachette Caldonie

Science Studio presentation

> VTT Console

Computer Assisted Experimentation : The future for Science Teaching

has the strength and the competence now

- Self-motivated scientific investigation by

COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION Science Studio Presentation

A more interactive approach to teaching with the VTT console

Thanks to its size (5 x 5 cm and 128 x 128

The VTT console lets you use 4 sensors

Total program cover

New options available !

Science Studio Presentation COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION

The ESAO range, a sure thing when performing experiments with

The ESAO 4 Plus

COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION Science Studio Presentation

A similar ergonomic design

The Data Workshop software represent a

There are two types :

In both cases, the student is guided during

Start and stop the acquisition,

Processing : Graphical spreadsheet

The so-called non-specialized software

Creation of magnitudes, application of formulae using these

Application of formulae using the coordinates of the cells A1, B$2,

$C$3, etc. Numerous mathematical functions available : sine, sum,

Interactivity with graph

Computer-assisted experiments : your

the graph. It is also possible to see both simultaneously.

Video Workshop : the scientific video from

Give a title to the curve.

Write a tutorial report

Display of all software

Processing : additional tools

Allows you to model a curve (main predefined functions available

Allows you to apply a calculation series to a magnitude : 1st level :

Science Studio Presentation COMPUTER ASSISTED-EXPERIMENTATION

The video Workshop

Make up the experiment

Select the desired part of the

Video acquisition in mechanics : why ?

Greater motivation of your students by using a modern and

Video acquisition in mechanics : how ?

The advantage of using video is that

The Data Workshop

The video acquisition system allows the

Our video software solutions ensure all

The non-specialized software

The specialized software